declare smobs in alloc.c
[bpt/emacs.git] / doc / lispintro / emacs-lisp-intro.texi
CommitLineData
8cda6f8f
GM
1\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2@comment %**start of header
29993416 3@setfilename ../../info/eintr.info
8cda6f8f
GM
4@c setfilename emacs-lisp-intro.info
5@c sethtmlfilename emacs-lisp-intro.html
6@settitle Programming in Emacs Lisp
c6ab4664 7@documentencoding UTF-8
8cda6f8f
GM
8@syncodeindex vr cp
9@syncodeindex fn cp
8cda6f8f
GM
10@finalout
11
09b98a01
GM
12@include emacsver.texi
13
d1f7f5a0
GM
14@c ================ How to Print a Book in Various Sizes ================
15
16@c This book can be printed in any of three different sizes.
17@c Set the following @-commands appropriately.
18
19@c 7 by 9.25 inches:
20@c @smallbook
21@c @clear largebook
22
23@c 8.5 by 11 inches:
24@c @c smallbook
25@c @set largebook
26
27@c European A4 size paper:
28@c @c smallbook
29@c @afourpaper
30@c @set largebook
31
32@c (Note: if you edit the book so as to change the length of the
33@c table of contents, you may have to change the value of `pageno' below.)
34
8cda6f8f
GM
35@c <<<< For hard copy printing, this file is now
36@c set for smallbook, which works for all sizes
7877f373 37@c of paper, and with PostScript figures >>>>
d1f7f5a0 38
a9097c6d
KB
39@set smallbook
40@ifset smallbook
8cda6f8f
GM
41@smallbook
42@clear largebook
a9097c6d 43@end ifset
d1f7f5a0
GM
44
45@c ================ Included Figures ================
46
47@c If you clear this, the figures will be printed as ASCII diagrams
48@c rather than PostScript/PDF.
49@c (This is not relevant to Info, since Info only handles ASCII.)
8cda6f8f 50@set print-postscript-figures
8cda6f8f 51@c clear print-postscript-figures
8cda6f8f
GM
52
53@comment %**end of header
54
a9097c6d 55@c per rms and peterb, use 10pt fonts for the main text, mostly to
867d4bb3 56@c save on paper cost.
a9097c6d
KB
57@c Do this inside @tex for now, so current makeinfo does not complain.
58@tex
59@ifset smallbook
60@fonttextsize 10
6e3da0ae 61
a9097c6d
KB
62@end ifset
63\global\hbadness=6666 % don't worry about not-too-underfull boxes
64@end tex
65
09b98a01 66@c These refer to the printed book sold by the FSF.
6e3da0ae
RC
67@set edition-number 3.10
68@set update-date 28 October 2009
45cf6cbd 69
8cda6f8f
GM
70@c For next or subsequent edition:
71@c create function using with-output-to-temp-buffer
72@c create a major mode, with keymaps
73@c run an asynchronous process, like grep or diff
74
75@c For 8.5 by 11 inch format: do not use such a small amount of
76@c whitespace between paragraphs as smallbook format
77@ifset largebook
78@tex
79\global\parskip 6pt plus 1pt
80@end tex
81@end ifset
82
83@c For all sized formats: print within-book cross
84@c reference with ``...'' rather than [...]
85
86@c This works with the texinfo.tex file, version 2003-05-04.08,
87@c in the Texinfo version 4.6 of the 2003 Jun 13 distribution.
88
89@tex
90\if \xrefprintnodename
91 \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{\unskip, ``#1''}
92 \else
93 \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{ ``#1''}
94\fi
95% \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{, ``#1''}
96@end tex
97
98@c ----------------------------------------------------
99
b55e11bf 100@dircategory Emacs lisp
8cda6f8f 101@direntry
f9405d87 102* Emacs Lisp Intro: (eintr). A simple introduction to Emacs Lisp programming.
8cda6f8f
GM
103@end direntry
104
105@copying
106This is an @cite{Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp}, for
107people who are not programmers.
108@sp 1
09b98a01 109@iftex
8cda6f8f 110Edition @value{edition-number}, @value{update-date}
09b98a01
GM
111@end iftex
112@ifnottex
113Distributed with Emacs version @value{EMACSVER}.
114@end ifnottex
8cda6f8f 115@sp 1
6bc383b1 116Copyright @copyright{} 1990--1995, 1997, 2001--2014 Free Software
f99f1641 117Foundation, Inc.
8cda6f8f
GM
118@sp 1
119
120@iftex
121Published by the:@*
122
09b98a01 123GNU Press, @hfill @uref{http://www.fsf.org/licensing/gnu-press/}@*
aa89a0ef
GM
124a division of the @hfill email: @email{sales@@fsf.org}@*
125Free Software Foundation, Inc. @hfill Tel: +1 (617) 542-5942@*
12651 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @hfill Fax: +1 (617) 542-2652@*
72ec96fb 127Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
8cda6f8f
GM
128@end iftex
129
130@ifnottex
09b98a01 131Printed copies available from @uref{http://shop.fsf.org/}. Published by:
8cda6f8f
GM
132
133@example
09b98a01 134GNU Press, http://www.fsf.org/licensing/gnu-press/
aa89a0ef
GM
135a division of the email: sales@@fsf.org
136Free Software Foundation, Inc. Tel: +1 (617) 542-5942
13751 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor Fax: +1 (617) 542-2652
72ec96fb 138Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
8cda6f8f
GM
139@end example
140@end ifnottex
141
142@sp 1
8cda6f8f
GM
143ISBN 1-882114-43-4
144
c0e8f6a9 145@quotation
8cda6f8f 146Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
e41dfb1e 147under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
8cda6f8f
GM
148any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; there
149being no Invariant Section, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU
150Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of
151the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free
152Documentation License''.
153
868a6b71
RC
154(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
155copy and modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF
156supports it in developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
c0e8f6a9 157@end quotation
8cda6f8f
GM
158@end copying
159
160@c half title; two lines here, so do not use `shorttitlepage'
161@tex
162{\begingroup%
163 \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{An Introduction to}%
164 \endgroup}%
165{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 0.25in \chaprm%
166 \centerline{Programming in Emacs Lisp}%
167 \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
168@end tex
169
170@titlepage
171@sp 6
172@center @titlefont{An Introduction to}
173@sp 2
174@center @titlefont{Programming in Emacs Lisp}
175@sp 2
176@center Revised Third Edition
177@sp 4
178@center by Robert J. Chassell
179
180@page
181@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
182@insertcopying
183@end titlepage
184
185@iftex
186@headings off
187@evenheading @thispage @| @| @thischapter
188@oddheading @thissection @| @| @thispage
189@end iftex
190
191@ifnothtml
192@c Keep T.O.C. short by tightening up for largebook
193@ifset largebook
194@tex
195\global\parskip 2pt plus 1pt
196\global\advance\baselineskip by -1pt
197@end tex
198@end ifset
199@end ifnothtml
200
201@shortcontents
202@contents
203
204@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 205@node Top
8cda6f8f
GM
206@top An Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp
207
d4aa7284
GM
208@ifset WWW_GNU_ORG
209@html
210<p>The homepage for GNU Emacs is at
211<a href="/software/emacs/">http://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/</a>.<br>
212To view this manual in other formats, click
213<a href="/software/emacs/manual/eintr.html">here</a>.
214@end html
215@end ifset
216
8cda6f8f
GM
217@insertcopying
218
219This master menu first lists each chapter and index; then it lists
220every node in every chapter.
221@end ifnottex
222
223@c >>>> Set pageno appropriately <<<<
224
225@c The first page of the Preface is a roman numeral; it is the first
226@c right handed page after the Table of Contents; hence the following
227@c setting must be for an odd negative number.
228
a9097c6d
KB
229@c iftex
230@c global@pageno = -11
231@c end iftex
8cda6f8f 232
cb97cd2a
AS
233@set COUNT-WORDS count-words-example
234@c Length of variable name chosen so that things still line up when expanded.
235
8cda6f8f
GM
236@menu
237* Preface:: What to look for.
238* List Processing:: What is Lisp?
239* Practicing Evaluation:: Running several programs.
240* Writing Defuns:: How to write function definitions.
241* Buffer Walk Through:: Exploring a few buffer-related functions.
242* More Complex:: A few, even more complex functions.
243* Narrowing & Widening:: Restricting your and Emacs attention to
244 a region.
245* car cdr & cons:: Fundamental functions in Lisp.
246* Cutting & Storing Text:: Removing text and saving it.
247* List Implementation:: How lists are implemented in the computer.
248* Yanking:: Pasting stored text.
249* Loops & Recursion:: How to repeat a process.
250* Regexp Search:: Regular expression searches.
251* Counting Words:: A review of repetition and regexps.
252* Words in a defun:: Counting words in a @code{defun}.
253* Readying a Graph:: A prototype graph printing function.
254* Emacs Initialization:: How to write a @file{.emacs} file.
255* Debugging:: How to run the Emacs Lisp debuggers.
256* Conclusion:: Now you have the basics.
257* the-the:: An appendix: how to find reduplicated words.
258* Kill Ring:: An appendix: how the kill ring works.
09e80d9f 259* Full Graph:: How to create a graph with labeled axes.
8cda6f8f
GM
260* Free Software and Free Manuals::
261* GNU Free Documentation License::
262* Index::
263* About the Author::
264
265@detailmenu
266 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
267
268Preface
269
270* Why:: Why learn Emacs Lisp?
271* On Reading this Text:: Read, gain familiarity, pick up habits....
272* Who You Are:: For whom this is written.
273* Lisp History::
274* Note for Novices:: You can read this as a novice.
275* Thank You::
276
277List Processing
278
279* Lisp Lists:: What are lists?
280* Run a Program:: Any list in Lisp is a program ready to run.
281* Making Errors:: Generating an error message.
282* Names & Definitions:: Names of symbols and function definitions.
283* Lisp Interpreter:: What the Lisp interpreter does.
284* Evaluation:: Running a program.
285* Variables:: Returning a value from a variable.
286* Arguments:: Passing information to a function.
287* set & setq:: Setting the value of a variable.
288* Summary:: The major points.
289* Error Message Exercises::
290
291Lisp Lists
292
293* Numbers Lists:: List have numbers, other lists, in them.
294* Lisp Atoms:: Elemental entities.
295* Whitespace in Lists:: Formatting lists to be readable.
296* Typing Lists:: How GNU Emacs helps you type lists.
297
298The Lisp Interpreter
299
300* Complications:: Variables, Special forms, Lists within.
301* Byte Compiling:: Specially processing code for speed.
302
303Evaluation
304
305* How the Interpreter Acts:: Returns and Side Effects...
306* Evaluating Inner Lists:: Lists within lists...
307
308Variables
309
310* fill-column Example::
311* Void Function:: The error message for a symbol
312 without a function.
313* Void Variable:: The error message for a symbol without a value.
314
315Arguments
316
317* Data types:: Types of data passed to a function.
318* Args as Variable or List:: An argument can be the value
319 of a variable or list.
320* Variable Number of Arguments:: Some functions may take a
321 variable number of arguments.
322* Wrong Type of Argument:: Passing an argument of the wrong type
323 to a function.
324* message:: A useful function for sending messages.
325
326Setting the Value of a Variable
327
328* Using set:: Setting values.
329* Using setq:: Setting a quoted value.
330* Counting:: Using @code{setq} to count.
331
332Practicing Evaluation
333
334* How to Evaluate:: Typing editing commands or @kbd{C-x C-e}
335 causes evaluation.
336* Buffer Names:: Buffers and files are different.
337* Getting Buffers:: Getting a buffer itself, not merely its name.
338* Switching Buffers:: How to change to another buffer.
339* Buffer Size & Locations:: Where point is located and the size of
340 the buffer.
341* Evaluation Exercise::
342
343How To Write Function Definitions
344
345* Primitive Functions::
2325c82f 346* defun:: The @code{defun} macro.
8cda6f8f
GM
347* Install:: Install a function definition.
348* Interactive:: Making a function interactive.
349* Interactive Options:: Different options for @code{interactive}.
350* Permanent Installation:: Installing code permanently.
351* let:: Creating and initializing local variables.
352* if:: What if?
353* else:: If--then--else expressions.
354* Truth & Falsehood:: What Lisp considers false and true.
355* save-excursion:: Keeping track of point, mark, and buffer.
356* Review::
357* defun Exercises::
358
359Install a Function Definition
360
361* Effect of installation::
362* Change a defun:: How to change a function definition.
363
364Make a Function Interactive
365
366* Interactive multiply-by-seven:: An overview.
367* multiply-by-seven in detail:: The interactive version.
368
369@code{let}
370
371* Prevent confusion::
372* Parts of let Expression::
373* Sample let Expression::
374* Uninitialized let Variables::
375
376The @code{if} Special Form
377
378* if in more detail::
379* type-of-animal in detail:: An example of an @code{if} expression.
380
381Truth and Falsehood in Emacs Lisp
382
383* nil explained:: @code{nil} has two meanings.
384
385@code{save-excursion}
386
387* Point and mark:: A review of various locations.
388* Template for save-excursion::
389
390A Few Buffer--Related Functions
391
392* Finding More:: How to find more information.
393* simplified-beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
394 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
395* mark-whole-buffer:: Almost the same as @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
396* append-to-buffer:: Uses @code{save-excursion} and
397 @code{insert-buffer-substring}.
398* Buffer Related Review:: Review.
399* Buffer Exercises::
400
401The Definition of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
402
403* mark-whole-buffer overview::
404* Body of mark-whole-buffer:: Only three lines of code.
405
406The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}
407
408* append-to-buffer overview::
409* append interactive:: A two part interactive expression.
410* append-to-buffer body:: Incorporates a @code{let} expression.
411* append save-excursion:: How the @code{save-excursion} works.
412
413A Few More Complex Functions
414
415* copy-to-buffer:: With @code{set-buffer}, @code{get-buffer-create}.
416* insert-buffer:: Read-only, and with @code{or}.
417* beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
418 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
419* Second Buffer Related Review::
420* optional Exercise::
421
422The Definition of @code{insert-buffer}
423
424* insert-buffer code::
425* insert-buffer interactive:: When you can read, but not write.
426* insert-buffer body:: The body has an @code{or} and a @code{let}.
427* if & or:: Using an @code{if} instead of an @code{or}.
428* Insert or:: How the @code{or} expression works.
429* Insert let:: Two @code{save-excursion} expressions.
430* New insert-buffer::
431
432The Interactive Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
433
434* Read-only buffer:: When a buffer cannot be modified.
435* b for interactive:: An existing buffer or else its name.
436
437Complete Definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
438
439* Optional Arguments::
440* beginning-of-buffer opt arg:: Example with optional argument.
441* beginning-of-buffer complete::
442
443@code{beginning-of-buffer} with an Argument
444
445* Disentangle beginning-of-buffer::
446* Large buffer case::
447* Small buffer case::
448
449Narrowing and Widening
450
451* Narrowing advantages:: The advantages of narrowing
452* save-restriction:: The @code{save-restriction} special form.
453* what-line:: The number of the line that point is on.
454* narrow Exercise::
455
456@code{car}, @code{cdr}, @code{cons}: Fundamental Functions
457
458* Strange Names:: An historical aside: why the strange names?
459* car & cdr:: Functions for extracting part of a list.
460* cons:: Constructing a list.
461* nthcdr:: Calling @code{cdr} repeatedly.
462* nth::
463* setcar:: Changing the first element of a list.
464* setcdr:: Changing the rest of a list.
465* cons Exercise::
466
467@code{cons}
468
469* Build a list::
470* length:: How to find the length of a list.
471
472Cutting and Storing Text
473
474* Storing Text:: Text is stored in a list.
475* zap-to-char:: Cutting out text up to a character.
476* kill-region:: Cutting text out of a region.
477* copy-region-as-kill:: A definition for copying text.
478* Digression into C:: Minor note on C programming language macros.
479* defvar:: How to give a variable an initial value.
480* cons & search-fwd Review::
481* search Exercises::
482
483@code{zap-to-char}
484
485* Complete zap-to-char:: The complete implementation.
486* zap-to-char interactive:: A three part interactive expression.
487* zap-to-char body:: A short overview.
488* search-forward:: How to search for a string.
489* progn:: The @code{progn} special form.
490* Summing up zap-to-char:: Using @code{point} and @code{search-forward}.
491
492@code{kill-region}
493
494* Complete kill-region:: The function definition.
495* condition-case:: Dealing with a problem.
496* Lisp macro::
497
498@code{copy-region-as-kill}
499
500* Complete copy-region-as-kill:: The complete function definition.
501* copy-region-as-kill body:: The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}.
502
503The Body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}
504
505* last-command & this-command::
506* kill-append function::
507* kill-new function::
508
509Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
510
511* See variable current value::
512* defvar and asterisk::
513
514How Lists are Implemented
515
516* Lists diagrammed::
517* Symbols as Chest:: Exploring a powerful metaphor.
518* List Exercise::
519
520Yanking Text Back
521
522* Kill Ring Overview::
523* kill-ring-yank-pointer:: The kill ring is a list.
524* yank nthcdr Exercises:: The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
525
526Loops and Recursion
527
528* while:: Causing a stretch of code to repeat.
529* dolist dotimes::
530* Recursion:: Causing a function to call itself.
531* Looping exercise::
532
533@code{while}
534
535* Looping with while:: Repeat so long as test returns true.
536* Loop Example:: A @code{while} loop that uses a list.
537* print-elements-of-list:: Uses @code{while}, @code{car}, @code{cdr}.
538* Incrementing Loop:: A loop with an incrementing counter.
539* Incrementing Loop Details::
540* Decrementing Loop:: A loop with a decrementing counter.
541
542Details of an Incrementing Loop
543
544* Incrementing Example:: Counting pebbles in a triangle.
545* Inc Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
546* Inc Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
547
548Loop with a Decrementing Counter
549
550* Decrementing Example:: More pebbles on the beach.
551* Dec Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
552* Dec Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
553
554Save your time: @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
555
556* dolist::
557* dotimes::
558
559Recursion
560
561* Building Robots:: Same model, different serial number ...
562* Recursive Definition Parts:: Walk until you stop ...
563* Recursion with list:: Using a list as the test whether to recurse.
564* Recursive triangle function::
565* Recursion with cond::
566* Recursive Patterns:: Often used templates.
567* No Deferment:: Don't store up work ...
568* No deferment solution::
569
570Recursion in Place of a Counter
571
572* Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2::
573* Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4::
574
575Recursive Patterns
576
577* Every::
578* Accumulate::
579* Keep::
580
581Regular Expression Searches
582
583* sentence-end:: The regular expression for @code{sentence-end}.
584* re-search-forward:: Very similar to @code{search-forward}.
585* forward-sentence:: A straightforward example of regexp search.
586* forward-paragraph:: A somewhat complex example.
587* etags:: How to create your own @file{TAGS} table.
588* Regexp Review::
589* re-search Exercises::
590
591@code{forward-sentence}
592
593* Complete forward-sentence::
594* fwd-sentence while loops:: Two @code{while} loops.
595* fwd-sentence re-search:: A regular expression search.
596
597@code{forward-paragraph}: a Goldmine of Functions
598
599* forward-paragraph in brief:: Key parts of the function definition.
600* fwd-para let:: The @code{let*} expression.
601* fwd-para while:: The forward motion @code{while} loop.
602
603Counting: Repetition and Regexps
604
605* Why Count Words::
ea4f7750 606* @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: Use a regexp, but find a problem.
8cda6f8f
GM
607* recursive-count-words:: Start with case of no words in region.
608* Counting Exercise::
609
ea4f7750 610The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} Function
8cda6f8f 611
ea4f7750
GM
612* Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: The definition using a @code{while} loop.
613* Whitespace Bug:: The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
614
615Counting Words in a @code{defun}
616
617* Divide and Conquer::
618* Words and Symbols:: What to count?
619* Syntax:: What constitutes a word or symbol?
ea4f7750 620* count-words-in-defun:: Very like @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
621* Several defuns:: Counting several defuns in a file.
622* Find a File:: Do you want to look at a file?
623* lengths-list-file:: A list of the lengths of many definitions.
624* Several files:: Counting in definitions in different files.
625* Several files recursively:: Recursively counting in different files.
626* Prepare the data:: Prepare the data for display in a graph.
627
628Count Words in @code{defuns} in Different Files
629
630* lengths-list-many-files:: Return a list of the lengths of defuns.
631* append:: Attach one list to another.
632
633Prepare the Data for Display in a Graph
634
635* Data for Display in Detail::
636* Sorting:: Sorting lists.
637* Files List:: Making a list of files.
638* Counting function definitions::
639
640Readying a Graph
641
642* Columns of a graph::
643* graph-body-print:: How to print the body of a graph.
644* recursive-graph-body-print::
645* Printed Axes::
646* Line Graph Exercise::
647
648Your @file{.emacs} File
649
650* Default Configuration::
651* Site-wide Init:: You can write site-wide init files.
652* defcustom:: Emacs will write code for you.
f2243267 653* Beginning init File:: How to write a @file{.emacs} init file.
8cda6f8f
GM
654* Text and Auto-fill:: Automatically wrap lines.
655* Mail Aliases:: Use abbreviations for email addresses.
656* Indent Tabs Mode:: Don't use tabs with @TeX{}
657* Keybindings:: Create some personal keybindings.
658* Keymaps:: More about key binding.
659* Loading Files:: Load (i.e., evaluate) files automatically.
660* Autoload:: Make functions available.
661* Simple Extension:: Define a function; bind it to a key.
662* X11 Colors:: Colors in X.
663* Miscellaneous::
664* Mode Line:: How to customize your mode line.
665
666Debugging
667
668* debug:: How to use the built-in debugger.
669* debug-on-entry:: Start debugging when you call a function.
670* debug-on-quit:: Start debugging when you quit with @kbd{C-g}.
671* edebug:: How to use Edebug, a source level debugger.
672* Debugging Exercises::
673
674Handling the Kill Ring
675
676* What the Kill Ring Does::
677* current-kill::
678* yank:: Paste a copy of a clipped element.
679* yank-pop:: Insert element pointed to.
680* ring file::
681
682The @code{current-kill} Function
683
45d77375 684* Code for current-kill::
8cda6f8f
GM
685* Understanding current-kill::
686
687@code{current-kill} in Outline
688
689* Body of current-kill::
690* Digression concerning error:: How to mislead humans, but not computers.
691* Determining the Element::
692
09e80d9f 693A Graph with Labeled Axes
8cda6f8f 694
09e80d9f 695* Labeled Example::
8cda6f8f
GM
696* print-graph Varlist:: @code{let} expression in @code{print-graph}.
697* print-Y-axis:: Print a label for the vertical axis.
698* print-X-axis:: Print a horizontal label.
699* Print Whole Graph:: The function to print a complete graph.
700
701The @code{print-Y-axis} Function
702
703* print-Y-axis in Detail::
704* Height of label:: What height for the Y axis?
705* Compute a Remainder:: How to compute the remainder of a division.
706* Y Axis Element:: Construct a line for the Y axis.
707* Y-axis-column:: Generate a list of Y axis labels.
708* print-Y-axis Penultimate:: A not quite final version.
709
710The @code{print-X-axis} Function
711
712* Similarities differences:: Much like @code{print-Y-axis}, but not exactly.
713* X Axis Tic Marks:: Create tic marks for the horizontal axis.
714
715Printing the Whole Graph
716
717* The final version:: A few changes.
718* Test print-graph:: Run a short test.
719* Graphing words in defuns:: Executing the final code.
720* lambda:: How to write an anonymous function.
721* mapcar:: Apply a function to elements of a list.
722* Another Bug:: Yet another bug @dots{} most insidious.
723* Final printed graph:: The graph itself!
724
725@end detailmenu
726@end menu
727
d6adf7e7 728@node Preface
8cda6f8f
GM
729@unnumbered Preface
730
731Most of the GNU Emacs integrated environment is written in the programming
732language called Emacs Lisp. The code written in this programming
733language is the software---the sets of instructions---that tell the
734computer what to do when you give it commands. Emacs is designed so
735that you can write new code in Emacs Lisp and easily install it as an
736extension to the editor.
737
738(GNU Emacs is sometimes called an ``extensible editor'', but it does
739much more than provide editing capabilities. It is better to refer to
740Emacs as an ``extensible computing environment''. However, that
741phrase is quite a mouthful. It is easier to refer to Emacs simply as
742an editor. Moreover, everything you do in Emacs---find the Mayan date
743and phases of the moon, simplify polynomials, debug code, manage
744files, read letters, write books---all these activities are kinds of
745editing in the most general sense of the word.)
746
747@menu
748* Why:: Why learn Emacs Lisp?
749* On Reading this Text:: Read, gain familiarity, pick up habits....
750* Who You Are:: For whom this is written.
751* Lisp History::
752* Note for Novices:: You can read this as a novice.
753* Thank You::
754@end menu
755
8cda6f8f 756@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 757@node Why
8cda6f8f
GM
758@unnumberedsec Why Study Emacs Lisp?
759@end ifnottex
760
761Although Emacs Lisp is usually thought of in association only with Emacs,
762it is a full computer programming language. You can use Emacs Lisp as
763you would any other programming language.
764
765Perhaps you want to understand programming; perhaps you want to extend
766Emacs; or perhaps you want to become a programmer. This introduction to
767Emacs Lisp is designed to get you started: to guide you in learning the
768fundamentals of programming, and more importantly, to show you how you
769can teach yourself to go further.
770
d6adf7e7 771@node On Reading this Text
8cda6f8f
GM
772@unnumberedsec On Reading this Text
773
774All through this document, you will see little sample programs you can
775run inside of Emacs. If you read this document in Info inside of GNU
776Emacs, you can run the programs as they appear. (This is easy to do and
777is explained when the examples are presented.) Alternatively, you can
778read this introduction as a printed book while sitting beside a computer
779running Emacs. (This is what I like to do; I like printed books.) If
780you don't have a running Emacs beside you, you can still read this book,
781but in this case, it is best to treat it as a novel or as a travel guide
782to a country not yet visited: interesting, but not the same as being
783there.
784
40ba43b4 785Much of this introduction is dedicated to walkthroughs or guided tours
8cda6f8f
GM
786of code used in GNU Emacs. These tours are designed for two purposes:
787first, to give you familiarity with real, working code (code you use
788every day); and, second, to give you familiarity with the way Emacs
789works. It is interesting to see how a working environment is
790implemented.
791Also, I
792hope that you will pick up the habit of browsing through source code.
793You can learn from it and mine it for ideas. Having GNU Emacs is like
794having a dragon's cave of treasures.
795
796In addition to learning about Emacs as an editor and Emacs Lisp as a
797programming language, the examples and guided tours will give you an
798opportunity to get acquainted with Emacs as a Lisp programming
799environment. GNU Emacs supports programming and provides tools that
800you will want to become comfortable using, such as @kbd{M-.} (the key
801which invokes the @code{find-tag} command). You will also learn about
802buffers and other objects that are part of the environment.
803Learning about these features of Emacs is like learning new routes
804around your home town.
805
806@ignore
807In addition, I have written several programs as extended examples.
808Although these are examples, the programs are real. I use them.
809Other people use them. You may use them. Beyond the fragments of
810programs used for illustrations, there is very little in here that is
811`just for teaching purposes'; what you see is used. This is a great
812advantage of Emacs Lisp: it is easy to learn to use it for work.
813@end ignore
814
815Finally, I hope to convey some of the skills for using Emacs to
816learn aspects of programming that you don't know. You can often use
817Emacs to help you understand what puzzles you or to find out how to do
818something new. This self-reliance is not only a pleasure, but an
819advantage.
820
d6adf7e7 821@node Who You Are
8cda6f8f
GM
822@unnumberedsec For Whom This is Written
823
824This text is written as an elementary introduction for people who are
825not programmers. If you are a programmer, you may not be satisfied with
826this primer. The reason is that you may have become expert at reading
827reference manuals and be put off by the way this text is organized.
828
829An expert programmer who reviewed this text said to me:
830
831@quotation
832@i{I prefer to learn from reference manuals. I ``dive into'' each
833paragraph, and ``come up for air'' between paragraphs.}
834
835@i{When I get to the end of a paragraph, I assume that that subject is
836done, finished, that I know everything I need (with the
837possible exception of the case when the next paragraph starts talking
838about it in more detail). I expect that a well written reference manual
839will not have a lot of redundancy, and that it will have excellent
840pointers to the (one) place where the information I want is.}
841@end quotation
842
843This introduction is not written for this person!
844
845Firstly, I try to say everything at least three times: first, to
846introduce it; second, to show it in context; and third, to show it in a
847different context, or to review it.
848
849Secondly, I hardly ever put all the information about a subject in one
850place, much less in one paragraph. To my way of thinking, that imposes
851too heavy a burden on the reader. Instead I try to explain only what
852you need to know at the time. (Sometimes I include a little extra
853information so you won't be surprised later when the additional
854information is formally introduced.)
855
856When you read this text, you are not expected to learn everything the
857first time. Frequently, you need only make, as it were, a `nodding
858acquaintance' with some of the items mentioned. My hope is that I have
859structured the text and given you enough hints that you will be alert to
860what is important, and concentrate on it.
861
862You will need to ``dive into'' some paragraphs; there is no other way
863to read them. But I have tried to keep down the number of such
864paragraphs. This book is intended as an approachable hill, rather than
865as a daunting mountain.
866
867This introduction to @cite{Programming in Emacs Lisp} has a companion
868document,
869@iftex
870@cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
871@end iftex
872@ifnottex
873@ref{Top, , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, elisp, The GNU
874Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
875@end ifnottex
876The reference manual has more detail than this introduction. In the
877reference manual, all the information about one topic is concentrated
878in one place. You should turn to it if you are like the programmer
879quoted above. And, of course, after you have read this
880@cite{Introduction}, you will find the @cite{Reference Manual} useful
881when you are writing your own programs.
882
d6adf7e7 883@node Lisp History
8cda6f8f
GM
884@unnumberedsec Lisp History
885@cindex Lisp history
886
887Lisp was first developed in the late 1950s at the Massachusetts
888Institute of Technology for research in artificial intelligence. The
889great power of the Lisp language makes it superior for other purposes as
890well, such as writing editor commands and integrated environments.
891
892@cindex Maclisp
893@cindex Common Lisp
894GNU Emacs Lisp is largely inspired by Maclisp, which was written at MIT
895in the 1960s. It is somewhat inspired by Common Lisp, which became a
896standard in the 1980s. However, Emacs Lisp is much simpler than Common
897Lisp. (The standard Emacs distribution contains an optional extensions
898file, @file{cl.el}, that adds many Common Lisp features to Emacs Lisp.)
899
d6adf7e7 900@node Note for Novices
8cda6f8f
GM
901@unnumberedsec A Note for Novices
902
903If you don't know GNU Emacs, you can still read this document
904profitably. However, I recommend you learn Emacs, if only to learn to
905move around your computer screen. You can teach yourself how to use
906Emacs with the on-line tutorial. To use it, type @kbd{C-h t}. (This
907means you press and release the @key{CTRL} key and the @kbd{h} at the
908same time, and then press and release @kbd{t}.)
909
44e97401 910Also, I often refer to one of Emacs's standard commands by listing the
8cda6f8f
GM
911keys which you press to invoke the command and then giving the name of
912the command in parentheses, like this: @kbd{M-C-\}
913(@code{indent-region}). What this means is that the
914@code{indent-region} command is customarily invoked by typing
915@kbd{M-C-\}. (You can, if you wish, change the keys that are typed to
916invoke the command; this is called @dfn{rebinding}. @xref{Keymaps, ,
917Keymaps}.) The abbreviation @kbd{M-C-\} means that you type your
918@key{META} key, @key{CTRL} key and @key{\} key all at the same time.
09e80d9f 919(On many modern keyboards the @key{META} key is labeled
8cda6f8f
GM
920@key{ALT}.)
921Sometimes a combination like this is called a keychord, since it is
922similar to the way you play a chord on a piano. If your keyboard does
923not have a @key{META} key, the @key{ESC} key prefix is used in place
924of it. In this case, @kbd{M-C-\} means that you press and release your
925@key{ESC} key and then type the @key{CTRL} key and the @key{\} key at
926the same time. But usually @kbd{M-C-\} means press the @key{CTRL} key
09e80d9f 927along with the key that is labeled @key{ALT} and, at the same time,
8cda6f8f
GM
928press the @key{\} key.
929
930In addition to typing a lone keychord, you can prefix what you type
931with @kbd{C-u}, which is called the `universal argument'. The
932@kbd{C-u} keychord passes an argument to the subsequent command.
933Thus, to indent a region of plain text by 6 spaces, mark the region,
934and then type @w{@kbd{C-u 6 M-C-\}}. (If you do not specify a number,
935Emacs either passes the number 4 to the command or otherwise runs the
936command differently than it would otherwise.) @xref{Arguments, ,
937Numeric Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
938
939If you are reading this in Info using GNU Emacs, you can read through
940this whole document just by pressing the space bar, @key{SPC}.
941(To learn about Info, type @kbd{C-h i} and then select Info.)
942
943A note on terminology: when I use the word Lisp alone, I often am
944referring to the various dialects of Lisp in general, but when I speak
945of Emacs Lisp, I am referring to GNU Emacs Lisp in particular.
946
d6adf7e7 947@node Thank You
8cda6f8f
GM
948@unnumberedsec Thank You
949
950My thanks to all who helped me with this book. My especial thanks to
951@r{Jim Blandy}, @r{Noah Friedman}, @w{Jim Kingdon}, @r{Roland
1df7defd 952McGrath}, @w{Frank Ritter}, @w{Randy Smith}, @w{Richard M.
8cda6f8f
GM
953Stallman}, and @w{Melissa Weisshaus}. My thanks also go to both
954@w{Philip Johnson} and @w{David Stampe} for their patient
955encouragement. My mistakes are my own.
956
957@flushright
958Robert J. Chassell
2f3ac208 959@ifnothtml
4724cafb 960@email{bob@@gnu.org}
2f3ac208
GM
961@end ifnothtml
962@ifhtml
963bob@@gnu.org
964@end ifhtml
8cda6f8f
GM
965@end flushright
966
967@c ================ Beginning of main text ================
968
969@c Start main text on right-hand (verso) page
970
971@tex
972\par\vfill\supereject
973\headings off
974\ifodd\pageno
975 \par\vfill\supereject
976\else
977 \par\vfill\supereject
978 \page\hbox{}\page
979 \par\vfill\supereject
980\fi
981@end tex
982
52af8e0a
GM
983@c Note: this resetting of the page number back to 1 causes TeX to gripe
984@c about already having seen page numbers 1-4 before (in the preface):
985@c pdfTeX warning (ext4): destination with the same identifier (name{1})
986@c has been already used, duplicate ignored
987@c I guess that is harmless (what happens if a later part of the text
988@c makes a link to something in the first 4 pages though?).
1df7defd 989@c E.g., note that the Emacs manual has a preface, but does not bother
52af8e0a 990@c resetting the page numbers back to 1 after that.
8cda6f8f
GM
991@iftex
992@headings off
993@evenheading @thispage @| @| @thischapter
994@oddheading @thissection @| @| @thispage
995@global@pageno = 1
996@end iftex
997
d6adf7e7 998@node List Processing
8cda6f8f
GM
999@chapter List Processing
1000
1001To the untutored eye, Lisp is a strange programming language. In Lisp
1002code there are parentheses everywhere. Some people even claim that
1003the name stands for `Lots of Isolated Silly Parentheses'. But the
1004claim is unwarranted. Lisp stands for LISt Processing, and the
1005programming language handles @emph{lists} (and lists of lists) by
1006putting them between parentheses. The parentheses mark the boundaries
1007of the list. Sometimes a list is preceded by a single apostrophe or
1008quotation mark, @samp{'}@footnote{The single apostrophe or quotation
1009mark is an abbreviation for the function @code{quote}; you need not
1010think about functions now; functions are defined in @ref{Making
1011Errors, , Generate an Error Message}.} Lists are the basis of Lisp.
1012
1013@menu
1014* Lisp Lists:: What are lists?
1015* Run a Program:: Any list in Lisp is a program ready to run.
1016* Making Errors:: Generating an error message.
1017* Names & Definitions:: Names of symbols and function definitions.
1018* Lisp Interpreter:: What the Lisp interpreter does.
1019* Evaluation:: Running a program.
1020* Variables:: Returning a value from a variable.
1021* Arguments:: Passing information to a function.
1022* set & setq:: Setting the value of a variable.
1023* Summary:: The major points.
1024* Error Message Exercises::
1025@end menu
1026
d6adf7e7 1027@node Lisp Lists
8cda6f8f
GM
1028@section Lisp Lists
1029@cindex Lisp Lists
1030
1031In Lisp, a list looks like this: @code{'(rose violet daisy buttercup)}.
1032This list is preceded by a single apostrophe. It could just as well be
1033written as follows, which looks more like the kind of list you are likely
1034to be familiar with:
1035
1036@smallexample
1037@group
1038'(rose
1039 violet
1040 daisy
1041 buttercup)
1042@end group
1043@end smallexample
1044
1045@noindent
1046The elements of this list are the names of the four different flowers,
1047separated from each other by whitespace and surrounded by parentheses,
1048like flowers in a field with a stone wall around them.
1049@cindex Flowers in a field
1050
1051@menu
1052* Numbers Lists:: List have numbers, other lists, in them.
1053* Lisp Atoms:: Elemental entities.
1054* Whitespace in Lists:: Formatting lists to be readable.
1055* Typing Lists:: How GNU Emacs helps you type lists.
1056@end menu
1057
8cda6f8f 1058@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 1059@node Numbers Lists
8cda6f8f
GM
1060@unnumberedsubsec Numbers, Lists inside of Lists
1061@end ifnottex
1062
1063Lists can also have numbers in them, as in this list: @code{(+ 2 2)}.
1064This list has a plus-sign, @samp{+}, followed by two @samp{2}s, each
1065separated by whitespace.
1066
1067In Lisp, both data and programs are represented the same way; that is,
1068they are both lists of words, numbers, or other lists, separated by
1069whitespace and surrounded by parentheses. (Since a program looks like
1070data, one program may easily serve as data for another; this is a very
1071powerful feature of Lisp.) (Incidentally, these two parenthetical
1072remarks are @emph{not} Lisp lists, because they contain @samp{;} and
1073@samp{.} as punctuation marks.)
1074
1075@need 1200
1076Here is another list, this time with a list inside of it:
1077
1078@smallexample
1079'(this list has (a list inside of it))
1080@end smallexample
1081
1082The components of this list are the words @samp{this}, @samp{list},
1083@samp{has}, and the list @samp{(a list inside of it)}. The interior
1084list is made up of the words @samp{a}, @samp{list}, @samp{inside},
1085@samp{of}, @samp{it}.
1086
d6adf7e7 1087@node Lisp Atoms
8cda6f8f
GM
1088@subsection Lisp Atoms
1089@cindex Lisp Atoms
1090
1091In Lisp, what we have been calling words are called @dfn{atoms}. This
1092term comes from the historical meaning of the word atom, which means
1093`indivisible'. As far as Lisp is concerned, the words we have been
1094using in the lists cannot be divided into any smaller parts and still
1095mean the same thing as part of a program; likewise with numbers and
1096single character symbols like @samp{+}. On the other hand, unlike an
1097ancient atom, a list can be split into parts. (@xref{car cdr & cons,
1098, @code{car} @code{cdr} & @code{cons} Fundamental Functions}.)
1099
1100In a list, atoms are separated from each other by whitespace. They can be
1101right next to a parenthesis.
1102
1103@cindex @samp{empty list} defined
1104Technically speaking, a list in Lisp consists of parentheses surrounding
1105atoms separated by whitespace or surrounding other lists or surrounding
1106both atoms and other lists. A list can have just one atom in it or
1107have nothing in it at all. A list with nothing in it looks like this:
1108@code{()}, and is called the @dfn{empty list}. Unlike anything else, an
1109empty list is considered both an atom and a list at the same time.
1110
1111@cindex Symbolic expressions, introduced
1112@cindex @samp{expression} defined
1113@cindex @samp{form} defined
1114The printed representation of both atoms and lists are called
1115@dfn{symbolic expressions} or, more concisely, @dfn{s-expressions}.
1116The word @dfn{expression} by itself can refer to either the printed
1117representation, or to the atom or list as it is held internally in the
1118computer. Often, people use the term @dfn{expression}
1119indiscriminately. (Also, in many texts, the word @dfn{form} is used
1120as a synonym for expression.)
1121
1122Incidentally, the atoms that make up our universe were named such when
1123they were thought to be indivisible; but it has been found that physical
1124atoms are not indivisible. Parts can split off an atom or it can
1125fission into two parts of roughly equal size. Physical atoms were named
1126prematurely, before their truer nature was found. In Lisp, certain
1127kinds of atom, such as an array, can be separated into parts; but the
1128mechanism for doing this is different from the mechanism for splitting a
1129list. As far as list operations are concerned, the atoms of a list are
1130unsplittable.
1131
1132As in English, the meanings of the component letters of a Lisp atom
1133are different from the meaning the letters make as a word. For
1134example, the word for the South American sloth, the @samp{ai}, is
1135completely different from the two words, @samp{a}, and @samp{i}.
1136
1137There are many kinds of atom in nature but only a few in Lisp: for
1138example, @dfn{numbers}, such as 37, 511, or 1729, and @dfn{symbols}, such
1139as @samp{+}, @samp{foo}, or @samp{forward-line}. The words we have
1140listed in the examples above are all symbols. In everyday Lisp
1141conversation, the word ``atom'' is not often used, because programmers
1142usually try to be more specific about what kind of atom they are dealing
1143with. Lisp programming is mostly about symbols (and sometimes numbers)
1144within lists. (Incidentally, the preceding three word parenthetical
1145remark is a proper list in Lisp, since it consists of atoms, which in
1146this case are symbols, separated by whitespace and enclosed by
1147parentheses, without any non-Lisp punctuation.)
1148
1149@need 1250
6c499932
CY
1150Text between double quotation marks---even sentences or
1151paragraphs---is also an atom. Here is an example:
8cda6f8f
GM
1152@cindex Text between double quotation marks
1153
1154@smallexample
1155'(this list includes "text between quotation marks.")
1156@end smallexample
1157
1158@cindex @samp{string} defined
1159@noindent
1160In Lisp, all of the quoted text including the punctuation mark and the
1161blank spaces is a single atom. This kind of atom is called a
1162@dfn{string} (for `string of characters') and is the sort of thing that
1163is used for messages that a computer can print for a human to read.
1164Strings are a different kind of atom than numbers or symbols and are
1165used differently.
1166
d6adf7e7 1167@node Whitespace in Lists
8cda6f8f
GM
1168@subsection Whitespace in Lists
1169@cindex Whitespace in lists
1170
1171@need 1200
1172The amount of whitespace in a list does not matter. From the point of view
1173of the Lisp language,
1174
1175@smallexample
1176@group
1177'(this list
1178 looks like this)
1179@end group
1180@end smallexample
1181
1182@need 800
1183@noindent
1184is exactly the same as this:
1185
1186@smallexample
1187'(this list looks like this)
1188@end smallexample
1189
1190Both examples show what to Lisp is the same list, the list made up of
1191the symbols @samp{this}, @samp{list}, @samp{looks}, @samp{like}, and
1192@samp{this} in that order.
1193
1194Extra whitespace and newlines are designed to make a list more readable
1195by humans. When Lisp reads the expression, it gets rid of all the extra
1196whitespace (but it needs to have at least one space between atoms in
1197order to tell them apart.)
1198
1199Odd as it seems, the examples we have seen cover almost all of what Lisp
1200lists look like! Every other list in Lisp looks more or less like one
1201of these examples, except that the list may be longer and more complex.
1202In brief, a list is between parentheses, a string is between quotation
1203marks, a symbol looks like a word, and a number looks like a number.
1204(For certain situations, square brackets, dots and a few other special
1205characters may be used; however, we will go quite far without them.)
1206
d6adf7e7 1207@node Typing Lists
8cda6f8f
GM
1208@subsection GNU Emacs Helps You Type Lists
1209@cindex Help typing lists
1210@cindex Formatting help
1211
1212When you type a Lisp expression in GNU Emacs using either Lisp
1213Interaction mode or Emacs Lisp mode, you have available to you several
1214commands to format the Lisp expression so it is easy to read. For
1215example, pressing the @key{TAB} key automatically indents the line the
1216cursor is on by the right amount. A command to properly indent the
1217code in a region is customarily bound to @kbd{M-C-\}. Indentation is
1218designed so that you can see which elements of a list belong to which
1219list---elements of a sub-list are indented more than the elements of
1220the enclosing list.
1221
1222In addition, when you type a closing parenthesis, Emacs momentarily
1223jumps the cursor back to the matching opening parenthesis, so you can
1224see which one it is. This is very useful, since every list you type
1225in Lisp must have its closing parenthesis match its opening
1226parenthesis. (@xref{Major Modes, , Major Modes, emacs, The GNU Emacs
44e97401 1227Manual}, for more information about Emacs's modes.)
8cda6f8f 1228
d6adf7e7 1229@node Run a Program
8cda6f8f
GM
1230@section Run a Program
1231@cindex Run a program
1232@cindex Program, running one
1233
1234@cindex @samp{evaluate} defined
1235A list in Lisp---any list---is a program ready to run. If you run it
1236(for which the Lisp jargon is @dfn{evaluate}), the computer will do one
1237of three things: do nothing except return to you the list itself; send
1238you an error message; or, treat the first symbol in the list as a
1239command to do something. (Usually, of course, it is the last of these
1240three things that you really want!)
1241
1242@c use code for the single apostrophe, not samp.
1243The single apostrophe, @code{'}, that I put in front of some of the
1244example lists in preceding sections is called a @dfn{quote}; when it
1245precedes a list, it tells Lisp to do nothing with the list, other than
1246take it as it is written. But if there is no quote preceding a list,
1247the first item of the list is special: it is a command for the computer
1248to obey. (In Lisp, these commands are called @emph{functions}.) The list
1249@code{(+ 2 2)} shown above did not have a quote in front of it, so Lisp
1250understands that the @code{+} is an instruction to do something with the
1251rest of the list: add the numbers that follow.
1252
1253@need 1250
1254If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs in Info, here is how you can
1255evaluate such a list: place your cursor immediately after the right
1256hand parenthesis of the following list and then type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1257
1258@smallexample
1259(+ 2 2)
1260@end smallexample
1261
1262@c use code for the number four, not samp.
1263@noindent
1264You will see the number @code{4} appear in the echo area. (In the
1265jargon, what you have just done is ``evaluate the list.'' The echo area
1266is the line at the bottom of the screen that displays or ``echoes''
1267text.) Now try the same thing with a quoted list: place the cursor
1268right after the following list and type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1269
1270@smallexample
1271'(this is a quoted list)
1272@end smallexample
1273
1274@noindent
1275You will see @code{(this is a quoted list)} appear in the echo area.
1276
1277@cindex Lisp interpreter, explained
1278@cindex Interpreter, Lisp, explained
1279In both cases, what you are doing is giving a command to the program
1280inside of GNU Emacs called the @dfn{Lisp interpreter}---giving the
1281interpreter a command to evaluate the expression. The name of the Lisp
1282interpreter comes from the word for the task done by a human who comes
1283up with the meaning of an expression---who ``interprets'' it.
1284
1285You can also evaluate an atom that is not part of a list---one that is
1286not surrounded by parentheses; again, the Lisp interpreter translates
1287from the humanly readable expression to the language of the computer.
1288But before discussing this (@pxref{Variables}), we will discuss what the
1289Lisp interpreter does when you make an error.
1290
d6adf7e7 1291@node Making Errors
8cda6f8f
GM
1292@section Generate an Error Message
1293@cindex Generate an error message
1294@cindex Error message generation
1295
1296Partly so you won't worry if you do it accidentally, we will now give
1297a command to the Lisp interpreter that generates an error message.
1298This is a harmless activity; and indeed, we will often try to generate
1299error messages intentionally. Once you understand the jargon, error
1300messages can be informative. Instead of being called ``error''
1301messages, they should be called ``help'' messages. They are like
ee7683eb 1302signposts to a traveler in a strange country; deciphering them can be
8cda6f8f
GM
1303hard, but once understood, they can point the way.
1304
1305The error message is generated by a built-in GNU Emacs debugger. We
1306will `enter the debugger'. You get out of the debugger by typing @code{q}.
1307
1308What we will do is evaluate a list that is not quoted and does not
1309have a meaningful command as its first element. Here is a list almost
1310exactly the same as the one we just used, but without the single-quote
1311in front of it. Position the cursor right after it and type @kbd{C-x
1312C-e}:
1313
1314@smallexample
1315(this is an unquoted list)
1316@end smallexample
1317
8f4ea8e0 1318@ignore
8cda6f8f
GM
1319@noindent
1320What you see depends on which version of Emacs you are running. GNU
1321Emacs version 22 provides more information than version 20 and before.
1322First, the more recent result of generating an error; then the
1323earlier, version 20 result.
1324
1325@need 1250
1326@noindent
1327In GNU Emacs version 22, a @file{*Backtrace*} window will open up and
1328you will see the following in it:
8f4ea8e0
GM
1329@end ignore
1330
1331A @file{*Backtrace*} window will open up and you should see the
1332following in it:
8cda6f8f
GM
1333
1334@smallexample
1335@group
1336---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1337Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)
1338 (this is an unquoted list)
1339 eval((this is an unquoted list))
1340 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1341 eval-last-sexp(nil)
1342 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1343---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1344@end group
1345@end smallexample
1346
1347@need 1200
1348@noindent
1349Your cursor will be in this window (you may have to wait a few seconds
1350before it becomes visible). To quit the debugger and make the
1351debugger window go away, type:
1352
1353@smallexample
1354q
1355@end smallexample
1356
1357@noindent
1358Please type @kbd{q} right now, so you become confident that you can
1359get out of the debugger. Then, type @kbd{C-x C-e} again to re-enter
1360it.
1361
1362@cindex @samp{function} defined
1363Based on what we already know, we can almost read this error message.
1364
1365You read the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer from the bottom up; it tells
1366you what Emacs did. When you typed @kbd{C-x C-e}, you made an
1367interactive call to the command @code{eval-last-sexp}. @code{eval} is
1368an abbreviation for `evaluate' and @code{sexp} is an abbreviation for
1369`symbolic expression'. The command means `evaluate last symbolic
1370expression', which is the expression just before your cursor.
1371
1372Each line above tells you what the Lisp interpreter evaluated next.
1373The most recent action is at the top. The buffer is called the
1374@file{*Backtrace*} buffer because it enables you to track Emacs
1375backwards.
1376
1377@need 800
1378At the top of the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer, you see the line:
1379
1380@smallexample
1381Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)
1382@end smallexample
1383
1384@noindent
1385The Lisp interpreter tried to evaluate the first atom of the list, the
1386word @samp{this}. It is this action that generated the error message
1387@samp{void-function this}.
1388
1389The message contains the words @samp{void-function} and @samp{this}.
1390
1391@cindex @samp{function} defined
1392The word @samp{function} was mentioned once before. It is a very
1393important word. For our purposes, we can define it by saying that a
1394@dfn{function} is a set of instructions to the computer that tell the
1395computer to do something.
1396
1397Now we can begin to understand the error message: @samp{void-function
1398this}. The function (that is, the word @samp{this}) does not have a
1399definition of any set of instructions for the computer to carry out.
1400
1401The slightly odd word, @samp{void-function}, is designed to cover the
1402way Emacs Lisp is implemented, which is that when a symbol does not
1403have a function definition attached to it, the place that should
1404contain the instructions is `void'.
1405
1406On the other hand, since we were able to add 2 plus 2 successfully, by
1407evaluating @code{(+ 2 2)}, we can infer that the symbol @code{+} must
1408have a set of instructions for the computer to obey and those
1409instructions must be to add the numbers that follow the @code{+}.
1410
8f4ea8e0
GM
1411It is possible to prevent Emacs entering the debugger in cases like
1412this. We do not explain how to do that here, but we will mention what
1413the result looks like, because you may encounter a similar situation
1414if there is a bug in some Emacs code that you are using. In such
1415cases, you will see only one line of error message; it will appear in
1416the echo area and look like this:
8cda6f8f
GM
1417
1418@smallexample
1419Symbol's function definition is void:@: this
1420@end smallexample
1421
1422@noindent
8f4ea8e0 1423@ignore
8cda6f8f 1424(Also, your terminal may beep at you---some do, some don't; and others
8f4ea8e0
GM
1425blink. This is just a device to get your attention.)
1426@end ignore
1427The message goes away as soon as you type a key, even just to
1428move the cursor.
8cda6f8f
GM
1429
1430We know the meaning of the word @samp{Symbol}. It refers to the first
1431atom of the list, the word @samp{this}. The word @samp{function}
1432refers to the instructions that tell the computer what to do.
1433(Technically, the symbol tells the computer where to find the
1434instructions, but this is a complication we can ignore for the
1435moment.)
1436
1437The error message can be understood: @samp{Symbol's function
1438definition is void:@: this}. The symbol (that is, the word
1439@samp{this}) lacks instructions for the computer to carry out.
1440
d6adf7e7 1441@node Names & Definitions
8cda6f8f
GM
1442@section Symbol Names and Function Definitions
1443@cindex Symbol names
1444
1445We can articulate another characteristic of Lisp based on what we have
1446discussed so far---an important characteristic: a symbol, like
1447@code{+}, is not itself the set of instructions for the computer to
1448carry out. Instead, the symbol is used, perhaps temporarily, as a way
1449of locating the definition or set of instructions. What we see is the
1450name through which the instructions can be found. Names of people
1451work the same way. I can be referred to as @samp{Bob}; however, I am
1452not the letters @samp{B}, @samp{o}, @samp{b} but am, or was, the
1453consciousness consistently associated with a particular life-form.
1454The name is not me, but it can be used to refer to me.
1455
1456In Lisp, one set of instructions can be attached to several names.
1457For example, the computer instructions for adding numbers can be
1458linked to the symbol @code{plus} as well as to the symbol @code{+}
1459(and are in some dialects of Lisp). Among humans, I can be referred
1460to as @samp{Robert} as well as @samp{Bob} and by other words as well.
1461
1462On the other hand, a symbol can have only one function definition
1463attached to it at a time. Otherwise, the computer would be confused as
1464to which definition to use. If this were the case among people, only
1465one person in the world could be named @samp{Bob}. However, the function
1466definition to which the name refers can be changed readily.
1467(@xref{Install, , Install a Function Definition}.)
1468
1469Since Emacs Lisp is large, it is customary to name symbols in a way
1470that identifies the part of Emacs to which the function belongs.
1471Thus, all the names for functions that deal with Texinfo start with
1472@samp{texinfo-} and those for functions that deal with reading mail
1473start with @samp{rmail-}.
1474
d6adf7e7 1475@node Lisp Interpreter
8cda6f8f
GM
1476@section The Lisp Interpreter
1477@cindex Lisp interpreter, what it does
1478@cindex Interpreter, what it does
1479
1480Based on what we have seen, we can now start to figure out what the
1481Lisp interpreter does when we command it to evaluate a list.
1482First, it looks to see whether there is a quote before the list; if
1483there is, the interpreter just gives us the list. On the other
1484hand, if there is no quote, the interpreter looks at the first element
1485in the list and sees whether it has a function definition. If it does,
1486the interpreter carries out the instructions in the function definition.
1487Otherwise, the interpreter prints an error message.
1488
1489This is how Lisp works. Simple. There are added complications which we
1490will get to in a minute, but these are the fundamentals. Of course, to
1491write Lisp programs, you need to know how to write function definitions
1492and attach them to names, and how to do this without confusing either
1493yourself or the computer.
1494
1495@menu
1496* Complications:: Variables, Special forms, Lists within.
1497* Byte Compiling:: Specially processing code for speed.
1498@end menu
1499
8cda6f8f 1500@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 1501@node Complications
8cda6f8f
GM
1502@unnumberedsubsec Complications
1503@end ifnottex
1504
1505Now, for the first complication. In addition to lists, the Lisp
1506interpreter can evaluate a symbol that is not quoted and does not have
1507parentheses around it. The Lisp interpreter will attempt to determine
1508the symbol's value as a @dfn{variable}. This situation is described
1509in the section on variables. (@xref{Variables}.)
1510
1511@cindex Special form
2325c82f
XF
1512The second complication occurs because some functions are unusual and
1513do not work in the usual manner. Those that don't are called
1514@dfn{special forms}. They are used for special jobs, like defining a
1515function, and there are not many of them. In the next few chapters,
1516you will be introduced to several of the more important special forms.
2325c82f 1517
09b98a01
GM
1518As well as special forms, there are also @dfn{macros}. A macro
1519is a construct defined in Lisp, which differs from a function in that it
1520translates a Lisp expression into another expression that is to be
1521evaluated in place of the original expression. (@xref{Lisp macro}.)
1522
1523For the purposes of this introduction, you do not need to worry too much
1524about whether something is a special form, macro, or ordinary function.
1525For example, @code{if} is a special form (@pxref{if}), but @code{when}
1526is a macro (@pxref{Lisp macro}). In earlier versions of Emacs,
1527@code{defun} was a special form, but now it is a macro (@pxref{defun}).
1528It still behaves in the same way.
8cda6f8f 1529
09b98a01 1530The final complication is this: if the function that the
8cda6f8f
GM
1531Lisp interpreter is looking at is not a special form, and if it is part
1532of a list, the Lisp interpreter looks to see whether the list has a list
1533inside of it. If there is an inner list, the Lisp interpreter first
1534figures out what it should do with the inside list, and then it works on
1535the outside list. If there is yet another list embedded inside the
1536inner list, it works on that one first, and so on. It always works on
1537the innermost list first. The interpreter works on the innermost list
1538first, to evaluate the result of that list. The result may be
1539used by the enclosing expression.
1540
1541Otherwise, the interpreter works left to right, from one expression to
1542the next.
1543
d6adf7e7 1544@node Byte Compiling
8cda6f8f
GM
1545@subsection Byte Compiling
1546@cindex Byte compiling
1547
1548One other aspect of interpreting: the Lisp interpreter is able to
1549interpret two kinds of entity: humanly readable code, on which we will
1550focus exclusively, and specially processed code, called @dfn{byte
1551compiled} code, which is not humanly readable. Byte compiled code
1552runs faster than humanly readable code.
1553
1554You can transform humanly readable code into byte compiled code by
1555running one of the compile commands such as @code{byte-compile-file}.
1556Byte compiled code is usually stored in a file that ends with a
1557@file{.elc} extension rather than a @file{.el} extension. You will
1558see both kinds of file in the @file{emacs/lisp} directory; the files
1559to read are those with @file{.el} extensions.
1560
1561As a practical matter, for most things you might do to customize or
1562extend Emacs, you do not need to byte compile; and I will not discuss
1563the topic here. @xref{Byte Compilation, , Byte Compilation, elisp,
1564The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a full description of byte
1565compilation.
1566
d6adf7e7 1567@node Evaluation
8cda6f8f
GM
1568@section Evaluation
1569@cindex Evaluation
1570
1571When the Lisp interpreter works on an expression, the term for the
1572activity is called @dfn{evaluation}. We say that the interpreter
1573`evaluates the expression'. I've used this term several times before.
1574The word comes from its use in everyday language, `to ascertain the
1575value or amount of; to appraise', according to @cite{Webster's New
1576Collegiate Dictionary}.
1577
1578@menu
1579* How the Interpreter Acts:: Returns and Side Effects...
1580* Evaluating Inner Lists:: Lists within lists...
1581@end menu
1582
8cda6f8f 1583@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 1584@node How the Interpreter Acts
8cda6f8f
GM
1585@unnumberedsubsec How the Lisp Interpreter Acts
1586@end ifnottex
1587
1588@cindex @samp{returned value} explained
1589After evaluating an expression, the Lisp interpreter will most likely
1590@dfn{return} the value that the computer produces by carrying out the
1591instructions it found in the function definition, or perhaps it will
1592give up on that function and produce an error message. (The interpreter
1593may also find itself tossed, so to speak, to a different function or it
1594may attempt to repeat continually what it is doing for ever and ever in
1595what is called an `infinite loop'. These actions are less common; and
1596we can ignore them.) Most frequently, the interpreter returns a value.
1597
1598@cindex @samp{side effect} defined
1599At the same time the interpreter returns a value, it may do something
1600else as well, such as move a cursor or copy a file; this other kind of
1601action is called a @dfn{side effect}. Actions that we humans think are
1602important, such as printing results, are often ``side effects'' to the
1603Lisp interpreter. The jargon can sound peculiar, but it turns out that
1604it is fairly easy to learn to use side effects.
1605
1606In summary, evaluating a symbolic expression most commonly causes the
1607Lisp interpreter to return a value and perhaps carry out a side effect;
1608or else produce an error.
1609
d6adf7e7 1610@node Evaluating Inner Lists
8cda6f8f
GM
1611@subsection Evaluating Inner Lists
1612@cindex Inner list evaluation
1613@cindex Evaluating inner lists
1614
1615If evaluation applies to a list that is inside another list, the outer
1616list may use the value returned by the first evaluation as information
1617when the outer list is evaluated. This explains why inner expressions
1618are evaluated first: the values they return are used by the outer
1619expressions.
1620
1621@need 1250
1622We can investigate this process by evaluating another addition example.
1623Place your cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1624
1625@smallexample
1626(+ 2 (+ 3 3))
1627@end smallexample
1628
1629@noindent
1630The number 8 will appear in the echo area.
1631
1632What happens is that the Lisp interpreter first evaluates the inner
1633expression, @code{(+ 3 3)}, for which the value 6 is returned; then it
1634evaluates the outer expression as if it were written @code{(+ 2 6)}, which
1635returns the value 8. Since there are no more enclosing expressions to
1636evaluate, the interpreter prints that value in the echo area.
1637
1638Now it is easy to understand the name of the command invoked by the
1639keystrokes @kbd{C-x C-e}: the name is @code{eval-last-sexp}. The
1640letters @code{sexp} are an abbreviation for `symbolic expression', and
1641@code{eval} is an abbreviation for `evaluate'. The command means
1642`evaluate last symbolic expression'.
1643
1644As an experiment, you can try evaluating the expression by putting the
1645cursor at the beginning of the next line immediately following the
1646expression, or inside the expression.
1647
1648@need 800
1649Here is another copy of the expression:
1650
1651@smallexample
1652(+ 2 (+ 3 3))
1653@end smallexample
1654
1655@noindent
1656If you place the cursor at the beginning of the blank line that
1657immediately follows the expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}, you will
1658still get the value 8 printed in the echo area. Now try putting the
1659cursor inside the expression. If you put it right after the next to
1660last parenthesis (so it appears to sit on top of the last parenthesis),
1661you will get a 6 printed in the echo area! This is because the command
1662evaluates the expression @code{(+ 3 3)}.
1663
1664Now put the cursor immediately after a number. Type @kbd{C-x C-e} and
1665you will get the number itself. In Lisp, if you evaluate a number, you
1666get the number itself---this is how numbers differ from symbols. If you
1667evaluate a list starting with a symbol like @code{+}, you will get a
1668value returned that is the result of the computer carrying out the
1669instructions in the function definition attached to that name. If a
1670symbol by itself is evaluated, something different happens, as we will
1671see in the next section.
1672
d6adf7e7 1673@node Variables
8cda6f8f
GM
1674@section Variables
1675@cindex Variables
1676
1677In Emacs Lisp, a symbol can have a value attached to it just as it can
1678have a function definition attached to it. The two are different.
1679The function definition is a set of instructions that a computer will
1680obey. A value, on the other hand, is something, such as number or a
1681name, that can vary (which is why such a symbol is called a variable).
1682The value of a symbol can be any expression in Lisp, such as a symbol,
1683number, list, or string. A symbol that has a value is often called a
1684@dfn{variable}.
1685
1686A symbol can have both a function definition and a value attached to
1687it at the same time. Or it can have just one or the other.
1688The two are separate. This is somewhat similar
1689to the way the name Cambridge can refer to the city in Massachusetts
1690and have some information attached to the name as well, such as
1691``great programming center''.
1692
1693@ignore
1694(Incidentally, in Emacs Lisp, a symbol can have two
1695other things attached to it, too: a property list and a documentation
1696string; these are discussed later.)
1697@end ignore
1698
1699Another way to think about this is to imagine a symbol as being a chest
1700of drawers. The function definition is put in one drawer, the value in
1701another, and so on. What is put in the drawer holding the value can be
1702changed without affecting the contents of the drawer holding the
1703function definition, and vice-verse.
1704
1705@menu
1706* fill-column Example::
1707* Void Function:: The error message for a symbol
1708 without a function.
1709* Void Variable:: The error message for a symbol without a value.
1710@end menu
1711
8cda6f8f 1712@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 1713@node fill-column Example
8cda6f8f
GM
1714@unnumberedsubsec @code{fill-column}, an Example Variable
1715@end ifnottex
1716
1717@findex fill-column, @r{an example variable}
1718@cindex Example variable, @code{fill-column}
1719@cindex Variable, example of, @code{fill-column}
1720The variable @code{fill-column} illustrates a symbol with a value
1721attached to it: in every GNU Emacs buffer, this symbol is set to some
1722value, usually 72 or 70, but sometimes to some other value. To find the
1723value of this symbol, evaluate it by itself. If you are reading this in
1724Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can do this by putting the cursor after
1725the symbol and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1726
1727@smallexample
1728fill-column
1729@end smallexample
1730
1731@noindent
1732After I typed @kbd{C-x C-e}, Emacs printed the number 72 in my echo
1733area. This is the value for which @code{fill-column} is set for me as I
1734write this. It may be different for you in your Info buffer. Notice
1735that the value returned as a variable is printed in exactly the same way
1736as the value returned by a function carrying out its instructions. From
1737the point of view of the Lisp interpreter, a value returned is a value
1738returned. What kind of expression it came from ceases to matter once
1739the value is known.
1740
1741A symbol can have any value attached to it or, to use the jargon, we can
1742@dfn{bind} the variable to a value: to a number, such as 72; to a
1743string, @code{"such as this"}; to a list, such as @code{(spruce pine
1744oak)}; we can even bind a variable to a function definition.
1745
1746A symbol can be bound to a value in several ways. @xref{set & setq, ,
1747Setting the Value of a Variable}, for information about one way to do
1748this.
1749
d6adf7e7 1750@node Void Function
8cda6f8f
GM
1751@subsection Error Message for a Symbol Without a Function
1752@cindex Symbol without function error
1753@cindex Error for symbol without function
1754
1755When we evaluated @code{fill-column} to find its value as a variable,
1756we did not place parentheses around the word. This is because we did
1757not intend to use it as a function name.
1758
1759If @code{fill-column} were the first or only element of a list, the
1760Lisp interpreter would attempt to find the function definition
1761attached to it. But @code{fill-column} has no function definition.
1762Try evaluating this:
1763
1764@smallexample
1765(fill-column)
1766@end smallexample
1767
1768@need 1250
1769@noindent
8f4ea8e0 1770You will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer that says:
8cda6f8f
GM
1771
1772@smallexample
1773@group
1774---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1775Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function fill-column)
1776 (fill-column)
1777 eval((fill-column))
1778 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1779 eval-last-sexp(nil)
1780 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1781---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1782@end group
1783@end smallexample
1784
1785@noindent
1786(Remember, to quit the debugger and make the debugger window go away,
1787type @kbd{q} in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
1788
1789@ignore
1790@need 800
1791In GNU Emacs 20 and before, you will produce an error message that says:
1792
1793@smallexample
1794Symbol's function definition is void:@: fill-column
1795@end smallexample
1796
1797@noindent
1798(The message will go away as soon as you move the cursor or type
1799another key.)
1800@end ignore
1801
d6adf7e7 1802@node Void Variable
8cda6f8f
GM
1803@subsection Error Message for a Symbol Without a Value
1804@cindex Symbol without value error
1805@cindex Error for symbol without value
1806
1807If you attempt to evaluate a symbol that does not have a value bound to
1808it, you will receive an error message. You can see this by
1809experimenting with our 2 plus 2 addition. In the following expression,
1810put your cursor right after the @code{+}, before the first number 2,
1811type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1812
1813@smallexample
1814(+ 2 2)
1815@end smallexample
1816
1817@need 1500
1818@noindent
1819In GNU Emacs 22, you will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer that
1820says:
1821
1822@smallexample
1823@group
1824---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1825Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-variable +)
1826 eval(+)
1827 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1828 eval-last-sexp(nil)
1829 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1830---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1831@end group
1832@end smallexample
1833
1834@noindent
8f4ea8e0 1835(Again, you can quit the debugger by
8cda6f8f
GM
1836typing @kbd{q} in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
1837
1838This backtrace is different from the very first error message we saw,
1839which said, @samp{Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)}.
1840In this case, the function does not have a value as a variable; while
1841in the other error message, the function (the word `this') did not
1842have a definition.
1843
1844In this experiment with the @code{+}, what we did was cause the Lisp
1845interpreter to evaluate the @code{+} and look for the value of the
1846variable instead of the function definition. We did this by placing the
1847cursor right after the symbol rather than after the parenthesis of the
1848enclosing list as we did before. As a consequence, the Lisp interpreter
8f4ea8e0 1849evaluated the preceding s-expression, which in this case was
8cda6f8f
GM
1850@code{+} by itself.
1851
1852Since @code{+} does not have a value bound to it, just the function
1853definition, the error message reported that the symbol's value as a
1854variable was void.
1855
1856@ignore
1857@need 800
1858In GNU Emacs version 20 and before, your error message will say:
1859
1860@example
1861Symbol's value as variable is void:@: +
1862@end example
1863
1864@noindent
1865The meaning is the same as in GNU Emacs 22.
1866@end ignore
1867
d6adf7e7 1868@node Arguments
8cda6f8f
GM
1869@section Arguments
1870@cindex Arguments
1871@cindex Passing information to functions
1872
1873To see how information is passed to functions, let's look again at
1874our old standby, the addition of two plus two. In Lisp, this is written
1875as follows:
1876
1877@smallexample
1878(+ 2 2)
1879@end smallexample
1880
1881If you evaluate this expression, the number 4 will appear in your echo
1882area. What the Lisp interpreter does is add the numbers that follow
1883the @code{+}.
1884
1885@cindex @samp{argument} defined
1886The numbers added by @code{+} are called the @dfn{arguments} of the
1887function @code{+}. These numbers are the information that is given to
1888or @dfn{passed} to the function.
1889
1890The word `argument' comes from the way it is used in mathematics and
1891does not refer to a disputation between two people; instead it refers to
1892the information presented to the function, in this case, to the
1893@code{+}. In Lisp, the arguments to a function are the atoms or lists
1894that follow the function. The values returned by the evaluation of
1895these atoms or lists are passed to the function. Different functions
1896require different numbers of arguments; some functions require none at
1897all.@footnote{It is curious to track the path by which the word `argument'
1898came to have two different meanings, one in mathematics and the other in
1899everyday English. According to the @cite{Oxford English Dictionary},
1900the word derives from the Latin for @samp{to make clear, prove}; thus it
1901came to mean, by one thread of derivation, `the evidence offered as
1902proof', which is to say, `the information offered', which led to its
1903meaning in Lisp. But in the other thread of derivation, it came to mean
1904`to assert in a manner against which others may make counter
1905assertions', which led to the meaning of the word as a disputation.
1906(Note here that the English word has two different definitions attached
1907to it at the same time. By contrast, in Emacs Lisp, a symbol cannot
1908have two different function definitions at the same time.)}
1909
1910@menu
1911* Data types:: Types of data passed to a function.
1912* Args as Variable or List:: An argument can be the value
1913 of a variable or list.
1914* Variable Number of Arguments:: Some functions may take a
1915 variable number of arguments.
1916* Wrong Type of Argument:: Passing an argument of the wrong type
1917 to a function.
1918* message:: A useful function for sending messages.
1919@end menu
1920
d6adf7e7 1921@node Data types
8cda6f8f
GM
1922@subsection Arguments' Data Types
1923@cindex Data types
1924@cindex Types of data
1925@cindex Arguments' data types
1926
1927The type of data that should be passed to a function depends on what
1928kind of information it uses. The arguments to a function such as
1929@code{+} must have values that are numbers, since @code{+} adds numbers.
1930Other functions use different kinds of data for their arguments.
1931
1932@need 1250
1933@findex concat
1934For example, the @code{concat} function links together or unites two or
1935more strings of text to produce a string. The arguments are strings.
1936Concatenating the two character strings @code{abc}, @code{def} produces
1937the single string @code{abcdef}. This can be seen by evaluating the
1938following:
1939
1940@smallexample
1941(concat "abc" "def")
1942@end smallexample
1943
1944@noindent
1945The value produced by evaluating this expression is @code{"abcdef"}.
1946
1947A function such as @code{substring} uses both a string and numbers as
1948arguments. The function returns a part of the string, a substring of
1949the first argument. This function takes three arguments. Its first
1950argument is the string of characters, the second and third arguments are
1951numbers that indicate the beginning and end of the substring. The
1952numbers are a count of the number of characters (including spaces and
e4920bc9 1953punctuation) from the beginning of the string.
8cda6f8f
GM
1954
1955@need 800
1956For example, if you evaluate the following:
1957
1958@smallexample
1959(substring "The quick brown fox jumped." 16 19)
1960@end smallexample
1961
1962@noindent
1963you will see @code{"fox"} appear in the echo area. The arguments are the
1964string and the two numbers.
1965
1966Note that the string passed to @code{substring} is a single atom even
1967though it is made up of several words separated by spaces. Lisp counts
1968everything between the two quotation marks as part of the string,
1969including the spaces. You can think of the @code{substring} function as
1970a kind of `atom smasher' since it takes an otherwise indivisible atom
1971and extracts a part. However, @code{substring} is only able to extract
1972a substring from an argument that is a string, not from another type of
1973atom such as a number or symbol.
1974
d6adf7e7 1975@node Args as Variable or List
8cda6f8f
GM
1976@subsection An Argument as the Value of a Variable or List
1977
1978An argument can be a symbol that returns a value when it is evaluated.
1979For example, when the symbol @code{fill-column} by itself is evaluated,
1980it returns a number. This number can be used in an addition.
1981
1982@need 1250
1983Position the cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x
1984C-e}:
1985
1986@smallexample
1987(+ 2 fill-column)
1988@end smallexample
1989
1990@noindent
1991The value will be a number two more than what you get by evaluating
1992@code{fill-column} alone. For me, this is 74, because my value of
1993@code{fill-column} is 72.
1994
1995As we have just seen, an argument can be a symbol that returns a value
1996when evaluated. In addition, an argument can be a list that returns a
1997value when it is evaluated. For example, in the following expression,
1998the arguments to the function @code{concat} are the strings
1999@w{@code{"The "}} and @w{@code{" red foxes."}} and the list
2000@code{(number-to-string (+ 2 fill-column))}.
2001
2002@c For GNU Emacs 22, need number-to-string
2003@smallexample
2004(concat "The " (number-to-string (+ 2 fill-column)) " red foxes.")
2005@end smallexample
2006
2007@noindent
2008If you evaluate this expression---and if, as with my Emacs,
2009@code{fill-column} evaluates to 72---@code{"The 74 red foxes."} will
2010appear in the echo area. (Note that you must put spaces after the
2011word @samp{The} and before the word @samp{red} so they will appear in
2012the final string. The function @code{number-to-string} converts the
2013integer that the addition function returns to a string.
2014@code{number-to-string} is also known as @code{int-to-string}.)
2015
d6adf7e7 2016@node Variable Number of Arguments
8cda6f8f
GM
2017@subsection Variable Number of Arguments
2018@cindex Variable number of arguments
2019@cindex Arguments, variable number of
2020
2021Some functions, such as @code{concat}, @code{+} or @code{*}, take any
2022number of arguments. (The @code{*} is the symbol for multiplication.)
2023This can be seen by evaluating each of the following expressions in
2024the usual way. What you will see in the echo area is printed in this
2025text after @samp{@result{}}, which you may read as `evaluates to'.
2026
2027@need 1250
2028In the first set, the functions have no arguments:
2029
2030@smallexample
2031@group
2032(+) @result{} 0
2033
2034(*) @result{} 1
2035@end group
2036@end smallexample
2037
2038@need 1250
2039In this set, the functions have one argument each:
2040
2041@smallexample
2042@group
2043(+ 3) @result{} 3
2044
2045(* 3) @result{} 3
2046@end group
2047@end smallexample
2048
2049@need 1250
2050In this set, the functions have three arguments each:
2051
2052@smallexample
2053@group
2054(+ 3 4 5) @result{} 12
2055
2056(* 3 4 5) @result{} 60
2057@end group
2058@end smallexample
2059
d6adf7e7 2060@node Wrong Type of Argument
8cda6f8f
GM
2061@subsection Using the Wrong Type Object as an Argument
2062@cindex Wrong type of argument
2063@cindex Argument, wrong type of
2064
2065When a function is passed an argument of the wrong type, the Lisp
2066interpreter produces an error message. For example, the @code{+}
2067function expects the values of its arguments to be numbers. As an
2068experiment we can pass it the quoted symbol @code{hello} instead of a
2069number. Position the cursor after the following expression and type
2070@kbd{C-x C-e}:
2071
2072@smallexample
2073(+ 2 'hello)
2074@end smallexample
2075
2076@noindent
2077When you do this you will generate an error message. What has happened
2078is that @code{+} has tried to add the 2 to the value returned by
2079@code{'hello}, but the value returned by @code{'hello} is the symbol
2080@code{hello}, not a number. Only numbers can be added. So @code{+}
2081could not carry out its addition.
2082
2083@need 1250
8f4ea8e0 2084You will create and enter a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer that says:
8cda6f8f
GM
2085
2086@noindent
2087@smallexample
2088@group
2089---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
2090Debugger entered--Lisp error:
2091 (wrong-type-argument number-or-marker-p hello)
2092 +(2 hello)
2093 eval((+ 2 (quote hello)))
2094 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
2095 eval-last-sexp(nil)
2096 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
2097---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
2098@end group
2099@end smallexample
2100
2101@need 1250
2102As usual, the error message tries to be helpful and makes sense after you
2103learn how to read it.@footnote{@code{(quote hello)} is an expansion of
2104the abbreviation @code{'hello}.}
2105
2106The first part of the error message is straightforward; it says
2107@samp{wrong type argument}. Next comes the mysterious jargon word
2108@w{@samp{number-or-marker-p}}. This word is trying to tell you what
2109kind of argument the @code{+} expected.
2110
2111The symbol @code{number-or-marker-p} says that the Lisp interpreter is
2112trying to determine whether the information presented it (the value of
2113the argument) is a number or a marker (a special object representing a
2114buffer position). What it does is test to see whether the @code{+} is
2115being given numbers to add. It also tests to see whether the
2116argument is something called a marker, which is a specific feature of
2117Emacs Lisp. (In Emacs, locations in a buffer are recorded as markers.
2118When the mark is set with the @kbd{C-@@} or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} command,
2119its position is kept as a marker. The mark can be considered a
2120number---the number of characters the location is from the beginning
2121of the buffer.) In Emacs Lisp, @code{+} can be used to add the
2122numeric value of marker positions as numbers.
2123
2124The @samp{p} of @code{number-or-marker-p} is the embodiment of a
2125practice started in the early days of Lisp programming. The @samp{p}
2126stands for `predicate'. In the jargon used by the early Lisp
2127researchers, a predicate refers to a function to determine whether some
2128property is true or false. So the @samp{p} tells us that
2129@code{number-or-marker-p} is the name of a function that determines
2130whether it is true or false that the argument supplied is a number or
2131a marker. Other Lisp symbols that end in @samp{p} include @code{zerop},
2132a function that tests whether its argument has the value of zero, and
2133@code{listp}, a function that tests whether its argument is a list.
2134
2135Finally, the last part of the error message is the symbol @code{hello}.
2136This is the value of the argument that was passed to @code{+}. If the
2137addition had been passed the correct type of object, the value passed
2138would have been a number, such as 37, rather than a symbol like
2139@code{hello}. But then you would not have got the error message.
2140
2141@ignore
2142@need 1250
2143In GNU Emacs version 20 and before, the echo area displays an error
2144message that says:
2145
2146@smallexample
2147Wrong type argument:@: number-or-marker-p, hello
2148@end smallexample
2149
2150This says, in different words, the same as the top line of the
2151@file{*Backtrace*} buffer.
2152@end ignore
2153
d6adf7e7 2154@node message
8cda6f8f
GM
2155@subsection The @code{message} Function
2156@findex message
2157
2158Like @code{+}, the @code{message} function takes a variable number of
2159arguments. It is used to send messages to the user and is so useful
2160that we will describe it here.
2161
2162@need 1250
2163A message is printed in the echo area. For example, you can print a
2164message in your echo area by evaluating the following list:
2165
2166@smallexample
2167(message "This message appears in the echo area!")
2168@end smallexample
2169
2170The whole string between double quotation marks is a single argument
2171and is printed @i{in toto}. (Note that in this example, the message
2172itself will appear in the echo area within double quotes; that is
2173because you see the value returned by the @code{message} function. In
2174most uses of @code{message} in programs that you write, the text will
2175be printed in the echo area as a side-effect, without the quotes.
2176@xref{multiply-by-seven in detail, , @code{multiply-by-seven} in
2177detail}, for an example of this.)
2178
2179However, if there is a @samp{%s} in the quoted string of characters, the
2180@code{message} function does not print the @samp{%s} as such, but looks
2181to the argument that follows the string. It evaluates the second
2182argument and prints the value at the location in the string where the
2183@samp{%s} is.
2184
2185@need 1250
2186You can see this by positioning the cursor after the following
2187expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}:
2188
2189@smallexample
2190(message "The name of this buffer is: %s." (buffer-name))
2191@end smallexample
2192
2193@noindent
2194In Info, @code{"The name of this buffer is: *info*."} will appear in the
2195echo area. The function @code{buffer-name} returns the name of the
2196buffer as a string, which the @code{message} function inserts in place
2197of @code{%s}.
2198
2199To print a value as an integer, use @samp{%d} in the same way as
2200@samp{%s}. For example, to print a message in the echo area that
2201states the value of the @code{fill-column}, evaluate the following:
2202
2203@smallexample
2204(message "The value of fill-column is %d." fill-column)
2205@end smallexample
2206
2207@noindent
2208On my system, when I evaluate this list, @code{"The value of
2209fill-column is 72."} appears in my echo area@footnote{Actually, you
2210can use @code{%s} to print a number. It is non-specific. @code{%d}
2211prints only the part of a number left of a decimal point, and not
2212anything that is not a number.}.
2213
2214If there is more than one @samp{%s} in the quoted string, the value of
2215the first argument following the quoted string is printed at the
2216location of the first @samp{%s} and the value of the second argument is
2217printed at the location of the second @samp{%s}, and so on.
2218
2219@need 1250
2220For example, if you evaluate the following,
2221
2222@smallexample
2223@group
2224(message "There are %d %s in the office!"
2225 (- fill-column 14) "pink elephants")
2226@end group
2227@end smallexample
2228
2229@noindent
2230a rather whimsical message will appear in your echo area. On my system
2231it says, @code{"There are 58 pink elephants in the office!"}.
2232
2233The expression @code{(- fill-column 14)} is evaluated and the resulting
2234number is inserted in place of the @samp{%d}; and the string in double
2235quotes, @code{"pink elephants"}, is treated as a single argument and
2236inserted in place of the @samp{%s}. (That is to say, a string between
2237double quotes evaluates to itself, like a number.)
2238
2239Finally, here is a somewhat complex example that not only illustrates
2240the computation of a number, but also shows how you can use an
2241expression within an expression to generate the text that is substituted
2242for @samp{%s}:
2243
2244@smallexample
2245@group
2246(message "He saw %d %s"
2247 (- fill-column 32)
2248 (concat "red "
2249 (substring
2250 "The quick brown foxes jumped." 16 21)
2251 " leaping."))
2252@end group
2253@end smallexample
2254
2255In this example, @code{message} has three arguments: the string,
2256@code{"He saw %d %s"}, the expression, @code{(- fill-column 32)}, and
2257the expression beginning with the function @code{concat}. The value
2258resulting from the evaluation of @code{(- fill-column 32)} is inserted
2259in place of the @samp{%d}; and the value returned by the expression
2260beginning with @code{concat} is inserted in place of the @samp{%s}.
2261
2262When your fill column is 70 and you evaluate the expression, the
2263message @code{"He saw 38 red foxes leaping."} appears in your echo
2264area.
2265
d6adf7e7 2266@node set & setq
8cda6f8f
GM
2267@section Setting the Value of a Variable
2268@cindex Variable, setting value
2269@cindex Setting value of variable
2270
2271@cindex @samp{bind} defined
2272There are several ways by which a variable can be given a value. One of
2273the ways is to use either the function @code{set} or the function
2274@code{setq}. Another way is to use @code{let} (@pxref{let}). (The
2275jargon for this process is to @dfn{bind} a variable to a value.)
2276
2277The following sections not only describe how @code{set} and @code{setq}
2278work but also illustrate how arguments are passed.
2279
2280@menu
2281* Using set:: Setting values.
2282* Using setq:: Setting a quoted value.
2283* Counting:: Using @code{setq} to count.
2284@end menu
2285
d6adf7e7 2286@node Using set
8cda6f8f
GM
2287@subsection Using @code{set}
2288@findex set
2289
2290To set the value of the symbol @code{flowers} to the list @code{'(rose
2291violet daisy buttercup)}, evaluate the following expression by
2292positioning the cursor after the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2293
2294@smallexample
2295(set 'flowers '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
2296@end smallexample
2297
2298@noindent
2299The list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} will appear in the echo
2300area. This is what is @emph{returned} by the @code{set} function. As a
2301side effect, the symbol @code{flowers} is bound to the list; that is,
2302the symbol @code{flowers}, which can be viewed as a variable, is given
2303the list as its value. (This process, by the way, illustrates how a
2304side effect to the Lisp interpreter, setting the value, can be the
2305primary effect that we humans are interested in. This is because every
2306Lisp function must return a value if it does not get an error, but it
2307will only have a side effect if it is designed to have one.)
2308
2309After evaluating the @code{set} expression, you can evaluate the symbol
2310@code{flowers} and it will return the value you just set. Here is the
2311symbol. Place your cursor after it and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2312
2313@smallexample
2314flowers
2315@end smallexample
2316
2317@noindent
2318When you evaluate @code{flowers}, the list
2319@code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} appears in the echo area.
2320
2321Incidentally, if you evaluate @code{'flowers}, the variable with a quote
2322in front of it, what you will see in the echo area is the symbol itself,
2323@code{flowers}. Here is the quoted symbol, so you can try this:
2324
2325@smallexample
2326'flowers
2327@end smallexample
2328
2329Note also, that when you use @code{set}, you need to quote both
2330arguments to @code{set}, unless you want them evaluated. Since we do
2331not want either argument evaluated, neither the variable
2332@code{flowers} nor the list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)}, both
2333are quoted. (When you use @code{set} without quoting its first
2334argument, the first argument is evaluated before anything else is
2335done. If you did this and @code{flowers} did not have a value
2336already, you would get an error message that the @samp{Symbol's value
2337as variable is void}; on the other hand, if @code{flowers} did return
2338a value after it was evaluated, the @code{set} would attempt to set
2339the value that was returned. There are situations where this is the
2340right thing for the function to do; but such situations are rare.)
2341
d6adf7e7 2342@node Using setq
8cda6f8f
GM
2343@subsection Using @code{setq}
2344@findex setq
2345
2346As a practical matter, you almost always quote the first argument to
2347@code{set}. The combination of @code{set} and a quoted first argument
2348is so common that it has its own name: the special form @code{setq}.
2349This special form is just like @code{set} except that the first argument
2350is quoted automatically, so you don't need to type the quote mark
2351yourself. Also, as an added convenience, @code{setq} permits you to set
2352several different variables to different values, all in one expression.
2353
2354To set the value of the variable @code{carnivores} to the list
2355@code{'(lion tiger leopard)} using @code{setq}, the following expression
2356is used:
2357
2358@smallexample
2359(setq carnivores '(lion tiger leopard))
2360@end smallexample
2361
2362@noindent
2363This is exactly the same as using @code{set} except the first argument
2364is automatically quoted by @code{setq}. (The @samp{q} in @code{setq}
2365means @code{quote}.)
2366
2367@need 1250
2368With @code{set}, the expression would look like this:
2369
2370@smallexample
2371(set 'carnivores '(lion tiger leopard))
2372@end smallexample
2373
2374Also, @code{setq} can be used to assign different values to
2375different variables. The first argument is bound to the value
2376of the second argument, the third argument is bound to the value of the
2377fourth argument, and so on. For example, you could use the following to
2378assign a list of trees to the symbol @code{trees} and a list of herbivores
2379to the symbol @code{herbivores}:
2380
2381@smallexample
2382@group
2383(setq trees '(pine fir oak maple)
2384 herbivores '(gazelle antelope zebra))
2385@end group
2386@end smallexample
2387
2388@noindent
2389(The expression could just as well have been on one line, but it might
2390not have fit on a page; and humans find it easier to read nicely
2391formatted lists.)
2392
2393Although I have been using the term `assign', there is another way of
2394thinking about the workings of @code{set} and @code{setq}; and that is to
2395say that @code{set} and @code{setq} make the symbol @emph{point} to the
2396list. This latter way of thinking is very common and in forthcoming
2397chapters we shall come upon at least one symbol that has `pointer' as
2398part of its name. The name is chosen because the symbol has a value,
2399specifically a list, attached to it; or, expressed another way,
2400the symbol is set to ``point'' to the list.
2401
d6adf7e7 2402@node Counting
8cda6f8f
GM
2403@subsection Counting
2404@cindex Counting
2405
2406Here is an example that shows how to use @code{setq} in a counter. You
2407might use this to count how many times a part of your program repeats
2408itself. First set a variable to zero; then add one to the number each
2409time the program repeats itself. To do this, you need a variable that
2410serves as a counter, and two expressions: an initial @code{setq}
2411expression that sets the counter variable to zero; and a second
2412@code{setq} expression that increments the counter each time it is
2413evaluated.
2414
2415@smallexample
2416@group
2417(setq counter 0) ; @r{Let's call this the initializer.}
2418
2419(setq counter (+ counter 1)) ; @r{This is the incrementer.}
2420
2421counter ; @r{This is the counter.}
2422@end group
2423@end smallexample
2424
2425@noindent
2426(The text following the @samp{;} are comments. @xref{Change a
2427defun, , Change a Function Definition}.)
2428
2429If you evaluate the first of these expressions, the initializer,
2430@code{(setq counter 0)}, and then evaluate the third expression,
2431@code{counter}, the number @code{0} will appear in the echo area. If
2432you then evaluate the second expression, the incrementer, @code{(setq
2433counter (+ counter 1))}, the counter will get the value 1. So if you
2434again evaluate @code{counter}, the number @code{1} will appear in the
2435echo area. Each time you evaluate the second expression, the value of
2436the counter will be incremented.
2437
2438When you evaluate the incrementer, @code{(setq counter (+ counter 1))},
2439the Lisp interpreter first evaluates the innermost list; this is the
2440addition. In order to evaluate this list, it must evaluate the variable
2441@code{counter} and the number @code{1}. When it evaluates the variable
2442@code{counter}, it receives its current value. It passes this value and
2443the number @code{1} to the @code{+} which adds them together. The sum
2444is then returned as the value of the inner list and passed to the
2445@code{setq} which sets the variable @code{counter} to this new value.
2446Thus, the value of the variable, @code{counter}, is changed.
2447
d6adf7e7 2448@node Summary
8cda6f8f
GM
2449@section Summary
2450
2451Learning Lisp is like climbing a hill in which the first part is the
2452steepest. You have now climbed the most difficult part; what remains
2453becomes easier as you progress onwards.
2454
2455@need 1000
2456In summary,
2457
2458@itemize @bullet
2459
2460@item
2461Lisp programs are made up of expressions, which are lists or single atoms.
2462
2463@item
2464Lists are made up of zero or more atoms or inner lists, separated by whitespace and
2465surrounded by parentheses. A list can be empty.
2466
2467@item
2468Atoms are multi-character symbols, like @code{forward-paragraph}, single
2469character symbols like @code{+}, strings of characters between double
2470quotation marks, or numbers.
2471
2472@item
2473A number evaluates to itself.
2474
2475@item
2476A string between double quotes also evaluates to itself.
2477
2478@item
2479When you evaluate a symbol by itself, its value is returned.
2480
2481@item
2482When you evaluate a list, the Lisp interpreter looks at the first symbol
2483in the list and then at the function definition bound to that symbol.
2484Then the instructions in the function definition are carried out.
2485
2486@item
2487A single quotation mark,
2488@ifinfo
2489'
2490@end ifinfo
2491@ifnotinfo
2492@code{'}
2493@end ifnotinfo
2494, tells the Lisp interpreter that it should
2495return the following expression as written, and not evaluate it as it
2496would if the quote were not there.
2497
2498@item
2499Arguments are the information passed to a function. The arguments to a
2500function are computed by evaluating the rest of the elements of the list
2501of which the function is the first element.
2502
2503@item
2504A function always returns a value when it is evaluated (unless it gets
2505an error); in addition, it may also carry out some action called a
2506``side effect''. In many cases, a function's primary purpose is to
2507create a side effect.
2508@end itemize
2509
d6adf7e7 2510@node Error Message Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
2511@section Exercises
2512
2513A few simple exercises:
2514
2515@itemize @bullet
2516@item
2517Generate an error message by evaluating an appropriate symbol that is
2518not within parentheses.
2519
2520@item
2521Generate an error message by evaluating an appropriate symbol that is
2522between parentheses.
2523
2524@item
2525Create a counter that increments by two rather than one.
2526
2527@item
2528Write an expression that prints a message in the echo area when
2529evaluated.
2530@end itemize
2531
d6adf7e7 2532@node Practicing Evaluation
8cda6f8f
GM
2533@chapter Practicing Evaluation
2534@cindex Practicing evaluation
2535@cindex Evaluation practice
2536
2537Before learning how to write a function definition in Emacs Lisp, it is
2538useful to spend a little time evaluating various expressions that have
2539already been written. These expressions will be lists with the
2540functions as their first (and often only) element. Since some of the
2541functions associated with buffers are both simple and interesting, we
2542will start with those. In this section, we will evaluate a few of
2543these. In another section, we will study the code of several other
2544buffer-related functions, to see how they were written.
2545
2546@menu
2547* How to Evaluate:: Typing editing commands or @kbd{C-x C-e}
2548 causes evaluation.
2549* Buffer Names:: Buffers and files are different.
2550* Getting Buffers:: Getting a buffer itself, not merely its name.
2551* Switching Buffers:: How to change to another buffer.
2552* Buffer Size & Locations:: Where point is located and the size of
2553 the buffer.
2554* Evaluation Exercise::
2555@end menu
2556
8cda6f8f 2557@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 2558@node How to Evaluate
8cda6f8f
GM
2559@unnumberedsec How to Evaluate
2560@end ifnottex
2561
2562@i{Whenever you give an editing command} to Emacs Lisp, such as the
2563command to move the cursor or to scroll the screen, @i{you are evaluating
2564an expression,} the first element of which is a function. @i{This is
2565how Emacs works.}
2566
2567@cindex @samp{interactive function} defined
2568@cindex @samp{command} defined
2569When you type keys, you cause the Lisp interpreter to evaluate an
2570expression and that is how you get your results. Even typing plain text
2571involves evaluating an Emacs Lisp function, in this case, one that uses
2572@code{self-insert-command}, which simply inserts the character you
2573typed. The functions you evaluate by typing keystrokes are called
2574@dfn{interactive} functions, or @dfn{commands}; how you make a function
2575interactive will be illustrated in the chapter on how to write function
2576definitions. @xref{Interactive, , Making a Function Interactive}.
2577
2578In addition to typing keyboard commands, we have seen a second way to
2579evaluate an expression: by positioning the cursor after a list and
2580typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. This is what we will do in the rest of this
2581section. There are other ways to evaluate an expression as well; these
2582will be described as we come to them.
2583
2584Besides being used for practicing evaluation, the functions shown in the
2585next few sections are important in their own right. A study of these
2586functions makes clear the distinction between buffers and files, how to
2587switch to a buffer, and how to determine a location within it.
2588
d6adf7e7 2589@node Buffer Names
8cda6f8f
GM
2590@section Buffer Names
2591@findex buffer-name
2592@findex buffer-file-name
2593
2594The two functions, @code{buffer-name} and @code{buffer-file-name}, show
2595the difference between a file and a buffer. When you evaluate the
2596following expression, @code{(buffer-name)}, the name of the buffer
2597appears in the echo area. When you evaluate @code{(buffer-file-name)},
2598the name of the file to which the buffer refers appears in the echo
2599area. Usually, the name returned by @code{(buffer-name)} is the same as
2600the name of the file to which it refers, and the name returned by
2601@code{(buffer-file-name)} is the full path-name of the file.
2602
2603A file and a buffer are two different entities. A file is information
2604recorded permanently in the computer (unless you delete it). A buffer,
2605on the other hand, is information inside of Emacs that will vanish at
2606the end of the editing session (or when you kill the buffer). Usually,
2607a buffer contains information that you have copied from a file; we say
2608the buffer is @dfn{visiting} that file. This copy is what you work on
2609and modify. Changes to the buffer do not change the file, until you
2610save the buffer. When you save the buffer, the buffer is copied to the file
2611and is thus saved permanently.
2612
2613@need 1250
2614If you are reading this in Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate
2615each of the following expressions by positioning the cursor after it and
2616typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2617
2618@example
2619@group
2620(buffer-name)
2621
2622(buffer-file-name)
2623@end group
2624@end example
2625
2626@noindent
2627When I do this in Info, the value returned by evaluating
2628@code{(buffer-name)} is @file{"*info*"}, and the value returned by
2629evaluating @code{(buffer-file-name)} is @file{nil}.
2630
a9097c6d 2631On the other hand, while I am writing this document, the value
8cda6f8f
GM
2632returned by evaluating @code{(buffer-name)} is
2633@file{"introduction.texinfo"}, and the value returned by evaluating
2634@code{(buffer-file-name)} is
2635@file{"/gnu/work/intro/introduction.texinfo"}.
2636
2637@cindex @code{nil}, history of word
2638The former is the name of the buffer and the latter is the name of the
2639file. In Info, the buffer name is @file{"*info*"}. Info does not
2640point to any file, so the result of evaluating
2641@code{(buffer-file-name)} is @file{nil}. The symbol @code{nil} is
2642from the Latin word for `nothing'; in this case, it means that the
2643buffer is not associated with any file. (In Lisp, @code{nil} is also
2644used to mean `false' and is a synonym for the empty list, @code{()}.)
2645
2646When I am writing, the name of my buffer is
2647@file{"introduction.texinfo"}. The name of the file to which it
2648points is @file{"/gnu/work/intro/introduction.texinfo"}.
2649
2650(In the expressions, the parentheses tell the Lisp interpreter to
2651treat @w{@code{buffer-name}} and @w{@code{buffer-file-name}} as
2652functions; without the parentheses, the interpreter would attempt to
2653evaluate the symbols as variables. @xref{Variables}.)
2654
2655In spite of the distinction between files and buffers, you will often
2656find that people refer to a file when they mean a buffer and vice-verse.
2657Indeed, most people say, ``I am editing a file,'' rather than saying,
2658``I am editing a buffer which I will soon save to a file.'' It is
2659almost always clear from context what people mean. When dealing with
2660computer programs, however, it is important to keep the distinction in mind,
2661since the computer is not as smart as a person.
2662
2663@cindex Buffer, history of word
2664The word `buffer', by the way, comes from the meaning of the word as a
2665cushion that deadens the force of a collision. In early computers, a
2666buffer cushioned the interaction between files and the computer's
2667central processing unit. The drums or tapes that held a file and the
2668central processing unit were pieces of equipment that were very
2669different from each other, working at their own speeds, in spurts. The
2670buffer made it possible for them to work together effectively.
2671Eventually, the buffer grew from being an intermediary, a temporary
2672holding place, to being the place where work is done. This
2673transformation is rather like that of a small seaport that grew into a
2674great city: once it was merely the place where cargo was warehoused
2675temporarily before being loaded onto ships; then it became a business
2676and cultural center in its own right.
2677
2678Not all buffers are associated with files. For example, a
2679@file{*scratch*} buffer does not visit any file. Similarly, a
2680@file{*Help*} buffer is not associated with any file.
2681
2682In the old days, when you lacked a @file{~/.emacs} file and started an
2683Emacs session by typing the command @code{emacs} alone, without naming
2684any files, Emacs started with the @file{*scratch*} buffer visible.
2685Nowadays, you will see a splash screen. You can follow one of the
2686commands suggested on the splash screen, visit a file, or press the
2687spacebar to reach the @file{*scratch*} buffer.
2688
2689If you switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer, type
2690@code{(buffer-name)}, position the cursor after it, and then type
2691@kbd{C-x C-e} to evaluate the expression. The name @code{"*scratch*"}
2692will be returned and will appear in the echo area. @code{"*scratch*"}
2693is the name of the buffer. When you type @code{(buffer-file-name)} in
2694the @file{*scratch*} buffer and evaluate that, @code{nil} will appear
2695in the echo area, just as it does when you evaluate
2696@code{(buffer-file-name)} in Info.
2697
2698Incidentally, if you are in the @file{*scratch*} buffer and want the
2699value returned by an expression to appear in the @file{*scratch*}
2700buffer itself rather than in the echo area, type @kbd{C-u C-x C-e}
2701instead of @kbd{C-x C-e}. This causes the value returned to appear
2702after the expression. The buffer will look like this:
2703
2704@smallexample
2705(buffer-name)"*scratch*"
2706@end smallexample
2707
2708@noindent
2709You cannot do this in Info since Info is read-only and it will not allow
2710you to change the contents of the buffer. But you can do this in any
2711buffer you can edit; and when you write code or documentation (such as
2712this book), this feature is very useful.
2713
d6adf7e7 2714@node Getting Buffers
8cda6f8f
GM
2715@section Getting Buffers
2716@findex current-buffer
2717@findex other-buffer
2718@cindex Getting a buffer
2719
2720The @code{buffer-name} function returns the @emph{name} of the buffer;
2721to get the buffer @emph{itself}, a different function is needed: the
2722@code{current-buffer} function. If you use this function in code, what
2723you get is the buffer itself.
2724
2725A name and the object or entity to which the name refers are different
2726from each other. You are not your name. You are a person to whom
2727others refer by name. If you ask to speak to George and someone hands you
2728a card with the letters @samp{G}, @samp{e}, @samp{o}, @samp{r},
2729@samp{g}, and @samp{e} written on it, you might be amused, but you would
2730not be satisfied. You do not want to speak to the name, but to the
2731person to whom the name refers. A buffer is similar: the name of the
2732scratch buffer is @file{*scratch*}, but the name is not the buffer. To
2733get a buffer itself, you need to use a function such as
2734@code{current-buffer}.
2735
2736However, there is a slight complication: if you evaluate
2737@code{current-buffer} in an expression on its own, as we will do here,
2738what you see is a printed representation of the name of the buffer
2739without the contents of the buffer. Emacs works this way for two
2740reasons: the buffer may be thousands of lines long---too long to be
2741conveniently displayed; and, another buffer may have the same contents
2742but a different name, and it is important to distinguish between them.
2743
2744@need 800
2745Here is an expression containing the function:
2746
2747@smallexample
2748(current-buffer)
2749@end smallexample
2750
2751@noindent
2752If you evaluate this expression in Info in Emacs in the usual way,
2753@file{#<buffer *info*>} will appear in the echo area. The special
2754format indicates that the buffer itself is being returned, rather than
2755just its name.
2756
2757Incidentally, while you can type a number or symbol into a program, you
2758cannot do that with the printed representation of a buffer: the only way
2759to get a buffer itself is with a function such as @code{current-buffer}.
2760
2761A related function is @code{other-buffer}. This returns the most
2762recently selected buffer other than the one you are in currently, not
2763a printed representation of its name. If you have recently switched
2764back and forth from the @file{*scratch*} buffer, @code{other-buffer}
2765will return that buffer.
2766
2767@need 800
2768You can see this by evaluating the expression:
2769
2770@smallexample
2771(other-buffer)
2772@end smallexample
2773
2774@noindent
2775You should see @file{#<buffer *scratch*>} appear in the echo area, or
2776the name of whatever other buffer you switched back from most
2777recently@footnote{Actually, by default, if the buffer from which you
2778just switched is visible to you in another window, @code{other-buffer}
2779will choose the most recent buffer that you cannot see; this is a
2780subtlety that I often forget.}.
2781
d6adf7e7 2782@node Switching Buffers
8cda6f8f
GM
2783@section Switching Buffers
2784@findex switch-to-buffer
2785@findex set-buffer
2786@cindex Switching to a buffer
2787
2788The @code{other-buffer} function actually provides a buffer when it is
2789used as an argument to a function that requires one. We can see this
2790by using @code{other-buffer} and @code{switch-to-buffer} to switch to a
2791different buffer.
2792
2793But first, a brief introduction to the @code{switch-to-buffer}
2794function. When you switched back and forth from Info to the
2795@file{*scratch*} buffer to evaluate @code{(buffer-name)}, you most
2796likely typed @kbd{C-x b} and then typed @file{*scratch*}@footnote{Or
2797rather, to save typing, you probably only typed @kbd{RET} if the
2798default buffer was @file{*scratch*}, or if it was different, then you
2799typed just part of the name, such as @code{*sc}, pressed your
2800@kbd{TAB} key to cause it to expand to the full name, and then typed
8f4ea8e0 2801@kbd{RET}.} when prompted in the minibuffer for the name of
8cda6f8f
GM
2802the buffer to which you wanted to switch. The keystrokes, @kbd{C-x
2803b}, cause the Lisp interpreter to evaluate the interactive function
2804@code{switch-to-buffer}. As we said before, this is how Emacs works:
2805different keystrokes call or run different functions. For example,
2806@kbd{C-f} calls @code{forward-char}, @kbd{M-e} calls
2807@code{forward-sentence}, and so on.
2808
2809By writing @code{switch-to-buffer} in an expression, and giving it a
2810buffer to switch to, we can switch buffers just the way @kbd{C-x b}
8f4ea8e0 2811does:
8cda6f8f
GM
2812
2813@smallexample
2814(switch-to-buffer (other-buffer))
2815@end smallexample
2816
2817@noindent
2818The symbol @code{switch-to-buffer} is the first element of the list,
2819so the Lisp interpreter will treat it as a function and carry out the
2820instructions that are attached to it. But before doing that, the
2821interpreter will note that @code{other-buffer} is inside parentheses
2822and work on that symbol first. @code{other-buffer} is the first (and
2823in this case, the only) element of this list, so the Lisp interpreter
2824calls or runs the function. It returns another buffer. Next, the
2825interpreter runs @code{switch-to-buffer}, passing to it, as an
2826argument, the other buffer, which is what Emacs will switch to. If
2827you are reading this in Info, try this now. Evaluate the expression.
2828(To get back, type @kbd{C-x b @key{RET}}.)@footnote{Remember, this
2829expression will move you to your most recent other buffer that you
2830cannot see. If you really want to go to your most recently selected
2831buffer, even if you can still see it, you need to evaluate the
2832following more complex expression:
2833
2834@smallexample
2835(switch-to-buffer (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
2836@end smallexample
2837
2838@c noindent
2839In this case, the first argument to @code{other-buffer} tells it which
2840buffer to skip---the current one---and the second argument tells
2841@code{other-buffer} it is OK to switch to a visible buffer.
2842In regular use, @code{switch-to-buffer} takes you to an invisible
2843window since you would most likely use @kbd{C-x o} (@code{other-window})
2844to go to another visible buffer.}
2845
2846In the programming examples in later sections of this document, you will
2847see the function @code{set-buffer} more often than
2848@code{switch-to-buffer}. This is because of a difference between
2849computer programs and humans: humans have eyes and expect to see the
2850buffer on which they are working on their computer terminals. This is
2851so obvious, it almost goes without saying. However, programs do not
2852have eyes. When a computer program works on a buffer, that buffer does
2853not need to be visible on the screen.
2854
2855@code{switch-to-buffer} is designed for humans and does two different
44e97401 2856things: it switches the buffer to which Emacs's attention is directed; and
8cda6f8f
GM
2857it switches the buffer displayed in the window to the new buffer.
2858@code{set-buffer}, on the other hand, does only one thing: it switches
2859the attention of the computer program to a different buffer. The buffer
2860on the screen remains unchanged (of course, normally nothing happens
2861there until the command finishes running).
2862
2863@cindex @samp{call} defined
2864Also, we have just introduced another jargon term, the word @dfn{call}.
2865When you evaluate a list in which the first symbol is a function, you
2866are calling that function. The use of the term comes from the notion of
2867the function as an entity that can do something for you if you `call'
2868it---just as a plumber is an entity who can fix a leak if you call him
2869or her.
2870
d6adf7e7 2871@node Buffer Size & Locations
8cda6f8f
GM
2872@section Buffer Size and the Location of Point
2873@cindex Size of buffer
2874@cindex Buffer size
2875@cindex Point location
2876@cindex Location of point
2877
2878Finally, let's look at several rather simple functions,
2879@code{buffer-size}, @code{point}, @code{point-min}, and
2880@code{point-max}. These give information about the size of a buffer and
2881the location of point within it.
2882
2883The function @code{buffer-size} tells you the size of the current
2884buffer; that is, the function returns a count of the number of
2885characters in the buffer.
2886
2887@smallexample
2888(buffer-size)
2889@end smallexample
2890
2891@noindent
2892You can evaluate this in the usual way, by positioning the
2893cursor after the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2894
2895@cindex @samp{point} defined
2896In Emacs, the current position of the cursor is called @dfn{point}.
2897The expression @code{(point)} returns a number that tells you where the
2898cursor is located as a count of the number of characters from the
2899beginning of the buffer up to point.
2900
2901@need 1250
2902You can see the character count for point in this buffer by evaluating
2903the following expression in the usual way:
2904
2905@smallexample
2906(point)
2907@end smallexample
2908
2909@noindent
2910As I write this, the value of @code{point} is 65724. The @code{point}
2911function is frequently used in some of the examples later in this
2912book.
2913
2914@need 1250
2915The value of point depends, of course, on its location within the
2916buffer. If you evaluate point in this spot, the number will be larger:
2917
2918@smallexample
2919(point)
2920@end smallexample
2921
2922@noindent
2923For me, the value of point in this location is 66043, which means that
2924there are 319 characters (including spaces) between the two
2925expressions. (Doubtless, you will see different numbers, since I will
2926have edited this since I first evaluated point.)
2927
2928@cindex @samp{narrowing} defined
2929The function @code{point-min} is somewhat similar to @code{point}, but
2930it returns the value of the minimum permissible value of point in the
2931current buffer. This is the number 1 unless @dfn{narrowing} is in
2932effect. (Narrowing is a mechanism whereby you can restrict yourself,
2933or a program, to operations on just a part of a buffer.
2934@xref{Narrowing & Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}.) Likewise, the
2935function @code{point-max} returns the value of the maximum permissible
2936value of point in the current buffer.
2937
d6adf7e7 2938@node Evaluation Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
2939@section Exercise
2940
2941Find a file with which you are working and move towards its middle.
2942Find its buffer name, file name, length, and your position in the file.
2943
d6adf7e7 2944@node Writing Defuns
8cda6f8f
GM
2945@chapter How To Write Function Definitions
2946@cindex Definition writing
2947@cindex Function definition writing
2948@cindex Writing a function definition
2949
2950When the Lisp interpreter evaluates a list, it looks to see whether the
2951first symbol on the list has a function definition attached to it; or,
2952put another way, whether the symbol points to a function definition. If
2953it does, the computer carries out the instructions in the definition. A
2954symbol that has a function definition is called, simply, a function
2955(although, properly speaking, the definition is the function and the
2956symbol refers to it.)
2957
2958@menu
2959* Primitive Functions::
edbf4569 2960* defun:: The @code{defun} macro.
8cda6f8f
GM
2961* Install:: Install a function definition.
2962* Interactive:: Making a function interactive.
2963* Interactive Options:: Different options for @code{interactive}.
2964* Permanent Installation:: Installing code permanently.
2965* let:: Creating and initializing local variables.
2966* if:: What if?
2967* else:: If--then--else expressions.
2968* Truth & Falsehood:: What Lisp considers false and true.
2969* save-excursion:: Keeping track of point, mark, and buffer.
2970* Review::
2971* defun Exercises::
2972@end menu
2973
8cda6f8f 2974@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 2975@node Primitive Functions
8cda6f8f
GM
2976@unnumberedsec An Aside about Primitive Functions
2977@end ifnottex
2978@cindex Primitive functions
2979@cindex Functions, primitive
2980
2981@cindex C language primitives
2982@cindex Primitives written in C
2983All functions are defined in terms of other functions, except for a few
2984@dfn{primitive} functions that are written in the C programming
2985language. When you write functions' definitions, you will write them in
2986Emacs Lisp and use other functions as your building blocks. Some of the
2987functions you will use will themselves be written in Emacs Lisp (perhaps
1df7defd 2988by you) and some will be primitives written in C@. The primitive
8cda6f8f
GM
2989functions are used exactly like those written in Emacs Lisp and behave
2990like them. They are written in C so we can easily run GNU Emacs on any
2991computer that has sufficient power and can run C.
2992
2993Let me re-emphasize this: when you write code in Emacs Lisp, you do not
2994distinguish between the use of functions written in C and the use of
2995functions written in Emacs Lisp. The difference is irrelevant. I
2996mention the distinction only because it is interesting to know. Indeed,
2997unless you investigate, you won't know whether an already-written
2998function is written in Emacs Lisp or C.
2999
d6adf7e7 3000@node defun
767b8eae 3001@section The @code{defun} Macro
8cda6f8f 3002@findex defun
8cda6f8f
GM
3003
3004@cindex @samp{function definition} defined
3005In Lisp, a symbol such as @code{mark-whole-buffer} has code attached to
3006it that tells the computer what to do when the function is called.
3007This code is called the @dfn{function definition} and is created by
3008evaluating a Lisp expression that starts with the symbol @code{defun}
767b8eae 3009(which is an abbreviation for @emph{define function}).
8cda6f8f
GM
3010
3011In subsequent sections, we will look at function definitions from the
3012Emacs source code, such as @code{mark-whole-buffer}. In this section,
3013we will describe a simple function definition so you can see how it
3014looks. This function definition uses arithmetic because it makes for a
3015simple example. Some people dislike examples using arithmetic; however,
3016if you are such a person, do not despair. Hardly any of the code we
3017will study in the remainder of this introduction involves arithmetic or
3018mathematics. The examples mostly involve text in one way or another.
3019
3020A function definition has up to five parts following the word
3021@code{defun}:
3022
3023@enumerate
3024@item
3025The name of the symbol to which the function definition should be
3026attached.
3027
3028@item
3029A list of the arguments that will be passed to the function. If no
3030arguments will be passed to the function, this is an empty list,
3031@code{()}.
3032
3033@item
3034Documentation describing the function. (Technically optional, but
3035strongly recommended.)
3036
3037@item
3038Optionally, an expression to make the function interactive so you can
3039use it by typing @kbd{M-x} and then the name of the function; or by
3040typing an appropriate key or keychord.
3041
3042@cindex @samp{body} defined
3043@item
3044The code that instructs the computer what to do: the @dfn{body} of the
3045function definition.
3046@end enumerate
3047
3048It is helpful to think of the five parts of a function definition as
3049being organized in a template, with slots for each part:
3050
3051@smallexample
3052@group
3053(defun @var{function-name} (@var{arguments}@dots{})
3054 "@var{optional-documentation}@dots{}"
3055 (interactive @var{argument-passing-info}) ; @r{optional}
3056 @var{body}@dots{})
3057@end group
3058@end smallexample
3059
3060As an example, here is the code for a function that multiplies its
3061argument by 7. (This example is not interactive. @xref{Interactive,
3062, Making a Function Interactive}, for that information.)
3063
3064@smallexample
3065@group
3066(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
3067 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3068 (* 7 number))
3069@end group
3070@end smallexample
3071
3072This definition begins with a parenthesis and the symbol @code{defun},
3073followed by the name of the function.
3074
3075@cindex @samp{argument list} defined
3076The name of the function is followed by a list that contains the
3077arguments that will be passed to the function. This list is called
3078the @dfn{argument list}. In this example, the list has only one
3079element, the symbol, @code{number}. When the function is used, the
3080symbol will be bound to the value that is used as the argument to the
3081function.
3082
3083Instead of choosing the word @code{number} for the name of the argument,
3084I could have picked any other name. For example, I could have chosen
3085the word @code{multiplicand}. I picked the word `number' because it
3086tells what kind of value is intended for this slot; but I could just as
3087well have chosen the word `multiplicand' to indicate the role that the
3088value placed in this slot will play in the workings of the function. I
3089could have called it @code{foogle}, but that would have been a bad
3090choice because it would not tell humans what it means. The choice of
3091name is up to the programmer and should be chosen to make the meaning of
3092the function clear.
3093
3094Indeed, you can choose any name you wish for a symbol in an argument
3095list, even the name of a symbol used in some other function: the name
3096you use in an argument list is private to that particular definition.
3097In that definition, the name refers to a different entity than any use
3098of the same name outside the function definition. Suppose you have a
3099nick-name `Shorty' in your family; when your family members refer to
3100`Shorty', they mean you. But outside your family, in a movie, for
3101example, the name `Shorty' refers to someone else. Because a name in an
3102argument list is private to the function definition, you can change the
3103value of such a symbol inside the body of a function without changing
3104its value outside the function. The effect is similar to that produced
3105by a @code{let} expression. (@xref{let, , @code{let}}.)
3106
3107@ignore
3108Note also that we discuss the word `number' in two different ways: as a
3109symbol that appears in the code, and as the name of something that will
3110be replaced by a something else during the evaluation of the function.
3111In the first case, @code{number} is a symbol, not a number; it happens
3112that within the function, it is a variable who value is the number in
3113question, but our primary interest in it is as a symbol. On the other
3114hand, when we are talking about the function, our interest is that we
3115will substitute a number for the word @var{number}. To keep this
3116distinction clear, we use different typography for the two
3117circumstances. When we talk about this function, or about how it works,
3118we refer to this number by writing @var{number}. In the function
3119itself, we refer to it by writing @code{number}.
3120@end ignore
3121
3122The argument list is followed by the documentation string that
3123describes the function. This is what you see when you type
3124@w{@kbd{C-h f}} and the name of a function. Incidentally, when you
3125write a documentation string like this, you should make the first line
3126a complete sentence since some commands, such as @code{apropos}, print
3127only the first line of a multi-line documentation string. Also, you
3128should not indent the second line of a documentation string, if you
3129have one, because that looks odd when you use @kbd{C-h f}
3130(@code{describe-function}). The documentation string is optional, but
3131it is so useful, it should be included in almost every function you
3132write.
3133
3134@findex * @r{(multiplication)}
3135The third line of the example consists of the body of the function
3136definition. (Most functions' definitions, of course, are longer than
3137this.) In this function, the body is the list, @code{(* 7 number)}, which
3138says to multiply the value of @var{number} by 7. (In Emacs Lisp,
3139@code{*} is the function for multiplication, just as @code{+} is the
3140function for addition.)
3141
3142When you use the @code{multiply-by-seven} function, the argument
3143@code{number} evaluates to the actual number you want used. Here is an
3144example that shows how @code{multiply-by-seven} is used; but don't try
3145to evaluate this yet!
3146
3147@smallexample
3148(multiply-by-seven 3)
3149@end smallexample
3150
3151@noindent
3152The symbol @code{number}, specified in the function definition in the
3153next section, is given or ``bound to'' the value 3 in the actual use of
3154the function. Note that although @code{number} was inside parentheses
3155in the function definition, the argument passed to the
3156@code{multiply-by-seven} function is not in parentheses. The
3157parentheses are written in the function definition so the computer can
3158figure out where the argument list ends and the rest of the function
3159definition begins.
3160
3161If you evaluate this example, you are likely to get an error message.
3162(Go ahead, try it!) This is because we have written the function
3163definition, but not yet told the computer about the definition---we have
3164not yet installed (or `loaded') the function definition in Emacs.
3165Installing a function is the process that tells the Lisp interpreter the
3166definition of the function. Installation is described in the next
3167section.
3168
d6adf7e7 3169@node Install
8cda6f8f
GM
3170@section Install a Function Definition
3171@cindex Install a Function Definition
3172@cindex Definition installation
3173@cindex Function definition installation
3174
3175If you are reading this inside of Info in Emacs, you can try out the
3176@code{multiply-by-seven} function by first evaluating the function
3177definition and then evaluating @code{(multiply-by-seven 3)}. A copy of
3178the function definition follows. Place the cursor after the last
3179parenthesis of the function definition and type @kbd{C-x C-e}. When you
3180do this, @code{multiply-by-seven} will appear in the echo area. (What
3181this means is that when a function definition is evaluated, the value it
3182returns is the name of the defined function.) At the same time, this
3183action installs the function definition.
3184
3185@smallexample
3186@group
3187(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
3188 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3189 (* 7 number))
3190@end group
3191@end smallexample
3192
3193@noindent
3194By evaluating this @code{defun}, you have just installed
3195@code{multiply-by-seven} in Emacs. The function is now just as much a
3196part of Emacs as @code{forward-word} or any other editing function you
3197use. (@code{multiply-by-seven} will stay installed until you quit
3198Emacs. To reload code automatically whenever you start Emacs, see
3199@ref{Permanent Installation, , Installing Code Permanently}.)
3200
3201@menu
3202* Effect of installation::
3203* Change a defun:: How to change a function definition.
3204@end menu
3205
8cda6f8f 3206@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 3207@node Effect of installation
8cda6f8f
GM
3208@unnumberedsubsec The effect of installation
3209@end ifnottex
3210
3211You can see the effect of installing @code{multiply-by-seven} by
3212evaluating the following sample. Place the cursor after the following
3213expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}. The number 21 will appear in the
3214echo area.
3215
3216@smallexample
3217(multiply-by-seven 3)
3218@end smallexample
3219
3220If you wish, you can read the documentation for the function by typing
3221@kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}) and then the name of the
3222function, @code{multiply-by-seven}. When you do this, a
3223@file{*Help*} window will appear on your screen that says:
3224
3225@smallexample
3226@group
3227multiply-by-seven is a Lisp function.
3228(multiply-by-seven NUMBER)
3229
3230Multiply NUMBER by seven.
3231@end group
3232@end smallexample
3233
3234@noindent
3235(To return to a single window on your screen, type @kbd{C-x 1}.)
3236
d6adf7e7 3237@node Change a defun
8cda6f8f
GM
3238@subsection Change a Function Definition
3239@cindex Changing a function definition
3240@cindex Function definition, how to change
3241@cindex Definition, how to change
3242
3243If you want to change the code in @code{multiply-by-seven}, just rewrite
3244it. To install the new version in place of the old one, evaluate the
3245function definition again. This is how you modify code in Emacs. It is
3246very simple.
3247
3248As an example, you can change the @code{multiply-by-seven} function to
3249add the number to itself seven times instead of multiplying the number
3250by seven. It produces the same answer, but by a different path. At
3251the same time, we will add a comment to the code; a comment is text
3252that the Lisp interpreter ignores, but that a human reader may find
3253useful or enlightening. The comment is that this is the ``second
3254version''.
3255
3256@smallexample
3257@group
3258(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Second version.}
3259 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3260 (+ number number number number number number number))
3261@end group
3262@end smallexample
3263
3264@cindex Comments in Lisp code
3265The comment follows a semicolon, @samp{;}. In Lisp, everything on a
3266line that follows a semicolon is a comment. The end of the line is the
3267end of the comment. To stretch a comment over two or more lines, begin
3268each line with a semicolon.
3269
f2243267 3270@xref{Beginning init File, , Beginning a @file{.emacs}
8cda6f8f
GM
3271File}, and @ref{Comments, , Comments, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
3272Reference Manual}, for more about comments.
3273
3274You can install this version of the @code{multiply-by-seven} function by
3275evaluating it in the same way you evaluated the first function: place
3276the cursor after the last parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
3277
3278In summary, this is how you write code in Emacs Lisp: you write a
3279function; install it; test it; and then make fixes or enhancements and
3280install it again.
3281
d6adf7e7 3282@node Interactive
8cda6f8f
GM
3283@section Make a Function Interactive
3284@cindex Interactive functions
3285@findex interactive
3286
3287You make a function interactive by placing a list that begins with
3288the special form @code{interactive} immediately after the
3289documentation. A user can invoke an interactive function by typing
3290@kbd{M-x} and then the name of the function; or by typing the keys to
3291which it is bound, for example, by typing @kbd{C-n} for
3292@code{next-line} or @kbd{C-x h} for @code{mark-whole-buffer}.
3293
3294Interestingly, when you call an interactive function interactively,
3295the value returned is not automatically displayed in the echo area.
3296This is because you often call an interactive function for its side
3297effects, such as moving forward by a word or line, and not for the
3298value returned. If the returned value were displayed in the echo area
3299each time you typed a key, it would be very distracting.
3300
3301@menu
3302* Interactive multiply-by-seven:: An overview.
3303* multiply-by-seven in detail:: The interactive version.
3304@end menu
3305
8cda6f8f 3306@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 3307@node Interactive multiply-by-seven
8cda6f8f
GM
3308@unnumberedsubsec An Interactive @code{multiply-by-seven}, An Overview
3309@end ifnottex
3310
3311Both the use of the special form @code{interactive} and one way to
3312display a value in the echo area can be illustrated by creating an
3313interactive version of @code{multiply-by-seven}.
3314
3315@need 1250
3316Here is the code:
3317
3318@smallexample
3319@group
3320(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Interactive version.}
3321 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3322 (interactive "p")
3323 (message "The result is %d" (* 7 number)))
3324@end group
3325@end smallexample
3326
3327@noindent
3328You can install this code by placing your cursor after it and typing
3329@kbd{C-x C-e}. The name of the function will appear in your echo area.
3330Then, you can use this code by typing @kbd{C-u} and a number and then
3331typing @kbd{M-x multiply-by-seven} and pressing @key{RET}. The phrase
3332@samp{The result is @dots{}} followed by the product will appear in the
3333echo area.
3334
3335Speaking more generally, you invoke a function like this in either of two
3336ways:
3337
3338@enumerate
3339@item
3340By typing a prefix argument that contains the number to be passed, and
3341then typing @kbd{M-x} and the name of the function, as with
3342@kbd{C-u 3 M-x forward-sentence}; or,
3343
3344@item
3345By typing whatever key or keychord the function is bound to, as with
3346@kbd{C-u 3 M-e}.
3347@end enumerate
3348
3349@noindent
3350Both the examples just mentioned work identically to move point forward
3351three sentences. (Since @code{multiply-by-seven} is not bound to a key,
3352it could not be used as an example of key binding.)
3353
3354(@xref{Keybindings, , Some Keybindings}, to learn how to bind a command
3355to a key.)
3356
3357A prefix argument is passed to an interactive function by typing the
3358@key{META} key followed by a number, for example, @kbd{M-3 M-e}, or by
3359typing @kbd{C-u} and then a number, for example, @kbd{C-u 3 M-e} (if you
3360type @kbd{C-u} without a number, it defaults to 4).
3361
d6adf7e7 3362@node multiply-by-seven in detail
8cda6f8f
GM
3363@subsection An Interactive @code{multiply-by-seven}
3364
3365Let's look at the use of the special form @code{interactive} and then at
3366the function @code{message} in the interactive version of
3367@code{multiply-by-seven}. You will recall that the function definition
3368looks like this:
3369
3370@smallexample
3371@group
3372(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Interactive version.}
3373 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3374 (interactive "p")
3375 (message "The result is %d" (* 7 number)))
3376@end group
3377@end smallexample
3378
3379In this function, the expression, @code{(interactive "p")}, is a list of
3380two elements. The @code{"p"} tells Emacs to pass the prefix argument to
3381the function and use its value for the argument of the function.
3382
3383@need 1000
3384The argument will be a number. This means that the symbol
3385@code{number} will be bound to a number in the line:
3386
3387@smallexample
3388(message "The result is %d" (* 7 number))
3389@end smallexample
3390
3391@need 1250
3392@noindent
3393For example, if your prefix argument is 5, the Lisp interpreter will
3394evaluate the line as if it were:
3395
3396@smallexample
3397(message "The result is %d" (* 7 5))
3398@end smallexample
3399
3400@noindent
3401(If you are reading this in GNU Emacs, you can evaluate this expression
3402yourself.) First, the interpreter will evaluate the inner list, which
3403is @code{(* 7 5)}. This returns a value of 35. Next, it
3404will evaluate the outer list, passing the values of the second and
3405subsequent elements of the list to the function @code{message}.
3406
3407As we have seen, @code{message} is an Emacs Lisp function especially
3408designed for sending a one line message to a user. (@xref{message, ,
3409The @code{message} function}.) In summary, the @code{message}
3410function prints its first argument in the echo area as is, except for
3411occurrences of @samp{%d} or @samp{%s} (and various other %-sequences
3412which we have not mentioned). When it sees a control sequence, the
3413function looks to the second or subsequent arguments and prints the
3414value of the argument in the location in the string where the control
3415sequence is located.
3416
3417In the interactive @code{multiply-by-seven} function, the control string
3418is @samp{%d}, which requires a number, and the value returned by
3419evaluating @code{(* 7 5)} is the number 35. Consequently, the number 35
3420is printed in place of the @samp{%d} and the message is @samp{The result
3421is 35}.
3422
3423(Note that when you call the function @code{multiply-by-seven}, the
3424message is printed without quotes, but when you call @code{message}, the
3425text is printed in double quotes. This is because the value returned by
3426@code{message} is what appears in the echo area when you evaluate an
3427expression whose first element is @code{message}; but when embedded in a
3428function, @code{message} prints the text as a side effect without
3429quotes.)
3430
d6adf7e7 3431@node Interactive Options
8cda6f8f
GM
3432@section Different Options for @code{interactive}
3433@cindex Options for @code{interactive}
3434@cindex Interactive options
3435
3436In the example, @code{multiply-by-seven} used @code{"p"} as the
3437argument to @code{interactive}. This argument told Emacs to interpret
3438your typing either @kbd{C-u} followed by a number or @key{META}
3439followed by a number as a command to pass that number to the function
3440as its argument. Emacs has more than twenty characters predefined for
3441use with @code{interactive}. In almost every case, one of these
3442options will enable you to pass the right information interactively to
3443a function. (@xref{Interactive Codes, , Code Characters for
3444@code{interactive}, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
3445
3446@need 1250
3447Consider the function @code{zap-to-char}. Its interactive expression
3448is
3449
3450@smallexample
3451(interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
3452@end smallexample
3453
3454The first part of the argument to @code{interactive} is @samp{p}, with
3455which you are already familiar. This argument tells Emacs to
3456interpret a `prefix', as a number to be passed to the function. You
3457can specify a prefix either by typing @kbd{C-u} followed by a number
3458or by typing @key{META} followed by a number. The prefix is the
3459number of specified characters. Thus, if your prefix is three and the
3460specified character is @samp{x}, then you will delete all the text up
3461to and including the third next @samp{x}. If you do not set a prefix,
3462then you delete all the text up to and including the specified
3463character, but no more.
3464
3465The @samp{c} tells the function the name of the character to which to delete.
3466
3467More formally, a function with two or more arguments can have
3468information passed to each argument by adding parts to the string that
3469follows @code{interactive}. When you do this, the information is
3470passed to each argument in the same order it is specified in the
3471@code{interactive} list. In the string, each part is separated from
3472the next part by a @samp{\n}, which is a newline. For example, you
3473can follow @samp{p} with a @samp{\n} and an @samp{cZap to char:@: }.
3474This causes Emacs to pass the value of the prefix argument (if there
3475is one) and the character.
3476
3477In this case, the function definition looks like the following, where
3478@code{arg} and @code{char} are the symbols to which @code{interactive}
3479binds the prefix argument and the specified character:
3480
3481@smallexample
3482@group
3483(defun @var{name-of-function} (arg char)
3484 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
3485 (interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
3486 @var{body-of-function}@dots{})
3487@end group
3488@end smallexample
3489
3490@noindent
3491(The space after the colon in the prompt makes it look better when you
3492are prompted. @xref{copy-to-buffer, , The Definition of
3493@code{copy-to-buffer}}, for an example.)
3494
3495When a function does not take arguments, @code{interactive} does not
3496require any. Such a function contains the simple expression
3497@code{(interactive)}. The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is like
3498this.
3499
3500Alternatively, if the special letter-codes are not right for your
3501application, you can pass your own arguments to @code{interactive} as
3502a list.
3503
3504@xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}},
3505for an example. @xref{Using Interactive, , Using @code{Interactive},
3506elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a more complete
3507explanation about this technique.
3508
d6adf7e7 3509@node Permanent Installation
8cda6f8f
GM
3510@section Install Code Permanently
3511@cindex Install code permanently
3512@cindex Permanent code installation
3513@cindex Code installation
3514
3515When you install a function definition by evaluating it, it will stay
3516installed until you quit Emacs. The next time you start a new session
3517of Emacs, the function will not be installed unless you evaluate the
3518function definition again.
3519
3520At some point, you may want to have code installed automatically
3521whenever you start a new session of Emacs. There are several ways of
3522doing this:
3523
3524@itemize @bullet
3525@item
3526If you have code that is just for yourself, you can put the code for the
3527function definition in your @file{.emacs} initialization file. When you
3528start Emacs, your @file{.emacs} file is automatically evaluated and all
3529the function definitions within it are installed.
3530@xref{Emacs Initialization, , Your @file{.emacs} File}.
3531
3532@item
3533Alternatively, you can put the function definitions that you want
3534installed in one or more files of their own and use the @code{load}
3535function to cause Emacs to evaluate and thereby install each of the
3536functions in the files.
3537@xref{Loading Files, , Loading Files}.
3538
3539@item
3540Thirdly, if you have code that your whole site will use, it is usual
3541to put it in a file called @file{site-init.el} that is loaded when
3542Emacs is built. This makes the code available to everyone who uses
3543your machine. (See the @file{INSTALL} file that is part of the Emacs
3544distribution.)
3545@end itemize
3546
3547Finally, if you have code that everyone who uses Emacs may want, you
3548can post it on a computer network or send a copy to the Free Software
3549Foundation. (When you do this, please license the code and its
3550documentation under a license that permits other people to run, copy,
3551study, modify, and redistribute the code and which protects you from
3552having your work taken from you.) If you send a copy of your code to
3553the Free Software Foundation, and properly protect yourself and
3554others, it may be included in the next release of Emacs. In large
3555part, this is how Emacs has grown over the past years, by donations.
3556
d6adf7e7 3557@node let
8cda6f8f
GM
3558@section @code{let}
3559@findex let
3560
3561The @code{let} expression is a special form in Lisp that you will need
3562to use in most function definitions.
3563
3564@code{let} is used to attach or bind a symbol to a value in such a way
3565that the Lisp interpreter will not confuse the variable with a
3566variable of the same name that is not part of the function.
3567
3568To understand why the @code{let} special form is necessary, consider
3569the situation in which you own a home that you generally refer to as
3570`the house', as in the sentence, ``The house needs painting.'' If you
3571are visiting a friend and your host refers to `the house', he is
3572likely to be referring to @emph{his} house, not yours, that is, to a
3573different house.
3574
3575If your friend is referring to his house and you think he is referring
3576to your house, you may be in for some confusion. The same thing could
3577happen in Lisp if a variable that is used inside of one function has
3578the same name as a variable that is used inside of another function,
3579and the two are not intended to refer to the same value. The
3580@code{let} special form prevents this kind of confusion.
3581
3582@menu
3583* Prevent confusion::
3584* Parts of let Expression::
3585* Sample let Expression::
3586* Uninitialized let Variables::
3587@end menu
3588
8cda6f8f 3589@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 3590@node Prevent confusion
8cda6f8f
GM
3591@unnumberedsubsec @code{let} Prevents Confusion
3592@end ifnottex
3593
3594@cindex @samp{local variable} defined
3595@cindex @samp{variable, local}, defined
3596The @code{let} special form prevents confusion. @code{let} creates a
3597name for a @dfn{local variable} that overshadows any use of the same
3598name outside the @code{let} expression. This is like understanding
3599that whenever your host refers to `the house', he means his house, not
3600yours. (Symbols used in argument lists work the same way.
edbf4569 3601@xref{defun, , The @code{defun} Macro}.)
8cda6f8f
GM
3602
3603Local variables created by a @code{let} expression retain their value
3604@emph{only} within the @code{let} expression itself (and within
3605expressions called within the @code{let} expression); the local
3606variables have no effect outside the @code{let} expression.
3607
3608Another way to think about @code{let} is that it is like a @code{setq}
3609that is temporary and local. The values set by @code{let} are
3610automatically undone when the @code{let} is finished. The setting
3611only affects expressions that are inside the bounds of the @code{let}
3612expression. In computer science jargon, we would say ``the binding of
3613a symbol is visible only in functions called in the @code{let} form;
3614in Emacs Lisp, scoping is dynamic, not lexical.''
3615
3616@code{let} can create more than one variable at once. Also,
3617@code{let} gives each variable it creates an initial value, either a
3618value specified by you, or @code{nil}. (In the jargon, this is called
3619`binding the variable to the value'.) After @code{let} has created
3620and bound the variables, it executes the code in the body of the
3621@code{let}, and returns the value of the last expression in the body,
3622as the value of the whole @code{let} expression. (`Execute' is a jargon
3623term that means to evaluate a list; it comes from the use of the word
3624meaning `to give practical effect to' (@cite{Oxford English
3625Dictionary}). Since you evaluate an expression to perform an action,
3626`execute' has evolved as a synonym to `evaluate'.)
3627
d6adf7e7 3628@node Parts of let Expression
8cda6f8f
GM
3629@subsection The Parts of a @code{let} Expression
3630@cindex @code{let} expression, parts of
3631@cindex Parts of @code{let} expression
3632
3633@cindex @samp{varlist} defined
3634A @code{let} expression is a list of three parts. The first part is
3635the symbol @code{let}. The second part is a list, called a
3636@dfn{varlist}, each element of which is either a symbol by itself or a
3637two-element list, the first element of which is a symbol. The third
3638part of the @code{let} expression is the body of the @code{let}. The
3639body usually consists of one or more lists.
3640
3641@need 800
3642A template for a @code{let} expression looks like this:
3643
3644@smallexample
3645(let @var{varlist} @var{body}@dots{})
3646@end smallexample
3647
3648@noindent
3649The symbols in the varlist are the variables that are given initial
3650values by the @code{let} special form. Symbols by themselves are given
3651the initial value of @code{nil}; and each symbol that is the first
3652element of a two-element list is bound to the value that is returned
3653when the Lisp interpreter evaluates the second element.
3654
3655Thus, a varlist might look like this: @code{(thread (needles 3))}. In
3656this case, in a @code{let} expression, Emacs binds the symbol
3657@code{thread} to an initial value of @code{nil}, and binds the symbol
3658@code{needles} to an initial value of 3.
3659
3660When you write a @code{let} expression, what you do is put the
3661appropriate expressions in the slots of the @code{let} expression
3662template.
3663
3664If the varlist is composed of two-element lists, as is often the case,
3665the template for the @code{let} expression looks like this:
3666
3667@smallexample
3668@group
3669(let ((@var{variable} @var{value})
3670 (@var{variable} @var{value})
3671 @dots{})
3672 @var{body}@dots{})
3673@end group
3674@end smallexample
3675
d6adf7e7 3676@node Sample let Expression
8cda6f8f
GM
3677@subsection Sample @code{let} Expression
3678@cindex Sample @code{let} expression
3679@cindex @code{let} expression sample
3680
3681The following expression creates and gives initial values
3682to the two variables @code{zebra} and @code{tiger}. The body of the
3683@code{let} expression is a list which calls the @code{message} function.
3684
3685@smallexample
3686@group
3687(let ((zebra 'stripes)
3688 (tiger 'fierce))
3689 (message "One kind of animal has %s and another is %s."
3690 zebra tiger))
3691@end group
3692@end smallexample
3693
3694Here, the varlist is @code{((zebra 'stripes) (tiger 'fierce))}.
3695
3696The two variables are @code{zebra} and @code{tiger}. Each variable is
3697the first element of a two-element list and each value is the second
3698element of its two-element list. In the varlist, Emacs binds the
3699variable @code{zebra} to the value @code{stripes}@footnote{According
3700to Jared Diamond in @cite{Guns, Germs, and Steel}, ``@dots{} zebras
3701become impossibly dangerous as they grow older'' but the claim here is
3702that they do not become fierce like a tiger. (1997, W. W. Norton and
3703Co., ISBN 0-393-03894-2, page 171)}, and binds the
3704variable @code{tiger} to the value @code{fierce}. In this example,
3705both values are symbols preceded by a quote. The values could just as
3706well have been another list or a string. The body of the @code{let}
3707follows after the list holding the variables. In this example, the
3708body is a list that uses the @code{message} function to print a string
3709in the echo area.
3710
3711@need 1500
3712You may evaluate the example in the usual fashion, by placing the
3713cursor after the last parenthesis and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. When you do
3714this, the following will appear in the echo area:
3715
3716@smallexample
3717"One kind of animal has stripes and another is fierce."
3718@end smallexample
3719
3720As we have seen before, the @code{message} function prints its first
3721argument, except for @samp{%s}. In this example, the value of the variable
3722@code{zebra} is printed at the location of the first @samp{%s} and the
3723value of the variable @code{tiger} is printed at the location of the
3724second @samp{%s}.
3725
d6adf7e7 3726@node Uninitialized let Variables
8cda6f8f
GM
3727@subsection Uninitialized Variables in a @code{let} Statement
3728@cindex Uninitialized @code{let} variables
3729@cindex @code{let} variables uninitialized
3730
3731If you do not bind the variables in a @code{let} statement to specific
3732initial values, they will automatically be bound to an initial value of
3733@code{nil}, as in the following expression:
3734
3735@smallexample
3736@group
3737(let ((birch 3)
3738 pine
3739 fir
3740 (oak 'some))
3741 (message
3742 "Here are %d variables with %s, %s, and %s value."
3743 birch pine fir oak))
3744@end group
3745@end smallexample
3746
3747@noindent
3748Here, the varlist is @code{((birch 3) pine fir (oak 'some))}.
3749
3750@need 1250
3751If you evaluate this expression in the usual way, the following will
3752appear in your echo area:
3753
3754@smallexample
3755"Here are 3 variables with nil, nil, and some value."
3756@end smallexample
3757
3758@noindent
3759In this example, Emacs binds the symbol @code{birch} to the number 3,
3760binds the symbols @code{pine} and @code{fir} to @code{nil}, and binds
3761the symbol @code{oak} to the value @code{some}.
3762
3763Note that in the first part of the @code{let}, the variables @code{pine}
3764and @code{fir} stand alone as atoms that are not surrounded by
3765parentheses; this is because they are being bound to @code{nil}, the
3766empty list. But @code{oak} is bound to @code{some} and so is a part of
3767the list @code{(oak 'some)}. Similarly, @code{birch} is bound to the
3768number 3 and so is in a list with that number. (Since a number
3769evaluates to itself, the number does not need to be quoted. Also, the
3770number is printed in the message using a @samp{%d} rather than a
3771@samp{%s}.) The four variables as a group are put into a list to
3772delimit them from the body of the @code{let}.
3773
d6adf7e7 3774@node if
8cda6f8f
GM
3775@section The @code{if} Special Form
3776@findex if
3777@cindex Conditional with @code{if}
3778
3779A third special form, in addition to @code{defun} and @code{let}, is the
3780conditional @code{if}. This form is used to instruct the computer to
3781make decisions. You can write function definitions without using
3782@code{if}, but it is used often enough, and is important enough, to be
3783included here. It is used, for example, in the code for the
3784function @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
3785
3786The basic idea behind an @code{if}, is that ``@emph{if} a test is true,
3787@emph{then} an expression is evaluated.'' If the test is not true, the
3788expression is not evaluated. For example, you might make a decision
3789such as, ``if it is warm and sunny, then go to the beach!''
3790
3791@menu
3792* if in more detail::
3793* type-of-animal in detail:: An example of an @code{if} expression.
3794@end menu
3795
8cda6f8f 3796@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 3797@node if in more detail
8cda6f8f
GM
3798@unnumberedsubsec @code{if} in more detail
3799@end ifnottex
3800
3801@cindex @samp{if-part} defined
3802@cindex @samp{then-part} defined
3803An @code{if} expression written in Lisp does not use the word `then';
3804the test and the action are the second and third elements of the list
3805whose first element is @code{if}. Nonetheless, the test part of an
3806@code{if} expression is often called the @dfn{if-part} and the second
3807argument is often called the @dfn{then-part}.
3808
3809Also, when an @code{if} expression is written, the true-or-false-test
3810is usually written on the same line as the symbol @code{if}, but the
3811action to carry out if the test is true, the ``then-part'', is written
3812on the second and subsequent lines. This makes the @code{if}
3813expression easier to read.
3814
3815@smallexample
3816@group
3817(if @var{true-or-false-test}
3818 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-test-is-true})
3819@end group
3820@end smallexample
3821
3822@noindent
3823The true-or-false-test will be an expression that
3824is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter.
3825
3826Here is an example that you can evaluate in the usual manner. The test
3827is whether the number 5 is greater than the number 4. Since it is, the
3828message @samp{5 is greater than 4!} will be printed.
3829
3830@smallexample
3831@group
3832(if (> 5 4) ; @r{if-part}
3833 (message "5 is greater than 4!")) ; @r{then-part}
3834@end group
3835@end smallexample
3836
3837@noindent
3838(The function @code{>} tests whether its first argument is greater than
3839its second argument and returns true if it is.)
3840@findex > (greater than)
3841
3842Of course, in actual use, the test in an @code{if} expression will not
3843be fixed for all time as it is by the expression @code{(> 5 4)}.
3844Instead, at least one of the variables used in the test will be bound to
3845a value that is not known ahead of time. (If the value were known ahead
3846of time, we would not need to run the test!)
3847
3848For example, the value may be bound to an argument of a function
3849definition. In the following function definition, the character of the
3850animal is a value that is passed to the function. If the value bound to
3851@code{characteristic} is @code{fierce}, then the message, @samp{It's a
3852tiger!} will be printed; otherwise, @code{nil} will be returned.
3853
3854@smallexample
3855@group
3856(defun type-of-animal (characteristic)
3857 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
3858If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
3859then warn of a tiger."
3860 (if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
3861 (message "It's a tiger!")))
3862@end group
3863@end smallexample
3864
3865@need 1500
3866@noindent
3867If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate the
3868function definition in the usual way to install it in Emacs, and then you
3869can evaluate the following two expressions to see the results:
3870
3871@smallexample
3872@group
3873(type-of-animal 'fierce)
3874
3875(type-of-animal 'zebra)
3876
3877@end group
3878@end smallexample
3879
3880@c Following sentences rewritten to prevent overfull hbox.
3881@noindent
3882When you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'fierce)}, you will see the
3883following message printed in the echo area: @code{"It's a tiger!"}; and
3884when you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'zebra)} you will see @code{nil}
3885printed in the echo area.
3886
d6adf7e7 3887@node type-of-animal in detail
8cda6f8f
GM
3888@subsection The @code{type-of-animal} Function in Detail
3889
3890Let's look at the @code{type-of-animal} function in detail.
3891
3892The function definition for @code{type-of-animal} was written by filling
3893the slots of two templates, one for a function definition as a whole, and
3894a second for an @code{if} expression.
3895
3896@need 1250
3897The template for every function that is not interactive is:
3898
3899@smallexample
3900@group
3901(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
3902 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
3903 @var{body}@dots{})
3904@end group
3905@end smallexample
3906
3907@need 800
3908The parts of the function that match this template look like this:
3909
3910@smallexample
3911@group
3912(defun type-of-animal (characteristic)
3913 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
3914If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
3915then warn of a tiger."
3916 @var{body: the} @code{if} @var{expression})
3917@end group
3918@end smallexample
3919
3920The name of function is @code{type-of-animal}; it is passed the value
3921of one argument. The argument list is followed by a multi-line
3922documentation string. The documentation string is included in the
3923example because it is a good habit to write documentation string for
3924every function definition. The body of the function definition
3925consists of the @code{if} expression.
3926
3927@need 800
3928The template for an @code{if} expression looks like this:
3929
3930@smallexample
3931@group
3932(if @var{true-or-false-test}
3933 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-true})
3934@end group
3935@end smallexample
3936
3937@need 1250
3938In the @code{type-of-animal} function, the code for the @code{if}
3939looks like this:
3940
3941@smallexample
3942@group
3943(if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
3944 (message "It's a tiger!")))
3945@end group
3946@end smallexample
3947
3948@need 800
3949Here, the true-or-false-test is the expression:
3950
3951@smallexample
3952(equal characteristic 'fierce)
3953@end smallexample
3954
3955@noindent
3956In Lisp, @code{equal} is a function that determines whether its first
3957argument is equal to its second argument. The second argument is the
3958quoted symbol @code{'fierce} and the first argument is the value of the
3959symbol @code{characteristic}---in other words, the argument passed to
3960this function.
3961
3962In the first exercise of @code{type-of-animal}, the argument
3963@code{fierce} is passed to @code{type-of-animal}. Since @code{fierce}
3964is equal to @code{fierce}, the expression, @code{(equal characteristic
3965'fierce)}, returns a value of true. When this happens, the @code{if}
3966evaluates the second argument or then-part of the @code{if}:
3967@code{(message "It's tiger!")}.
3968
3969On the other hand, in the second exercise of @code{type-of-animal}, the
3970argument @code{zebra} is passed to @code{type-of-animal}. @code{zebra}
3971is not equal to @code{fierce}, so the then-part is not evaluated and
3972@code{nil} is returned by the @code{if} expression.
3973
d6adf7e7 3974@node else
8cda6f8f
GM
3975@section If--then--else Expressions
3976@cindex Else
3977
3978An @code{if} expression may have an optional third argument, called
3979the @dfn{else-part}, for the case when the true-or-false-test returns
3980false. When this happens, the second argument or then-part of the
3981overall @code{if} expression is @emph{not} evaluated, but the third or
3982else-part @emph{is} evaluated. You might think of this as the cloudy
3983day alternative for the decision ``if it is warm and sunny, then go to
3984the beach, else read a book!''.
3985
3986The word ``else'' is not written in the Lisp code; the else-part of an
3987@code{if} expression comes after the then-part. In the written Lisp, the
3988else-part is usually written to start on a line of its own and is
3989indented less than the then-part:
3990
3991@smallexample
3992@group
3993(if @var{true-or-false-test}
3994 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-true}
3995 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-false})
3996@end group
3997@end smallexample
3998
3999For example, the following @code{if} expression prints the message @samp{4
4000is not greater than 5!} when you evaluate it in the usual way:
4001
4002@smallexample
4003@group
4004(if (> 4 5) ; @r{if-part}
4005 (message "4 falsely greater than 5!") ; @r{then-part}
4006 (message "4 is not greater than 5!")) ; @r{else-part}
4007@end group
4008@end smallexample
4009
4010@noindent
4011Note that the different levels of indentation make it easy to
4012distinguish the then-part from the else-part. (GNU Emacs has several
4013commands that automatically indent @code{if} expressions correctly.
4014@xref{Typing Lists, , GNU Emacs Helps You Type Lists}.)
4015
4016We can extend the @code{type-of-animal} function to include an
4017else-part by simply incorporating an additional part to the @code{if}
4018expression.
4019
4020@need 1500
4021You can see the consequences of doing this if you evaluate the following
4022version of the @code{type-of-animal} function definition to install it
4023and then evaluate the two subsequent expressions to pass different
4024arguments to the function.
4025
4026@smallexample
4027@group
4028(defun type-of-animal (characteristic) ; @r{Second version.}
4029 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
4030If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
4031then warn of a tiger;
4032else say it's not fierce."
4033 (if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
4034 (message "It's a tiger!")
4035 (message "It's not fierce!")))
4036@end group
4037@end smallexample
4038@sp 1
4039
4040@smallexample
4041@group
4042(type-of-animal 'fierce)
4043
4044(type-of-animal 'zebra)
4045
4046@end group
4047@end smallexample
4048
4049@c Following sentence rewritten to prevent overfull hbox.
4050@noindent
4051When you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'fierce)}, you will see the
4052following message printed in the echo area: @code{"It's a tiger!"}; but
4053when you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'zebra)}, you will see
4054@code{"It's not fierce!"}.
4055
4056(Of course, if the @var{characteristic} were @code{ferocious}, the
4057message @code{"It's not fierce!"} would be printed; and it would be
4058misleading! When you write code, you need to take into account the
4059possibility that some such argument will be tested by the @code{if}
4060and write your program accordingly.)
4061
d6adf7e7 4062@node Truth & Falsehood
8cda6f8f
GM
4063@section Truth and Falsehood in Emacs Lisp
4064@cindex Truth and falsehood in Emacs Lisp
4065@cindex Falsehood and truth in Emacs Lisp
4066@findex nil
4067
4068There is an important aspect to the truth test in an @code{if}
4069expression. So far, we have spoken of `true' and `false' as values of
4070predicates as if they were new kinds of Emacs Lisp objects. In fact,
4071`false' is just our old friend @code{nil}. Anything else---anything
4072at all---is `true'.
4073
4074The expression that tests for truth is interpreted as @dfn{true}
4075if the result of evaluating it is a value that is not @code{nil}. In
4076other words, the result of the test is considered true if the value
4077returned is a number such as 47, a string such as @code{"hello"}, or a
4078symbol (other than @code{nil}) such as @code{flowers}, or a list (so
4079long as it is not empty), or even a buffer!
4080
4081@menu
4082* nil explained:: @code{nil} has two meanings.
4083@end menu
4084
8cda6f8f 4085@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 4086@node nil explained
8cda6f8f
GM
4087@unnumberedsubsec An explanation of @code{nil}
4088@end ifnottex
4089
4090Before illustrating a test for truth, we need an explanation of @code{nil}.
4091
4092In Emacs Lisp, the symbol @code{nil} has two meanings. First, it means the
4093empty list. Second, it means false and is the value returned when a
4094true-or-false-test tests false. @code{nil} can be written as an empty
4095list, @code{()}, or as @code{nil}. As far as the Lisp interpreter is
4096concerned, @code{()} and @code{nil} are the same. Humans, however, tend
4097to use @code{nil} for false and @code{()} for the empty list.
4098
4099In Emacs Lisp, any value that is not @code{nil}---is not the empty
4100list---is considered true. This means that if an evaluation returns
4101something that is not an empty list, an @code{if} expression will test
4102true. For example, if a number is put in the slot for the test, it
4103will be evaluated and will return itself, since that is what numbers
4104do when evaluated. In this conditional, the @code{if} expression will
4105test true. The expression tests false only when @code{nil}, an empty
4106list, is returned by evaluating the expression.
4107
4108You can see this by evaluating the two expressions in the following examples.
4109
4110In the first example, the number 4 is evaluated as the test in the
4111@code{if} expression and returns itself; consequently, the then-part
4112of the expression is evaluated and returned: @samp{true} appears in
4113the echo area. In the second example, the @code{nil} indicates false;
4114consequently, the else-part of the expression is evaluated and
4115returned: @samp{false} appears in the echo area.
4116
4117@smallexample
4118@group
4119(if 4
4120 'true
4121 'false)
4122@end group
4123
4124@group
4125(if nil
4126 'true
4127 'false)
4128@end group
4129@end smallexample
4130
4131@need 1250
4132Incidentally, if some other useful value is not available for a test that
4133returns true, then the Lisp interpreter will return the symbol @code{t}
4134for true. For example, the expression @code{(> 5 4)} returns @code{t}
4135when evaluated, as you can see by evaluating it in the usual way:
4136
4137@smallexample
4138(> 5 4)
4139@end smallexample
4140
4141@need 1250
4142@noindent
4143On the other hand, this function returns @code{nil} if the test is false.
4144
4145@smallexample
4146(> 4 5)
4147@end smallexample
4148
d6adf7e7 4149@node save-excursion
8cda6f8f
GM
4150@section @code{save-excursion}
4151@findex save-excursion
4152@cindex Region, what it is
4153@cindex Preserving point, mark, and buffer
4154@cindex Point, mark, buffer preservation
4155@findex point
4156@findex mark
4157
767b8eae 4158The @code{save-excursion} function is the third and final special form
8cda6f8f
GM
4159that we will discuss in this chapter.
4160
4161In Emacs Lisp programs used for editing, the @code{save-excursion}
4162function is very common. It saves the location of point and mark,
4163executes the body of the function, and then restores point and mark to
4164their previous positions if their locations were changed. Its primary
4165purpose is to keep the user from being surprised and disturbed by
4166unexpected movement of point or mark.
4167
4168@menu
4169* Point and mark:: A review of various locations.
4170* Template for save-excursion::
4171@end menu
4172
8cda6f8f 4173@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 4174@node Point and mark
8cda6f8f
GM
4175@unnumberedsubsec Point and Mark
4176@end ifnottex
4177
4178Before discussing @code{save-excursion}, however, it may be useful
4179first to review what point and mark are in GNU Emacs. @dfn{Point} is
4180the current location of the cursor. Wherever the cursor
4181is, that is point. More precisely, on terminals where the cursor
4182appears to be on top of a character, point is immediately before the
4183character. In Emacs Lisp, point is an integer. The first character in
4184a buffer is number one, the second is number two, and so on. The
4185function @code{point} returns the current position of the cursor as a
4186number. Each buffer has its own value for point.
4187
4188The @dfn{mark} is another position in the buffer; its value can be set
4189with a command such as @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} (@code{set-mark-command}). If
4190a mark has been set, you can use the command @kbd{C-x C-x}
4191(@code{exchange-point-and-mark}) to cause the cursor to jump to the mark
4192and set the mark to be the previous position of point. In addition, if
4193you set another mark, the position of the previous mark is saved in the
4194mark ring. Many mark positions can be saved this way. You can jump the
4195cursor to a saved mark by typing @kbd{C-u C-@key{SPC}} one or more
4196times.
4197
4198The part of the buffer between point and mark is called @dfn{the
4199region}. Numerous commands work on the region, including
4200@code{center-region}, @code{count-lines-region}, @code{kill-region}, and
4201@code{print-region}.
4202
4203The @code{save-excursion} special form saves the locations of point and
4204mark and restores those positions after the code within the body of the
4205special form is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter. Thus, if point were
4206in the beginning of a piece of text and some code moved point to the end
4207of the buffer, the @code{save-excursion} would put point back to where
4208it was before, after the expressions in the body of the function were
4209evaluated.
4210
4211In Emacs, a function frequently moves point as part of its internal
4212workings even though a user would not expect this. For example,
4213@code{count-lines-region} moves point. To prevent the user from being
4214bothered by jumps that are both unexpected and (from the user's point of
4215view) unnecessary, @code{save-excursion} is often used to keep point and
4216mark in the location expected by the user. The use of
4217@code{save-excursion} is good housekeeping.
4218
4219To make sure the house stays clean, @code{save-excursion} restores the
4220values of point and mark even if something goes wrong in the code inside
4221of it (or, to be more precise and to use the proper jargon, ``in case of
4222abnormal exit''). This feature is very helpful.
4223
4224In addition to recording the values of point and mark,
4225@code{save-excursion} keeps track of the current buffer, and restores
4226it, too. This means you can write code that will change the buffer and
4227have @code{save-excursion} switch you back to the original buffer.
4228This is how @code{save-excursion} is used in @code{append-to-buffer}.
4229(@xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
4230
d6adf7e7 4231@node Template for save-excursion
8cda6f8f
GM
4232@subsection Template for a @code{save-excursion} Expression
4233
4234@need 800
4235The template for code using @code{save-excursion} is simple:
4236
4237@smallexample
4238@group
4239(save-excursion
4240 @var{body}@dots{})
4241@end group
4242@end smallexample
4243
4244@noindent
4245The body of the function is one or more expressions that will be
4246evaluated in sequence by the Lisp interpreter. If there is more than
4247one expression in the body, the value of the last one will be returned
4248as the value of the @code{save-excursion} function. The other
4249expressions in the body are evaluated only for their side effects; and
4250@code{save-excursion} itself is used only for its side effect (which
4251is restoring the positions of point and mark).
4252
4253@need 1250
4254In more detail, the template for a @code{save-excursion} expression
4255looks like this:
4256
4257@smallexample
4258@group
4259(save-excursion
4260 @var{first-expression-in-body}
4261 @var{second-expression-in-body}
4262 @var{third-expression-in-body}
4263 @dots{}
4264 @var{last-expression-in-body})
4265@end group
4266@end smallexample
4267
4268@noindent
4269An expression, of course, may be a symbol on its own or a list.
4270
4271In Emacs Lisp code, a @code{save-excursion} expression often occurs
4272within the body of a @code{let} expression. It looks like this:
4273
4274@smallexample
4275@group
4276(let @var{varlist}
4277 (save-excursion
4278 @var{body}@dots{}))
4279@end group
4280@end smallexample
4281
d6adf7e7 4282@node Review
8cda6f8f
GM
4283@section Review
4284
767b8eae
XF
4285In the last few chapters we have introduced a macro and a fair number
4286of functions and special forms. Here they are described in brief,
4287along with a few similar functions that have not been mentioned yet.
8cda6f8f
GM
4288
4289@table @code
4290@item eval-last-sexp
4291Evaluate the last symbolic expression before the current location of
4292point. The value is printed in the echo area unless the function is
4293invoked with an argument; in that case, the output is printed in the
4294current buffer. This command is normally bound to @kbd{C-x C-e}.
4295
4296@item defun
767b8eae
XF
4297Define function. This macro has up to five parts: the name, a
4298template for the arguments that will be passed to the function,
4299documentation, an optional interactive declaration, and the body of
4300the definition.
8cda6f8f
GM
4301
4302@need 1250
4303For example, in an early version of Emacs, the function definition was
4304as follows. (It is slightly more complex now that it seeks the first
4305non-whitespace character rather than the first visible character.)
4306
4307@smallexample
4308@group
4309(defun back-to-indentation ()
4310 "Move point to first visible character on line."
4311 (interactive)
4312 (beginning-of-line 1)
4313 (skip-chars-forward " \t"))
4314@end group
4315@end smallexample
4316
4317@ignore
4318In GNU Emacs 22,
4319
4320(defun backward-to-indentation (&optional arg)
4321 "Move backward ARG lines and position at first nonblank character."
4322 (interactive "p")
4323 (forward-line (- (or arg 1)))
4324 (skip-chars-forward " \t"))
4325
4326(defun back-to-indentation ()
4327 "Move point to the first non-whitespace character on this line."
4328 (interactive)
4329 (beginning-of-line 1)
4330 (skip-syntax-forward " " (line-end-position))
4331 ;; Move back over chars that have whitespace syntax but have the p flag.
4332 (backward-prefix-chars))
4333@end ignore
4334
4335@item interactive
4336Declare to the interpreter that the function can be used
4337interactively. This special form may be followed by a string with one
4338or more parts that pass the information to the arguments of the
4339function, in sequence. These parts may also tell the interpreter to
4340prompt for information. Parts of the string are separated by
4341newlines, @samp{\n}.
4342
4343@need 1000
4344Common code characters are:
4345
4346@table @code
4347@item b
4348The name of an existing buffer.
4349
4350@item f
4351The name of an existing file.
4352
4353@item p
4354The numeric prefix argument. (Note that this `p' is lower case.)
4355
4356@item r
4357Point and the mark, as two numeric arguments, smallest first. This
4358is the only code letter that specifies two successive arguments
4359rather than one.
4360@end table
4361
4362@xref{Interactive Codes, , Code Characters for @samp{interactive},
4363elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a complete list of
4364code characters.
4365
4366@item let
4367Declare that a list of variables is for use within the body of the
4368@code{let} and give them an initial value, either @code{nil} or a
4369specified value; then evaluate the rest of the expressions in the body
4370of the @code{let} and return the value of the last one. Inside the
4371body of the @code{let}, the Lisp interpreter does not see the values of
4372the variables of the same names that are bound outside of the
4373@code{let}.
4374
4375@need 1250
4376For example,
4377
4378@smallexample
4379@group
4380(let ((foo (buffer-name))
4381 (bar (buffer-size)))
4382 (message
4383 "This buffer is %s and has %d characters."
4384 foo bar))
4385@end group
4386@end smallexample
4387
4388@item save-excursion
4389Record the values of point and mark and the current buffer before
4390evaluating the body of this special form. Restore the values of point
4391and mark and buffer afterward.
4392
4393@need 1250
4394For example,
4395
4396@smallexample
4397@group
4398(message "We are %d characters into this buffer."
4399 (- (point)
4400 (save-excursion
4401 (goto-char (point-min)) (point))))
4402@end group
4403@end smallexample
4404
4405@item if
4406Evaluate the first argument to the function; if it is true, evaluate
4407the second argument; else evaluate the third argument, if there is one.
4408
4409The @code{if} special form is called a @dfn{conditional}. There are
4410other conditionals in Emacs Lisp, but @code{if} is perhaps the most
4411commonly used.
4412
4413@need 1250
4414For example,
4415
4416@smallexample
4417@group
4418(if (= 22 emacs-major-version)
4419 (message "This is version 22 Emacs")
4420 (message "This is not version 22 Emacs"))
4421@end group
4422@end smallexample
4423
4424@need 1250
4425@item <
4426@itemx >
4427@itemx <=
4428@itemx >=
4429The @code{<} function tests whether its first argument is smaller than
4430its second argument. A corresponding function, @code{>}, tests whether
4431the first argument is greater than the second. Likewise, @code{<=}
4432tests whether the first argument is less than or equal to the second and
4433@code{>=} tests whether the first argument is greater than or equal to
4434the second. In all cases, both arguments must be numbers or markers
4435(markers indicate positions in buffers).
4436
4437@need 800
4438@item =
4439The @code{=} function tests whether two arguments, both numbers or
4440markers, are equal.
4441
4442@need 1250
4443@item equal
4444@itemx eq
4445Test whether two objects are the same. @code{equal} uses one meaning
4446of the word `same' and @code{eq} uses another: @code{equal} returns
4447true if the two objects have a similar structure and contents, such as
4448two copies of the same book. On the other hand, @code{eq}, returns
4449true if both arguments are actually the same object.
4450@findex equal
4451@findex eq
4452
4453@need 1250
4454@item string<
4455@itemx string-lessp
4456@itemx string=
4457@itemx string-equal
4458The @code{string-lessp} function tests whether its first argument is
4459smaller than the second argument. A shorter, alternative name for the
4460same function (a @code{defalias}) is @code{string<}.
4461
4462The arguments to @code{string-lessp} must be strings or symbols; the
4463ordering is lexicographic, so case is significant. The print names of
4464symbols are used instead of the symbols themselves.
4465
4466@cindex @samp{empty string} defined
4467An empty string, @samp{""}, a string with no characters in it, is
4468smaller than any string of characters.
4469
4470@code{string-equal} provides the corresponding test for equality. Its
4471shorter, alternative name is @code{string=}. There are no string test
4472functions that correspond to @var{>}, @code{>=}, or @code{<=}.
4473
4474@item message
4475Print a message in the echo area. The first argument is a string that
4476can contain @samp{%s}, @samp{%d}, or @samp{%c} to print the value of
4477arguments that follow the string. The argument used by @samp{%s} must
4478be a string or a symbol; the argument used by @samp{%d} must be a
4479number. The argument used by @samp{%c} must be an @sc{ascii} code
4480number; it will be printed as the character with that @sc{ascii} code.
4481(Various other %-sequences have not been mentioned.)
4482
4483@item setq
4484@itemx set
4485The @code{setq} function sets the value of its first argument to the
4486value of the second argument. The first argument is automatically
4487quoted by @code{setq}. It does the same for succeeding pairs of
4488arguments. Another function, @code{set}, takes only two arguments and
4489evaluates both of them before setting the value returned by its first
4490argument to the value returned by its second argument.
4491
4492@item buffer-name
4493Without an argument, return the name of the buffer, as a string.
4494
2fce4cd8 4495@item buffer-file-name
8cda6f8f
GM
4496Without an argument, return the name of the file the buffer is
4497visiting.
4498
4499@item current-buffer
4500Return the buffer in which Emacs is active; it may not be
4501the buffer that is visible on the screen.
4502
4503@item other-buffer
4504Return the most recently selected buffer (other than the buffer passed
4505to @code{other-buffer} as an argument and other than the current
4506buffer).
4507
4508@item switch-to-buffer
4509Select a buffer for Emacs to be active in and display it in the current
4510window so users can look at it. Usually bound to @kbd{C-x b}.
4511
4512@item set-buffer
44e97401 4513Switch Emacs's attention to a buffer on which programs will run. Don't
8cda6f8f
GM
4514alter what the window is showing.
4515
4516@item buffer-size
4517Return the number of characters in the current buffer.
4518
4519@item point
4520Return the value of the current position of the cursor, as an
4521integer counting the number of characters from the beginning of the
4522buffer.
4523
4524@item point-min
4525Return the minimum permissible value of point in
4526the current buffer. This is 1, unless narrowing is in effect.
4527
4528@item point-max
4529Return the value of the maximum permissible value of point in the
4530current buffer. This is the end of the buffer, unless narrowing is in
4531effect.
4532@end table
4533
4534@need 1500
d6adf7e7 4535@node defun Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
4536@section Exercises
4537
4538@itemize @bullet
4539@item
4540Write a non-interactive function that doubles the value of its
4541argument, a number. Make that function interactive.
4542
4543@item
4544Write a function that tests whether the current value of
4545@code{fill-column} is greater than the argument passed to the function,
4546and if so, prints an appropriate message.
4547@end itemize
4548
d6adf7e7 4549@node Buffer Walk Through
8cda6f8f
GM
4550@chapter A Few Buffer--Related Functions
4551
4552In this chapter we study in detail several of the functions used in GNU
4553Emacs. This is called a ``walk-through''. These functions are used as
4554examples of Lisp code, but are not imaginary examples; with the
4555exception of the first, simplified function definition, these functions
4556show the actual code used in GNU Emacs. You can learn a great deal from
4557these definitions. The functions described here are all related to
4558buffers. Later, we will study other functions.
4559
4560@menu
4561* Finding More:: How to find more information.
4562* simplified-beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
4563 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
4564* mark-whole-buffer:: Almost the same as @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
4565* append-to-buffer:: Uses @code{save-excursion} and
4566 @code{insert-buffer-substring}.
4567* Buffer Related Review:: Review.
4568* Buffer Exercises::
4569@end menu
4570
d6adf7e7 4571@node Finding More
8cda6f8f
GM
4572@section Finding More Information
4573
4574@findex describe-function, @r{introduced}
4575@cindex Find function documentation
4576In this walk-through, I will describe each new function as we come to
4577it, sometimes in detail and sometimes briefly. If you are interested,
4578you can get the full documentation of any Emacs Lisp function at any
4579time by typing @kbd{C-h f} and then the name of the function (and then
4580@key{RET}). Similarly, you can get the full documentation for a
4581variable by typing @kbd{C-h v} and then the name of the variable (and
4582then @key{RET}).
4583
4584@cindex Find source of function
4585@c In version 22, tells location both of C and of Emacs Lisp
4586Also, @code{describe-function} will tell you the location of the
4587function definition.
4588
4589Put point into the name of the file that contains the function and
4590press the @key{RET} key. In this case, @key{RET} means
4591@code{push-button} rather than `return' or `enter'. Emacs will take
4592you directly to the function definition.
4593
4594@ignore
4595Not In version 22
4596
4597If you move point over the file name and press
4598the @key{RET} key, which in this case means @code{help-follow} rather
4599than `return' or `enter', Emacs will take you directly to the function
4600definition.
4601@end ignore
4602
4603More generally, if you want to see a function in its original source
88c26f5c
GM
4604file, you can use the @code{find-tag} function to jump to it.
4605@code{find-tag} works with a wide variety of languages, not just
8cda6f8f 4606Lisp, and C, and it works with non-programming text as well. For
88c26f5c 4607example, @code{find-tag} will jump to the various nodes in the
8cda6f8f 4608Texinfo source file of this document.
88c26f5c 4609The @code{find-tag} function depends on `tags tables' that record
8cda6f8f 4610the locations of the functions, variables, and other items to which
88c26f5c 4611@code{find-tag} jumps.
8cda6f8f 4612
88c26f5c 4613To use the @code{find-tag} command, type @kbd{M-.} (i.e., press the
8cda6f8f
GM
4614period key while holding down the @key{META} key, or else type the
4615@key{ESC} key and then type the period key), and then, at the prompt,
4616type in the name of the function whose source code you want to see,
4617such as @code{mark-whole-buffer}, and then type @key{RET}. Emacs will
4618switch buffers and display the source code for the function on your
4619screen. To switch back to your current buffer, type @kbd{C-x b
09e80d9f 4620@key{RET}}. (On some keyboards, the @key{META} key is labeled
8cda6f8f
GM
4621@key{ALT}.)
4622
4623@c !!! 22.1.1 tags table location in this paragraph
4624@cindex TAGS table, specifying
88c26f5c 4625@findex find-tag
8cda6f8f
GM
4626Depending on how the initial default values of your copy of Emacs are
4627set, you may also need to specify the location of your `tags table',
4628which is a file called @file{TAGS}. For example, if you are
4629interested in Emacs sources, the tags table you will most likely want,
4630if it has already been created for you, will be in a subdirectory of
4631the @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/} directory; thus you would use the
4632@code{M-x visit-tags-table} command and specify a pathname such as
4633@file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/TAGS}. If the tags table
4634has not already been created, you will have to create it yourself. It
0ca10bb7 4635will be in a file such as @file{/usr/local/src/emacs/src/TAGS}.
8cda6f8f
GM
4636
4637@need 1250
4638To create a @file{TAGS} file in a specific directory, switch to that
4639directory in Emacs using @kbd{M-x cd} command, or list the directory
4640with @kbd{C-x d} (@code{dired}). Then run the compile command, with
4641@w{@code{etags *.el}} as the command to execute:
4642
4643@smallexample
4644M-x compile RET etags *.el RET
4645@end smallexample
4646
4647For more information, see @ref{etags, , Create Your Own @file{TAGS} File}.
4648
4649After you become more familiar with Emacs Lisp, you will find that you will
88c26f5c 4650frequently use @code{find-tag} to navigate your way around source code;
8cda6f8f
GM
4651and you will create your own @file{TAGS} tables.
4652
4653@cindex Library, as term for `file'
4654Incidentally, the files that contain Lisp code are conventionally
4655called @dfn{libraries}. The metaphor is derived from that of a
4656specialized library, such as a law library or an engineering library,
4657rather than a general library. Each library, or file, contains
4658functions that relate to a particular topic or activity, such as
4659@file{abbrev.el} for handling abbreviations and other typing
4660shortcuts, and @file{help.el} for on-line help. (Sometimes several
4661libraries provide code for a single activity, as the various
4662@file{rmail@dots{}} files provide code for reading electronic mail.)
4663In @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}, you will see sentences such as ``The
4664@kbd{C-h p} command lets you search the standard Emacs Lisp libraries
4665by topic keywords.''
4666
d6adf7e7 4667@node simplified-beginning-of-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
4668@section A Simplified @code{beginning-of-buffer} Definition
4669@findex simplified-beginning-of-buffer
4670
4671The @code{beginning-of-buffer} command is a good function to start with
4672since you are likely to be familiar with it and it is easy to
4673understand. Used as an interactive command, @code{beginning-of-buffer}
4674moves the cursor to the beginning of the buffer, leaving the mark at the
4675previous position. It is generally bound to @kbd{M-<}.
4676
4677In this section, we will discuss a shortened version of the function
4678that shows how it is most frequently used. This shortened function
4679works as written, but it does not contain the code for a complex option.
4680In another section, we will describe the entire function.
4681(@xref{beginning-of-buffer, , Complete Definition of
4682@code{beginning-of-buffer}}.)
4683
4684Before looking at the code, let's consider what the function
4685definition has to contain: it must include an expression that makes
4686the function interactive so it can be called by typing @kbd{M-x
4687beginning-of-buffer} or by typing a keychord such as @kbd{M-<}; it
4688must include code to leave a mark at the original position in the
4689buffer; and it must include code to move the cursor to the beginning
4690of the buffer.
4691
4692@need 1250
4693Here is the complete text of the shortened version of the function:
4694
4695@smallexample
4696@group
4697(defun simplified-beginning-of-buffer ()
4698 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
4699leave mark at previous position."
4700 (interactive)
4701 (push-mark)
4702 (goto-char (point-min)))
4703@end group
4704@end smallexample
4705
4706Like all function definitions, this definition has five parts following
767b8eae 4707the macro @code{defun}:
8cda6f8f
GM
4708
4709@enumerate
4710@item
4711The name: in this example, @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer}.
4712
4713@item
4714A list of the arguments: in this example, an empty list, @code{()},
4715
4716@item
4717The documentation string.
4718
4719@item
4720The interactive expression.
4721
4722@item
4723The body.
4724@end enumerate
4725
4726@noindent
4727In this function definition, the argument list is empty; this means that
4728this function does not require any arguments. (When we look at the
4729definition for the complete function, we will see that it may be passed
4730an optional argument.)
4731
4732The interactive expression tells Emacs that the function is intended to
4733be used interactively. In this example, @code{interactive} does not have
4734an argument because @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} does not
4735require one.
4736
4737@need 800
4738The body of the function consists of the two lines:
4739
4740@smallexample
4741@group
4742(push-mark)
4743(goto-char (point-min))
4744@end group
4745@end smallexample
4746
4747The first of these lines is the expression, @code{(push-mark)}. When
4748this expression is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter, it sets a mark at
4749the current position of the cursor, wherever that may be. The position
4750of this mark is saved in the mark ring.
4751
4752The next line is @code{(goto-char (point-min))}. This expression
4753jumps the cursor to the minimum point in the buffer, that is, to the
4754beginning of the buffer (or to the beginning of the accessible portion
4755of the buffer if it is narrowed. @xref{Narrowing & Widening, ,
4756Narrowing and Widening}.)
4757
4758The @code{push-mark} command sets a mark at the place where the cursor
4759was located before it was moved to the beginning of the buffer by the
4760@code{(goto-char (point-min))} expression. Consequently, you can, if
4761you wish, go back to where you were originally by typing @kbd{C-x C-x}.
4762
4763That is all there is to the function definition!
4764
4765@findex describe-function
4766When you are reading code such as this and come upon an unfamiliar
4767function, such as @code{goto-char}, you can find out what it does by
4768using the @code{describe-function} command. To use this command, type
4769@kbd{C-h f} and then type in the name of the function and press
4770@key{RET}. The @code{describe-function} command will print the
4771function's documentation string in a @file{*Help*} window. For
4772example, the documentation for @code{goto-char} is:
4773
4774@smallexample
4775@group
4776Set point to POSITION, a number or marker.
4777Beginning of buffer is position (point-min), end is (point-max).
4778@end group
4779@end smallexample
4780
4781@noindent
4782The function's one argument is the desired position.
4783
4784@noindent
4785(The prompt for @code{describe-function} will offer you the symbol
4786under or preceding the cursor, so you can save typing by positioning
4787the cursor right over or after the function and then typing @kbd{C-h f
4788@key{RET}}.)
4789
4790The @code{end-of-buffer} function definition is written in the same way as
4791the @code{beginning-of-buffer} definition except that the body of the
4792function contains the expression @code{(goto-char (point-max))} in place
4793of @code{(goto-char (point-min))}.
4794
d6adf7e7 4795@node mark-whole-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
4796@section The Definition of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4797@findex mark-whole-buffer
4798
4799The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is no harder to understand than the
4800@code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function. In this case, however,
4801we will look at the complete function, not a shortened version.
4802
4803The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is not as commonly used as the
4804@code{beginning-of-buffer} function, but is useful nonetheless: it
4805marks a whole buffer as a region by putting point at the beginning and
4806a mark at the end of the buffer. It is generally bound to @kbd{C-x
4807h}.
4808
4809@menu
4810* mark-whole-buffer overview::
4811* Body of mark-whole-buffer:: Only three lines of code.
4812@end menu
4813
8cda6f8f 4814@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 4815@node mark-whole-buffer overview
8cda6f8f
GM
4816@unnumberedsubsec An overview of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4817@end ifnottex
4818
4819@need 1250
4820In GNU Emacs 22, the code for the complete function looks like this:
4821
4822@smallexample
4823@group
4824(defun mark-whole-buffer ()
4825 "Put point at beginning and mark at end of buffer.
4826You probably should not use this function in Lisp programs;
4827it is usually a mistake for a Lisp function to use any subroutine
4828that uses or sets the mark."
4829 (interactive)
4830 (push-mark (point))
4831 (push-mark (point-max) nil t)
4832 (goto-char (point-min)))
4833@end group
4834@end smallexample
4835
4836@need 1250
4837Like all other functions, the @code{mark-whole-buffer} function fits
4838into the template for a function definition. The template looks like
4839this:
4840
4841@smallexample
4842@group
4843(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
4844 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
4845 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
4846 @var{body}@dots{})
4847@end group
4848@end smallexample
4849
4850Here is how the function works: the name of the function is
4851@code{mark-whole-buffer}; it is followed by an empty argument list,
4852@samp{()}, which means that the function does not require arguments.
4853The documentation comes next.
4854
4855The next line is an @code{(interactive)} expression that tells Emacs
4856that the function will be used interactively. These details are similar
4857to the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function described in the
4858previous section.
4859
4860@need 1250
d6adf7e7 4861@node Body of mark-whole-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
4862@subsection Body of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4863
4864The body of the @code{mark-whole-buffer} function consists of three
4865lines of code:
4866
4867@c GNU Emacs 22
4868@smallexample
4869@group
4870(push-mark (point))
4871(push-mark (point-max) nil t)
4872(goto-char (point-min))
4873@end group
4874@end smallexample
4875
4876The first of these lines is the expression, @code{(push-mark (point))}.
4877
4878This line does exactly the same job as the first line of the body of
4879the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function, which is written
4880@code{(push-mark)}. In both cases, the Lisp interpreter sets a mark
4881at the current position of the cursor.
4882
4883I don't know why the expression in @code{mark-whole-buffer} is written
4884@code{(push-mark (point))} and the expression in
4885@code{beginning-of-buffer} is written @code{(push-mark)}. Perhaps
4886whoever wrote the code did not know that the arguments for
4887@code{push-mark} are optional and that if @code{push-mark} is not
4888passed an argument, the function automatically sets mark at the
4889location of point by default. Or perhaps the expression was written
4890so as to parallel the structure of the next line. In any case, the
4891line causes Emacs to determine the position of point and set a mark
4892there.
4893
4894In earlier versions of GNU Emacs, the next line of
4895@code{mark-whole-buffer} was @code{(push-mark (point-max))}. This
4896expression sets a mark at the point in the buffer that has the highest
4897number. This will be the end of the buffer (or, if the buffer is
4898narrowed, the end of the accessible portion of the buffer.
4899@xref{Narrowing & Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}, for more about
4900narrowing.) After this mark has been set, the previous mark, the one
4901set at point, is no longer set, but Emacs remembers its position, just
4902as all other recent marks are always remembered. This means that you
4903can, if you wish, go back to that position by typing @kbd{C-u
4904C-@key{SPC}} twice.
4905
4906@need 1250
4907In GNU Emacs 22, the @code{(point-max)} is slightly more complicated.
4908The line reads
4909
4910@smallexample
4911(push-mark (point-max) nil t)
4912@end smallexample
4913
4914@noindent
4915The expression works nearly the same as before. It sets a mark at the
4916highest numbered place in the buffer that it can. However, in this
4917version, @code{push-mark} has two additional arguments. The second
4918argument to @code{push-mark} is @code{nil}. This tells the function
4919it @emph{should} display a message that says `Mark set' when it pushes
4920the mark. The third argument is @code{t}. This tells
4921@code{push-mark} to activate the mark when Transient Mark mode is
4922turned on. Transient Mark mode highlights the currently active
4923region. It is often turned off.
4924
4925Finally, the last line of the function is @code{(goto-char
4926(point-min)))}. This is written exactly the same way as it is written
4927in @code{beginning-of-buffer}. The expression moves the cursor to
4928the minimum point in the buffer, that is, to the beginning of the buffer
4929(or to the beginning of the accessible portion of the buffer). As a
4930result of this, point is placed at the beginning of the buffer and mark
4931is set at the end of the buffer. The whole buffer is, therefore, the
4932region.
4933
d6adf7e7 4934@node append-to-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
4935@section The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}
4936@findex append-to-buffer
4937
4938The @code{append-to-buffer} command is more complex than the
4939@code{mark-whole-buffer} command. What it does is copy the region
4940(that is, the part of the buffer between point and mark) from the
4941current buffer to a specified buffer.
4942
4943@menu
4944* append-to-buffer overview::
4945* append interactive:: A two part interactive expression.
4946* append-to-buffer body:: Incorporates a @code{let} expression.
4947* append save-excursion:: How the @code{save-excursion} works.
4948@end menu
4949
8cda6f8f 4950@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 4951@node append-to-buffer overview
8cda6f8f
GM
4952@unnumberedsubsec An Overview of @code{append-to-buffer}
4953@end ifnottex
4954
4955@findex insert-buffer-substring
4956The @code{append-to-buffer} command uses the
4957@code{insert-buffer-substring} function to copy the region.
4958@code{insert-buffer-substring} is described by its name: it takes a
4959string of characters from part of a buffer, a ``substring'', and
4960inserts them into another buffer.
4961
4962Most of @code{append-to-buffer} is
4963concerned with setting up the conditions for
4964@code{insert-buffer-substring} to work: the code must specify both the
4965buffer to which the text will go, the window it comes from and goes
4966to, and the region that will be copied.
4967
4968@need 1250
4969Here is the complete text of the function:
4970
4971@smallexample
4972@group
4973(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
4974 "Append to specified buffer the text of the region.
4975It is inserted into that buffer before its point.
4976@end group
4977
4978@group
4979When calling from a program, give three arguments:
4980BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END.
4981START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied."
4982 (interactive
4983 (list (read-buffer "Append to buffer: " (other-buffer
4984 (current-buffer) t))
4985 (region-beginning) (region-end)))
4986@end group
4987@group
4988 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
4989 (save-excursion
4990 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
4991 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
4992 point)
4993 (set-buffer append-to)
4994 (setq point (point))
4995 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
4996 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
4997 (dolist (window windows)
4998 (when (= (window-point window) point)
4999 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5000@end group
5001@end smallexample
5002
5003The function can be understood by looking at it as a series of
5004filled-in templates.
5005
5006The outermost template is for the function definition. In this
5007function, it looks like this (with several slots filled in):
5008
5009@smallexample
5010@group
5011(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5012 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5013 (interactive @dots{})
5014 @var{body}@dots{})
5015@end group
5016@end smallexample
5017
5018The first line of the function includes its name and three arguments.
5019The arguments are the @code{buffer} to which the text will be copied, and
5020the @code{start} and @code{end} of the region in the current buffer that
5021will be copied.
5022
5023The next part of the function is the documentation, which is clear and
5024complete. As is conventional, the three arguments are written in
5025upper case so you will notice them easily. Even better, they are
5026described in the same order as in the argument list.
5027
5028Note that the documentation distinguishes between a buffer and its
5029name. (The function can handle either.)
5030
d6adf7e7 5031@node append interactive
8cda6f8f
GM
5032@subsection The @code{append-to-buffer} Interactive Expression
5033
5034Since the @code{append-to-buffer} function will be used interactively,
5035the function must have an @code{interactive} expression. (For a
5036review of @code{interactive}, see @ref{Interactive, , Making a
5037Function Interactive}.) The expression reads as follows:
5038
5039@smallexample
5040@group
5041(interactive
5042 (list (read-buffer
5043 "Append to buffer: "
5044 (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
5045 (region-beginning)
5046 (region-end)))
5047@end group
5048@end smallexample
5049
5050@noindent
5051This expression is not one with letters standing for parts, as
5052described earlier. Instead, it starts a list with these parts:
5053
5054The first part of the list is an expression to read the name of a
5055buffer and return it as a string. That is @code{read-buffer}. The
5056function requires a prompt as its first argument, @samp{"Append to
5057buffer: "}. Its second argument tells the command what value to
5058provide if you don't specify anything.
5059
5060In this case that second argument is an expression containing the
5061function @code{other-buffer}, an exception, and a @samp{t}, standing
5062for true.
5063
5064The first argument to @code{other-buffer}, the exception, is yet
5065another function, @code{current-buffer}. That is not going to be
5066returned. The second argument is the symbol for true, @code{t}. that
5067tells @code{other-buffer} that it may show visible buffers (except in
5068this case, it will not show the current buffer, which makes sense).
5069
5070@need 1250
5071The expression looks like this:
5072
5073@smallexample
5074(other-buffer (current-buffer) t)
5075@end smallexample
5076
5077The second and third arguments to the @code{list} expression are
5078@code{(region-beginning)} and @code{(region-end)}. These two
5079functions specify the beginning and end of the text to be appended.
5080
5081@need 1250
5082Originally, the command used the letters @samp{B} and @samp{r}.
5083The whole @code{interactive} expression looked like this:
5084
5085@smallexample
5086(interactive "BAppend to buffer:@: \nr")
5087@end smallexample
5088
5089@noindent
5090But when that was done, the default value of the buffer switched to
5091was invisible. That was not wanted.
5092
5093(The prompt was separated from the second argument with a newline,
5094@samp{\n}. It was followed by an @samp{r} that told Emacs to bind the
5095two arguments that follow the symbol @code{buffer} in the function's
5096argument list (that is, @code{start} and @code{end}) to the values of
5097point and mark. That argument worked fine.)
5098
d6adf7e7 5099@node append-to-buffer body
8cda6f8f
GM
5100@subsection The Body of @code{append-to-buffer}
5101
5102@ignore
5103in GNU Emacs 22 in /usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/simple.el
5104
5105(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5106 "Append to specified buffer the text of the region.
5107It is inserted into that buffer before its point.
5108
5109When calling from a program, give three arguments:
5110BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END.
5111START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied."
5112 (interactive
5113 (list (read-buffer "Append to buffer: " (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
5114 (region-beginning) (region-end)))
5115 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5116 (save-excursion
5117 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
5118 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
5119 point)
5120 (set-buffer append-to)
5121 (setq point (point))
5122 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5123 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5124 (dolist (window windows)
5125 (when (= (window-point window) point)
5126 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5127@end ignore
5128
5129The body of the @code{append-to-buffer} function begins with @code{let}.
5130
5131As we have seen before (@pxref{let, , @code{let}}), the purpose of a
5132@code{let} expression is to create and give initial values to one or
5133more variables that will only be used within the body of the
5134@code{let}. This means that such a variable will not be confused with
5135any variable of the same name outside the @code{let} expression.
5136
5137We can see how the @code{let} expression fits into the function as a
5138whole by showing a template for @code{append-to-buffer} with the
5139@code{let} expression in outline:
5140
5141@smallexample
5142@group
5143(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5144 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5145 (interactive @dots{})
5146 (let ((@var{variable} @var{value}))
5147 @var{body}@dots{})
5148@end group
5149@end smallexample
5150
5151The @code{let} expression has three elements:
5152
5153@enumerate
5154@item
5155The symbol @code{let};
5156
5157@item
5158A varlist containing, in this case, a single two-element list,
5159@code{(@var{variable} @var{value})};
5160
5161@item
5162The body of the @code{let} expression.
5163@end enumerate
5164
5165@need 800
5166In the @code{append-to-buffer} function, the varlist looks like this:
5167
5168@smallexample
5169(oldbuf (current-buffer))
5170@end smallexample
5171
5172@noindent
5173In this part of the @code{let} expression, the one variable,
5174@code{oldbuf}, is bound to the value returned by the
5175@code{(current-buffer)} expression. The variable, @code{oldbuf}, is
5176used to keep track of the buffer in which you are working and from
5177which you will copy.
5178
5179The element or elements of a varlist are surrounded by a set of
5180parentheses so the Lisp interpreter can distinguish the varlist from
5181the body of the @code{let}. As a consequence, the two-element list
5182within the varlist is surrounded by a circumscribing set of parentheses.
5183The line looks like this:
5184
5185@smallexample
5186@group
5187(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5188 @dots{} )
5189@end group
5190@end smallexample
5191
5192@noindent
5193The two parentheses before @code{oldbuf} might surprise you if you did
5194not realize that the first parenthesis before @code{oldbuf} marks the
5195boundary of the varlist and the second parenthesis marks the beginning
5196of the two-element list, @code{(oldbuf (current-buffer))}.
5197
d6adf7e7 5198@node append save-excursion
8cda6f8f
GM
5199@subsection @code{save-excursion} in @code{append-to-buffer}
5200
5201The body of the @code{let} expression in @code{append-to-buffer}
5202consists of a @code{save-excursion} expression.
5203
5204The @code{save-excursion} function saves the locations of point and
5205mark, and restores them to those positions after the expressions in the
5206body of the @code{save-excursion} complete execution. In addition,
5207@code{save-excursion} keeps track of the original buffer, and
5208restores it. This is how @code{save-excursion} is used in
5209@code{append-to-buffer}.
5210
5211@need 1500
5212@cindex Indentation for formatting
5213@cindex Formatting convention
5214Incidentally, it is worth noting here that a Lisp function is normally
5215formatted so that everything that is enclosed in a multi-line spread is
5216indented more to the right than the first symbol. In this function
5217definition, the @code{let} is indented more than the @code{defun}, and
5218the @code{save-excursion} is indented more than the @code{let}, like
5219this:
5220
5221@smallexample
5222@group
5223(defun @dots{}
5224 @dots{}
5225 @dots{}
5226 (let@dots{}
5227 (save-excursion
5228 @dots{}
5229@end group
5230@end smallexample
5231
5232@need 1500
5233@noindent
5234This formatting convention makes it easy to see that the lines in
5235the body of the @code{save-excursion} are enclosed by the parentheses
5236associated with @code{save-excursion}, just as the
5237@code{save-excursion} itself is enclosed by the parentheses associated
5238with the @code{let}:
5239
5240@smallexample
5241@group
5242(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5243 (save-excursion
5244 @dots{}
5245 (set-buffer @dots{})
5246 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5247 @dots{}))
5248@end group
5249@end smallexample
5250
5251@need 1200
5252The use of the @code{save-excursion} function can be viewed as a process
5253of filling in the slots of a template:
5254
5255@smallexample
5256@group
5257(save-excursion
5258 @var{first-expression-in-body}
5259 @var{second-expression-in-body}
5260 @dots{}
5261 @var{last-expression-in-body})
5262@end group
5263@end smallexample
5264
5265@need 1200
5266@noindent
5267In this function, the body of the @code{save-excursion} contains only
5268one expression, the @code{let*} expression. You know about a
5269@code{let} function. The @code{let*} function is different. It has a
5270@samp{*} in its name. It enables Emacs to set each variable in its
5271varlist in sequence, one after another.
5272
5273Its critical feature is that variables later in the varlist can make
5274use of the values to which Emacs set variables earlier in the varlist.
5275@xref{fwd-para let, , The @code{let*} expression}.
5276
5277We will skip functions like @code{let*} and focus on two: the
5278@code{set-buffer} function and the @code{insert-buffer-substring}
5279function.
5280
5281@need 1250
5282In the old days, the @code{set-buffer} expression was simply
5283
5284@smallexample
5285(set-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer))
5286@end smallexample
5287
5288@need 1250
5289@noindent
5290but now it is
5291
5292@smallexample
5293(set-buffer append-to)
5294@end smallexample
5295
5296@noindent
5297@code{append-to} is bound to @code{(get-buffer-create buffer)} earlier
5298on in the @code{let*} expression. That extra binding would not be
5299necessary except for that @code{append-to} is used later in the
5300varlist as an argument to @code{get-buffer-window-list}.
5301
5302@ignore
5303in GNU Emacs 22
5304
5305 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5306 (save-excursion
5307 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
5308 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
5309 point)
5310 (set-buffer append-to)
5311 (setq point (point))
5312 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5313 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5314 (dolist (window windows)
5315 (when (= (window-point window) point)
5316 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5317@end ignore
5318
5319The @code{append-to-buffer} function definition inserts text from the
5320buffer in which you are currently to a named buffer. It happens that
5321@code{insert-buffer-substring} copies text from another buffer to the
5322current buffer, just the reverse---that is why the
5323@code{append-to-buffer} definition starts out with a @code{let} that
5324binds the local symbol @code{oldbuf} to the value returned by
5325@code{current-buffer}.
5326
5327@need 1250
5328The @code{insert-buffer-substring} expression looks like this:
5329
5330@smallexample
5331(insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5332@end smallexample
5333
5334@noindent
5335The @code{insert-buffer-substring} function copies a string
5336@emph{from} the buffer specified as its first argument and inserts the
5337string into the present buffer. In this case, the argument to
5338@code{insert-buffer-substring} is the value of the variable created
5339and bound by the @code{let}, namely the value of @code{oldbuf}, which
5340was the current buffer when you gave the @code{append-to-buffer}
5341command.
5342
5343After @code{insert-buffer-substring} has done its work,
5344@code{save-excursion} will restore the action to the original buffer
5345and @code{append-to-buffer} will have done its job.
5346
5347@need 800
5348Written in skeletal form, the workings of the body look like this:
5349
5350@smallexample
5351@group
5352(let (@var{bind-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-to-value-of-}@code{current-buffer})
5353 (save-excursion ; @r{Keep track of buffer.}
5354 @var{change-buffer}
5355 @var{insert-substring-from-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-into-buffer})
5356
5357 @var{change-back-to-original-buffer-when-finished}
5358@var{let-the-local-meaning-of-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-disappear-when-finished}
5359@end group
5360@end smallexample
5361
5362In summary, @code{append-to-buffer} works as follows: it saves the
5363value of the current buffer in the variable called @code{oldbuf}. It
44e97401 5364gets the new buffer (creating one if need be) and switches Emacs's
8cda6f8f
GM
5365attention to it. Using the value of @code{oldbuf}, it inserts the
5366region of text from the old buffer into the new buffer; and then using
5367@code{save-excursion}, it brings you back to your original buffer.
5368
5369In looking at @code{append-to-buffer}, you have explored a fairly
5370complex function. It shows how to use @code{let} and
5371@code{save-excursion}, and how to change to and come back from another
5372buffer. Many function definitions use @code{let},
5373@code{save-excursion}, and @code{set-buffer} this way.
5374
d6adf7e7 5375@node Buffer Related Review
8cda6f8f
GM
5376@section Review
5377
5378Here is a brief summary of the various functions discussed in this chapter.
5379
5380@table @code
5381@item describe-function
5382@itemx describe-variable
5383Print the documentation for a function or variable.
5384Conventionally bound to @kbd{C-h f} and @kbd{C-h v}.
5385
5386@item find-tag
5387Find the file containing the source for a function or variable and
5388switch buffers to it, positioning point at the beginning of the item.
5389Conventionally bound to @kbd{M-.} (that's a period following the
5390@key{META} key).
5391
5392@item save-excursion
5393Save the location of point and mark and restore their values after the
5394arguments to @code{save-excursion} have been evaluated. Also, remember
5395the current buffer and return to it.
5396
5397@item push-mark
5398Set mark at a location and record the value of the previous mark on the
5399mark ring. The mark is a location in the buffer that will keep its
5400relative position even if text is added to or removed from the buffer.
5401
5402@item goto-char
5403Set point to the location specified by the value of the argument, which
5404can be a number, a marker, or an expression that returns the number of
5405a position, such as @code{(point-min)}.
5406
5407@item insert-buffer-substring
5408Copy a region of text from a buffer that is passed to the function as
5409an argument and insert the region into the current buffer.
5410
5411@item mark-whole-buffer
5412Mark the whole buffer as a region. Normally bound to @kbd{C-x h}.
5413
5414@item set-buffer
5415Switch the attention of Emacs to another buffer, but do not change the
5416window being displayed. Used when the program rather than a human is
5417to work on a different buffer.
5418
5419@item get-buffer-create
5420@itemx get-buffer
5421Find a named buffer or create one if a buffer of that name does not
5422exist. The @code{get-buffer} function returns @code{nil} if the named
5423buffer does not exist.
5424@end table
5425
5426@need 1500
d6adf7e7 5427@node Buffer Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
5428@section Exercises
5429
5430@itemize @bullet
5431@item
5432Write your own @code{simplified-end-of-buffer} function definition;
5433then test it to see whether it works.
5434
5435@item
5436Use @code{if} and @code{get-buffer} to write a function that prints a
5437message telling you whether a buffer exists.
5438
5439@item
5440Using @code{find-tag}, find the source for the @code{copy-to-buffer}
5441function.
5442@end itemize
5443
d6adf7e7 5444@node More Complex
8cda6f8f
GM
5445@chapter A Few More Complex Functions
5446
5447In this chapter, we build on what we have learned in previous chapters
5448by looking at more complex functions. The @code{copy-to-buffer}
5449function illustrates use of two @code{save-excursion} expressions in
5450one definition, while the @code{insert-buffer} function illustrates
5451use of an asterisk in an @code{interactive} expression, use of
5452@code{or}, and the important distinction between a name and the object
5453to which the name refers.
5454
5455@menu
5456* copy-to-buffer:: With @code{set-buffer}, @code{get-buffer-create}.
5457* insert-buffer:: Read-only, and with @code{or}.
5458* beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
5459 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
5460* Second Buffer Related Review::
5461* optional Exercise::
5462@end menu
5463
d6adf7e7 5464@node copy-to-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
5465@section The Definition of @code{copy-to-buffer}
5466@findex copy-to-buffer
5467
5468After understanding how @code{append-to-buffer} works, it is easy to
5469understand @code{copy-to-buffer}. This function copies text into a
5470buffer, but instead of adding to the second buffer, it replaces all the
5471previous text in the second buffer.
5472
5473@need 800
5474The body of @code{copy-to-buffer} looks like this,
5475
5476@smallexample
5477@group
5478@dots{}
5479(interactive "BCopy to buffer: \nr")
5480(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5481 (with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer)
5482 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5483 (erase-buffer)
5484 (save-excursion
5485 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)))))
5486@end group
5487@end smallexample
5488
5489The @code{copy-to-buffer} function has a simpler @code{interactive}
5490expression than @code{append-to-buffer}.
5491
5492@need 800
5493The definition then says
5494
5495@smallexample
5496(with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer) @dots{}
5497@end smallexample
5498
5499First, look at the earliest inner expression; that is evaluated first.
5500That expression starts with @code{get-buffer-create buffer}. The
5501function tells the computer to use the buffer with the name specified
5502as the one to which you are copying, or if such a buffer does not
5503exist, to create it. Then, the @code{with-current-buffer} function
5504evaluates its body with that buffer temporarily current.
5505
5506(This demonstrates another way to shift the computer's attention but
5507not the user's. The @code{append-to-buffer} function showed how to do
5508the same with @code{save-excursion} and @code{set-buffer}.
5509@code{with-current-buffer} is a newer, and arguably easier,
5510mechanism.)
5511
5512The @code{barf-if-buffer-read-only} function sends you an error
5513message saying the buffer is read-only if you cannot modify it.
5514
5515The next line has the @code{erase-buffer} function as its sole
5516contents. That function erases the buffer.
5517
5518Finally, the last two lines contain the @code{save-excursion}
5519expression with @code{insert-buffer-substring} as its body.
5520The @code{insert-buffer-substring} expression copies the text from
5521the buffer you are in (and you have not seen the computer shift its
5522attention, so you don't know that that buffer is now called
5523@code{oldbuf}).
5524
5525Incidentally, this is what is meant by `replacement'. To replace text,
5526Emacs erases the previous text and then inserts new text.
5527
5528@need 1250
5529In outline, the body of @code{copy-to-buffer} looks like this:
5530
5531@smallexample
5532@group
5533(let (@var{bind-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-to-value-of-}@code{current-buffer})
5534 (@var{with-the-buffer-you-are-copying-to}
5535 (@var{but-do-not-erase-or-copy-to-a-read-only-buffer})
5536 (erase-buffer)
5537 (save-excursion
5538 @var{insert-substring-from-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-into-buffer})))
5539@end group
5540@end smallexample
5541
d6adf7e7 5542@node insert-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
5543@section The Definition of @code{insert-buffer}
5544@findex insert-buffer
5545
5546@code{insert-buffer} is yet another buffer-related function. This
5547command copies another buffer @emph{into} the current buffer. It is the
5548reverse of @code{append-to-buffer} or @code{copy-to-buffer}, since they
5549copy a region of text @emph{from} the current buffer to another buffer.
5550
5551Here is a discussion based on the original code. The code was
5552simplified in 2003 and is harder to understand.
5553
5554(@xref{New insert-buffer, , New Body for @code{insert-buffer}}, to see
5555a discussion of the new body.)
5556
5557In addition, this code illustrates the use of @code{interactive} with a
5558buffer that might be @dfn{read-only} and the important distinction
5559between the name of an object and the object actually referred to.
5560
5561@menu
5562* insert-buffer code::
5563* insert-buffer interactive:: When you can read, but not write.
5564* insert-buffer body:: The body has an @code{or} and a @code{let}.
5565* if & or:: Using an @code{if} instead of an @code{or}.
5566* Insert or:: How the @code{or} expression works.
5567* Insert let:: Two @code{save-excursion} expressions.
5568* New insert-buffer::
5569@end menu
5570
8cda6f8f 5571@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 5572@node insert-buffer code
8cda6f8f
GM
5573@unnumberedsubsec The Code for @code{insert-buffer}
5574@end ifnottex
5575
5576@need 800
5577Here is the earlier code:
5578
5579@smallexample
5580@group
5581(defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5582 "Insert after point the contents of BUFFER.
5583Puts mark after the inserted text.
5584BUFFER may be a buffer or a buffer name."
5585 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5586@end group
5587@group
5588 (or (bufferp buffer)
5589 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer)))
5590 (let (start end newmark)
5591 (save-excursion
5592 (save-excursion
5593 (set-buffer buffer)
5594 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
5595@end group
5596@group
5597 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
5598 (setq newmark (point)))
5599 (push-mark newmark)))
5600@end group
5601@end smallexample
5602
5603@need 1200
5604As with other function definitions, you can use a template to see an
5605outline of the function:
5606
5607@smallexample
5608@group
5609(defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5610 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5611 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5612 @var{body}@dots{})
5613@end group
5614@end smallexample
5615
d6adf7e7 5616@node insert-buffer interactive
8cda6f8f
GM
5617@subsection The Interactive Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
5618@findex interactive, @r{example use of}
5619
5620In @code{insert-buffer}, the argument to the @code{interactive}
5621declaration has two parts, an asterisk, @samp{*}, and @samp{bInsert
5622buffer:@: }.
5623
5624@menu
5625* Read-only buffer:: When a buffer cannot be modified.
5626* b for interactive:: An existing buffer or else its name.
5627@end menu
5628
d6adf7e7 5629@node Read-only buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
5630@unnumberedsubsubsec A Read-only Buffer
5631@cindex Read-only buffer
5632@cindex Asterisk for read-only buffer
5633@findex * @r{for read-only buffer}
5634
5635The asterisk is for the situation when the current buffer is a
5636read-only buffer---a buffer that cannot be modified. If
5637@code{insert-buffer} is called when the current buffer is read-only, a
5638message to this effect is printed in the echo area and the terminal
5639may beep or blink at you; you will not be permitted to insert anything
5640into current buffer. The asterisk does not need to be followed by a
5641newline to separate it from the next argument.
5642
d6adf7e7 5643@node b for interactive
8cda6f8f
GM
5644@unnumberedsubsubsec @samp{b} in an Interactive Expression
5645
5646The next argument in the interactive expression starts with a lower
5647case @samp{b}. (This is different from the code for
5648@code{append-to-buffer}, which uses an upper-case @samp{B}.
5649@xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
5650The lower-case @samp{b} tells the Lisp interpreter that the argument
5651for @code{insert-buffer} should be an existing buffer or else its
5652name. (The upper-case @samp{B} option provides for the possibility
5653that the buffer does not exist.) Emacs will prompt you for the name
5654of the buffer, offering you a default buffer, with name completion
5655enabled. If the buffer does not exist, you receive a message that
5656says ``No match''; your terminal may beep at you as well.
5657
5658The new and simplified code generates a list for @code{interactive}.
5659It uses the @code{barf-if-buffer-read-only} and @code{read-buffer}
5660functions with which we are already familiar and the @code{progn}
5661special form with which we are not. (It will be described later.)
5662
d6adf7e7 5663@node insert-buffer body
8cda6f8f
GM
5664@subsection The Body of the @code{insert-buffer} Function
5665
5666The body of the @code{insert-buffer} function has two major parts: an
5667@code{or} expression and a @code{let} expression. The purpose of the
5668@code{or} expression is to ensure that the argument @code{buffer} is
5669bound to a buffer and not just the name of a buffer. The body of the
5670@code{let} expression contains the code which copies the other buffer
5671into the current buffer.
5672
5673@need 1250
5674In outline, the two expressions fit into the @code{insert-buffer}
5675function like this:
5676
5677@smallexample
5678@group
5679(defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5680 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5681 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5682 (or @dots{}
5683 @dots{}
5684@end group
5685@group
5686 (let (@var{varlist})
5687 @var{body-of-}@code{let}@dots{} )
5688@end group
5689@end smallexample
5690
5691To understand how the @code{or} expression ensures that the argument
5692@code{buffer} is bound to a buffer and not to the name of a buffer, it
5693is first necessary to understand the @code{or} function.
5694
5695Before doing this, let me rewrite this part of the function using
5696@code{if} so that you can see what is done in a manner that will be familiar.
5697
d6adf7e7 5698@node if & or
8cda6f8f
GM
5699@subsection @code{insert-buffer} With an @code{if} Instead of an @code{or}
5700
5701The job to be done is to make sure the value of @code{buffer} is a
5702buffer itself and not the name of a buffer. If the value is the name,
5703then the buffer itself must be got.
5704
5705You can imagine yourself at a conference where an usher is wandering
5706around holding a list with your name on it and looking for you: the
5707usher is ``bound'' to your name, not to you; but when the usher finds
5708you and takes your arm, the usher becomes ``bound'' to you.
5709
5710@need 800
5711In Lisp, you might describe this situation like this:
5712
5713@smallexample
5714@group
5715(if (not (holding-on-to-guest))
5716 (find-and-take-arm-of-guest))
5717@end group
5718@end smallexample
5719
5720We want to do the same thing with a buffer---if we do not have the
5721buffer itself, we want to get it.
5722
5723@need 1200
5724Using a predicate called @code{bufferp} that tells us whether we have a
5725buffer (rather than its name), we can write the code like this:
5726
5727@smallexample
5728@group
5729(if (not (bufferp buffer)) ; @r{if-part}
5730 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))) ; @r{then-part}
5731@end group
5732@end smallexample
5733
5734@noindent
5735Here, the true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression is
5736@w{@code{(not (bufferp buffer))}}; and the then-part is the expression
5737@w{@code{(setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))}}.
5738
5739In the test, the function @code{bufferp} returns true if its argument is
5740a buffer---but false if its argument is the name of the buffer. (The
5741last character of the function name @code{bufferp} is the character
5742@samp{p}; as we saw earlier, such use of @samp{p} is a convention that
5743indicates that the function is a predicate, which is a term that means
5744that the function will determine whether some property is true or false.
5745@xref{Wrong Type of Argument, , Using the Wrong Type Object as an
5746Argument}.)
5747
5748@need 1200
5749The function @code{not} precedes the expression @code{(bufferp buffer)},
5750so the true-or-false-test looks like this:
5751
5752@smallexample
5753(not (bufferp buffer))
5754@end smallexample
5755
5756@noindent
5757@code{not} is a function that returns true if its argument is false
5758and false if its argument is true. So if @code{(bufferp buffer)}
5759returns true, the @code{not} expression returns false and vice-verse:
5760what is ``not true'' is false and what is ``not false'' is true.
5761
5762Using this test, the @code{if} expression works as follows: when the
5763value of the variable @code{buffer} is actually a buffer rather than
5764its name, the true-or-false-test returns false and the @code{if}
5765expression does not evaluate the then-part. This is fine, since we do
5766not need to do anything to the variable @code{buffer} if it really is
5767a buffer.
5768
5769On the other hand, when the value of @code{buffer} is not a buffer
5770itself, but the name of a buffer, the true-or-false-test returns true
5771and the then-part of the expression is evaluated. In this case, the
5772then-part is @code{(setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))}. This
5773expression uses the @code{get-buffer} function to return an actual
5774buffer itself, given its name. The @code{setq} then sets the variable
5775@code{buffer} to the value of the buffer itself, replacing its previous
5776value (which was the name of the buffer).
5777
d6adf7e7 5778@node Insert or
8cda6f8f
GM
5779@subsection The @code{or} in the Body
5780
5781The purpose of the @code{or} expression in the @code{insert-buffer}
5782function is to ensure that the argument @code{buffer} is bound to a
5783buffer and not just to the name of a buffer. The previous section shows
5784how the job could have been done using an @code{if} expression.
5785However, the @code{insert-buffer} function actually uses @code{or}.
5786To understand this, it is necessary to understand how @code{or} works.
5787
5788@findex or
5789An @code{or} function can have any number of arguments. It evaluates
5790each argument in turn and returns the value of the first of its
5791arguments that is not @code{nil}. Also, and this is a crucial feature
5792of @code{or}, it does not evaluate any subsequent arguments after
5793returning the first non-@code{nil} value.
5794
5795@need 800
5796The @code{or} expression looks like this:
5797
5798@smallexample
5799@group
5800(or (bufferp buffer)
5801 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer)))
5802@end group
5803@end smallexample
5804
5805@noindent
5806The first argument to @code{or} is the expression @code{(bufferp buffer)}.
5807This expression returns true (a non-@code{nil} value) if the buffer is
5808actually a buffer, and not just the name of a buffer. In the @code{or}
5809expression, if this is the case, the @code{or} expression returns this
5810true value and does not evaluate the next expression---and this is fine
5811with us, since we do not want to do anything to the value of
5812@code{buffer} if it really is a buffer.
5813
5814On the other hand, if the value of @code{(bufferp buffer)} is @code{nil},
5815which it will be if the value of @code{buffer} is the name of a buffer,
5816the Lisp interpreter evaluates the next element of the @code{or}
5817expression. This is the expression @code{(setq buffer (get-buffer
5818buffer))}. This expression returns a non-@code{nil} value, which
5819is the value to which it sets the variable @code{buffer}---and this
5820value is a buffer itself, not the name of a buffer.
5821
5822The result of all this is that the symbol @code{buffer} is always
5823bound to a buffer itself rather than to the name of a buffer. All
5824this is necessary because the @code{set-buffer} function in a
5825following line only works with a buffer itself, not with the name to a
5826buffer.
5827
5828@need 1250
5829Incidentally, using @code{or}, the situation with the usher would be
5830written like this:
5831
5832@smallexample
5833(or (holding-on-to-guest) (find-and-take-arm-of-guest))
5834@end smallexample
5835
d6adf7e7 5836@node Insert let
8cda6f8f
GM
5837@subsection The @code{let} Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
5838
5839After ensuring that the variable @code{buffer} refers to a buffer itself
5840and not just to the name of a buffer, the @code{insert-buffer function}
5841continues with a @code{let} expression. This specifies three local
5842variables, @code{start}, @code{end}, and @code{newmark} and binds them
5843to the initial value @code{nil}. These variables are used inside the
5844remainder of the @code{let} and temporarily hide any other occurrence of
5845variables of the same name in Emacs until the end of the @code{let}.
5846
5847@need 1200
5848The body of the @code{let} contains two @code{save-excursion}
5849expressions. First, we will look at the inner @code{save-excursion}
5850expression in detail. The expression looks like this:
5851
5852@smallexample
5853@group
5854(save-excursion
5855 (set-buffer buffer)
5856 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
5857@end group
5858@end smallexample
5859
5860@noindent
44e97401 5861The expression @code{(set-buffer buffer)} changes Emacs's attention
8cda6f8f
GM
5862from the current buffer to the one from which the text will copied.
5863In that buffer, the variables @code{start} and @code{end} are set to
5864the beginning and end of the buffer, using the commands
5865@code{point-min} and @code{point-max}. Note that we have here an
5866illustration of how @code{setq} is able to set two variables in the
5867same expression. The first argument of @code{setq} is set to the
5868value of its second, and its third argument is set to the value of its
5869fourth.
5870
5871After the body of the inner @code{save-excursion} is evaluated, the
5872@code{save-excursion} restores the original buffer, but @code{start} and
5873@code{end} remain set to the values of the beginning and end of the
5874buffer from which the text will be copied.
5875
5876@need 1250
5877The outer @code{save-excursion} expression looks like this:
5878
5879@smallexample
5880@group
5881(save-excursion
5882 (@var{inner-}@code{save-excursion}@var{-expression}
5883 (@var{go-to-new-buffer-and-set-}@code{start}@var{-and-}@code{end})
5884 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
5885 (setq newmark (point)))
5886@end group
5887@end smallexample
5888
5889@noindent
5890The @code{insert-buffer-substring} function copies the text
5891@emph{into} the current buffer @emph{from} the region indicated by
5892@code{start} and @code{end} in @code{buffer}. Since the whole of the
5893second buffer lies between @code{start} and @code{end}, the whole of
5894the second buffer is copied into the buffer you are editing. Next,
5895the value of point, which will be at the end of the inserted text, is
5896recorded in the variable @code{newmark}.
5897
5898After the body of the outer @code{save-excursion} is evaluated, point
5899and mark are relocated to their original places.
5900
5901However, it is convenient to locate a mark at the end of the newly
5902inserted text and locate point at its beginning. The @code{newmark}
5903variable records the end of the inserted text. In the last line of
5904the @code{let} expression, the @code{(push-mark newmark)} expression
5905function sets a mark to this location. (The previous location of the
5906mark is still accessible; it is recorded on the mark ring and you can
5907go back to it with @kbd{C-u C-@key{SPC}}.) Meanwhile, point is
5908located at the beginning of the inserted text, which is where it was
5909before you called the insert function, the position of which was saved
5910by the first @code{save-excursion}.
5911
5912@need 1250
5913The whole @code{let} expression looks like this:
5914
5915@smallexample
5916@group
5917(let (start end newmark)
5918 (save-excursion
5919 (save-excursion
5920 (set-buffer buffer)
5921 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
5922 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
5923 (setq newmark (point)))
5924 (push-mark newmark))
5925@end group
5926@end smallexample
5927
5928Like the @code{append-to-buffer} function, the @code{insert-buffer}
5929function uses @code{let}, @code{save-excursion}, and
5930@code{set-buffer}. In addition, the function illustrates one way to
5931use @code{or}. All these functions are building blocks that we will
5932find and use again and again.
5933
d6adf7e7 5934@node New insert-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
5935@subsection New Body for @code{insert-buffer}
5936@findex insert-buffer, new version body
5937@findex new version body for insert-buffer
5938
5939The body in the GNU Emacs 22 version is more confusing than the original.
5940
5941@need 1250
5942It consists of two expressions,
5943
5944@smallexample
5945@group
5946 (push-mark
5947 (save-excursion
5948 (insert-buffer-substring (get-buffer buffer))
5949 (point)))
5950
5951 nil
5952@end group
5953@end smallexample
5954
5955@noindent
5956except, and this is what confuses novices, very important work is done
5957inside the @code{push-mark} expression.
5958
5959The @code{get-buffer} function returns a buffer with the name
5960provided. You will note that the function is @emph{not} called
5961@code{get-buffer-create}; it does not create a buffer if one does not
5962already exist. The buffer returned by @code{get-buffer}, an existing
5963buffer, is passed to @code{insert-buffer-substring}, which inserts the
5964whole of the buffer (since you did not specify anything else).
5965
5966The location into which the buffer is inserted is recorded by
5967@code{push-mark}. Then the function returns @code{nil}, the value of
5968its last command. Put another way, the @code{insert-buffer} function
5969exists only to produce a side effect, inserting another buffer, not to
5970return any value.
5971
d6adf7e7 5972@node beginning-of-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
5973@section Complete Definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
5974@findex beginning-of-buffer
5975
5976The basic structure of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function has
5977already been discussed. (@xref{simplified-beginning-of-buffer, , A
5978Simplified @code{beginning-of-buffer} Definition}.)
5979This section describes the complex part of the definition.
5980
5981As previously described, when invoked without an argument,
5982@code{beginning-of-buffer} moves the cursor to the beginning of the
5983buffer (in truth, the beginning of the accessible portion of the
5984buffer), leaving the mark at the previous position. However, when the
5985command is invoked with a number between one and ten, the function
5986considers that number to be a fraction of the length of the buffer,
5987measured in tenths, and Emacs moves the cursor that fraction of the
5988way from the beginning of the buffer. Thus, you can either call this
5989function with the key command @kbd{M-<}, which will move the cursor to
5990the beginning of the buffer, or with a key command such as @kbd{C-u 7
5991M-<} which will move the cursor to a point 70% of the way through the
5992buffer. If a number bigger than ten is used for the argument, it
5993moves to the end of the buffer.
5994
5995The @code{beginning-of-buffer} function can be called with or without an
5996argument. The use of the argument is optional.
5997
5998@menu
5999* Optional Arguments::
6000* beginning-of-buffer opt arg:: Example with optional argument.
6001* beginning-of-buffer complete::
6002@end menu
6003
d6adf7e7 6004@node Optional Arguments
8cda6f8f
GM
6005@subsection Optional Arguments
6006
6007Unless told otherwise, Lisp expects that a function with an argument in
6008its function definition will be called with a value for that argument.
6009If that does not happen, you get an error and a message that says
6010@samp{Wrong number of arguments}.
6011
6012@cindex Optional arguments
6013@cindex Keyword
6014@findex optional
6015However, optional arguments are a feature of Lisp: a particular
6016@dfn{keyword} is used to tell the Lisp interpreter that an argument is
6017optional. The keyword is @code{&optional}. (The @samp{&} in front of
6018@samp{optional} is part of the keyword.) In a function definition, if
6019an argument follows the keyword @code{&optional}, no value need be
6020passed to that argument when the function is called.
6021
6022@need 1200
6023The first line of the function definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6024therefore looks like this:
6025
6026@smallexample
6027(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6028@end smallexample
6029
6030@need 1250
6031In outline, the whole function looks like this:
6032
6033@smallexample
6034@group
6035(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6036 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
6037 (interactive "P")
6038 (or (@var{is-the-argument-a-cons-cell} arg)
6039 (and @var{are-both-transient-mark-mode-and-mark-active-true})
6040 (push-mark))
6041 (let (@var{determine-size-and-set-it})
6042 (goto-char
6043 (@var{if-there-is-an-argument}
6044 @var{figure-out-where-to-go}
6045 @var{else-go-to}
6046 (point-min))))
6047 @var{do-nicety}
6048@end group
6049@end smallexample
6050
6051The function is similar to the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer}
6052function except that the @code{interactive} expression has @code{"P"}
6053as an argument and the @code{goto-char} function is followed by an
6054if-then-else expression that figures out where to put the cursor if
6055there is an argument that is not a cons cell.
6056
6057(Since I do not explain a cons cell for many more chapters, please
6058consider ignoring the function @code{consp}. @xref{List
6059Implementation, , How Lists are Implemented}, and @ref{Cons Cell Type,
6060, Cons Cell and List Types, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
6061Manual}.)
6062
6063The @code{"P"} in the @code{interactive} expression tells Emacs to
6064pass a prefix argument, if there is one, to the function in raw form.
6065A prefix argument is made by typing the @key{META} key followed by a
6066number, or by typing @kbd{C-u} and then a number. (If you don't type
6067a number, @kbd{C-u} defaults to a cons cell with a 4. A lowercase
6068@code{"p"} in the @code{interactive} expression causes the function to
6069convert a prefix arg to a number.)
6070
6071The true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression looks complex, but
6072it is not: it checks whether @code{arg} has a value that is not
6073@code{nil} and whether it is a cons cell. (That is what @code{consp}
6074does; it checks whether its argument is a cons cell.) If @code{arg}
6075has a value that is not @code{nil} (and is not a cons cell), which
6076will be the case if @code{beginning-of-buffer} is called with a
6077numeric argument, then this true-or-false-test will return true and
6078the then-part of the @code{if} expression will be evaluated. On the
6079other hand, if @code{beginning-of-buffer} is not called with an
6080argument, the value of @code{arg} will be @code{nil} and the else-part
6081of the @code{if} expression will be evaluated. The else-part is
6082simply @code{point-min}, and when this is the outcome, the whole
6083@code{goto-char} expression is @code{(goto-char (point-min))}, which
6084is how we saw the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function in its
6085simplified form.
6086
d6adf7e7 6087@node beginning-of-buffer opt arg
8cda6f8f
GM
6088@subsection @code{beginning-of-buffer} with an Argument
6089
6090When @code{beginning-of-buffer} is called with an argument, an
6091expression is evaluated which calculates what value to pass to
6092@code{goto-char}. This expression is rather complicated at first sight.
6093It includes an inner @code{if} expression and much arithmetic. It looks
6094like this:
6095
6096@smallexample
6097@group
6098(if (> (buffer-size) 10000)
6099 ;; @r{Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!}
6100 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6101 (/ size 10))
6102 (/
6103 (+ 10
6104 (*
6105 size (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10)))
6106@end group
6107@end smallexample
6108
6109@menu
6110* Disentangle beginning-of-buffer::
6111* Large buffer case::
6112* Small buffer case::
6113@end menu
6114
8cda6f8f 6115@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 6116@node Disentangle beginning-of-buffer
8cda6f8f
GM
6117@unnumberedsubsubsec Disentangle @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6118@end ifnottex
6119
6120Like other complex-looking expressions, the conditional expression
6121within @code{beginning-of-buffer} can be disentangled by looking at it
6122as parts of a template, in this case, the template for an if-then-else
6123expression. In skeletal form, the expression looks like this:
6124
6125@smallexample
6126@group
6127(if (@var{buffer-is-large}
6128 @var{divide-buffer-size-by-10-and-multiply-by-arg}
6129 @var{else-use-alternate-calculation}
6130@end group
6131@end smallexample
6132
6133The true-or-false-test of this inner @code{if} expression checks the
6134size of the buffer. The reason for this is that the old version 18
6135Emacs used numbers that are no bigger than eight million or so and in
6136the computation that followed, the programmer feared that Emacs might
6137try to use over-large numbers if the buffer were large. The term
6138`overflow', mentioned in the comment, means numbers that are over
6139large. More recent versions of Emacs use larger numbers, but this
6140code has not been touched, if only because people now look at buffers
6141that are far, far larger than ever before.
6142
6143There are two cases: if the buffer is large and if it is not.
6144
d6adf7e7 6145@node Large buffer case
8cda6f8f
GM
6146@unnumberedsubsubsec What happens in a large buffer
6147
6148In @code{beginning-of-buffer}, the inner @code{if} expression tests
6149whether the size of the buffer is greater than 10,000 characters. To do
6150this, it uses the @code{>} function and the computation of @code{size}
6151that comes from the let expression.
6152
6153In the old days, the function @code{buffer-size} was used. Not only
6154was that function called several times, it gave the size of the whole
6155buffer, not the accessible part. The computation makes much more
6156sense when it handles just the accessible part. (@xref{Narrowing &
6157Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}, for more information on focusing
6158attention to an `accessible' part.)
6159
6160@need 800
6161The line looks like this:
6162
6163@smallexample
6164(if (> size 10000)
6165@end smallexample
6166
6167@need 1200
6168@noindent
6169When the buffer is large, the then-part of the @code{if} expression is
6170evaluated. It reads like this (after formatting for easy reading):
6171
6172@smallexample
6173@group
6174(*
6175 (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6176 (/ size 10))
6177@end group
6178@end smallexample
6179
6180@noindent
6181This expression is a multiplication, with two arguments to the function
6182@code{*}.
6183
6184The first argument is @code{(prefix-numeric-value arg)}. When
6185@code{"P"} is used as the argument for @code{interactive}, the value
6186passed to the function as its argument is passed a ``raw prefix
6187argument'', and not a number. (It is a number in a list.) To perform
6188the arithmetic, a conversion is necessary, and
6189@code{prefix-numeric-value} does the job.
6190
6191@findex / @r{(division)}
6192@cindex Division
6193The second argument is @code{(/ size 10)}. This expression divides
f99f1641 6194the numeric value by ten---the numeric value of the size of the
8cda6f8f
GM
6195accessible portion of the buffer. This produces a number that tells
6196how many characters make up one tenth of the buffer size. (In Lisp,
6197@code{/} is used for division, just as @code{*} is used for
6198multiplication.)
6199
6200@need 1200
6201In the multiplication expression as a whole, this amount is multiplied
6202by the value of the prefix argument---the multiplication looks like this:
6203
6204@smallexample
6205@group
6206(* @var{numeric-value-of-prefix-arg}
6207 @var{number-of-characters-in-one-tenth-of-the-accessible-buffer})
6208@end group
6209@end smallexample
6210
6211@noindent
6212If, for example, the prefix argument is @samp{7}, the one-tenth value
6213will be multiplied by 7 to give a position 70% of the way through.
6214
6215@need 1200
6216The result of all this is that if the accessible portion of the buffer
6217is large, the @code{goto-char} expression reads like this:
6218
6219@smallexample
6220@group
6221(goto-char (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6222 (/ size 10)))
6223@end group
6224@end smallexample
6225
6226This puts the cursor where we want it.
6227
d6adf7e7 6228@node Small buffer case
8cda6f8f
GM
6229@unnumberedsubsubsec What happens in a small buffer
6230
6231If the buffer contains fewer than 10,000 characters, a slightly
6232different computation is performed. You might think this is not
6233necessary, since the first computation could do the job. However, in
6234a small buffer, the first method may not put the cursor on exactly the
6235desired line; the second method does a better job.
6236
6237@need 800
6238The code looks like this:
6239
6240@c Keep this on one line.
6241@smallexample
6242(/ (+ 10 (* size (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10))
6243@end smallexample
6244
6245@need 1200
6246@noindent
6247This is code in which you figure out what happens by discovering how the
6248functions are embedded in parentheses. It is easier to read if you
6249reformat it with each expression indented more deeply than its
6250enclosing expression:
6251
6252@smallexample
6253@group
6254 (/
6255 (+ 10
6256 (*
6257 size
6258 (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6259 10))
6260@end group
6261@end smallexample
6262
6263@need 1200
6264@noindent
6265Looking at parentheses, we see that the innermost operation is
6266@code{(prefix-numeric-value arg)}, which converts the raw argument to
6267a number. In the following expression, this number is multiplied by
6268the size of the accessible portion of the buffer:
6269
6270@smallexample
6271(* size (prefix-numeric-value arg))
6272@end smallexample
6273
6274@noindent
6275This multiplication creates a number that may be larger than the size of
6276the buffer---seven times larger if the argument is 7, for example. Ten
6277is then added to this number and finally the large number is divided by
6278ten to provide a value that is one character larger than the percentage
6279position in the buffer.
6280
6281The number that results from all this is passed to @code{goto-char} and
6282the cursor is moved to that point.
6283
6284@need 1500
d6adf7e7 6285@node beginning-of-buffer complete
8cda6f8f
GM
6286@subsection The Complete @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6287
6288@need 1000
6289Here is the complete text of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function:
6290@sp 1
6291
6292@c In GNU Emacs 22
6293@smallexample
6294@group
6295(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6296 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
6297leave mark at previous position.
6298With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
6299do not set mark at previous position.
6300With numeric arg N,
6301put point N/10 of the way from the beginning.
6302
6303If the buffer is narrowed,
6304this command uses the beginning and size
6305of the accessible part of the buffer.
6306@end group
6307
6308@group
6309Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
6310\(goto-char (point-min)) is faster
6311and avoids clobbering the mark."
6312 (interactive "P")
6313 (or (consp arg)
6314 (and transient-mark-mode mark-active)
6315 (push-mark))
6316@end group
6317@group
6318 (let ((size (- (point-max) (point-min))))
6319 (goto-char (if (and arg (not (consp arg)))
6320 (+ (point-min)
6321 (if (> size 10000)
6322 ;; Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!
6323 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6324 (/ size 10))
a9097c6d
KB
6325 (/ (+ 10 (* size (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6326 10)))
8cda6f8f 6327 (point-min))))
5229f00a 6328 (if (and arg (not (consp arg))) (forward-line 1)))
8cda6f8f
GM
6329@end group
6330@end smallexample
6331
6332@ignore
6333From before GNU Emacs 22
6334@smallexample
6335@group
6336(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6337 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
6338leave mark at previous position.
6339With arg N, put point N/10 of the way
6340from the true beginning.
6341@end group
6342@group
6343Don't use this in Lisp programs!
6344\(goto-char (point-min)) is faster
6345and does not set the mark."
6346 (interactive "P")
6347 (push-mark)
6348@end group
6349@group
6350 (goto-char
6351 (if arg
6352 (if (> (buffer-size) 10000)
6353 ;; @r{Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!}
6354 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6355 (/ (buffer-size) 10))
6356@end group
6357@group
6358 (/ (+ 10 (* (buffer-size)
6359 (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6360 10))
6361 (point-min)))
6362 (if arg (forward-line 1)))
6363@end group
6364@end smallexample
6365@end ignore
6366
6367@noindent
6368Except for two small points, the previous discussion shows how this
6369function works. The first point deals with a detail in the
6370documentation string, and the second point concerns the last line of
6371the function.
6372
6373@need 800
6374In the documentation string, there is reference to an expression:
6375
6376@smallexample
6377\\[universal-argument]
6378@end smallexample
6379
6380@noindent
6381A @samp{\\} is used before the first square bracket of this
6382expression. This @samp{\\} tells the Lisp interpreter to substitute
6383whatever key is currently bound to the @samp{[@dots{}]}. In the case
6384of @code{universal-argument}, that is usually @kbd{C-u}, but it might
6385be different. (@xref{Documentation Tips, , Tips for Documentation
6386Strings, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
6387information.)
6388
6389@need 1200
6390Finally, the last line of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} command says
6391to move point to the beginning of the next line if the command is
6392invoked with an argument:
6393
6394@smallexample
5229f00a 6395(if (and arg (not (consp arg))) (forward-line 1))
8cda6f8f
GM
6396@end smallexample
6397
6398@noindent
6399This puts the cursor at the beginning of the first line after the
6400appropriate tenths position in the buffer. This is a flourish that
6401means that the cursor is always located @emph{at least} the requested
6402tenths of the way through the buffer, which is a nicety that is,
6403perhaps, not necessary, but which, if it did not occur, would be sure
3a2a2fad
GM
6404to draw complaints. (The @code{(not (consp arg))} portion is so that
6405if you specify the command with a @kbd{C-u}, but without a number,
6406that is to say, if the `raw prefix argument' is simply a cons cell,
6407the command does not put you at the beginning of the second line.)
8cda6f8f 6408
d6adf7e7 6409@node Second Buffer Related Review
8cda6f8f
GM
6410@section Review
6411
6412Here is a brief summary of some of the topics covered in this chapter.
6413
6414@table @code
6415@item or
6416Evaluate each argument in sequence, and return the value of the first
6417argument that is not @code{nil}; if none return a value that is not
6418@code{nil}, return @code{nil}. In brief, return the first true value
6419of the arguments; return a true value if one @emph{or} any of the
6420others are true.
6421
6422@item and
6423Evaluate each argument in sequence, and if any are @code{nil}, return
6424@code{nil}; if none are @code{nil}, return the value of the last
6425argument. In brief, return a true value only if all the arguments are
6426true; return a true value if one @emph{and} each of the others is
6427true.
6428
6429@item &optional
6430A keyword used to indicate that an argument to a function definition
6431is optional; this means that the function can be evaluated without the
6432argument, if desired.
6433
6434@item prefix-numeric-value
6435Convert the `raw prefix argument' produced by @code{(interactive
6436"P")} to a numeric value.
6437
6438@item forward-line
6439Move point forward to the beginning of the next line, or if the argument
6440is greater than one, forward that many lines. If it can't move as far
6441forward as it is supposed to, @code{forward-line} goes forward as far as
6442it can and then returns a count of the number of additional lines it was
6443supposed to move but couldn't.
6444
6445@item erase-buffer
6446Delete the entire contents of the current buffer.
6447
6448@item bufferp
6449Return @code{t} if its argument is a buffer; otherwise return @code{nil}.
6450@end table
6451
d6adf7e7 6452@node optional Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
6453@section @code{optional} Argument Exercise
6454
6455Write an interactive function with an optional argument that tests
6456whether its argument, a number, is greater than or equal to, or else,
6457less than the value of @code{fill-column}, and tells you which, in a
6458message. However, if you do not pass an argument to the function, use
645956 as a default value.
6460
d6adf7e7 6461@node Narrowing & Widening
8cda6f8f
GM
6462@chapter Narrowing and Widening
6463@cindex Focusing attention (narrowing)
6464@cindex Narrowing
6465@cindex Widening
6466
6467Narrowing is a feature of Emacs that makes it possible for you to focus
6468on a specific part of a buffer, and work without accidentally changing
6469other parts. Narrowing is normally disabled since it can confuse
6470novices.
6471
6472@menu
6473* Narrowing advantages:: The advantages of narrowing
6474* save-restriction:: The @code{save-restriction} special form.
6475* what-line:: The number of the line that point is on.
6476* narrow Exercise::
6477@end menu
6478
8cda6f8f 6479@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 6480@node Narrowing advantages
8cda6f8f
GM
6481@unnumberedsec The Advantages of Narrowing
6482@end ifnottex
6483
6484With narrowing, the rest of a buffer is made invisible, as if it weren't
6485there. This is an advantage if, for example, you want to replace a word
6486in one part of a buffer but not in another: you narrow to the part you want
6487and the replacement is carried out only in that section, not in the rest
6488of the buffer. Searches will only work within a narrowed region, not
6489outside of one, so if you are fixing a part of a document, you can keep
6490yourself from accidentally finding parts you do not need to fix by
6491narrowing just to the region you want.
6492(The key binding for @code{narrow-to-region} is @kbd{C-x n n}.)
6493
6494However, narrowing does make the rest of the buffer invisible, which
6495can scare people who inadvertently invoke narrowing and think they
6496have deleted a part of their file. Moreover, the @code{undo} command
6497(which is usually bound to @kbd{C-x u}) does not turn off narrowing
6498(nor should it), so people can become quite desperate if they do not
6499know that they can return the rest of a buffer to visibility with the
6500@code{widen} command.
6501(The key binding for @code{widen} is @kbd{C-x n w}.)
6502
6503Narrowing is just as useful to the Lisp interpreter as to a human.
6504Often, an Emacs Lisp function is designed to work on just part of a
6505buffer; or conversely, an Emacs Lisp function needs to work on all of a
6506buffer that has been narrowed. The @code{what-line} function, for
6507example, removes the narrowing from a buffer, if it has any narrowing
6508and when it has finished its job, restores the narrowing to what it was.
7001d579
GZ
6509On the other hand, the @code{count-lines} function
6510uses narrowing to restrict itself to just that portion
8cda6f8f
GM
6511of the buffer in which it is interested and then restores the previous
6512situation.
6513
d6adf7e7 6514@node save-restriction
8cda6f8f
GM
6515@section The @code{save-restriction} Special Form
6516@findex save-restriction
6517
6518In Emacs Lisp, you can use the @code{save-restriction} special form to
6519keep track of whatever narrowing is in effect, if any. When the Lisp
6520interpreter meets with @code{save-restriction}, it executes the code
6521in the body of the @code{save-restriction} expression, and then undoes
6522any changes to narrowing that the code caused. If, for example, the
6523buffer is narrowed and the code that follows @code{save-restriction}
6524gets rid of the narrowing, @code{save-restriction} returns the buffer
6525to its narrowed region afterwards. In the @code{what-line} command,
6526any narrowing the buffer may have is undone by the @code{widen}
6527command that immediately follows the @code{save-restriction} command.
6528Any original narrowing is restored just before the completion of the
6529function.
6530
6531@need 1250
6532The template for a @code{save-restriction} expression is simple:
6533
6534@smallexample
6535@group
6536(save-restriction
6537 @var{body}@dots{} )
6538@end group
6539@end smallexample
6540
6541@noindent
6542The body of the @code{save-restriction} is one or more expressions that
6543will be evaluated in sequence by the Lisp interpreter.
6544
6545Finally, a point to note: when you use both @code{save-excursion} and
6546@code{save-restriction}, one right after the other, you should use
6547@code{save-excursion} outermost. If you write them in reverse order,
6548you may fail to record narrowing in the buffer to which Emacs switches
6549after calling @code{save-excursion}. Thus, when written together,
6550@code{save-excursion} and @code{save-restriction} should be written
6551like this:
6552
6553@smallexample
6554@group
6555(save-excursion
6556 (save-restriction
6557 @var{body}@dots{}))
6558@end group
6559@end smallexample
6560
6561In other circumstances, when not written together, the
6562@code{save-excursion} and @code{save-restriction} special forms must
6563be written in the order appropriate to the function.
6564
6565@need 1250
6566For example,
6567
6568@smallexample
6569@group
6570 (save-restriction
6571 (widen)
6572 (save-excursion
6573 @var{body}@dots{}))
6574@end group
6575@end smallexample
6576
6577@ignore
6578Emacs 22
6579/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/simple.el
6580
6581(defun what-line ()
6582 "Print the current buffer line number and narrowed line number of point."
6583 (interactive)
6584 (let ((start (point-min))
6585 (n (line-number-at-pos)))
6586 (if (= start 1)
6587 (message "Line %d" n)
6588 (save-excursion
6589 (save-restriction
6590 (widen)
6591 (message "line %d (narrowed line %d)"
6592 (+ n (line-number-at-pos start) -1) n))))))
6593
6594(defun line-number-at-pos (&optional pos)
6595 "Return (narrowed) buffer line number at position POS.
6596If POS is nil, use current buffer location.
6597Counting starts at (point-min), so the value refers
6598to the contents of the accessible portion of the buffer."
6599 (let ((opoint (or pos (point))) start)
6600 (save-excursion
6601 (goto-char (point-min))
6602 (setq start (point))
6603 (goto-char opoint)
6604 (forward-line 0)
6605 (1+ (count-lines start (point))))))
6606
6607(defun count-lines (start end)
6608 "Return number of lines between START and END.
6609This is usually the number of newlines between them,
6610but can be one more if START is not equal to END
6611and the greater of them is not at the start of a line."
6612 (save-excursion
6613 (save-restriction
6614 (narrow-to-region start end)
6615 (goto-char (point-min))
6616 (if (eq selective-display t)
6617 (save-match-data
6618 (let ((done 0))
6619 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 40)
6620 (setq done (+ 40 done)))
6621 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 1)
6622 (setq done (+ 1 done)))
6623 (goto-char (point-max))
6624 (if (and (/= start end)
6625 (not (bolp)))
6626 (1+ done)
6627 done)))
6628 (- (buffer-size) (forward-line (buffer-size)))))))
6629@end ignore
6630
d6adf7e7 6631@node what-line
8cda6f8f
GM
6632@section @code{what-line}
6633@findex what-line
6634@cindex Widening, example of
6635
6636The @code{what-line} command tells you the number of the line in which
6637the cursor is located. The function illustrates the use of the
6638@code{save-restriction} and @code{save-excursion} commands. Here is the
6639original text of the function:
6640
6641@smallexample
6642@group
6643(defun what-line ()
6644 "Print the current line number (in the buffer) of point."
6645 (interactive)
6646 (save-restriction
6647 (widen)
6648 (save-excursion
6649 (beginning-of-line)
6650 (message "Line %d"
6651 (1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))))))
6652@end group
6653@end smallexample
6654
6655(In recent versions of GNU Emacs, the @code{what-line} function has
6656been expanded to tell you your line number in a narrowed buffer as
6657well as your line number in a widened buffer. The recent version is
6658more complex than the version shown here. If you feel adventurous,
6659you might want to look at it after figuring out how this version
6660works. You will probably need to use @kbd{C-h f}
6661(@code{describe-function}). The newer version uses a conditional to
6662determine whether the buffer has been narrowed.
6663
6664(Also, it uses @code{line-number-at-pos}, which among other simple
6665expressions, such as @code{(goto-char (point-min))}, moves point to
6666the beginning of the current line with @code{(forward-line 0)} rather
6667than @code{beginning-of-line}.)
6668
6669The @code{what-line} function as shown here has a documentation line
6670and is interactive, as you would expect. The next two lines use the
6671functions @code{save-restriction} and @code{widen}.
6672
6673The @code{save-restriction} special form notes whatever narrowing is in
6674effect, if any, in the current buffer and restores that narrowing after
6675the code in the body of the @code{save-restriction} has been evaluated.
6676
6677The @code{save-restriction} special form is followed by @code{widen}.
6678This function undoes any narrowing the current buffer may have had
6679when @code{what-line} was called. (The narrowing that was there is
6680the narrowing that @code{save-restriction} remembers.) This widening
6681makes it possible for the line counting commands to count from the
6682beginning of the buffer. Otherwise, they would have been limited to
6683counting within the accessible region. Any original narrowing is
6684restored just before the completion of the function by the
6685@code{save-restriction} special form.
6686
6687The call to @code{widen} is followed by @code{save-excursion}, which
6688saves the location of the cursor (i.e., of point) and of the mark, and
6689restores them after the code in the body of the @code{save-excursion}
6690uses the @code{beginning-of-line} function to move point.
6691
6692(Note that the @code{(widen)} expression comes between the
6693@code{save-restriction} and @code{save-excursion} special forms. When
6694you write the two @code{save- @dots{}} expressions in sequence, write
6695@code{save-excursion} outermost.)
6696
6697@need 1200
6698The last two lines of the @code{what-line} function are functions to
6699count the number of lines in the buffer and then print the number in the
6700echo area.
6701
6702@smallexample
6703@group
6704(message "Line %d"
6705 (1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))))))
6706@end group
6707@end smallexample
6708
6709The @code{message} function prints a one-line message at the bottom of
6710the Emacs screen. The first argument is inside of quotation marks and
6711is printed as a string of characters. However, it may contain a
6712@samp{%d} expression to print a following argument. @samp{%d} prints
6713the argument as a decimal, so the message will say something such as
6714@samp{Line 243}.
6715
6716@need 1200
6717The number that is printed in place of the @samp{%d} is computed by the
6718last line of the function:
6719
6720@smallexample
6721(1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))
6722@end smallexample
6723
6724@ignore
6725GNU Emacs 22
6726
6727(defun count-lines (start end)
6728 "Return number of lines between START and END.
6729This is usually the number of newlines between them,
6730but can be one more if START is not equal to END
6731and the greater of them is not at the start of a line."
6732 (save-excursion
6733 (save-restriction
6734 (narrow-to-region start end)
6735 (goto-char (point-min))
6736 (if (eq selective-display t)
6737 (save-match-data
6738 (let ((done 0))
6739 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 40)
6740 (setq done (+ 40 done)))
6741 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 1)
6742 (setq done (+ 1 done)))
6743 (goto-char (point-max))
6744 (if (and (/= start end)
6745 (not (bolp)))
6746 (1+ done)
6747 done)))
6748 (- (buffer-size) (forward-line (buffer-size)))))))
6749@end ignore
6750
6751@noindent
6752What this does is count the lines from the first position of the
6753buffer, indicated by the @code{1}, up to @code{(point)}, and then add
6754one to that number. (The @code{1+} function adds one to its
6755argument.) We add one to it because line 2 has only one line before
6756it, and @code{count-lines} counts only the lines @emph{before} the
6757current line.
6758
6759After @code{count-lines} has done its job, and the message has been
6760printed in the echo area, the @code{save-excursion} restores point and
6761mark to their original positions; and @code{save-restriction} restores
6762the original narrowing, if any.
6763
d6adf7e7 6764@node narrow Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
6765@section Exercise with Narrowing
6766
6767Write a function that will display the first 60 characters of the
6768current buffer, even if you have narrowed the buffer to its latter
6769half so that the first line is inaccessible. Restore point, mark, and
6770narrowing. For this exercise, you need to use a whole potpourri of
6771functions, including @code{save-restriction}, @code{widen},
6772@code{goto-char}, @code{point-min}, @code{message}, and
6773@code{buffer-substring}.
6774
6775@cindex Properties, mention of @code{buffer-substring-no-properties}
6776(@code{buffer-substring} is a previously unmentioned function you will
6777have to investigate yourself; or perhaps you will have to use
6778@code{buffer-substring-no-properties} or
6779@code{filter-buffer-substring} @dots{}, yet other functions. Text
6780properties are a feature otherwise not discussed here. @xref{Text
6781Properties, , Text Properties, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
6782Manual}.)
6783
6784Additionally, do you really need @code{goto-char} or @code{point-min}?
6785Or can you write the function without them?
6786
d6adf7e7 6787@node car cdr & cons
8cda6f8f
GM
6788@chapter @code{car}, @code{cdr}, @code{cons}: Fundamental Functions
6789@findex car, @r{introduced}
6790@findex cdr, @r{introduced}
6791
6792In Lisp, @code{car}, @code{cdr}, and @code{cons} are fundamental
6793functions. The @code{cons} function is used to construct lists, and
6794the @code{car} and @code{cdr} functions are used to take them apart.
6795
6796In the walk through of the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function, we
6797will see @code{cons} as well as two variants on @code{cdr},
6798namely, @code{setcdr} and @code{nthcdr}. (@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.)
6799
6800@menu
6801* Strange Names:: An historical aside: why the strange names?
6802* car & cdr:: Functions for extracting part of a list.
6803* cons:: Constructing a list.
6804* nthcdr:: Calling @code{cdr} repeatedly.
6805* nth::
6806* setcar:: Changing the first element of a list.
6807* setcdr:: Changing the rest of a list.
6808* cons Exercise::
6809@end menu
6810
8cda6f8f 6811@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 6812@node Strange Names
8cda6f8f
GM
6813@unnumberedsec Strange Names
6814@end ifnottex
6815
6816The name of the @code{cons} function is not unreasonable: it is an
6817abbreviation of the word `construct'. The origins of the names for
6818@code{car} and @code{cdr}, on the other hand, are esoteric: @code{car}
6819is an acronym from the phrase `Contents of the Address part of the
6820Register'; and @code{cdr} (pronounced `could-er') is an acronym from
6821the phrase `Contents of the Decrement part of the Register'. These
6822phrases refer to specific pieces of hardware on the very early
6823computer on which the original Lisp was developed. Besides being
6824obsolete, the phrases have been completely irrelevant for more than 25
6825years to anyone thinking about Lisp. Nonetheless, although a few
6826brave scholars have begun to use more reasonable names for these
6827functions, the old terms are still in use. In particular, since the
6828terms are used in the Emacs Lisp source code, we will use them in this
6829introduction.
6830
d6adf7e7 6831@node car & cdr
8cda6f8f
GM
6832@section @code{car} and @code{cdr}
6833
6834The @sc{car} of a list is, quite simply, the first item in the list.
6835Thus the @sc{car} of the list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} is
6836@code{rose}.
6837
6838@need 1200
6839If you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can see this by
6840evaluating the following:
6841
6842@smallexample
6843(car '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
6844@end smallexample
6845
6846@noindent
6847After evaluating the expression, @code{rose} will appear in the echo
6848area.
6849
6850Clearly, a more reasonable name for the @code{car} function would be
6851@code{first} and this is often suggested.
6852
6853@code{car} does not remove the first item from the list; it only reports
6854what it is. After @code{car} has been applied to a list, the list is
6855still the same as it was. In the jargon, @code{car} is
6856`non-destructive'. This feature turns out to be important.
6857
6858The @sc{cdr} of a list is the rest of the list, that is, the
6859@code{cdr} function returns the part of the list that follows the
6860first item. Thus, while the @sc{car} of the list @code{'(rose violet
6861daisy buttercup)} is @code{rose}, the rest of the list, the value
6862returned by the @code{cdr} function, is @code{(violet daisy
6863buttercup)}.
6864
6865@need 800
6866You can see this by evaluating the following in the usual way:
6867
6868@smallexample
6869(cdr '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
6870@end smallexample
6871
6872@noindent
6873When you evaluate this, @code{(violet daisy buttercup)} will appear in
6874the echo area.
6875
6876Like @code{car}, @code{cdr} does not remove any elements from the
6877list---it just returns a report of what the second and subsequent
6878elements are.
6879
6880Incidentally, in the example, the list of flowers is quoted. If it were
6881not, the Lisp interpreter would try to evaluate the list by calling
6882@code{rose} as a function. In this example, we do not want to do that.
6883
6884Clearly, a more reasonable name for @code{cdr} would be @code{rest}.
6885
6886(There is a lesson here: when you name new functions, consider very
6887carefully what you are doing, since you may be stuck with the names
6888for far longer than you expect. The reason this document perpetuates
6889these names is that the Emacs Lisp source code uses them, and if I did
6890not use them, you would have a hard time reading the code; but do,
6891please, try to avoid using these terms yourself. The people who come
6892after you will be grateful to you.)
6893
6894When @code{car} and @code{cdr} are applied to a list made up of symbols,
6895such as the list @code{(pine fir oak maple)}, the element of the list
6896returned by the function @code{car} is the symbol @code{pine} without
6897any parentheses around it. @code{pine} is the first element in the
6898list. However, the @sc{cdr} of the list is a list itself, @code{(fir
6899oak maple)}, as you can see by evaluating the following expressions in
6900the usual way:
6901
6902@smallexample
6903@group
6904(car '(pine fir oak maple))
6905
6906(cdr '(pine fir oak maple))
6907@end group
6908@end smallexample
6909
6910On the other hand, in a list of lists, the first element is itself a
6911list. @code{car} returns this first element as a list. For example,
6912the following list contains three sub-lists, a list of carnivores, a
6913list of herbivores and a list of sea mammals:
6914
6915@smallexample
6916@group
6917(car '((lion tiger cheetah)
6918 (gazelle antelope zebra)
6919 (whale dolphin seal)))
6920@end group
6921@end smallexample
6922
6923@noindent
6924In this example, the first element or @sc{car} of the list is the list of
6925carnivores, @code{(lion tiger cheetah)}, and the rest of the list is
6926@code{((gazelle antelope zebra) (whale dolphin seal))}.
6927
6928@smallexample
6929@group
6930(cdr '((lion tiger cheetah)
6931 (gazelle antelope zebra)
6932 (whale dolphin seal)))
6933@end group
6934@end smallexample
6935
6936It is worth saying again that @code{car} and @code{cdr} are
6937non-destructive---that is, they do not modify or change lists to which
6938they are applied. This is very important for how they are used.
6939
6940Also, in the first chapter, in the discussion about atoms, I said that
6941in Lisp, ``certain kinds of atom, such as an array, can be separated
6942into parts; but the mechanism for doing this is different from the
6943mechanism for splitting a list. As far as Lisp is concerned, the
6944atoms of a list are unsplittable.'' (@xref{Lisp Atoms}.) The
6945@code{car} and @code{cdr} functions are used for splitting lists and
6946are considered fundamental to Lisp. Since they cannot split or gain
6947access to the parts of an array, an array is considered an atom.
6948Conversely, the other fundamental function, @code{cons}, can put
6949together or construct a list, but not an array. (Arrays are handled
6950by array-specific functions. @xref{Arrays, , Arrays, elisp, The GNU
6951Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
6952
d6adf7e7 6953@node cons
8cda6f8f
GM
6954@section @code{cons}
6955@findex cons, @r{introduced}
6956
6957The @code{cons} function constructs lists; it is the inverse of
6958@code{car} and @code{cdr}. For example, @code{cons} can be used to make
6959a four element list from the three element list, @code{(fir oak maple)}:
6960
6961@smallexample
6962(cons 'pine '(fir oak maple))
6963@end smallexample
6964
6965@need 800
6966@noindent
6967After evaluating this list, you will see
6968
6969@smallexample
6970(pine fir oak maple)
6971@end smallexample
6972
6973@noindent
6974appear in the echo area. @code{cons} causes the creation of a new
6975list in which the element is followed by the elements of the original
6976list.
6977
6978We often say that `@code{cons} puts a new element at the beginning of
6979a list; it attaches or pushes elements onto the list', but this
6980phrasing can be misleading, since @code{cons} does not change an
6981existing list, but creates a new one.
6982
6983Like @code{car} and @code{cdr}, @code{cons} is non-destructive.
6984
6985@menu
6986* Build a list::
6987* length:: How to find the length of a list.
6988@end menu
6989
8cda6f8f 6990@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 6991@node Build a list
8cda6f8f
GM
6992@unnumberedsubsec Build a list
6993@end ifnottex
6994
6995@code{cons} must have a list to attach to.@footnote{Actually, you can
6996@code{cons} an element to an atom to produce a dotted pair. Dotted
6997pairs are not discussed here; see @ref{Dotted Pair Notation, , Dotted
6998Pair Notation, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.} You
6999cannot start from absolutely nothing. If you are building a list, you
7000need to provide at least an empty list at the beginning. Here is a
7001series of @code{cons} expressions that build up a list of flowers. If
7002you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can evaluate each of
7003the expressions in the usual way; the value is printed in this text
7004after @samp{@result{}}, which you may read as `evaluates to'.
7005
7006@smallexample
7007@group
7008(cons 'buttercup ())
7009 @result{} (buttercup)
7010@end group
7011
7012@group
7013(cons 'daisy '(buttercup))
7014 @result{} (daisy buttercup)
7015@end group
7016
7017@group
7018(cons 'violet '(daisy buttercup))
7019 @result{} (violet daisy buttercup)
7020@end group
7021
7022@group
7023(cons 'rose '(violet daisy buttercup))
7024 @result{} (rose violet daisy buttercup)
7025@end group
7026@end smallexample
7027
7028@noindent
7029In the first example, the empty list is shown as @code{()} and a list
7030made up of @code{buttercup} followed by the empty list is constructed.
7031As you can see, the empty list is not shown in the list that was
7032constructed. All that you see is @code{(buttercup)}. The empty list is
7033not counted as an element of a list because there is nothing in an empty
7034list. Generally speaking, an empty list is invisible.
7035
7036The second example, @code{(cons 'daisy '(buttercup))} constructs a new,
7037two element list by putting @code{daisy} in front of @code{buttercup};
7038and the third example constructs a three element list by putting
7039@code{violet} in front of @code{daisy} and @code{buttercup}.
7040
d6adf7e7 7041@node length
8cda6f8f
GM
7042@subsection Find the Length of a List: @code{length}
7043@findex length
7044
7045You can find out how many elements there are in a list by using the Lisp
7046function @code{length}, as in the following examples:
7047
7048@smallexample
7049@group
7050(length '(buttercup))
7051 @result{} 1
7052@end group
7053
7054@group
7055(length '(daisy buttercup))
7056 @result{} 2
7057@end group
7058
7059@group
7060(length (cons 'violet '(daisy buttercup)))
7061 @result{} 3
7062@end group
7063@end smallexample
7064
7065@noindent
7066In the third example, the @code{cons} function is used to construct a
7067three element list which is then passed to the @code{length} function as
7068its argument.
7069
7070@need 1200
7071We can also use @code{length} to count the number of elements in an
7072empty list:
7073
7074@smallexample
7075@group
7076(length ())
7077 @result{} 0
7078@end group
7079@end smallexample
7080
7081@noindent
7082As you would expect, the number of elements in an empty list is zero.
7083
7084An interesting experiment is to find out what happens if you try to find
7085the length of no list at all; that is, if you try to call @code{length}
7086without giving it an argument, not even an empty list:
7087
7088@smallexample
7089(length )
7090@end smallexample
7091
7092@need 800
7093@noindent
7094What you see, if you evaluate this, is the error message
7095
7096@smallexample
7097Lisp error: (wrong-number-of-arguments length 0)
7098@end smallexample
7099
7100@noindent
7101This means that the function receives the wrong number of
7102arguments, zero, when it expects some other number of arguments. In
7103this case, one argument is expected, the argument being a list whose
7104length the function is measuring. (Note that @emph{one} list is
7105@emph{one} argument, even if the list has many elements inside it.)
7106
7107The part of the error message that says @samp{length} is the name of
7108the function.
7109
7110@ignore
7111@code{length} is still a subroutine, but you need C-h f to discover that.
7112
7113In an earlier version:
7114 This is written with a special notation, @samp{#<subr},
7115 that indicates that the function @code{length} is one of the primitive
7116 functions written in C rather than in Emacs Lisp. (@samp{subr} is an
7117 abbreviation for `subroutine'.) @xref{What Is a Function, , What Is a
7118 Function?, elisp , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
7119 about subroutines.
7120@end ignore
7121
d6adf7e7 7122@node nthcdr
8cda6f8f
GM
7123@section @code{nthcdr}
7124@findex nthcdr
7125
7126The @code{nthcdr} function is associated with the @code{cdr} function.
7127What it does is take the @sc{cdr} of a list repeatedly.
7128
7129If you take the @sc{cdr} of the list @code{(pine fir
7130oak maple)}, you will be returned the list @code{(fir oak maple)}. If you
7131repeat this on what was returned, you will be returned the list
7132@code{(oak maple)}. (Of course, repeated @sc{cdr}ing on the original
7133list will just give you the original @sc{cdr} since the function does
7134not change the list. You need to evaluate the @sc{cdr} of the
7135@sc{cdr} and so on.) If you continue this, eventually you will be
7136returned an empty list, which in this case, instead of being shown as
7137@code{()} is shown as @code{nil}.
7138
7139@need 1200
7140For review, here is a series of repeated @sc{cdr}s, the text following
7141the @samp{@result{}} shows what is returned.
7142
7143@smallexample
7144@group
7145(cdr '(pine fir oak maple))
7146 @result{}(fir oak maple)
7147@end group
7148
7149@group
7150(cdr '(fir oak maple))
7151 @result{} (oak maple)
7152@end group
7153
7154@group
7155(cdr '(oak maple))
7156 @result{}(maple)
7157@end group
7158
7159@group
7160(cdr '(maple))
7161 @result{} nil
7162@end group
7163
7164@group
7165(cdr 'nil)
7166 @result{} nil
7167@end group
7168
7169@group
7170(cdr ())
7171 @result{} nil
7172@end group
7173@end smallexample
7174
7175@need 1200
7176You can also do several @sc{cdr}s without printing the values in
7177between, like this:
7178
7179@smallexample
7180@group
7181(cdr (cdr '(pine fir oak maple)))
7182 @result{} (oak maple)
7183@end group
7184@end smallexample
7185
7186@noindent
7187In this example, the Lisp interpreter evaluates the innermost list first.
7188The innermost list is quoted, so it just passes the list as it is to the
7189innermost @code{cdr}. This @code{cdr} passes a list made up of the
7190second and subsequent elements of the list to the outermost @code{cdr},
7191which produces a list composed of the third and subsequent elements of
7192the original list. In this example, the @code{cdr} function is repeated
7193and returns a list that consists of the original list without its
7194first two elements.
7195
7196The @code{nthcdr} function does the same as repeating the call to
7197@code{cdr}. In the following example, the argument 2 is passed to the
7198function @code{nthcdr}, along with the list, and the value returned is
7199the list without its first two items, which is exactly the same
7200as repeating @code{cdr} twice on the list:
7201
7202@smallexample
7203@group
7204(nthcdr 2 '(pine fir oak maple))
7205 @result{} (oak maple)
7206@end group
7207@end smallexample
7208
7209@need 1200
7210Using the original four element list, we can see what happens when
7211various numeric arguments are passed to @code{nthcdr}, including 0, 1,
7212and 5:
7213
7214@smallexample
7215@group
7216;; @r{Leave the list as it was.}
7217(nthcdr 0 '(pine fir oak maple))
7218 @result{} (pine fir oak maple)
7219@end group
7220
7221@group
7222;; @r{Return a copy without the first element.}
7223(nthcdr 1 '(pine fir oak maple))
7224 @result{} (fir oak maple)
7225@end group
7226
7227@group
7228;; @r{Return a copy of the list without three elements.}
7229(nthcdr 3 '(pine fir oak maple))
7230 @result{} (maple)
7231@end group
7232
7233@group
7234;; @r{Return a copy lacking all four elements.}
7235(nthcdr 4 '(pine fir oak maple))
7236 @result{} nil
7237@end group
7238
7239@group
7240;; @r{Return a copy lacking all elements.}
7241(nthcdr 5 '(pine fir oak maple))
7242 @result{} nil
7243@end group
7244@end smallexample
7245
d6adf7e7 7246@node nth
8cda6f8f
GM
7247@section @code{nth}
7248@findex nth
7249
7250The @code{nthcdr} function takes the @sc{cdr} of a list repeatedly.
7251The @code{nth} function takes the @sc{car} of the result returned by
7252@code{nthcdr}. It returns the Nth element of the list.
7253
7254@need 1500
7255Thus, if it were not defined in C for speed, the definition of
7256@code{nth} would be:
7257
7258@smallexample
7259@group
7260(defun nth (n list)
7261 "Returns the Nth element of LIST.
7262N counts from zero. If LIST is not that long, nil is returned."
7263 (car (nthcdr n list)))
7264@end group
7265@end smallexample
7266
7267@noindent
7268(Originally, @code{nth} was defined in Emacs Lisp in @file{subr.el},
7269but its definition was redone in C in the 1980s.)
7270
7271The @code{nth} function returns a single element of a list.
7272This can be very convenient.
7273
7274Note that the elements are numbered from zero, not one. That is to
7275say, the first element of a list, its @sc{car} is the zeroth element.
7276This is called `zero-based' counting and often bothers people who
7277are accustomed to the first element in a list being number one, which
7278is `one-based'.
7279
7280@need 1250
7281For example:
7282
7283@smallexample
7284@group
7285(nth 0 '("one" "two" "three"))
7286 @result{} "one"
7287
7288(nth 1 '("one" "two" "three"))
7289 @result{} "two"
7290@end group
7291@end smallexample
7292
7293It is worth mentioning that @code{nth}, like @code{nthcdr} and
7294@code{cdr}, does not change the original list---the function is
7295non-destructive. This is in sharp contrast to the @code{setcar} and
7296@code{setcdr} functions.
7297
d6adf7e7 7298@node setcar
8cda6f8f
GM
7299@section @code{setcar}
7300@findex setcar
7301
7302As you might guess from their names, the @code{setcar} and @code{setcdr}
7303functions set the @sc{car} or the @sc{cdr} of a list to a new value.
7304They actually change the original list, unlike @code{car} and @code{cdr}
7305which leave the original list as it was. One way to find out how this
7306works is to experiment. We will start with the @code{setcar} function.
7307
7308@need 1200
7309First, we can make a list and then set the value of a variable to the
7310list, using the @code{setq} function. Here is a list of animals:
7311
7312@smallexample
7313(setq animals '(antelope giraffe lion tiger))
7314@end smallexample
7315
7316@noindent
7317If you are reading this in Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate
7318this expression in the usual fashion, by positioning the cursor after
7319the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. (I'm doing this right here
7320as I write this. This is one of the advantages of having the
7321interpreter built into the computing environment. Incidentally, when
7322there is nothing on the line after the final parentheses, such as a
7323comment, point can be on the next line. Thus, if your cursor is in
7324the first column of the next line, you do not need to move it.
7325Indeed, Emacs permits any amount of white space after the final
7326parenthesis.)
7327
7328@need 1200
7329When we evaluate the variable @code{animals}, we see that it is bound to
7330the list @code{(antelope giraffe lion tiger)}:
7331
7332@smallexample
7333@group
7334animals
7335 @result{} (antelope giraffe lion tiger)
7336@end group
7337@end smallexample
7338
7339@noindent
7340Put another way, the variable @code{animals} points to the list
7341@code{(antelope giraffe lion tiger)}.
7342
7343Next, evaluate the function @code{setcar} while passing it two
7344arguments, the variable @code{animals} and the quoted symbol
7345@code{hippopotamus}; this is done by writing the three element list
7346@code{(setcar animals 'hippopotamus)} and then evaluating it in the
7347usual fashion:
7348
7349@smallexample
7350(setcar animals 'hippopotamus)
7351@end smallexample
7352
7353@need 1200
7354@noindent
7355After evaluating this expression, evaluate the variable @code{animals}
7356again. You will see that the list of animals has changed:
7357
7358@smallexample
7359@group
7360animals
7361 @result{} (hippopotamus giraffe lion tiger)
7362@end group
7363@end smallexample
7364
7365@noindent
7366The first element on the list, @code{antelope} is replaced by
7367@code{hippopotamus}.
7368
7369So we can see that @code{setcar} did not add a new element to the list
7370as @code{cons} would have; it replaced @code{antelope} with
7371@code{hippopotamus}; it @emph{changed} the list.
7372
d6adf7e7 7373@node setcdr
8cda6f8f
GM
7374@section @code{setcdr}
7375@findex setcdr
7376
7377The @code{setcdr} function is similar to the @code{setcar} function,
7378except that the function replaces the second and subsequent elements of
7379a list rather than the first element.
7380
7381(To see how to change the last element of a list, look ahead to
7382@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, which uses
7383the @code{nthcdr} and @code{setcdr} functions.)
7384
7385@need 1200
7386To see how this works, set the value of the variable to a list of
7387domesticated animals by evaluating the following expression:
7388
7389@smallexample
7390(setq domesticated-animals '(horse cow sheep goat))
7391@end smallexample
7392
7393@need 1200
7394@noindent
7395If you now evaluate the list, you will be returned the list
7396@code{(horse cow sheep goat)}:
7397
7398@smallexample
7399@group
7400domesticated-animals
7401 @result{} (horse cow sheep goat)
7402@end group
7403@end smallexample
7404
7405@need 1200
7406Next, evaluate @code{setcdr} with two arguments, the name of the
7407variable which has a list as its value, and the list to which the
7408@sc{cdr} of the first list will be set;
7409
7410@smallexample
7411(setcdr domesticated-animals '(cat dog))
7412@end smallexample
7413
7414@noindent
7415If you evaluate this expression, the list @code{(cat dog)} will appear
7416in the echo area. This is the value returned by the function. The
7417result we are interested in is the ``side effect'', which we can see by
7418evaluating the variable @code{domesticated-animals}:
7419
7420@smallexample
7421@group
7422domesticated-animals
7423 @result{} (horse cat dog)
7424@end group
7425@end smallexample
7426
7427@noindent
7428Indeed, the list is changed from @code{(horse cow sheep goat)} to
7429@code{(horse cat dog)}. The @sc{cdr} of the list is changed from
7430@code{(cow sheep goat)} to @code{(cat dog)}.
7431
d6adf7e7 7432@node cons Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
7433@section Exercise
7434
7435Construct a list of four birds by evaluating several expressions with
7436@code{cons}. Find out what happens when you @code{cons} a list onto
7437itself. Replace the first element of the list of four birds with a
7438fish. Replace the rest of that list with a list of other fish.
7439
d6adf7e7 7440@node Cutting & Storing Text
8cda6f8f
GM
7441@chapter Cutting and Storing Text
7442@cindex Cutting and storing text
7443@cindex Storing and cutting text
7444@cindex Killing text
7445@cindex Clipping text
7446@cindex Erasing text
7447@cindex Deleting text
7448
7449Whenever you cut or clip text out of a buffer with a `kill' command in
7450GNU Emacs, it is stored in a list and you can bring it back with a
7451`yank' command.
7452
7453(The use of the word `kill' in Emacs for processes which specifically
7454@emph{do not} destroy the values of the entities is an unfortunate
7455historical accident. A much more appropriate word would be `clip' since
7456that is what the kill commands do; they clip text out of a buffer and
7457put it into storage from which it can be brought back. I have often
7458been tempted to replace globally all occurrences of `kill' in the Emacs
7459sources with `clip' and all occurrences of `killed' with `clipped'.)
7460
7461@menu
7462* Storing Text:: Text is stored in a list.
7463* zap-to-char:: Cutting out text up to a character.
7464* kill-region:: Cutting text out of a region.
7465* copy-region-as-kill:: A definition for copying text.
7466* Digression into C:: Minor note on C programming language macros.
7467* defvar:: How to give a variable an initial value.
7468* cons & search-fwd Review::
7469* search Exercises::
7470@end menu
7471
8cda6f8f 7472@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 7473@node Storing Text
8cda6f8f
GM
7474@unnumberedsec Storing Text in a List
7475@end ifnottex
7476
7477When text is cut out of a buffer, it is stored on a list. Successive
7478pieces of text are stored on the list successively, so the list might
7479look like this:
7480
7481@smallexample
7482("a piece of text" "previous piece")
7483@end smallexample
7484
7485@need 1200
7486@noindent
7487The function @code{cons} can be used to create a new list from a piece
7488of text (an `atom', to use the jargon) and an existing list, like
7489this:
7490
7491@smallexample
7492@group
7493(cons "another piece"
7494 '("a piece of text" "previous piece"))
7495@end group
7496@end smallexample
7497
7498@need 1200
7499@noindent
7500If you evaluate this expression, a list of three elements will appear in
7501the echo area:
7502
7503@smallexample
7504("another piece" "a piece of text" "previous piece")
7505@end smallexample
7506
7507With the @code{car} and @code{nthcdr} functions, you can retrieve
7508whichever piece of text you want. For example, in the following code,
7509@code{nthcdr 1 @dots{}} returns the list with the first item removed;
7510and the @code{car} returns the first element of that remainder---the
7511second element of the original list:
7512
7513@smallexample
7514@group
7515(car (nthcdr 1 '("another piece"
7516 "a piece of text"
7517 "previous piece")))
7518 @result{} "a piece of text"
7519@end group
7520@end smallexample
7521
7522The actual functions in Emacs are more complex than this, of course.
7523The code for cutting and retrieving text has to be written so that
7524Emacs can figure out which element in the list you want---the first,
7525second, third, or whatever. In addition, when you get to the end of
7526the list, Emacs should give you the first element of the list, rather
7527than nothing at all.
7528
7529The list that holds the pieces of text is called the @dfn{kill ring}.
7530This chapter leads up to a description of the kill ring and how it is
7531used by first tracing how the @code{zap-to-char} function works. This
7532function uses (or `calls') a function that invokes a function that
7533manipulates the kill ring. Thus, before reaching the mountains, we
7534climb the foothills.
7535
7536A subsequent chapter describes how text that is cut from the buffer is
7537retrieved. @xref{Yanking, , Yanking Text Back}.
7538
d6adf7e7 7539@node zap-to-char
8cda6f8f
GM
7540@section @code{zap-to-char}
7541@findex zap-to-char
7542
a4111cfb 7543Let us look at the interactive @code{zap-to-char} function.
8cda6f8f
GM
7544
7545@menu
7546* Complete zap-to-char:: The complete implementation.
7547* zap-to-char interactive:: A three part interactive expression.
7548* zap-to-char body:: A short overview.
7549* search-forward:: How to search for a string.
7550* progn:: The @code{progn} special form.
7551* Summing up zap-to-char:: Using @code{point} and @code{search-forward}.
7552@end menu
7553
8cda6f8f 7554@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 7555@node Complete zap-to-char
8cda6f8f
GM
7556@unnumberedsubsec The Complete @code{zap-to-char} Implementation
7557@end ifnottex
7558
7559The @code{zap-to-char} function removes the text in the region between
7560the location of the cursor (i.e., of point) up to and including the
7561next occurrence of a specified character. The text that
7562@code{zap-to-char} removes is put in the kill ring; and it can be
7563retrieved from the kill ring by typing @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}). If
7564the command is given an argument, it removes text through that number
7565of occurrences. Thus, if the cursor were at the beginning of this
7566sentence and the character were @samp{s}, @samp{Thus} would be
7567removed. If the argument were two, @samp{Thus, if the curs} would be
7568removed, up to and including the @samp{s} in @samp{cursor}.
7569
7570If the specified character is not found, @code{zap-to-char} will say
7571``Search failed'', tell you the character you typed, and not remove
7572any text.
7573
7574In order to determine how much text to remove, @code{zap-to-char} uses
7575a search function. Searches are used extensively in code that
7576manipulates text, and we will focus attention on them as well as on the
7577deletion command.
7578
7579@ignore
7580@c GNU Emacs version 19
7581(defun zap-to-char (arg char) ; version 19 implementation
7582 "Kill up to and including ARG'th occurrence of CHAR.
7583Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found."
7584 (interactive "*p\ncZap to char: ")
7585 (kill-region (point)
7586 (progn
7587 (search-forward
7588 (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7589 (point))))
7590@end ignore
7591
7592@need 1250
7593Here is the complete text of the version 22 implementation of the function:
7594
7595@c GNU Emacs 22
7596@smallexample
7597@group
7598(defun zap-to-char (arg char)
7599 "Kill up to and including ARG'th occurrence of CHAR.
7600Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
7601Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found."
7602 (interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
7603 (if (char-table-p translation-table-for-input)
7604 (setq char (or (aref translation-table-for-input char) char)))
7605 (kill-region (point) (progn
a9097c6d
KB
7606 (search-forward (char-to-string char)
7607 nil nil arg)
8cda6f8f
GM
7608 (point))))
7609@end group
7610@end smallexample
7611
7612The documentation is thorough. You do need to know the jargon meaning
7613of the word `kill'.
7614
d6adf7e7 7615@node zap-to-char interactive
8cda6f8f
GM
7616@subsection The @code{interactive} Expression
7617
7618@need 800
7619The interactive expression in the @code{zap-to-char} command looks like
7620this:
7621
7622@smallexample
7623(interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
7624@end smallexample
7625
7626The part within quotation marks, @code{"p\ncZap to char:@: "}, specifies
7627two different things. First, and most simply, is the @samp{p}.
7628This part is separated from the next part by a newline, @samp{\n}.
7629The @samp{p} means that the first argument to the function will be
7630passed the value of a `processed prefix'. The prefix argument is
7631passed by typing @kbd{C-u} and a number, or @kbd{M-} and a number. If
7632the function is called interactively without a prefix, 1 is passed to
7633this argument.
7634
7635The second part of @code{"p\ncZap to char:@: "} is
7636@samp{cZap to char:@: }. In this part, the lower case @samp{c}
7637indicates that @code{interactive} expects a prompt and that the
7638argument will be a character. The prompt follows the @samp{c} and is
7639the string @samp{Zap to char:@: } (with a space after the colon to
7640make it look good).
7641
7642What all this does is prepare the arguments to @code{zap-to-char} so they
7643are of the right type, and give the user a prompt.
7644
7645In a read-only buffer, the @code{zap-to-char} function copies the text
7646to the kill ring, but does not remove it. The echo area displays a
7647message saying that the buffer is read-only. Also, the terminal may
7648beep or blink at you.
7649
d6adf7e7 7650@node zap-to-char body
8cda6f8f
GM
7651@subsection The Body of @code{zap-to-char}
7652
7653The body of the @code{zap-to-char} function contains the code that
7654kills (that is, removes) the text in the region from the current
7655position of the cursor up to and including the specified character.
7656
7657The first part of the code looks like this:
7658
7659@smallexample
7660(if (char-table-p translation-table-for-input)
7661 (setq char (or (aref translation-table-for-input char) char)))
7662(kill-region (point) (progn
7663 (search-forward (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7664 (point)))
7665@end smallexample
7666
7667@noindent
7668@code{char-table-p} is an hitherto unseen function. It determines
7669whether its argument is a character table. When it is, it sets the
7670character passed to @code{zap-to-char} to one of them, if that
7671character exists, or to the character itself. (This becomes important
7672for certain characters in non-European languages. The @code{aref}
7673function extracts an element from an array. It is an array-specific
7674function that is not described in this document. @xref{Arrays, ,
7675Arrays, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
7676
7677@noindent
7678@code{(point)} is the current position of the cursor.
7679
7680The next part of the code is an expression using @code{progn}. The body
7681of the @code{progn} consists of calls to @code{search-forward} and
7682@code{point}.
7683
7684It is easier to understand how @code{progn} works after learning about
7685@code{search-forward}, so we will look at @code{search-forward} and
7686then at @code{progn}.
7687
d6adf7e7 7688@node search-forward
8cda6f8f
GM
7689@subsection The @code{search-forward} Function
7690@findex search-forward
7691
7692The @code{search-forward} function is used to locate the
7693zapped-for-character in @code{zap-to-char}. If the search is
7694successful, @code{search-forward} leaves point immediately after the
7695last character in the target string. (In @code{zap-to-char}, the
7696target string is just one character long. @code{zap-to-char} uses the
7697function @code{char-to-string} to ensure that the computer treats that
7698character as a string.) If the search is backwards,
7699@code{search-forward} leaves point just before the first character in
7700the target. Also, @code{search-forward} returns @code{t} for true.
7701(Moving point is therefore a `side effect'.)
7702
7703@need 1250
7704In @code{zap-to-char}, the @code{search-forward} function looks like this:
7705
7706@smallexample
7707(search-forward (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7708@end smallexample
7709
7710The @code{search-forward} function takes four arguments:
7711
7712@enumerate
7713@item
7714The first argument is the target, what is searched for. This must be a
7715string, such as @samp{"z"}.
7716
7717As it happens, the argument passed to @code{zap-to-char} is a single
7718character. Because of the way computers are built, the Lisp
7719interpreter may treat a single character as being different from a
7720string of characters. Inside the computer, a single character has a
7721different electronic format than a string of one character. (A single
7722character can often be recorded in the computer using exactly one
7723byte; but a string may be longer, and the computer needs to be ready
7724for this.) Since the @code{search-forward} function searches for a
7725string, the character that the @code{zap-to-char} function receives as
7726its argument must be converted inside the computer from one format to
7727the other; otherwise the @code{search-forward} function will fail.
7728The @code{char-to-string} function is used to make this conversion.
7729
7730@item
7731The second argument bounds the search; it is specified as a position in
7732the buffer. In this case, the search can go to the end of the buffer,
7733so no bound is set and the second argument is @code{nil}.
7734
7735@item
7736The third argument tells the function what it should do if the search
7737fails---it can signal an error (and print a message) or it can return
7738@code{nil}. A @code{nil} as the third argument causes the function to
7739signal an error when the search fails.
7740
7741@item
7742The fourth argument to @code{search-forward} is the repeat count---how
7743many occurrences of the string to look for. This argument is optional
7744and if the function is called without a repeat count, this argument is
7745passed the value 1. If this argument is negative, the search goes
7746backwards.
7747@end enumerate
7748
7749@need 800
7750In template form, a @code{search-forward} expression looks like this:
7751
7752@smallexample
7753@group
7754(search-forward "@var{target-string}"
7755 @var{limit-of-search}
7756 @var{what-to-do-if-search-fails}
7757 @var{repeat-count})
7758@end group
7759@end smallexample
7760
7761We will look at @code{progn} next.
7762
d6adf7e7 7763@node progn
8cda6f8f
GM
7764@subsection The @code{progn} Special Form
7765@findex progn
7766
7767@code{progn} is a special form that causes each of its arguments to be
7768evaluated in sequence and then returns the value of the last one. The
7769preceding expressions are evaluated only for the side effects they
7770perform. The values produced by them are discarded.
7771
7772@need 800
7773The template for a @code{progn} expression is very simple:
7774
7775@smallexample
7776@group
7777(progn
7778 @var{body}@dots{})
7779@end group
7780@end smallexample
7781
7782In @code{zap-to-char}, the @code{progn} expression has to do two things:
7783put point in exactly the right position; and return the location of
7784point so that @code{kill-region} will know how far to kill to.
7785
7786The first argument to the @code{progn} is @code{search-forward}. When
7787@code{search-forward} finds the string, the function leaves point
7788immediately after the last character in the target string. (In this
7789case the target string is just one character long.) If the search is
7790backwards, @code{search-forward} leaves point just before the first
7791character in the target. The movement of point is a side effect.
7792
7793The second and last argument to @code{progn} is the expression
7794@code{(point)}. This expression returns the value of point, which in
7795this case will be the location to which it has been moved by
7796@code{search-forward}. (In the source, a line that tells the function
7797to go to the previous character, if it is going forward, was commented
7798out in 1999; I don't remember whether that feature or mis-feature was
7799ever a part of the distributed source.) The value of @code{point} is
7800returned by the @code{progn} expression and is passed to
7801@code{kill-region} as @code{kill-region}'s second argument.
7802
d6adf7e7 7803@node Summing up zap-to-char
8cda6f8f
GM
7804@subsection Summing up @code{zap-to-char}
7805
7806Now that we have seen how @code{search-forward} and @code{progn} work,
7807we can see how the @code{zap-to-char} function works as a whole.
7808
7809The first argument to @code{kill-region} is the position of the cursor
7810when the @code{zap-to-char} command is given---the value of point at
7811that time. Within the @code{progn}, the search function then moves
7812point to just after the zapped-to-character and @code{point} returns the
7813value of this location. The @code{kill-region} function puts together
7814these two values of point, the first one as the beginning of the region
7815and the second one as the end of the region, and removes the region.
7816
7817The @code{progn} special form is necessary because the
7818@code{kill-region} command takes two arguments; and it would fail if
7819@code{search-forward} and @code{point} expressions were written in
7820sequence as two additional arguments. The @code{progn} expression is
7821a single argument to @code{kill-region} and returns the one value that
7822@code{kill-region} needs for its second argument.
7823
d6adf7e7 7824@node kill-region
8cda6f8f
GM
7825@section @code{kill-region}
7826@findex kill-region
7827
7828The @code{zap-to-char} function uses the @code{kill-region} function.
7829This function clips text from a region and copies that text to
7830the kill ring, from which it may be retrieved.
7831
7832@ignore
7833GNU Emacs 22:
7834
7835(defun kill-region (beg end &optional yank-handler)
7836 "Kill (\"cut\") text between point and mark.
7837This deletes the text from the buffer and saves it in the kill ring.
7838The command \\[yank] can retrieve it from there.
7839\(If you want to kill and then yank immediately, use \\[kill-ring-save].)
7840
7841If you want to append the killed region to the last killed text,
7842use \\[append-next-kill] before \\[kill-region].
7843
7844If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
7845the text, but put the text in the kill ring anyway. This means that
7846you can use the killing commands to copy text from a read-only buffer.
7847
7848This is the primitive for programs to kill text (as opposed to deleting it).
7849Supply two arguments, character positions indicating the stretch of text
7850 to be killed.
7851Any command that calls this function is a \"kill command\".
7852If the previous command was also a kill command,
7853the text killed this time appends to the text killed last time
7854to make one entry in the kill ring.
7855
7856In Lisp code, optional third arg YANK-HANDLER, if non-nil,
7857specifies the yank-handler text property to be set on the killed
7858text. See `insert-for-yank'."
7859 ;; Pass point first, then mark, because the order matters
7860 ;; when calling kill-append.
7861 (interactive (list (point) (mark)))
7862 (unless (and beg end)
7863 (error "The mark is not set now, so there is no region"))
7864 (condition-case nil
7865 (let ((string (filter-buffer-substring beg end t)))
7866 (when string ;STRING is nil if BEG = END
7867 ;; Add that string to the kill ring, one way or another.
7868 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
7869 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
7870 (kill-new string nil yank-handler)))
7871 (when (or string (eq last-command 'kill-region))
7872 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
7873 nil)
7874 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only)
7875 ;; The code above failed because the buffer, or some of the characters
7876 ;; in the region, are read-only.
7877 ;; We should beep, in case the user just isn't aware of this.
7878 ;; However, there's no harm in putting
7879 ;; the region's text in the kill ring, anyway.
7880 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
7881 ;; Set this-command now, so it will be set even if we get an error.
7882 (setq this-command 'kill-region)
7883 ;; This should barf, if appropriate, and give us the correct error.
7884 (if kill-read-only-ok
7885 (progn (message "Read only text copied to kill ring") nil)
7886 ;; Signal an error if the buffer is read-only.
7887 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
7888 ;; If the buffer isn't read-only, the text is.
7889 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))))
7890@end ignore
7891
7892The Emacs 22 version of that function uses @code{condition-case} and
7893@code{copy-region-as-kill}, both of which we will explain.
7894@code{condition-case} is an important special form.
7895
7896In essence, the @code{kill-region} function calls
7897@code{condition-case}, which takes three arguments. In this function,
7898the first argument does nothing. The second argument contains the
7899code that does the work when all goes well. The third argument
7900contains the code that is called in the event of an error.
7901
7902@menu
7903* Complete kill-region:: The function definition.
7904* condition-case:: Dealing with a problem.
7905* Lisp macro::
7906@end menu
7907
8cda6f8f 7908@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 7909@node Complete kill-region
8cda6f8f
GM
7910@unnumberedsubsec The Complete @code{kill-region} Definition
7911@end ifnottex
7912
7913@need 1200
7914We will go through the @code{condition-case} code in a moment. First,
7915let us look at the definition of @code{kill-region}, with comments
7916added:
7917
7918@c GNU Emacs 22:
7919@smallexample
7920@group
7921(defun kill-region (beg end)
7922 "Kill (\"cut\") text between point and mark.
7923This deletes the text from the buffer and saves it in the kill ring.
7924The command \\[yank] can retrieve it from there. @dots{} "
7925@end group
7926
7927@group
7928 ;; @bullet{} Since order matters, pass point first.
7929 (interactive (list (point) (mark)))
7930 ;; @bullet{} And tell us if we cannot cut the text.
7931 ;; `unless' is an `if' without a then-part.
7932 (unless (and beg end)
7933 (error "The mark is not set now, so there is no region"))
7934@end group
7935
7936@group
7937 ;; @bullet{} `condition-case' takes three arguments.
7938 ;; If the first argument is nil, as it is here,
7939 ;; information about the error signal is not
7940 ;; stored for use by another function.
7941 (condition-case nil
7942@end group
7943
7944@group
7945 ;; @bullet{} The second argument to `condition-case' tells the
7946 ;; Lisp interpreter what to do when all goes well.
7947@end group
7948
7949@group
7950 ;; It starts with a `let' function that extracts the string
7951 ;; and tests whether it exists. If so (that is what the
7952 ;; `when' checks), it calls an `if' function that determines
7953 ;; whether the previous command was another call to
7954 ;; `kill-region'; if it was, then the new text is appended to
7955 ;; the previous text; if not, then a different function,
7956 ;; `kill-new', is called.
7957@end group
7958
7959@group
7960 ;; The `kill-append' function concatenates the new string and
7961 ;; the old. The `kill-new' function inserts text into a new
7962 ;; item in the kill ring.
7963@end group
7964
7965@group
7966 ;; `when' is an `if' without an else-part. The second `when'
7967 ;; again checks whether the current string exists; in
7968 ;; addition, it checks whether the previous command was
7969 ;; another call to `kill-region'. If one or the other
7970 ;; condition is true, then it sets the current command to
7971 ;; be `kill-region'.
7972@end group
7973@group
7974 (let ((string (filter-buffer-substring beg end t)))
7975 (when string ;STRING is nil if BEG = END
7976 ;; Add that string to the kill ring, one way or another.
7977 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
7978@end group
7979@group
7980 ;; @minus{} `yank-handler' is an optional argument to
7981 ;; `kill-region' that tells the `kill-append' and
7982 ;; `kill-new' functions how deal with properties
7983 ;; added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'.
7984 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
7985 (kill-new string nil yank-handler)))
7986 (when (or string (eq last-command 'kill-region))
7987 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
7988 nil)
7989@end group
7990
7991@group
7992 ;; @bullet{} The third argument to `condition-case' tells the interpreter
7993 ;; what to do with an error.
7994@end group
7995@group
7996 ;; The third argument has a conditions part and a body part.
7997 ;; If the conditions are met (in this case,
7998 ;; if text or buffer are read-only)
7999 ;; then the body is executed.
8000@end group
8001@group
8002 ;; The first part of the third argument is the following:
8003 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only) ;; the if-part
8004 ;; @dots{} the then-part
8005 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
8006@end group
8007@group
8008 ;; Next, also as part of the then-part, set this-command, so
8009 ;; it will be set in an error
8010 (setq this-command 'kill-region)
8011 ;; Finally, in the then-part, send a message if you may copy
8350f087 8012 ;; the text to the kill ring without signaling an error, but
8cda6f8f
GM
8013 ;; don't if you may not.
8014@end group
8015@group
8016 (if kill-read-only-ok
8017 (progn (message "Read only text copied to kill ring") nil)
8018 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
8019 ;; If the buffer isn't read-only, the text is.
8020 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))
8021@end group
8022@end smallexample
8023
8024@ignore
8025@c v 21
8026@smallexample
8027@group
8028(defun kill-region (beg end)
8029 "Kill between point and mark.
8030The text is deleted but saved in the kill ring."
8031 (interactive "r")
8032@end group
8033
8034@group
8035 ;; 1. `condition-case' takes three arguments.
8036 ;; If the first argument is nil, as it is here,
8037 ;; information about the error signal is not
8038 ;; stored for use by another function.
8039 (condition-case nil
8040@end group
8041
8042@group
8043 ;; 2. The second argument to `condition-case'
8044 ;; tells the Lisp interpreter what to do when all goes well.
8045@end group
8046
8047@group
8048 ;; The `delete-and-extract-region' function usually does the
8049 ;; work. If the beginning and ending of the region are both
8050 ;; the same, then the variable `string' will be empty, or nil
8051 (let ((string (delete-and-extract-region beg end)))
8052@end group
8053
8054@group
8055 ;; `when' is an `if' clause that cannot take an `else-part'.
8056 ;; Emacs normally sets the value of `last-command' to the
8057 ;; previous command.
8058@end group
8059@group
8060 ;; `kill-append' concatenates the new string and the old.
8061 ;; `kill-new' inserts text into a new item in the kill ring.
8062 (when string
8063 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8064 ;; if true, prepend string
8065 (kill-append string (< end beg))
8066 (kill-new string)))
8067 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
8068@end group
8069
8070@group
8071 ;; 3. The third argument to `condition-case' tells the interpreter
8072 ;; what to do with an error.
8073@end group
8074@group
8075 ;; The third argument has a conditions part and a body part.
8076 ;; If the conditions are met (in this case,
8077 ;; if text or buffer are read-only)
8078 ;; then the body is executed.
8079@end group
8080@group
8081 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only) ;; this is the if-part
8082 ;; then...
8083 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
8084@end group
8085@group
8086 (if kill-read-only-ok ;; usually this variable is nil
8087 (message "Read only text copied to kill ring")
8088 ;; or else, signal an error if the buffer is read-only;
8089 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
8090 ;; and, in any case, signal that the text is read-only.
8091 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))))
8092@end group
8093@end smallexample
8094@end ignore
8095
d6adf7e7 8096@node condition-case
8cda6f8f
GM
8097@subsection @code{condition-case}
8098@findex condition-case
8099
8100As we have seen earlier (@pxref{Making Errors, , Generate an Error
8101Message}), when the Emacs Lisp interpreter has trouble evaluating an
8102expression, it provides you with help; in the jargon, this is called
8103``signaling an error''. Usually, the computer stops the program and
8104shows you a message.
8105
8106However, some programs undertake complicated actions. They should not
8107simply stop on an error. In the @code{kill-region} function, the most
8108likely error is that you will try to kill text that is read-only and
8109cannot be removed. So the @code{kill-region} function contains code
8110to handle this circumstance. This code, which makes up the body of
8111the @code{kill-region} function, is inside of a @code{condition-case}
8112special form.
8113
8114@need 800
8115The template for @code{condition-case} looks like this:
8116
8117@smallexample
8118@group
8119(condition-case
8120 @var{var}
8121 @var{bodyform}
8122 @var{error-handler}@dots{})
8123@end group
8124@end smallexample
8125
8126The second argument, @var{bodyform}, is straightforward. The
8127@code{condition-case} special form causes the Lisp interpreter to
8128evaluate the code in @var{bodyform}. If no error occurs, the special
8129form returns the code's value and produces the side-effects, if any.
8130
8131In short, the @var{bodyform} part of a @code{condition-case}
8132expression determines what should happen when everything works
8133correctly.
8134
8135However, if an error occurs, among its other actions, the function
8136generating the error signal will define one or more error condition
8137names.
8138
8139An error handler is the third argument to @code{condition case}.
8140An error handler has two parts, a @var{condition-name} and a
8141@var{body}. If the @var{condition-name} part of an error handler
8142matches a condition name generated by an error, then the @var{body}
8143part of the error handler is run.
8144
8145As you will expect, the @var{condition-name} part of an error handler
8146may be either a single condition name or a list of condition names.
8147
8148Also, a complete @code{condition-case} expression may contain more
8149than one error handler. When an error occurs, the first applicable
8150handler is run.
8151
8152Lastly, the first argument to the @code{condition-case} expression,
8153the @var{var} argument, is sometimes bound to a variable that
8154contains information about the error. However, if that argument is
8155nil, as is the case in @code{kill-region}, that information is
8156discarded.
8157
8158@need 1200
8159In brief, in the @code{kill-region} function, the code
8160@code{condition-case} works like this:
8161
8162@smallexample
8163@group
8164@var{If no errors}, @var{run only this code}
8165 @var{but}, @var{if errors}, @var{run this other code}.
8166@end group
8167@end smallexample
8168
8169@ignore
81702006 Oct 24
8171In Emacs 22,
8172copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
8173filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
8174and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
8175delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
8176
8177see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
8178this is line 8054
8179Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar} includes line 8350
8180@end ignore
8181
d6adf7e7 8182@node Lisp macro
8cda6f8f
GM
8183@subsection Lisp macro
8184@cindex Macro, lisp
8185@cindex Lisp macro
8186
8187The part of the @code{condition-case} expression that is evaluated in
8188the expectation that all goes well has a @code{when}. The code uses
8189@code{when} to determine whether the @code{string} variable points to
8190text that exists.
8191
8192A @code{when} expression is simply a programmers' convenience. It is
8193an @code{if} without the possibility of an else clause. In your mind,
8194you can replace @code{when} with @code{if} and understand what goes
8195on. That is what the Lisp interpreter does.
8196
09b98a01 8197Technically speaking, @code{when} is a Lisp macro. A Lisp macro
8cda6f8f
GM
8198enables you to define new control constructs and other language
8199features. It tells the interpreter how to compute another Lisp
8200expression which will in turn compute the value. In this case, the
8201`other expression' is an @code{if} expression.
8202
8203The @code{kill-region} function definition also has an @code{unless}
8204macro; it is the converse of @code{when}. The @code{unless} macro is
8205an @code{if} without a then clause
8206
8207For more about Lisp macros, see @ref{Macros, , Macros, elisp, The GNU
8208Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. The C programming language also
8209provides macros. These are different, but also useful.
8210
8211@ignore
8212We will briefly look at C macros in
8213@ref{Digression into C}.
8214@end ignore
8215
8216@need 1200
8217Regarding the @code{when} macro, in the @code{condition-case}
8218expression, when the string has content, then another conditional
8219expression is executed. This is an @code{if} with both a then-part
8220and an else-part.
8221
8222@smallexample
8223@group
8224(if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8225 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8226 (kill-new string nil yank-handler))
8227@end group
8228@end smallexample
8229
8230The then-part is evaluated if the previous command was another call to
8231@code{kill-region}; if not, the else-part is evaluated.
8232
8233@code{yank-handler} is an optional argument to @code{kill-region} that
8234tells the @code{kill-append} and @code{kill-new} functions how deal
8235with properties added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'.
8236
8237@code{last-command} is a variable that comes with Emacs that we have
8238not seen before. Normally, whenever a function is executed, Emacs
8239sets the value of @code{last-command} to the previous command.
8240
8241@need 1200
8242In this segment of the definition, the @code{if} expression checks
8243whether the previous command was @code{kill-region}. If it was,
8244
8245@smallexample
8246(kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8247@end smallexample
8248
8249@noindent
8250concatenates a copy of the newly clipped text to the just previously
8251clipped text in the kill ring.
8252
d6adf7e7 8253@node copy-region-as-kill
8cda6f8f
GM
8254@section @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8255@findex copy-region-as-kill
8256@findex nthcdr
8257
8258The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function copies a region of text from a
8259buffer and (via either @code{kill-append} or @code{kill-new}) saves it
8260in the @code{kill-ring}.
8261
8262If you call @code{copy-region-as-kill} immediately after a
8263@code{kill-region} command, Emacs appends the newly copied text to the
8264previously copied text. This means that if you yank back the text, you
8265get it all, from both this and the previous operation. On the other
8266hand, if some other command precedes the @code{copy-region-as-kill},
8267the function copies the text into a separate entry in the kill ring.
8268
8269@menu
8270* Complete copy-region-as-kill:: The complete function definition.
8271* copy-region-as-kill body:: The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}.
8272@end menu
8273
8cda6f8f 8274@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 8275@node Complete copy-region-as-kill
8cda6f8f
GM
8276@unnumberedsubsec The complete @code{copy-region-as-kill} function definition
8277@end ifnottex
8278
8279@need 1200
8280Here is the complete text of the version 22 @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8281function:
8282
8283@smallexample
8284@group
8285(defun copy-region-as-kill (beg end)
8286 "Save the region as if killed, but don't kill it.
8287In Transient Mark mode, deactivate the mark.
8288If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, also save the text for a window
8289system cut and paste."
8290 (interactive "r")
8291@end group
8292@group
8293 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8294 (kill-append (filter-buffer-substring beg end) (< end beg))
8295 (kill-new (filter-buffer-substring beg end)))
8296@end group
8297@group
8298 (if transient-mark-mode
8299 (setq deactivate-mark t))
8300 nil)
8301@end group
8302@end smallexample
8303
8304@need 800
8305As usual, this function can be divided into its component parts:
8306
8307@smallexample
8308@group
8309(defun copy-region-as-kill (@var{argument-list})
8310 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
8311 (interactive "r")
8312 @var{body}@dots{})
8313@end group
8314@end smallexample
8315
8316The arguments are @code{beg} and @code{end} and the function is
8317interactive with @code{"r"}, so the two arguments must refer to the
b309175d 8318beginning and end of the region. If you have been reading through this
8cda6f8f
GM
8319document from the beginning, understanding these parts of a function is
8320almost becoming routine.
8321
8322The documentation is somewhat confusing unless you remember that the
8323word `kill' has a meaning different from usual. The `Transient Mark'
8324and @code{interprogram-cut-function} comments explain certain
8325side-effects.
8326
8327After you once set a mark, a buffer always contains a region. If you
8328wish, you can use Transient Mark mode to highlight the region
8329temporarily. (No one wants to highlight the region all the time, so
8330Transient Mark mode highlights it only at appropriate times. Many
8331people turn off Transient Mark mode, so the region is never
8332highlighted.)
8333
8334Also, a windowing system allows you to copy, cut, and paste among
8335different programs. In the X windowing system, for example, the
8336@code{interprogram-cut-function} function is @code{x-select-text},
8337which works with the windowing system's equivalent of the Emacs kill
8338ring.
8339
8340The body of the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function starts with an
8341@code{if} clause. What this clause does is distinguish between two
8342different situations: whether or not this command is executed
8343immediately after a previous @code{kill-region} command. In the first
8344case, the new region is appended to the previously copied text.
8345Otherwise, it is inserted into the beginning of the kill ring as a
8346separate piece of text from the previous piece.
8347
8348The last two lines of the function prevent the region from lighting up
8349if Transient Mark mode is turned on.
8350
8351The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill} merits discussion in detail.
8352
d6adf7e7 8353@node copy-region-as-kill body
8cda6f8f
GM
8354@subsection The Body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8355
8356The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function works in much the same way as
8357the @code{kill-region} function. Both are written so that two or more
8358kills in a row combine their text into a single entry. If you yank
8359back the text from the kill ring, you get it all in one piece.
8360Moreover, kills that kill forward from the current position of the
8361cursor are added to the end of the previously copied text and commands
8362that copy text backwards add it to the beginning of the previously
8363copied text. This way, the words in the text stay in the proper
8364order.
8365
8366Like @code{kill-region}, the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function makes
8367use of the @code{last-command} variable that keeps track of the
8368previous Emacs command.
8369
8370@menu
8371* last-command & this-command::
8372* kill-append function::
8373* kill-new function::
8374@end menu
8375
8cda6f8f 8376@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 8377@node last-command & this-command
8cda6f8f
GM
8378@unnumberedsubsubsec @code{last-command} and @code{this-command}
8379@end ifnottex
8380
8381Normally, whenever a function is executed, Emacs sets the value of
8382@code{this-command} to the function being executed (which in this case
8383would be @code{copy-region-as-kill}). At the same time, Emacs sets
8384the value of @code{last-command} to the previous value of
8385@code{this-command}.
8386
8387In the first part of the body of the @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8388function, an @code{if} expression determines whether the value of
8389@code{last-command} is @code{kill-region}. If so, the then-part of
8390the @code{if} expression is evaluated; it uses the @code{kill-append}
8391function to concatenate the text copied at this call to the function
8392with the text already in the first element (the @sc{car}) of the kill
8393ring. On the other hand, if the value of @code{last-command} is not
8394@code{kill-region}, then the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function
8395attaches a new element to the kill ring using the @code{kill-new}
8396function.
8397
8398@need 1250
8399The @code{if} expression reads as follows; it uses @code{eq}:
8400
8401@smallexample
8402@group
8403 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8404 ;; @r{then-part}
8405 (kill-append (filter-buffer-substring beg end) (< end beg))
8406 ;; @r{else-part}
8407 (kill-new (filter-buffer-substring beg end)))
8408@end group
8409@end smallexample
8410
8411@findex filter-buffer-substring
8412(The @code{filter-buffer-substring} function returns a filtered
8413substring of the buffer, if any. Optionally---the arguments are not
8414here, so neither is done---the function may delete the initial text or
8415return the text without its properties; this function is a replacement
8416for the older @code{buffer-substring} function, which came before text
8417properties were implemented.)
8418
8419@findex eq @r{(example of use)}
8420@noindent
8421The @code{eq} function tests whether its first argument is the same Lisp
8422object as its second argument. The @code{eq} function is similar to the
8423@code{equal} function in that it is used to test for equality, but
8424differs in that it determines whether two representations are actually
8425the same object inside the computer, but with different names.
8426@code{equal} determines whether the structure and contents of two
8427expressions are the same.
8428
8429If the previous command was @code{kill-region}, then the Emacs Lisp
8430interpreter calls the @code{kill-append} function
8431
d6adf7e7 8432@node kill-append function
8cda6f8f
GM
8433@unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{kill-append} function
8434@findex kill-append
8435
8436@need 800
8437The @code{kill-append} function looks like this:
8438
8439@c in GNU Emacs 22
8440@smallexample
8441@group
8442(defun kill-append (string before-p &optional yank-handler)
8443 "Append STRING to the end of the latest kill in the kill ring.
8444If BEFORE-P is non-nil, prepend STRING to the kill.
8445@dots{} "
8446 (let* ((cur (car kill-ring)))
8447 (kill-new (if before-p (concat string cur) (concat cur string))
8448 (or (= (length cur) 0)
8449 (equal yank-handler
8450 (get-text-property 0 'yank-handler cur)))
8451 yank-handler)))
8452@end group
8453@end smallexample
8454
8455@ignore
8456was:
8457(defun kill-append (string before-p)
8458 "Append STRING to the end of the latest kill in the kill ring.
8459If BEFORE-P is non-nil, prepend STRING to the kill.
8460If `interprogram-cut-function' is set, pass the resulting kill to
8461it."
8462 (kill-new (if before-p
8463 (concat string (car kill-ring))
8464 (concat (car kill-ring) string))
8465 t))
8466@end ignore
8467
8468@noindent
8469The @code{kill-append} function is fairly straightforward. It uses
8470the @code{kill-new} function, which we will discuss in more detail in
8471a moment.
8472
8473(Also, the function provides an optional argument called
8474@code{yank-handler}; when invoked, this argument tells the function
8475how to deal with properties added to the text, such as `bold' or
8476`italics'.)
8477
8478@c !!! bug in GNU Emacs 22 version of kill-append ?
8479It has a @code{let*} function to set the value of the first element of
8480the kill ring to @code{cur}. (I do not know why the function does not
8481use @code{let} instead; only one value is set in the expression.
8482Perhaps this is a bug that produces no problems?)
8483
8484Consider the conditional that is one of the two arguments to
8485@code{kill-new}. It uses @code{concat} to concatenate the new text to
8486the @sc{car} of the kill ring. Whether it prepends or appends the
8487text depends on the results of an @code{if} expression:
8488
8489@smallexample
8490@group
8491(if before-p ; @r{if-part}
8492 (concat string cur) ; @r{then-part}
8493 (concat cur string)) ; @r{else-part}
8494@end group
8495@end smallexample
8496
8497@noindent
8498If the region being killed is before the region that was killed in the
8499last command, then it should be prepended before the material that was
8500saved in the previous kill; and conversely, if the killed text follows
8501what was just killed, it should be appended after the previous text.
8502The @code{if} expression depends on the predicate @code{before-p} to
8503decide whether the newly saved text should be put before or after the
8504previously saved text.
8505
8506The symbol @code{before-p} is the name of one of the arguments to
8507@code{kill-append}. When the @code{kill-append} function is
8508evaluated, it is bound to the value returned by evaluating the actual
8509argument. In this case, this is the expression @code{(< end beg)}.
8510This expression does not directly determine whether the killed text in
8511this command is located before or after the kill text of the last
8512command; what it does is determine whether the value of the variable
8513@code{end} is less than the value of the variable @code{beg}. If it
8514is, it means that the user is most likely heading towards the
8515beginning of the buffer. Also, the result of evaluating the predicate
8516expression, @code{(< end beg)}, will be true and the text will be
8517prepended before the previous text. On the other hand, if the value of
8518the variable @code{end} is greater than the value of the variable
8519@code{beg}, the text will be appended after the previous text.
8520
8521@need 800
8522When the newly saved text will be prepended, then the string with the new
8523text will be concatenated before the old text:
8524
8525@smallexample
8526(concat string cur)
8527@end smallexample
8528
8529@need 1200
8530@noindent
8531But if the text will be appended, it will be concatenated
8532after the old text:
8533
8534@smallexample
8535(concat cur string))
8536@end smallexample
8537
8538To understand how this works, we first need to review the
8539@code{concat} function. The @code{concat} function links together or
8540unites two strings of text. The result is a string. For example:
8541
8542@smallexample
8543@group
8544(concat "abc" "def")
8545 @result{} "abcdef"
8546@end group
8547
8548@group
8549(concat "new "
8550 (car '("first element" "second element")))
8551 @result{} "new first element"
8552
8553(concat (car
8554 '("first element" "second element")) " modified")
8555 @result{} "first element modified"
8556@end group
8557@end smallexample
8558
8559We can now make sense of @code{kill-append}: it modifies the contents
8560of the kill ring. The kill ring is a list, each element of which is
8561saved text. The @code{kill-append} function uses the @code{kill-new}
8562function which in turn uses the @code{setcar} function.
8563
d6adf7e7 8564@node kill-new function
8cda6f8f
GM
8565@unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{kill-new} function
8566@findex kill-new
8567
8568@c in GNU Emacs 22, additional documentation to kill-new:
8569@ignore
8570Optional third arguments YANK-HANDLER controls how the STRING is later
8571inserted into a buffer; see `insert-for-yank' for details.
8572When a yank handler is specified, STRING must be non-empty (the yank
8573handler, if non-nil, is stored as a `yank-handler' text property on STRING).
8574
8575When the yank handler has a non-nil PARAM element, the original STRING
8576argument is not used by `insert-for-yank'. However, since Lisp code
8577may access and use elements from the kill ring directly, the STRING
8578argument should still be a \"useful\" string for such uses."
8579@end ignore
8580@need 1200
8581The @code{kill-new} function looks like this:
8582
8583@smallexample
8584@group
8585(defun kill-new (string &optional replace yank-handler)
8586 "Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8587Set `kill-ring-yank-pointer' to point to it.
8588
8589If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, apply it to STRING.
8590Optional second argument REPLACE non-nil means that STRING will replace
8591the front of the kill ring, rather than being added to the list.
8592@dots{}"
8593@end group
8594@group
8595 (if (> (length string) 0)
8596 (if yank-handler
8597 (put-text-property 0 (length string)
8598 'yank-handler yank-handler string))
8599 (if yank-handler
8600 (signal 'args-out-of-range
8601 (list string "yank-handler specified for empty string"))))
8602@end group
8603@group
8604 (if (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
8605 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
8606@end group
8607@group
8608 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8609 (setcar kill-ring string)
8610 (push string kill-ring)
8611 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8612 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8613@end group
8614@group
8615 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8616 (if interprogram-cut-function
8617 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8618@end group
8619@end smallexample
8620@ignore
8621was:
8622(defun kill-new (string &optional replace)
8623 "Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8624Set the kill-ring-yank pointer to point to it.
8625If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, apply it to STRING.
8626Optional second argument REPLACE non-nil means that STRING will replace
8627the front of the kill ring, rather than being added to the list."
8628 (and (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
8629 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
8630 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8631 (setcar kill-ring string)
8632 (setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8633 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8634 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8635 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8636 (if interprogram-cut-function
8637 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8638@end ignore
8639
8640(Notice that the function is not interactive.)
8641
8642As usual, we can look at this function in parts.
8643
8644The function definition has an optional @code{yank-handler} argument,
8645which when invoked tells the function how to deal with properties
8646added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'. We will skip that.
8647
8648@need 1200
8649The first line of the documentation makes sense:
8650
8651@smallexample
8652Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8653@end smallexample
8654
8655@noindent
8656Let's skip over the rest of the documentation for the moment.
8657
8658@noindent
8659Also, let's skip over the initial @code{if} expression and those lines
8660of code involving @code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu}. We will explain
8661them below.
8662
8663@need 1200
8664The critical lines are these:
8665
8666@smallexample
8667@group
8668 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8669 ;; @r{then}
8670 (setcar kill-ring string)
8671@end group
8672@group
8673 ;; @r{else}
8674 (push string kill-ring)
8675@end group
8676@group
8677 (setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8678 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8679 ;; @r{avoid overly long kill ring}
8680 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8681@end group
8682@group
8683 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8684 (if interprogram-cut-function
8685 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8686@end group
8687@end smallexample
8688
8689The conditional test is @w{@code{(and replace kill-ring)}}.
8690This will be true when two conditions are met: the kill ring has
8691something in it, and the @code{replace} variable is true.
8692
8693@need 1250
8694When the @code{kill-append} function sets @code{replace} to be true
8695and when the kill ring has at least one item in it, the @code{setcar}
8696expression is executed:
8697
8698@smallexample
8699(setcar kill-ring string)
8700@end smallexample
8701
8702The @code{setcar} function actually changes the first element of the
8703@code{kill-ring} list to the value of @code{string}. It replaces the
8704first element.
8705
8706@need 1250
8707On the other hand, if the kill ring is empty, or replace is false, the
8708else-part of the condition is executed:
8709
8710@smallexample
8711(push string kill-ring)
8712@end smallexample
8713
8714@noindent
8715@need 1250
8716@code{push} puts its first argument onto the second. It is similar to
8717the older
8718
8719@smallexample
8720(setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8721@end smallexample
8722
8723@noindent
8724@need 1250
8725or the newer
8726
8727@smallexample
8728(add-to-list kill-ring string)
8729@end smallexample
8730
8731@noindent
8732When it is false, the expression first constructs a new version of the
8733kill ring by prepending @code{string} to the existing kill ring as a
8734new element (that is what the @code{push} does). Then it executes a
8735second @code{if} clause. This second @code{if} clause keeps the kill
8736ring from growing too long.
8737
8738Let's look at these two expressions in order.
8739
8740The @code{push} line of the else-part sets the new value of the kill
8741ring to what results from adding the string being killed to the old
8742kill ring.
8743
8744We can see how this works with an example.
8745
8746@need 800
8747First,
8748
8749@smallexample
8750(setq example-list '("here is a clause" "another clause"))
8751@end smallexample
8752
8753@need 1200
8754@noindent
8755After evaluating this expression with @kbd{C-x C-e}, you can evaluate
8756@code{example-list} and see what it returns:
8757
8758@smallexample
8759@group
8760example-list
8761 @result{} ("here is a clause" "another clause")
8762@end group
8763@end smallexample
8764
8765@need 1200
8766@noindent
8767Now, we can add a new element on to this list by evaluating the
8768following expression:
8769@findex push, @r{example}
8770
8771@smallexample
8772(push "a third clause" example-list)
8773@end smallexample
8774
8775@need 800
8776@noindent
8777When we evaluate @code{example-list}, we find its value is:
8778
8779@smallexample
8780@group
8781example-list
8782 @result{} ("a third clause" "here is a clause" "another clause")
8783@end group
8784@end smallexample
8785
8786@noindent
8787Thus, the third clause is added to the list by @code{push}.
8788
8789@need 1200
8790Now for the second part of the @code{if} clause. This expression
8791keeps the kill ring from growing too long. It looks like this:
8792
8793@smallexample
8794@group
8795(if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8796 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil))
8797@end group
8798@end smallexample
8799
8800The code checks whether the length of the kill ring is greater than
8801the maximum permitted length. This is the value of
8802@code{kill-ring-max} (which is 60, by default). If the length of the
8803kill ring is too long, then this code sets the last element of the
8804kill ring to @code{nil}. It does this by using two functions,
8805@code{nthcdr} and @code{setcdr}.
8806
8807We looked at @code{setcdr} earlier (@pxref{setcdr, , @code{setcdr}}).
8808It sets the @sc{cdr} of a list, just as @code{setcar} sets the
8809@sc{car} of a list. In this case, however, @code{setcdr} will not be
8810setting the @sc{cdr} of the whole kill ring; the @code{nthcdr}
8811function is used to cause it to set the @sc{cdr} of the next to last
8812element of the kill ring---this means that since the @sc{cdr} of the
8813next to last element is the last element of the kill ring, it will set
8814the last element of the kill ring.
8815
8816@findex nthcdr, @r{example}
8817The @code{nthcdr} function works by repeatedly taking the @sc{cdr} of a
8818list---it takes the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr}
8819@dots{} It does this @var{N} times and returns the results.
8820(@xref{nthcdr, , @code{nthcdr}}.)
8821
8822@findex setcdr, @r{example}
8823Thus, if we had a four element list that was supposed to be three
8824elements long, we could set the @sc{cdr} of the next to last element
8825to @code{nil}, and thereby shorten the list. (If you set the last
8826element to some other value than @code{nil}, which you could do, then
8827you would not have shortened the list. @xref{setcdr, ,
8828@code{setcdr}}.)
8829
8830You can see shortening by evaluating the following three expressions
8831in turn. First set the value of @code{trees} to @code{(maple oak pine
8832birch)}, then set the @sc{cdr} of its second @sc{cdr} to @code{nil}
8833and then find the value of @code{trees}:
8834
8835@smallexample
8836@group
8837(setq trees '(maple oak pine birch))
8838 @result{} (maple oak pine birch)
8839@end group
8840
8841@group
8842(setcdr (nthcdr 2 trees) nil)
8843 @result{} nil
8844
8845trees
8846 @result{} (maple oak pine)
8847@end group
8848@end smallexample
8849
8850@noindent
8851(The value returned by the @code{setcdr} expression is @code{nil} since
8852that is what the @sc{cdr} is set to.)
8853
8854To repeat, in @code{kill-new}, the @code{nthcdr} function takes the
8855@sc{cdr} a number of times that is one less than the maximum permitted
8856size of the kill ring and @code{setcdr} sets the @sc{cdr} of that
8857element (which will be the rest of the elements in the kill ring) to
8858@code{nil}. This prevents the kill ring from growing too long.
8859
8860@need 800
8861The next to last expression in the @code{kill-new} function is
8862
8863@smallexample
8864(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8865@end smallexample
8866
8867The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is a global variable that is set to be
8868the @code{kill-ring}.
8869
8870Even though the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is called a
8871@samp{pointer}, it is a variable just like the kill ring. However, the
8872name has been chosen to help humans understand how the variable is used.
8873
8874@need 1200
8875Now, to return to an early expression in the body of the function:
8876
8877@smallexample
8878@group
8879 (if (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
8880 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
8881@end group
8882@end smallexample
8883
8884@noindent
8885It starts with an @code{if} expression
8886
8887In this case, the expression tests first to see whether
8888@code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} exists as a function, and if so,
8889calls it. The @code{fboundp} function returns true if the symbol it
8890is testing has a function definition that `is not void'. If the
8891symbol's function definition were void, we would receive an error
8892message, as we did when we created errors intentionally (@pxref{Making
8893Errors, , Generate an Error Message}).
8894
8895@noindent
8896The then-part contains an expression whose first element is the
8897function @code{and}.
8898
8899@findex and
8900The @code{and} special form evaluates each of its arguments until one
8901of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, in which case the
8902@code{and} expression returns @code{nil}; however, if none of the
8903arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, the value resulting from
8904evaluating the last argument is returned. (Since such a value is not
8905@code{nil}, it is considered true in Emacs Lisp.) In other words, an
8906@code{and} expression returns a true value only if all its arguments
8907are true. (@xref{Second Buffer Related Review}.)
8908
8909The expression determines whether the second argument to
8910@code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} is true or not.
8911@ignore
8912 ;; If we're supposed to be extending an existing string, and that
8913 ;; string really is at the front of the menu, then update it in place.
8914@end ignore
8915
8916@code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} is one of the functions that make it
8917possible to use the `Select and Paste' menu in the Edit item of a menu
8918bar; using a mouse, you can look at the various pieces of text you
8919have saved and select one piece to paste.
8920
8921The last expression in the @code{kill-new} function adds the newly
8922copied string to whatever facility exists for copying and pasting
8923among different programs running in a windowing system. In the X
8924Windowing system, for example, the @code{x-select-text} function takes
1df7defd 8925the string and stores it in memory operated by X@. You can paste the
8cda6f8f
GM
8926string in another program, such as an Xterm.
8927
8928@need 1200
8929The expression looks like this:
8930
8931@smallexample
8932@group
8933 (if interprogram-cut-function
8934 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8935@end group
8936@end smallexample
8937
8938If an @code{interprogram-cut-function} exists, then Emacs executes
8939@code{funcall}, which in turn calls its first argument as a function
8940and passes the remaining arguments to it. (Incidentally, as far as I
8941can see, this @code{if} expression could be replaced by an @code{and}
8942expression similar to the one in the first part of the function.)
8943
8944We are not going to discuss windowing systems and other programs
8945further, but merely note that this is a mechanism that enables GNU
8946Emacs to work easily and well with other programs.
8947
8948This code for placing text in the kill ring, either concatenated with
8949an existing element or as a new element, leads us to the code for
8950bringing back text that has been cut out of the buffer---the yank
8951commands. However, before discussing the yank commands, it is better
8952to learn how lists are implemented in a computer. This will make
8953clear such mysteries as the use of the term `pointer'. But before
8954that, we will digress into C.
8955
8956@ignore
8957@c is this true in Emacs 22? Does not seems to be
8958
8959 (If the @w{@code{(< end beg))}}
8960expression is true, @code{kill-append} prepends the string to the just
8961previously clipped text. For a detailed discussion, see
8962@ref{kill-append function, , The @code{kill-append} function}.)
8963
8964If you then yank back the text, i.e., `paste' it, you get both
8965pieces of text at once. That way, if you delete two words in a row,
8966and then yank them back, you get both words, in their proper order,
8967with one yank. (The @w{@code{(< end beg))}} expression makes sure the
8968order is correct.)
8969
8970On the other hand, if the previous command is not @code{kill-region},
8971then the @code{kill-new} function is called, which adds the text to
8972the kill ring as the latest item, and sets the
8973@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable to point to it.
8974@end ignore
8975@ignore
8976
8977@c Evidently, changed for Emacs 22. The zap-to-char command does not
8978@c use the delete-and-extract-region function
8979
89802006 Oct 26, the Digression into C is now OK but should come after
8981copy-region-as-kill and filter-buffer-substring
8982
89832006 Oct 24
8984In Emacs 22,
8985copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
8986filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
8987and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
8988delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
8989
8990see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
8991@end ignore
8992
d6adf7e7 8993@node Digression into C
8cda6f8f
GM
8994@section Digression into C
8995@findex delete-and-extract-region
8996@cindex C, a digression into
8997@cindex Digression into C
8998
8999The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function (@pxref{copy-region-as-kill, ,
9000@code{copy-region-as-kill}}) uses the @code{filter-buffer-substring}
9001function, which in turn uses the @code{delete-and-extract-region}
9002function. It removes the contents of a region and you cannot get them
9003back.
9004
9005Unlike the other code discussed here, the
9006@code{delete-and-extract-region} function is not written in Emacs
9007Lisp; it is written in C and is one of the primitives of the GNU Emacs
9008system. Since it is very simple, I will digress briefly from Lisp and
9009describe it here.
9010
2d7d2325
GM
9011@c GNU Emacs 24 in src/editfns.c
9012@c the DEFUN for delete-and-extract-region
8cda6f8f
GM
9013
9014@need 1500
9015Like many of the other Emacs primitives,
9016@code{delete-and-extract-region} is written as an instance of a C
9017macro, a macro being a template for code. The complete macro looks
9018like this:
9019
9020@smallexample
9021@group
2d7d2325
GM
9022DEFUN ("delete-and-extract-region", Fdelete_and_extract_region,
9023 Sdelete_and_extract_region, 2, 2, 0,
9024 doc: /* Delete the text between START and END and return it. */)
9025 (Lisp_Object start, Lisp_Object end)
8cda6f8f 9026@{
8cda6f8f 9027 validate_region (&start, &end);
2d7d2325
GM
9028 if (XINT (start) == XINT (end))
9029 return empty_unibyte_string;
9030 return del_range_1 (XINT (start), XINT (end), 1, 1);
8cda6f8f
GM
9031@}
9032@end group
9033@end smallexample
9034
9035Without going into the details of the macro writing process, let me
9036point out that this macro starts with the word @code{DEFUN}. The word
9037@code{DEFUN} was chosen since the code serves the same purpose as
9038@code{defun} does in Lisp. (The @code{DEFUN} C macro is defined in
9039@file{emacs/src/lisp.h}.)
9040
9041The word @code{DEFUN} is followed by seven parts inside of
9042parentheses:
9043
9044@itemize @bullet
9045@item
9046The first part is the name given to the function in Lisp,
9047@code{delete-and-extract-region}.
9048
9049@item
9050The second part is the name of the function in C,
9051@code{Fdelete_and_extract_region}. By convention, it starts with
9052@samp{F}. Since C does not use hyphens in names, underscores are used
9053instead.
9054
9055@item
9056The third part is the name for the C constant structure that records
9057information on this function for internal use. It is the name of the
9058function in C but begins with an @samp{S} instead of an @samp{F}.
9059
9060@item
9061The fourth and fifth parts specify the minimum and maximum number of
9062arguments the function can have. This function demands exactly 2
9063arguments.
9064
9065@item
9066The sixth part is nearly like the argument that follows the
9067@code{interactive} declaration in a function written in Lisp: a letter
9068followed, perhaps, by a prompt. The only difference from the Lisp is
9069when the macro is called with no arguments. Then you write a @code{0}
9070(which is a `null string'), as in this macro.
9071
9072If you were to specify arguments, you would place them between
9073quotation marks. The C macro for @code{goto-char} includes
9074@code{"NGoto char: "} in this position to indicate that the function
9075expects a raw prefix, in this case, a numerical location in a buffer,
9076and provides a prompt.
9077
9078@item
9079The seventh part is a documentation string, just like the one for a
2d7d2325
GM
9080function written in Emacs Lisp. This is written as a C comment. (When
9081you build Emacs, the program @command{lib-src/make-docfile} extracts
9082these comments and uses them to make the ``real'' documentation.)
8cda6f8f
GM
9083@end itemize
9084
9085@need 1200
9086In a C macro, the formal parameters come next, with a statement of
9087what kind of object they are, followed by what might be called the `body'
9088of the macro. For @code{delete-and-extract-region} the `body'
9089consists of the following four lines:
9090
9091@smallexample
9092@group
9093validate_region (&start, &end);
9094if (XINT (start) == XINT (end))
2d7d2325 9095 return empty_unibyte_string;
8cda6f8f
GM
9096return del_range_1 (XINT (start), XINT (end), 1, 1);
9097@end group
9098@end smallexample
9099
2d7d2325 9100The @code{validate_region} function checks whether the values
8cda6f8f
GM
9101passed as the beginning and end of the region are the proper type and
9102are within range. If the beginning and end positions are the same,
2d7d2325 9103then return an empty string.
8cda6f8f
GM
9104
9105The @code{del_range_1} function actually deletes the text. It is a
9106complex function we will not look into. It updates the buffer and
9107does other things. However, it is worth looking at the two arguments
9108passed to @code{del_range}. These are @w{@code{XINT (start)}} and
9109@w{@code{XINT (end)}}.
9110
9111As far as the C language is concerned, @code{start} and @code{end} are
9112two integers that mark the beginning and end of the region to be
9113deleted@footnote{More precisely, and requiring more expert knowledge
9114to understand, the two integers are of type `Lisp_Object', which can
9115also be a C union instead of an integer type.}.
9116
9117In early versions of Emacs, these two numbers were thirty-two bits
9118long, but the code is slowly being generalized to handle other
9119lengths. Three of the available bits are used to specify the type of
9120information; the remaining bits are used as `content'.
9121
9122@samp{XINT} is a C macro that extracts the relevant number from the
9123longer collection of bits; the three other bits are discarded.
9124
9125@need 800
9126The command in @code{delete-and-extract-region} looks like this:
9127
9128@smallexample
9129del_range_1 (XINT (start), XINT (end), 1, 1);
9130@end smallexample
9131
9132@noindent
9133It deletes the region between the beginning position, @code{start},
9134and the ending position, @code{end}.
9135
9136From the point of view of the person writing Lisp, Emacs is all very
9137simple; but hidden underneath is a great deal of complexity to make it
9138all work.
9139
d6adf7e7 9140@node defvar
8cda6f8f
GM
9141@section Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
9142@findex defvar
9143@cindex Initializing a variable
9144@cindex Variable initialization
9145
9146@ignore
91472006 Oct 24
9148In Emacs 22,
9149copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
9150filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
9151and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
9152delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
9153
9154see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
9155
9156@end ignore
9157
9158The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function is written in Emacs Lisp. Two
9159functions within it, @code{kill-append} and @code{kill-new}, copy a
9160region in a buffer and save it in a variable called the
9161@code{kill-ring}. This section describes how the @code{kill-ring}
9162variable is created and initialized using the @code{defvar} special
9163form.
9164
9165(Again we note that the term @code{kill-ring} is a misnomer. The text
9166that is clipped out of the buffer can be brought back; it is not a ring
9167of corpses, but a ring of resurrectable text.)
9168
9169In Emacs Lisp, a variable such as the @code{kill-ring} is created and
9170given an initial value by using the @code{defvar} special form. The
9171name comes from ``define variable''.
9172
9173The @code{defvar} special form is similar to @code{setq} in that it sets
9174the value of a variable. It is unlike @code{setq} in two ways: first,
9175it only sets the value of the variable if the variable does not already
9176have a value. If the variable already has a value, @code{defvar} does
9177not override the existing value. Second, @code{defvar} has a
9178documentation string.
9179
2325c82f
XF
9180(There is a related macro, @code{defcustom}, designed for variables
9181that people customize. It has more features than @code{defvar}.
9182(@xref{defcustom, , Setting Variables with @code{defcustom}}.)
9183
8cda6f8f
GM
9184@menu
9185* See variable current value::
9186* defvar and asterisk::
9187@end menu
9188
8cda6f8f 9189@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 9190@node See variable current value
8cda6f8f
GM
9191@unnumberedsubsec Seeing the Current Value of a Variable
9192@end ifnottex
9193
9194You can see the current value of a variable, any variable, by using
9195the @code{describe-variable} function, which is usually invoked by
9196typing @kbd{C-h v}. If you type @kbd{C-h v} and then @code{kill-ring}
9197(followed by @key{RET}) when prompted, you will see what is in your
9198current kill ring---this may be quite a lot! Conversely, if you have
9199been doing nothing this Emacs session except read this document, you
9200may have nothing in it. Also, you will see the documentation for
9201@code{kill-ring}:
9202
9203@smallexample
9204@group
9205Documentation:
9206List of killed text sequences.
9207Since the kill ring is supposed to interact nicely with cut-and-paste
9208facilities offered by window systems, use of this variable should
9209@end group
9210@group
9211interact nicely with `interprogram-cut-function' and
9212`interprogram-paste-function'. The functions `kill-new',
9213`kill-append', and `current-kill' are supposed to implement this
9214interaction; you may want to use them instead of manipulating the kill
9215ring directly.
9216@end group
9217@end smallexample
9218
9219@need 800
9220The kill ring is defined by a @code{defvar} in the following way:
9221
9222@smallexample
9223@group
9224(defvar kill-ring nil
9225 "List of killed text sequences.
9226@dots{}")
9227@end group
9228@end smallexample
9229
9230@noindent
9231In this variable definition, the variable is given an initial value of
9232@code{nil}, which makes sense, since if you have saved nothing, you want
9233nothing back if you give a @code{yank} command. The documentation
9234string is written just like the documentation string of a @code{defun}.
9235As with the documentation string of the @code{defun}, the first line of
9236the documentation should be a complete sentence, since some commands,
9237like @code{apropos}, print only the first line of documentation.
9238Succeeding lines should not be indented; otherwise they look odd when
9239you use @kbd{C-h v} (@code{describe-variable}).
9240
d6adf7e7 9241@node defvar and asterisk
8cda6f8f
GM
9242@subsection @code{defvar} and an asterisk
9243@findex defvar @r{for a user customizable variable}
9244@findex defvar @r{with an asterisk}
9245
9246In the past, Emacs used the @code{defvar} special form both for
9247internal variables that you would not expect a user to change and for
9248variables that you do expect a user to change. Although you can still
9249use @code{defvar} for user customizable variables, please use
09b98a01 9250@code{defcustom} instead, since it provides a path into
8cda6f8f
GM
9251the Customization commands. (@xref{defcustom, , Specifying Variables
9252using @code{defcustom}}.)
9253
9254When you specified a variable using the @code{defvar} special form,
943157cf
GM
9255you could distinguish a variable that a user might want to change from
9256others by typing an asterisk, @samp{*}, in the first column of its
9257documentation string. For example:
8cda6f8f
GM
9258
9259@smallexample
9260@group
9261(defvar shell-command-default-error-buffer nil
9262 "*Buffer name for `shell-command' @dots{} error output.
9263@dots{} ")
9264@end group
9265@end smallexample
9266
9267@findex set-variable
9268@noindent
9269You could (and still can) use the @code{set-variable} command to
9270change the value of @code{shell-command-default-error-buffer}
9271temporarily. However, options set using @code{set-variable} are set
9272only for the duration of your editing session. The new values are not
9273saved between sessions. Each time Emacs starts, it reads the original
9274value, unless you change the value within your @file{.emacs} file,
9275either by setting it manually or by using @code{customize}.
9276@xref{Emacs Initialization, , Your @file{.emacs} File}.
9277
9278For me, the major use of the @code{set-variable} command is to suggest
9279variables that I might want to set in my @file{.emacs} file. There
f99f1641 9280are now more than 700 such variables, far too many to remember
8cda6f8f
GM
9281readily. Fortunately, you can press @key{TAB} after calling the
9282@code{M-x set-variable} command to see the list of variables.
9283(@xref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs,
9284The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
9285
9286@need 1250
d6adf7e7 9287@node cons & search-fwd Review
8cda6f8f
GM
9288@section Review
9289
9290Here is a brief summary of some recently introduced functions.
9291
9292@table @code
9293@item car
9294@itemx cdr
9295@code{car} returns the first element of a list; @code{cdr} returns the
9296second and subsequent elements of a list.
9297
9298@need 1250
9299For example:
9300
9301@smallexample
9302@group
9303(car '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9304 @result{} 1
9305(cdr '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9306 @result{} (2 3 4 5 6 7)
9307@end group
9308@end smallexample
9309
9310@item cons
9311@code{cons} constructs a list by prepending its first argument to its
9312second argument.
9313
9314@need 1250
9315For example:
9316
9317@smallexample
9318@group
9319(cons 1 '(2 3 4))
9320 @result{} (1 2 3 4)
9321@end group
9322@end smallexample
9323
9324@item funcall
9325@code{funcall} evaluates its first argument as a function. It passes
9326its remaining arguments to its first argument.
9327
9328@item nthcdr
9329Return the result of taking @sc{cdr} `n' times on a list.
9330@iftex
9331The
9332@tex
9333$n^{th}$
9334@end tex
9335@code{cdr}.
9336@end iftex
9337The `rest of the rest', as it were.
9338
9339@need 1250
9340For example:
9341
9342@smallexample
9343@group
9344(nthcdr 3 '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9345 @result{} (4 5 6 7)
9346@end group
9347@end smallexample
9348
9349@item setcar
9350@itemx setcdr
9351@code{setcar} changes the first element of a list; @code{setcdr}
9352changes the second and subsequent elements of a list.
9353
9354@need 1250
9355For example:
9356
9357@smallexample
9358@group
9359(setq triple '(1 2 3))
9360
9361(setcar triple '37)
9362
9363triple
9364 @result{} (37 2 3)
9365
9366(setcdr triple '("foo" "bar"))
9367
9368triple
9369 @result{} (37 "foo" "bar")
9370@end group
9371@end smallexample
9372
9373@item progn
9374Evaluate each argument in sequence and then return the value of the
9375last.
9376
9377@need 1250
9378For example:
9379
9380@smallexample
9381@group
9382(progn 1 2 3 4)
9383 @result{} 4
9384@end group
9385@end smallexample
9386
9387@item save-restriction
9388Record whatever narrowing is in effect in the current buffer, if any,
9389and restore that narrowing after evaluating the arguments.
9390
9391@item search-forward
9392Search for a string, and if the string is found, move point. With a
9393regular expression, use the similar @code{re-search-forward}.
9394(@xref{Regexp Search, , Regular Expression Searches}, for an
9395explanation of regular expression patterns and searches.)
9396
9397@need 1250
9398@noindent
9399@code{search-forward} and @code{re-search-forward} take four
9400arguments:
9401
9402@enumerate
9403@item
9404The string or regular expression to search for.
9405
9406@item
9407Optionally, the limit of the search.
9408
9409@item
9410Optionally, what to do if the search fails, return @code{nil} or an
9411error message.
9412
9413@item
9414Optionally, how many times to repeat the search; if negative, the
9415search goes backwards.
9416@end enumerate
9417
9418@item kill-region
9419@itemx delete-and-extract-region
9420@itemx copy-region-as-kill
9421
9422@code{kill-region} cuts the text between point and mark from the
9423buffer and stores that text in the kill ring, so you can get it back
9424by yanking.
9425
9426@code{copy-region-as-kill} copies the text between point and mark into
9427the kill ring, from which you can get it by yanking. The function
9428does not cut or remove the text from the buffer.
9429@end table
9430
9431@code{delete-and-extract-region} removes the text between point and
9432mark from the buffer and throws it away. You cannot get it back.
9433(This is not an interactive command.)
9434
9435@need 1500
d6adf7e7 9436@node search Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
9437@section Searching Exercises
9438
9439@itemize @bullet
9440@item
9441Write an interactive function that searches for a string. If the
9442search finds the string, leave point after it and display a message
9443that says ``Found!''. (Do not use @code{search-forward} for the name
9444of this function; if you do, you will overwrite the existing version of
9445@code{search-forward} that comes with Emacs. Use a name such as
9446@code{test-search} instead.)
9447
9448@item
9449Write a function that prints the third element of the kill ring in the
9450echo area, if any; if the kill ring does not contain a third element,
9451print an appropriate message.
9452@end itemize
9453
d6adf7e7 9454@node List Implementation
8cda6f8f
GM
9455@chapter How Lists are Implemented
9456@cindex Lists in a computer
9457
9458In Lisp, atoms are recorded in a straightforward fashion; if the
9459implementation is not straightforward in practice, it is, nonetheless,
9460straightforward in theory. The atom @samp{rose}, for example, is
9461recorded as the four contiguous letters @samp{r}, @samp{o}, @samp{s},
9462@samp{e}. A list, on the other hand, is kept differently. The mechanism
9463is equally simple, but it takes a moment to get used to the idea. A
9464list is kept using a series of pairs of pointers. In the series, the
9465first pointer in each pair points to an atom or to another list, and the
9466second pointer in each pair points to the next pair, or to the symbol
9467@code{nil}, which marks the end of the list.
9468
9469A pointer itself is quite simply the electronic address of what is
9470pointed to. Hence, a list is kept as a series of electronic addresses.
9471
9472@menu
9473* Lists diagrammed::
9474* Symbols as Chest:: Exploring a powerful metaphor.
9475* List Exercise::
9476@end menu
9477
8cda6f8f 9478@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 9479@node Lists diagrammed
8cda6f8f
GM
9480@unnumberedsec Lists diagrammed
9481@end ifnottex
9482
9483For example, the list @code{(rose violet buttercup)} has three elements,
9484@samp{rose}, @samp{violet}, and @samp{buttercup}. In the computer, the
9485electronic address of @samp{rose} is recorded in a segment of computer
9486memory along with the address that gives the electronic address of where
9487the atom @samp{violet} is located; and that address (the one that tells
9488where @samp{violet} is located) is kept along with an address that tells
9489where the address for the atom @samp{buttercup} is located.
9490
9491@need 1200
9492This sounds more complicated than it is and is easier seen in a diagram:
9493
9494@c clear print-postscript-figures
9495@c !!! cons-cell-diagram #1
9496@ifnottex
9497@smallexample
9498@group
9499 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9500 |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9501 | | |
9502 | | |
9503 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9504@end group
9505@end smallexample
9506@end ifnottex
9507@ifset print-postscript-figures
9508@sp 1
9509@tex
9510@center @image{cons-1}
8cda6f8f
GM
9511@end tex
9512@sp 1
9513@end ifset
9514@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9515@iftex
9516@smallexample
9517@group
9518 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9519 |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9520 | | |
9521 | | |
9522 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9523@end group
9524@end smallexample
9525@end iftex
9526@end ifclear
9527
9528@noindent
9529In the diagram, each box represents a word of computer memory that
9530holds a Lisp object, usually in the form of a memory address. The boxes,
1df7defd 9531i.e., the addresses, are in pairs. Each arrow points to what the address
8cda6f8f
GM
9532is the address of, either an atom or another pair of addresses. The
9533first box is the electronic address of @samp{rose} and the arrow points
9534to @samp{rose}; the second box is the address of the next pair of boxes,
9535the first part of which is the address of @samp{violet} and the second
9536part of which is the address of the next pair. The very last box
9537points to the symbol @code{nil}, which marks the end of the list.
9538
9539@need 1200
9540When a variable is set to a list with a function such as @code{setq},
9541it stores the address of the first box in the variable. Thus,
9542evaluation of the expression
9543
9544@smallexample
9545(setq bouquet '(rose violet buttercup))
9546@end smallexample
9547
9548@need 1250
9549@noindent
9550creates a situation like this:
9551
9552@c cons-cell-diagram #2
9553@ifnottex
9554@smallexample
9555@group
9556bouquet
9557 |
9558 | ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9559 --> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9560 | | |
9561 | | |
9562 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9563@end group
9564@end smallexample
9565@end ifnottex
9566@ifset print-postscript-figures
9567@sp 1
9568@tex
9569@center @image{cons-2}
8cda6f8f
GM
9570@end tex
9571@sp 1
9572@end ifset
9573@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9574@iftex
9575@smallexample
9576@group
9577bouquet
9578 |
9579 | ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9580 --> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9581 | | |
9582 | | |
9583 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9584@end group
9585@end smallexample
9586@end iftex
9587@end ifclear
9588
9589@noindent
9590In this example, the symbol @code{bouquet} holds the address of the first
9591pair of boxes.
9592
9593@need 1200
9594This same list can be illustrated in a different sort of box notation
9595like this:
9596
9597@c cons-cell-diagram #2a
9598@ifnottex
9599@smallexample
9600@group
9601bouquet
9602 |
9603 | -------------- --------------- ----------------
9604 | | car | cdr | | car | cdr | | car | cdr |
9605 -->| rose | o------->| violet | o------->| butter- | nil |
9606 | | | | | | | cup | |
9607 -------------- --------------- ----------------
9608@end group
9609@end smallexample
9610@end ifnottex
9611@ifset print-postscript-figures
9612@sp 1
9613@tex
9614@center @image{cons-2a}
8cda6f8f
GM
9615@end tex
9616@sp 1
9617@end ifset
9618@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9619@iftex
9620@smallexample
9621@group
9622bouquet
9623 |
9624 | -------------- --------------- ----------------
9625 | | car | cdr | | car | cdr | | car | cdr |
9626 -->| rose | o------->| violet | o------->| butter- | nil |
9627 | | | | | | | cup | |
9628 -------------- --------------- ----------------
9629@end group
9630@end smallexample
9631@end iftex
9632@end ifclear
9633
9634(Symbols consist of more than pairs of addresses, but the structure of
9635a symbol is made up of addresses. Indeed, the symbol @code{bouquet}
9636consists of a group of address-boxes, one of which is the address of
9637the printed word @samp{bouquet}, a second of which is the address of a
9638function definition attached to the symbol, if any, a third of which
9639is the address of the first pair of address-boxes for the list
9640@code{(rose violet buttercup)}, and so on. Here we are showing that
9641the symbol's third address-box points to the first pair of
9642address-boxes for the list.)
9643
9644If a symbol is set to the @sc{cdr} of a list, the list itself is not
9645changed; the symbol simply has an address further down the list. (In
9646the jargon, @sc{car} and @sc{cdr} are `non-destructive'.) Thus,
9647evaluation of the following expression
9648
9649@smallexample
9650(setq flowers (cdr bouquet))
9651@end smallexample
9652
9653@need 800
9654@noindent
9655produces this:
9656
9657@c cons-cell-diagram #3
9658@ifnottex
9659@sp 1
9660@smallexample
9661@group
9662bouquet flowers
9663 | |
9664 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9665 --> | | | --> | | | | | |
9666 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9667 | | |
9668 | | |
9669 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9670@end group
9671@end smallexample
9672@sp 1
9673@end ifnottex
9674@ifset print-postscript-figures
9675@sp 1
9676@tex
9677@center @image{cons-3}
8cda6f8f
GM
9678@end tex
9679@sp 1
9680@end ifset
9681@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9682@iftex
9683@sp 1
9684@smallexample
9685@group
9686bouquet flowers
9687 | |
9688 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9689 --> | | | --> | | | | | |
9690 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9691 | | |
9692 | | |
9693 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9694@end group
9695@end smallexample
9696@sp 1
9697@end iftex
9698@end ifclear
9699
9700@noindent
9701The value of @code{flowers} is @code{(violet buttercup)}, which is
9702to say, the symbol @code{flowers} holds the address of the pair of
9703address-boxes, the first of which holds the address of @code{violet},
9704and the second of which holds the address of @code{buttercup}.
9705
9706A pair of address-boxes is called a @dfn{cons cell} or @dfn{dotted
9707pair}. @xref{Cons Cell Type, , Cons Cell and List Types, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
9708Reference Manual}, and @ref{Dotted Pair Notation, , Dotted Pair
9709Notation, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
9710information about cons cells and dotted pairs.
9711
9712@need 1200
9713The function @code{cons} adds a new pair of addresses to the front of
9714a series of addresses like that shown above. For example, evaluating
9715the expression
9716
9717@smallexample
9718(setq bouquet (cons 'lily bouquet))
9719@end smallexample
9720
9721@need 1500
9722@noindent
9723produces:
9724
9725@c cons-cell-diagram #4
9726@ifnottex
9727@sp 1
9728@smallexample
9729@group
9730bouquet flowers
9731 | |
9732 | ___ ___ ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9733 --> | | | | | | --> | | | | | |
9734 |___|___|----> |___|___|----> |___|___|---->|___|___|--> nil
9735 | | | |
9736 | | | |
9737 --> lily --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9738@end group
9739@end smallexample
9740@sp 1
9741@end ifnottex
9742@ifset print-postscript-figures
9743@sp 1
9744@tex
9745@center @image{cons-4}
8cda6f8f
GM
9746@end tex
9747@sp 1
9748@end ifset
9749@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9750@iftex
9751@sp 1
9752@smallexample
9753@group
9754bouquet flowers
9755 | |
9756 | ___ ___ ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9757 --> | | | | | | --> | | | | | |
9758 |___|___|----> |___|___|----> |___|___|---->|___|___|--> nil
9759 | | | |
9760 | | | |
9761 --> lily --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9762@end group
9763@end smallexample
9764@sp 1
9765@end iftex
9766@end ifclear
9767
9768@need 1200
9769@noindent
9770However, this does not change the value of the symbol
9771@code{flowers}, as you can see by evaluating the following,
9772
9773@smallexample
9774(eq (cdr (cdr bouquet)) flowers)
9775@end smallexample
9776
9777@noindent
9778which returns @code{t} for true.
9779
9780Until it is reset, @code{flowers} still has the value
9781@code{(violet buttercup)}; that is, it has the address of the cons
9782cell whose first address is of @code{violet}. Also, this does not
9783alter any of the pre-existing cons cells; they are all still there.
9784
9785Thus, in Lisp, to get the @sc{cdr} of a list, you just get the address
9786of the next cons cell in the series; to get the @sc{car} of a list,
9787you get the address of the first element of the list; to @code{cons} a
9788new element on a list, you add a new cons cell to the front of the list.
9789That is all there is to it! The underlying structure of Lisp is
9790brilliantly simple!
9791
9792And what does the last address in a series of cons cells refer to? It
9793is the address of the empty list, of @code{nil}.
9794
9795In summary, when a Lisp variable is set to a value, it is provided with
9796the address of the list to which the variable refers.
9797
d6adf7e7 9798@node Symbols as Chest
8cda6f8f
GM
9799@section Symbols as a Chest of Drawers
9800@cindex Symbols as a Chest of Drawers
9801@cindex Chest of Drawers, metaphor for a symbol
9802@cindex Drawers, Chest of, metaphor for a symbol
9803
9804In an earlier section, I suggested that you might imagine a symbol as
9805being a chest of drawers. The function definition is put in one
9806drawer, the value in another, and so on. What is put in the drawer
9807holding the value can be changed without affecting the contents of the
9808drawer holding the function definition, and vice-verse.
9809
9810Actually, what is put in each drawer is the address of the value or
9811function definition. It is as if you found an old chest in the attic,
9812and in one of its drawers you found a map giving you directions to
9813where the buried treasure lies.
9814
9815(In addition to its name, symbol definition, and variable value, a
9816symbol has a `drawer' for a @dfn{property list} which can be used to
9817record other information. Property lists are not discussed here; see
9818@ref{Property Lists, , Property Lists, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
9819Reference Manual}.)
9820
9821@need 1500
9822Here is a fanciful representation:
9823
9824@c chest-of-drawers diagram
9825@ifnottex
9826@sp 1
9827@smallexample
9828@group
9829 Chest of Drawers Contents of Drawers
9830
9831 __ o0O0o __
9832 / \
9833 ---------------------
9834 | directions to | [map to]
9835 | symbol name | bouquet
9836 | |
9837 +---------------------+
9838 | directions to |
9839 | symbol definition | [none]
9840 | |
9841 +---------------------+
9842 | directions to | [map to]
9843 | variable value | (rose violet buttercup)
9844 | |
9845 +---------------------+
9846 | directions to |
9847 | property list | [not described here]
9848 | |
9849 +---------------------+
9850 |/ \|
9851@end group
9852@end smallexample
9853@sp 1
9854@end ifnottex
9855@ifset print-postscript-figures
9856@sp 1
9857@tex
9858@center @image{drawers}
8cda6f8f
GM
9859@end tex
9860@sp 1
9861@end ifset
9862@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9863@iftex
9864@sp 1
9865@smallexample
9866@group
9867 Chest of Drawers Contents of Drawers
9868
9869 __ o0O0o __
9870 / \
9871 ---------------------
9872 | directions to | [map to]
9873 | symbol name | bouquet
9874 | |
9875 +---------------------+
9876 | directions to |
9877 | symbol definition | [none]
9878 | |
9879 +---------------------+
9880 | directions to | [map to]
9881 | variable value | (rose violet buttercup)
9882 | |
9883 +---------------------+
9884 | directions to |
9885 | property list | [not described here]
9886 | |
9887 +---------------------+
9888 |/ \|
9889@end group
9890@end smallexample
9891@sp 1
9892@end iftex
9893@end ifclear
9894
d6adf7e7 9895@node List Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
9896@section Exercise
9897
9898Set @code{flowers} to @code{violet} and @code{buttercup}. Cons two
9899more flowers on to this list and set this new list to
9900@code{more-flowers}. Set the @sc{car} of @code{flowers} to a fish.
9901What does the @code{more-flowers} list now contain?
9902
d6adf7e7 9903@node Yanking
8cda6f8f
GM
9904@chapter Yanking Text Back
9905@findex yank
9906@cindex Text retrieval
9907@cindex Retrieving text
9908@cindex Pasting text
9909
9910Whenever you cut text out of a buffer with a `kill' command in GNU Emacs,
9911you can bring it back with a `yank' command. The text that is cut out of
9912the buffer is put in the kill ring and the yank commands insert the
9913appropriate contents of the kill ring back into a buffer (not necessarily
9914the original buffer).
9915
9916A simple @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}) command inserts the first item from
9917the kill ring into the current buffer. If the @kbd{C-y} command is
9918followed immediately by @kbd{M-y}, the first element is replaced by
9919the second element. Successive @kbd{M-y} commands replace the second
9920element with the third, fourth, or fifth element, and so on. When the
9921last element in the kill ring is reached, it is replaced by the first
9922element and the cycle is repeated. (Thus the kill ring is called a
9923`ring' rather than just a `list'. However, the actual data structure
9924that holds the text is a list.
9925@xref{Kill Ring, , Handling the Kill Ring}, for the details of how the
9926list is handled as a ring.)
9927
9928@menu
9929* Kill Ring Overview::
9930* kill-ring-yank-pointer:: The kill ring is a list.
9931* yank nthcdr Exercises:: The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
9932@end menu
9933
d6adf7e7 9934@node Kill Ring Overview
8cda6f8f
GM
9935@section Kill Ring Overview
9936@cindex Kill ring overview
9937
9938The kill ring is a list of textual strings. This is what it looks like:
9939
9940@smallexample
9941("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text")
9942@end smallexample
9943
9944If this were the contents of my kill ring and I pressed @kbd{C-y}, the
9945string of characters saying @samp{some text} would be inserted in this
9946buffer where my cursor is located.
9947
9948The @code{yank} command is also used for duplicating text by copying it.
9949The copied text is not cut from the buffer, but a copy of it is put on the
9950kill ring and is inserted by yanking it back.
9951
9952Three functions are used for bringing text back from the kill ring:
9953@code{yank}, which is usually bound to @kbd{C-y}; @code{yank-pop},
9954which is usually bound to @kbd{M-y}; and @code{rotate-yank-pointer},
9955which is used by the two other functions.
9956
9957These functions refer to the kill ring through a variable called the
9958@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}. Indeed, the insertion code for both the
9959@code{yank} and @code{yank-pop} functions is:
9960
9961@smallexample
9962(insert (car kill-ring-yank-pointer))
9963@end smallexample
9964
9965@noindent
9966(Well, no more. In GNU Emacs 22, the function has been replaced by
9967@code{insert-for-yank} which calls @code{insert-for-yank-1}
9968repetitively for each @code{yank-handler} segment. In turn,
9969@code{insert-for-yank-1} strips text properties from the inserted text
9970according to @code{yank-excluded-properties}. Otherwise, it is just
9971like @code{insert}. We will stick with plain @code{insert} since it
9972is easier to understand.)
9973
9974To begin to understand how @code{yank} and @code{yank-pop} work, it is
9975first necessary to look at the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
9976
d6adf7e7 9977@node kill-ring-yank-pointer
8cda6f8f
GM
9978@section The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} Variable
9979
9980@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is a variable, just as @code{kill-ring} is
9981a variable. It points to something by being bound to the value of what
9982it points to, like any other Lisp variable.
9983
9984@need 1000
9985Thus, if the value of the kill ring is:
9986
9987@smallexample
9988("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text")
9989@end smallexample
9990
9991@need 1250
9992@noindent
9993and the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points to the second clause, the
9994value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is:
9995
9996@smallexample
9997("a different piece of text" "yet more text")
9998@end smallexample
9999
10000As explained in the previous chapter (@pxref{List Implementation}), the
10001computer does not keep two different copies of the text being pointed to
10002by both the @code{kill-ring} and the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}. The
10003words ``a different piece of text'' and ``yet more text'' are not
10004duplicated. Instead, the two Lisp variables point to the same pieces of
10005text. Here is a diagram:
10006
10007@c cons-cell-diagram #5
10008@ifnottex
10009@smallexample
10010@group
10011kill-ring kill-ring-yank-pointer
10012 | |
10013 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
10014 ---> | | | --> | | | | | |
10015 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
10016 | | |
10017 | | |
10018 | | --> "yet more text"
10019 | |
10020 | --> "a different piece of text"
10021 |
10022 --> "some text"
10023@end group
10024@end smallexample
10025@sp 1
10026@end ifnottex
10027@ifset print-postscript-figures
10028@sp 1
10029@tex
10030@center @image{cons-5}
8cda6f8f
GM
10031@end tex
10032@sp 1
10033@end ifset
10034@ifclear print-postscript-figures
10035@iftex
10036@smallexample
10037@group
10038kill-ring kill-ring-yank-pointer
10039 | |
10040 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
10041 ---> | | | --> | | | | | |
10042 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
10043 | | |
10044 | | |
10045 | | --> "yet more text"
10046 | |
10047 | --> "a different piece of text
10048 |
10049 --> "some text"
10050@end group
10051@end smallexample
10052@sp 1
10053@end iftex
10054@end ifclear
10055
10056Both the variable @code{kill-ring} and the variable
10057@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} are pointers. But the kill ring itself is
10058usually described as if it were actually what it is composed of. The
10059@code{kill-ring} is spoken of as if it were the list rather than that it
10060points to the list. Conversely, the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is
10061spoken of as pointing to a list.
10062
10063These two ways of talking about the same thing sound confusing at first but
10064make sense on reflection. The kill ring is generally thought of as the
10065complete structure of data that holds the information of what has recently
10066been cut out of the Emacs buffers. The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}
10067on the other hand, serves to indicate---that is, to `point to'---that part
10068of the kill ring of which the first element (the @sc{car}) will be
10069inserted.
10070
10071@ignore
10072In GNU Emacs 22, the @code{kill-new} function calls
10073
10074@code{(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)}
10075
10076(defun rotate-yank-pointer (arg)
10077 "Rotate the yanking point in the kill ring.
10078With argument, rotate that many kills forward (or backward, if negative)."
10079 (interactive "p")
10080 (current-kill arg))
10081
10082(defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
10083 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill.
10084If N is zero, `interprogram-paste-function' is set, and calling it
10085returns a string, then that string is added to the front of the
10086kill ring and returned as the latest kill.
10087If optional arg DO-NOT-MOVE is non-nil, then don't actually move the
10088yanking point; just return the Nth kill forward."
10089 (let ((interprogram-paste (and (= n 0)
10090 interprogram-paste-function
10091 (funcall interprogram-paste-function))))
10092 (if interprogram-paste
10093 (progn
10094 ;; Disable the interprogram cut function when we add the new
10095 ;; text to the kill ring, so Emacs doesn't try to own the
10096 ;; selection, with identical text.
10097 (let ((interprogram-cut-function nil))
10098 (kill-new interprogram-paste))
10099 interprogram-paste)
10100 (or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
10101 (let ((ARGth-kill-element
10102 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
10103 (length kill-ring))
10104 kill-ring)))
10105 (or do-not-move
10106 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
10107 (car ARGth-kill-element)))))
10108
10109@end ignore
10110
10111@need 1500
d6adf7e7 10112@node yank nthcdr Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
10113@section Exercises with @code{yank} and @code{nthcdr}
10114
10115@itemize @bullet
10116@item
10117Using @kbd{C-h v} (@code{describe-variable}), look at the value of
10118your kill ring. Add several items to your kill ring; look at its
10119value again. Using @kbd{M-y} (@code{yank-pop)}, move all the way
10120around the kill ring. How many items were in your kill ring? Find
10121the value of @code{kill-ring-max}. Was your kill ring full, or could
10122you have kept more blocks of text within it?
10123
10124@item
10125Using @code{nthcdr} and @code{car}, construct a series of expressions
10126to return the first, second, third, and fourth elements of a list.
10127@end itemize
10128
d6adf7e7 10129@node Loops & Recursion
8cda6f8f
GM
10130@chapter Loops and Recursion
10131@cindex Loops and recursion
10132@cindex Recursion and loops
10133@cindex Repetition (loops)
10134
10135Emacs Lisp has two primary ways to cause an expression, or a series of
10136expressions, to be evaluated repeatedly: one uses a @code{while}
10137loop, and the other uses @dfn{recursion}.
10138
10139Repetition can be very valuable. For example, to move forward four
10140sentences, you need only write a program that will move forward one
10141sentence and then repeat the process four times. Since a computer does
10142not get bored or tired, such repetitive action does not have the
10143deleterious effects that excessive or the wrong kinds of repetition can
10144have on humans.
10145
10146People mostly write Emacs Lisp functions using @code{while} loops and
10147their kin; but you can use recursion, which provides a very powerful
10148way to think about and then to solve problems@footnote{You can write
10149recursive functions to be frugal or wasteful of mental or computer
10150resources; as it happens, methods that people find easy---that are
10151frugal of `mental resources'---sometimes use considerable computer
10152resources. Emacs was designed to run on machines that we now consider
10153limited and its default settings are conservative. You may want to
10154increase the values of @code{max-specpdl-size} and
10155@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}. In my @file{.emacs} file, I set them to
1015615 and 30 times their default value.}.
10157
10158@menu
10159* while:: Causing a stretch of code to repeat.
10160* dolist dotimes::
10161* Recursion:: Causing a function to call itself.
10162* Looping exercise::
10163@end menu
10164
d6adf7e7 10165@node while
8cda6f8f
GM
10166@section @code{while}
10167@cindex Loops
10168@findex while
10169
10170The @code{while} special form tests whether the value returned by
10171evaluating its first argument is true or false. This is similar to what
10172the Lisp interpreter does with an @code{if}; what the interpreter does
10173next, however, is different.
10174
10175In a @code{while} expression, if the value returned by evaluating the
10176first argument is false, the Lisp interpreter skips the rest of the
10177expression (the @dfn{body} of the expression) and does not evaluate it.
10178However, if the value is true, the Lisp interpreter evaluates the body
10179of the expression and then again tests whether the first argument to
10180@code{while} is true or false. If the value returned by evaluating the
10181first argument is again true, the Lisp interpreter again evaluates the
10182body of the expression.
10183
10184@need 1200
10185The template for a @code{while} expression looks like this:
10186
10187@smallexample
10188@group
10189(while @var{true-or-false-test}
10190 @var{body}@dots{})
10191@end group
10192@end smallexample
10193
10194@menu
10195* Looping with while:: Repeat so long as test returns true.
10196* Loop Example:: A @code{while} loop that uses a list.
10197* print-elements-of-list:: Uses @code{while}, @code{car}, @code{cdr}.
10198* Incrementing Loop:: A loop with an incrementing counter.
10199* Incrementing Loop Details::
10200* Decrementing Loop:: A loop with a decrementing counter.
10201@end menu
10202
8cda6f8f 10203@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 10204@node Looping with while
8cda6f8f
GM
10205@unnumberedsubsec Looping with @code{while}
10206@end ifnottex
10207
10208So long as the true-or-false-test of the @code{while} expression
10209returns a true value when it is evaluated, the body is repeatedly
10210evaluated. This process is called a loop since the Lisp interpreter
10211repeats the same thing again and again, like an airplane doing a loop.
10212When the result of evaluating the true-or-false-test is false, the
10213Lisp interpreter does not evaluate the rest of the @code{while}
10214expression and `exits the loop'.
10215
10216Clearly, if the value returned by evaluating the first argument to
10217@code{while} is always true, the body following will be evaluated
10218again and again @dots{} and again @dots{} forever. Conversely, if the
10219value returned is never true, the expressions in the body will never
10220be evaluated. The craft of writing a @code{while} loop consists of
10221choosing a mechanism such that the true-or-false-test returns true
10222just the number of times that you want the subsequent expressions to
10223be evaluated, and then have the test return false.
10224
10225The value returned by evaluating a @code{while} is the value of the
10226true-or-false-test. An interesting consequence of this is that a
10227@code{while} loop that evaluates without error will return @code{nil}
10228or false regardless of whether it has looped 1 or 100 times or none at
10229all. A @code{while} expression that evaluates successfully never
10230returns a true value! What this means is that @code{while} is always
10231evaluated for its side effects, which is to say, the consequences of
10232evaluating the expressions within the body of the @code{while} loop.
10233This makes sense. It is not the mere act of looping that is desired,
10234but the consequences of what happens when the expressions in the loop
10235are repeatedly evaluated.
10236
d6adf7e7 10237@node Loop Example
8cda6f8f
GM
10238@subsection A @code{while} Loop and a List
10239
10240A common way to control a @code{while} loop is to test whether a list
10241has any elements. If it does, the loop is repeated; but if it does not,
10242the repetition is ended. Since this is an important technique, we will
10243create a short example to illustrate it.
10244
10245A simple way to test whether a list has elements is to evaluate the
10246list: if it has no elements, it is an empty list and will return the
10247empty list, @code{()}, which is a synonym for @code{nil} or false. On
10248the other hand, a list with elements will return those elements when it
10249is evaluated. Since Emacs Lisp considers as true any value that is not
10250@code{nil}, a list that returns elements will test true in a
10251@code{while} loop.
10252
10253@need 1200
10254For example, you can set the variable @code{empty-list} to @code{nil} by
10255evaluating the following @code{setq} expression:
10256
10257@smallexample
10258(setq empty-list ())
10259@end smallexample
10260
10261@noindent
10262After evaluating the @code{setq} expression, you can evaluate the
10263variable @code{empty-list} in the usual way, by placing the cursor after
10264the symbol and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}; @code{nil} will appear in your
10265echo area:
10266
10267@smallexample
10268empty-list
10269@end smallexample
10270
10271On the other hand, if you set a variable to be a list with elements, the
10272list will appear when you evaluate the variable, as you can see by
10273evaluating the following two expressions:
10274
10275@smallexample
10276@group
10277(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10278
10279animals
10280@end group
10281@end smallexample
10282
10283Thus, to create a @code{while} loop that tests whether there are any
10284items in the list @code{animals}, the first part of the loop will be
10285written like this:
10286
10287@smallexample
10288@group
10289(while animals
10290 @dots{}
10291@end group
10292@end smallexample
10293
10294@noindent
10295When the @code{while} tests its first argument, the variable
10296@code{animals} is evaluated. It returns a list. So long as the list
10297has elements, the @code{while} considers the results of the test to be
10298true; but when the list is empty, it considers the results of the test
10299to be false.
10300
10301To prevent the @code{while} loop from running forever, some mechanism
10302needs to be provided to empty the list eventually. An oft-used
10303technique is to have one of the subsequent forms in the @code{while}
10304expression set the value of the list to be the @sc{cdr} of the list.
10305Each time the @code{cdr} function is evaluated, the list will be made
10306shorter, until eventually only the empty list will be left. At this
10307point, the test of the @code{while} loop will return false, and the
10308arguments to the @code{while} will no longer be evaluated.
10309
10310For example, the list of animals bound to the variable @code{animals}
10311can be set to be the @sc{cdr} of the original list with the
10312following expression:
10313
10314@smallexample
10315(setq animals (cdr animals))
10316@end smallexample
10317
10318@noindent
10319If you have evaluated the previous expressions and then evaluate this
10320expression, you will see @code{(giraffe lion tiger)} appear in the echo
10321area. If you evaluate the expression again, @code{(lion tiger)} will
10322appear in the echo area. If you evaluate it again and yet again,
10323@code{(tiger)} appears and then the empty list, shown by @code{nil}.
10324
10325A template for a @code{while} loop that uses the @code{cdr} function
10326repeatedly to cause the true-or-false-test eventually to test false
10327looks like this:
10328
10329@smallexample
10330@group
10331(while @var{test-whether-list-is-empty}
10332 @var{body}@dots{}
10333 @var{set-list-to-cdr-of-list})
10334@end group
10335@end smallexample
10336
10337This test and use of @code{cdr} can be put together in a function that
10338goes through a list and prints each element of the list on a line of its
10339own.
10340
d6adf7e7 10341@node print-elements-of-list
8cda6f8f
GM
10342@subsection An Example: @code{print-elements-of-list}
10343@findex print-elements-of-list
10344
10345The @code{print-elements-of-list} function illustrates a @code{while}
10346loop with a list.
10347
10348@cindex @file{*scratch*} buffer
10349The function requires several lines for its output. If you are
10350reading this in a recent instance of GNU Emacs,
10351@c GNU Emacs 21, GNU Emacs 22, or a later version,
10352you can evaluate the following expression inside of Info, as usual.
10353
10354If you are using an earlier version of Emacs, you need to copy the
10355necessary expressions to your @file{*scratch*} buffer and evaluate
10356them there. This is because the echo area had only one line in the
10357earlier versions.
10358
10359You can copy the expressions by marking the beginning of the region
10360with @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} (@code{set-mark-command}), moving the cursor to
10361the end of the region and then copying the region using @kbd{M-w}
10362(@code{kill-ring-save}, which calls @code{copy-region-as-kill} and
10363then provides visual feedback). In the @file{*scratch*}
10364buffer, you can yank the expressions back by typing @kbd{C-y}
10365(@code{yank}).
10366
10367After you have copied the expressions to the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
10368evaluate each expression in turn. Be sure to evaluate the last
10369expression, @code{(print-elements-of-list animals)}, by typing
10370@kbd{C-u C-x C-e}, that is, by giving an argument to
10371@code{eval-last-sexp}. This will cause the result of the evaluation
10372to be printed in the @file{*scratch*} buffer instead of being printed
10373in the echo area. (Otherwise you will see something like this in your
10374echo area: @code{^Jgazelle^J^Jgiraffe^J^Jlion^J^Jtiger^Jnil}, in which
10375each @samp{^J} stands for a `newline'.)
10376
10377@need 1500
10378In a recent instance of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate these expressions
10379directly in the Info buffer, and the echo area will grow to show the
10380results.
10381
10382@smallexample
10383@group
10384(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10385
10386(defun print-elements-of-list (list)
10387 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own."
10388 (while list
10389 (print (car list))
10390 (setq list (cdr list))))
10391
10392(print-elements-of-list animals)
10393@end group
10394@end smallexample
10395
10396@need 1200
10397@noindent
10398When you evaluate the three expressions in sequence, you will see
10399this:
10400
10401@smallexample
10402@group
10403gazelle
10404
10405giraffe
10406
10407lion
10408
10409tiger
10410nil
10411@end group
10412@end smallexample
10413
10414Each element of the list is printed on a line of its own (that is what
10415the function @code{print} does) and then the value returned by the
10416function is printed. Since the last expression in the function is the
10417@code{while} loop, and since @code{while} loops always return
10418@code{nil}, a @code{nil} is printed after the last element of the list.
10419
d6adf7e7 10420@node Incrementing Loop
8cda6f8f
GM
10421@subsection A Loop with an Incrementing Counter
10422
10423A loop is not useful unless it stops when it ought. Besides
10424controlling a loop with a list, a common way of stopping a loop is to
10425write the first argument as a test that returns false when the correct
10426number of repetitions are complete. This means that the loop must
10427have a counter---an expression that counts how many times the loop
10428repeats itself.
10429
8cda6f8f 10430@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 10431@node Incrementing Loop Details
8cda6f8f
GM
10432@unnumberedsubsec Details of an Incrementing Loop
10433@end ifnottex
10434
10435The test for a loop with an incrementing counter can be an expression
10436such as @code{(< count desired-number)} which returns @code{t} for
10437true if the value of @code{count} is less than the
10438@code{desired-number} of repetitions and @code{nil} for false if the
10439value of @code{count} is equal to or is greater than the
10440@code{desired-number}. The expression that increments the count can
10441be a simple @code{setq} such as @code{(setq count (1+ count))}, where
10442@code{1+} is a built-in function in Emacs Lisp that adds 1 to its
10443argument. (The expression @w{@code{(1+ count)}} has the same result
10444as @w{@code{(+ count 1)}}, but is easier for a human to read.)
10445
10446@need 1250
10447The template for a @code{while} loop controlled by an incrementing
10448counter looks like this:
10449
10450@smallexample
10451@group
10452@var{set-count-to-initial-value}
10453(while (< count desired-number) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
10454 @var{body}@dots{}
10455 (setq count (1+ count))) ; @r{incrementer}
10456@end group
10457@end smallexample
10458
10459@noindent
10460Note that you need to set the initial value of @code{count}; usually it
10461is set to 1.
10462
10463@menu
10464* Incrementing Example:: Counting pebbles in a triangle.
10465* Inc Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
10466* Inc Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
10467@end menu
10468
d6adf7e7 10469@node Incrementing Example
8cda6f8f
GM
10470@unnumberedsubsubsec Example with incrementing counter
10471
10472Suppose you are playing on the beach and decide to make a triangle of
10473pebbles, putting one pebble in the first row, two in the second row,
10474three in the third row and so on, like this:
10475
10476@sp 1
10477@c pebble diagram
10478@ifnottex
10479@smallexample
10480@group
10481 *
10482 * *
10483 * * *
10484 * * * *
10485@end group
10486@end smallexample
10487@end ifnottex
10488@iftex
10489@smallexample
10490@group
10491 @bullet{}
10492 @bullet{} @bullet{}
10493 @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{}
10494 @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{}
10495@end group
10496@end smallexample
10497@end iftex
10498@sp 1
10499
10500@noindent
10501(About 2500 years ago, Pythagoras and others developed the beginnings of
10502number theory by considering questions such as this.)
10503
10504Suppose you want to know how many pebbles you will need to make a
10505triangle with 7 rows?
10506
10507Clearly, what you need to do is add up the numbers from 1 to 7. There
10508are two ways to do this; start with the smallest number, one, and add up
10509the list in sequence, 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on; or start with the largest
10510number and add the list going down: 7, 6, 5, 4 and so on. Because both
10511mechanisms illustrate common ways of writing @code{while} loops, we will
10512create two examples, one counting up and the other counting down. In
10513this first example, we will start with 1 and add 2, 3, 4 and so on.
10514
10515If you are just adding up a short list of numbers, the easiest way to do
10516it is to add up all the numbers at once. However, if you do not know
10517ahead of time how many numbers your list will have, or if you want to be
10518prepared for a very long list, then you need to design your addition so
10519that what you do is repeat a simple process many times instead of doing
10520a more complex process once.
10521
10522For example, instead of adding up all the pebbles all at once, what you
10523can do is add the number of pebbles in the first row, 1, to the number
10524in the second row, 2, and then add the total of those two rows to the
10525third row, 3. Then you can add the number in the fourth row, 4, to the
10526total of the first three rows; and so on.
10527
10528The critical characteristic of the process is that each repetitive
10529action is simple. In this case, at each step we add only two numbers,
10530the number of pebbles in the row and the total already found. This
10531process of adding two numbers is repeated again and again until the last
10532row has been added to the total of all the preceding rows. In a more
10533complex loop the repetitive action might not be so simple, but it will
10534be simpler than doing everything all at once.
10535
d6adf7e7 10536@node Inc Example parts
8cda6f8f
GM
10537@unnumberedsubsubsec The parts of the function definition
10538
10539The preceding analysis gives us the bones of our function definition:
10540first, we will need a variable that we can call @code{total} that will
10541be the total number of pebbles. This will be the value returned by
10542the function.
10543
10544Second, we know that the function will require an argument: this
10545argument will be the total number of rows in the triangle. It can be
10546called @code{number-of-rows}.
10547
10548Finally, we need a variable to use as a counter. We could call this
10549variable @code{counter}, but a better name is @code{row-number}. That
10550is because what the counter does in this function is count rows, and a
10551program should be written to be as understandable as possible.
10552
10553When the Lisp interpreter first starts evaluating the expressions in the
10554function, the value of @code{total} should be set to zero, since we have
10555not added anything to it. Then the function should add the number of
10556pebbles in the first row to the total, and then add the number of
10557pebbles in the second to the total, and then add the number of
10558pebbles in the third row to the total, and so on, until there are no
10559more rows left to add.
10560
10561Both @code{total} and @code{row-number} are used only inside the
10562function, so they can be declared as local variables with @code{let}
10563and given initial values. Clearly, the initial value for @code{total}
10564should be 0. The initial value of @code{row-number} should be 1,
10565since we start with the first row. This means that the @code{let}
10566statement will look like this:
10567
10568@smallexample
10569@group
10570 (let ((total 0)
10571 (row-number 1))
10572 @var{body}@dots{})
10573@end group
10574@end smallexample
10575
10576After the internal variables are declared and bound to their initial
10577values, we can begin the @code{while} loop. The expression that serves
10578as the test should return a value of @code{t} for true so long as the
10579@code{row-number} is less than or equal to the @code{number-of-rows}.
10580(If the expression tests true only so long as the row number is less
10581than the number of rows in the triangle, the last row will never be
10582added to the total; hence the row number has to be either less than or
10583equal to the number of rows.)
10584
10585@need 1500
10586@findex <= @r{(less than or equal)}
10587Lisp provides the @code{<=} function that returns true if the value of
10588its first argument is less than or equal to the value of its second
10589argument and false otherwise. So the expression that the @code{while}
10590will evaluate as its test should look like this:
10591
10592@smallexample
10593(<= row-number number-of-rows)
10594@end smallexample
10595
10596The total number of pebbles can be found by repeatedly adding the number
10597of pebbles in a row to the total already found. Since the number of
10598pebbles in the row is equal to the row number, the total can be found by
10599adding the row number to the total. (Clearly, in a more complex
10600situation, the number of pebbles in the row might be related to the row
10601number in a more complicated way; if this were the case, the row number
10602would be replaced by the appropriate expression.)
10603
10604@smallexample
10605(setq total (+ total row-number))
10606@end smallexample
10607
10608@noindent
10609What this does is set the new value of @code{total} to be equal to the
10610sum of adding the number of pebbles in the row to the previous total.
10611
10612After setting the value of @code{total}, the conditions need to be
10613established for the next repetition of the loop, if there is one. This
10614is done by incrementing the value of the @code{row-number} variable,
10615which serves as a counter. After the @code{row-number} variable has
10616been incremented, the true-or-false-test at the beginning of the
10617@code{while} loop tests whether its value is still less than or equal to
10618the value of the @code{number-of-rows} and if it is, adds the new value
10619of the @code{row-number} variable to the @code{total} of the previous
10620repetition of the loop.
10621
10622@need 1200
10623The built-in Emacs Lisp function @code{1+} adds 1 to a number, so the
10624@code{row-number} variable can be incremented with this expression:
10625
10626@smallexample
10627(setq row-number (1+ row-number))
10628@end smallexample
10629
d6adf7e7 10630@node Inc Example altogether
8cda6f8f
GM
10631@unnumberedsubsubsec Putting the function definition together
10632
10633We have created the parts for the function definition; now we need to
10634put them together.
10635
10636@need 800
10637First, the contents of the @code{while} expression:
10638
10639@smallexample
10640@group
10641(while (<= row-number number-of-rows) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
10642 (setq total (+ total row-number))
10643 (setq row-number (1+ row-number))) ; @r{incrementer}
10644@end group
10645@end smallexample
10646
10647Along with the @code{let} expression varlist, this very nearly
10648completes the body of the function definition. However, it requires
10649one final element, the need for which is somewhat subtle.
10650
10651The final touch is to place the variable @code{total} on a line by
10652itself after the @code{while} expression. Otherwise, the value returned
10653by the whole function is the value of the last expression that is
10654evaluated in the body of the @code{let}, and this is the value
10655returned by the @code{while}, which is always @code{nil}.
10656
10657This may not be evident at first sight. It almost looks as if the
10658incrementing expression is the last expression of the whole function.
10659But that expression is part of the body of the @code{while}; it is the
10660last element of the list that starts with the symbol @code{while}.
10661Moreover, the whole of the @code{while} loop is a list within the body
10662of the @code{let}.
10663
10664@need 1250
10665In outline, the function will look like this:
10666
10667@smallexample
10668@group
10669(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
10670 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
10671 (let (@var{varlist})
10672 (while (@var{true-or-false-test})
10673 @var{body-of-while}@dots{} )
10674 @dots{} )) ; @r{Need final expression here.}
10675@end group
10676@end smallexample
10677
10678The result of evaluating the @code{let} is what is going to be returned
10679by the @code{defun} since the @code{let} is not embedded within any
10680containing list, except for the @code{defun} as a whole. However, if
10681the @code{while} is the last element of the @code{let} expression, the
10682function will always return @code{nil}. This is not what we want!
10683Instead, what we want is the value of the variable @code{total}. This
10684is returned by simply placing the symbol as the last element of the list
10685starting with @code{let}. It gets evaluated after the preceding
10686elements of the list are evaluated, which means it gets evaluated after
10687it has been assigned the correct value for the total.
10688
10689It may be easier to see this by printing the list starting with
10690@code{let} all on one line. This format makes it evident that the
10691@var{varlist} and @code{while} expressions are the second and third
10692elements of the list starting with @code{let}, and the @code{total} is
10693the last element:
10694
10695@smallexample
10696@group
10697(let (@var{varlist}) (while (@var{true-or-false-test}) @var{body-of-while}@dots{} ) total)
10698@end group
10699@end smallexample
10700
10701@need 1200
10702Putting everything together, the @code{triangle} function definition
10703looks like this:
10704
10705@smallexample
10706@group
10707(defun triangle (number-of-rows) ; @r{Version with}
10708 ; @r{ incrementing counter.}
10709 "Add up the number of pebbles in a triangle.
10710The first row has one pebble, the second row two pebbles,
10711the third row three pebbles, and so on.
10712The argument is NUMBER-OF-ROWS."
10713@end group
10714@group
10715 (let ((total 0)
10716 (row-number 1))
10717 (while (<= row-number number-of-rows)
10718 (setq total (+ total row-number))
10719 (setq row-number (1+ row-number)))
10720 total))
10721@end group
10722@end smallexample
10723
10724@need 1200
10725After you have installed @code{triangle} by evaluating the function, you
10726can try it out. Here are two examples:
10727
10728@smallexample
10729@group
10730(triangle 4)
10731
10732(triangle 7)
10733@end group
10734@end smallexample
10735
10736@noindent
10737The sum of the first four numbers is 10 and the sum of the first seven
10738numbers is 28.
10739
d6adf7e7 10740@node Decrementing Loop
8cda6f8f
GM
10741@subsection Loop with a Decrementing Counter
10742
10743Another common way to write a @code{while} loop is to write the test
10744so that it determines whether a counter is greater than zero. So long
10745as the counter is greater than zero, the loop is repeated. But when
10746the counter is equal to or less than zero, the loop is stopped. For
10747this to work, the counter has to start out greater than zero and then
10748be made smaller and smaller by a form that is evaluated
10749repeatedly.
10750
10751The test will be an expression such as @code{(> counter 0)} which
10752returns @code{t} for true if the value of @code{counter} is greater
10753than zero, and @code{nil} for false if the value of @code{counter} is
10754equal to or less than zero. The expression that makes the number
10755smaller and smaller can be a simple @code{setq} such as @code{(setq
10756counter (1- counter))}, where @code{1-} is a built-in function in
10757Emacs Lisp that subtracts 1 from its argument.
10758
10759@need 1250
10760The template for a decrementing @code{while} loop looks like this:
10761
10762@smallexample
10763@group
10764(while (> counter 0) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
10765 @var{body}@dots{}
10766 (setq counter (1- counter))) ; @r{decrementer}
10767@end group
10768@end smallexample
10769
10770@menu
10771* Decrementing Example:: More pebbles on the beach.
10772* Dec Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
10773* Dec Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
10774@end menu
10775
d6adf7e7 10776@node Decrementing Example
8cda6f8f
GM
10777@unnumberedsubsubsec Example with decrementing counter
10778
10779To illustrate a loop with a decrementing counter, we will rewrite the
10780@code{triangle} function so the counter decreases to zero.
10781
10782This is the reverse of the earlier version of the function. In this
10783case, to find out how many pebbles are needed to make a triangle with
107843 rows, add the number of pebbles in the third row, 3, to the number
10785in the preceding row, 2, and then add the total of those two rows to
10786the row that precedes them, which is 1.
10787
10788Likewise, to find the number of pebbles in a triangle with 7 rows, add
10789the number of pebbles in the seventh row, 7, to the number in the
10790preceding row, which is 6, and then add the total of those two rows to
10791the row that precedes them, which is 5, and so on. As in the previous
10792example, each addition only involves adding two numbers, the total of
10793the rows already added up and the number of pebbles in the row that is
10794being added to the total. This process of adding two numbers is
10795repeated again and again until there are no more pebbles to add.
10796
10797We know how many pebbles to start with: the number of pebbles in the
10798last row is equal to the number of rows. If the triangle has seven
10799rows, the number of pebbles in the last row is 7. Likewise, we know how
10800many pebbles are in the preceding row: it is one less than the number in
10801the row.
10802
d6adf7e7 10803@node Dec Example parts
8cda6f8f
GM
10804@unnumberedsubsubsec The parts of the function definition
10805
10806We start with three variables: the total number of rows in the
10807triangle; the number of pebbles in a row; and the total number of
10808pebbles, which is what we want to calculate. These variables can be
10809named @code{number-of-rows}, @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row}, and
10810@code{total}, respectively.
10811
10812Both @code{total} and @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} are used only
10813inside the function and are declared with @code{let}. The initial
10814value of @code{total} should, of course, be zero. However, the
10815initial value of @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} should be equal to
10816the number of rows in the triangle, since the addition will start with
10817the longest row.
10818
10819@need 1250
10820This means that the beginning of the @code{let} expression will look
10821like this:
10822
10823@smallexample
10824@group
10825(let ((total 0)
10826 (number-of-pebbles-in-row number-of-rows))
10827 @var{body}@dots{})
10828@end group
10829@end smallexample
10830
10831The total number of pebbles can be found by repeatedly adding the number
10832of pebbles in a row to the total already found, that is, by repeatedly
10833evaluating the following expression:
10834
10835@smallexample
10836(setq total (+ total number-of-pebbles-in-row))
10837@end smallexample
10838
10839@noindent
10840After the @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} is added to the @code{total},
10841the @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} should be decremented by one, since
10842the next time the loop repeats, the preceding row will be
10843added to the total.
10844
10845The number of pebbles in a preceding row is one less than the number of
10846pebbles in a row, so the built-in Emacs Lisp function @code{1-} can be
10847used to compute the number of pebbles in the preceding row. This can be
10848done with the following expression:
10849
10850@smallexample
10851@group
10852(setq number-of-pebbles-in-row
10853 (1- number-of-pebbles-in-row))
10854@end group
10855@end smallexample
10856
10857Finally, we know that the @code{while} loop should stop making repeated
10858additions when there are no pebbles in a row. So the test for
10859the @code{while} loop is simply:
10860
10861@smallexample
10862(while (> number-of-pebbles-in-row 0)
10863@end smallexample
10864
d6adf7e7 10865@node Dec Example altogether
8cda6f8f
GM
10866@unnumberedsubsubsec Putting the function definition together
10867
10868We can put these expressions together to create a function definition
10869that works. However, on examination, we find that one of the local
10870variables is unneeded!
10871
10872@need 1250
10873The function definition looks like this:
10874
10875@smallexample
10876@group
10877;;; @r{First subtractive version.}
10878(defun triangle (number-of-rows)
10879 "Add up the number of pebbles in a triangle."
10880 (let ((total 0)
10881 (number-of-pebbles-in-row number-of-rows))
10882 (while (> number-of-pebbles-in-row 0)
10883 (setq total (+ total number-of-pebbles-in-row))
10884 (setq number-of-pebbles-in-row
10885 (1- number-of-pebbles-in-row)))
10886 total))
10887@end group
10888@end smallexample
10889
10890As written, this function works.
10891
10892However, we do not need @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row}.
10893
10894@cindex Argument as local variable
10895When the @code{triangle} function is evaluated, the symbol
10896@code{number-of-rows} will be bound to a number, giving it an initial
10897value. That number can be changed in the body of the function as if
10898it were a local variable, without any fear that such a change will
10899effect the value of the variable outside of the function. This is a
10900very useful characteristic of Lisp; it means that the variable
10901@code{number-of-rows} can be used anywhere in the function where
10902@code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} is used.
10903
10904@need 800
10905Here is a second version of the function written a bit more cleanly:
10906
10907@smallexample
10908@group
10909(defun triangle (number) ; @r{Second version.}
10910 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
10911 (let ((total 0))
10912 (while (> number 0)
10913 (setq total (+ total number))
10914 (setq number (1- number)))
10915 total))
10916@end group
10917@end smallexample
10918
10919In brief, a properly written @code{while} loop will consist of three parts:
10920
10921@enumerate
10922@item
10923A test that will return false after the loop has repeated itself the
10924correct number of times.
10925
10926@item
10927An expression the evaluation of which will return the value desired
10928after being repeatedly evaluated.
10929
10930@item
10931An expression to change the value passed to the true-or-false-test so
10932that the test returns false after the loop has repeated itself the right
10933number of times.
10934@end enumerate
10935
d6adf7e7 10936@node dolist dotimes
8cda6f8f
GM
10937@section Save your time: @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
10938
10939In addition to @code{while}, both @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
10940provide for looping. Sometimes these are quicker to write than the
10941equivalent @code{while} loop. Both are Lisp macros. (@xref{Macros, ,
10942Macros, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. )
10943
10944@code{dolist} works like a @code{while} loop that `@sc{cdr}s down a
10945list': @code{dolist} automatically shortens the list each time it
10946loops---takes the @sc{cdr} of the list---and binds the @sc{car} of
10947each shorter version of the list to the first of its arguments.
10948
10949@code{dotimes} loops a specific number of times: you specify the number.
10950
10951@menu
10952* dolist::
10953* dotimes::
10954@end menu
10955
d6adf7e7
GM
10956@node dolist
10957@unnumberedsubsec The @code{dolist} Macro
8cda6f8f
GM
10958@findex dolist
10959
10960Suppose, for example, you want to reverse a list, so that
10961``first'' ``second'' ``third'' becomes ``third'' ``second'' ``first''.
10962
10963@need 1250
10964In practice, you would use the @code{reverse} function, like this:
10965
10966@smallexample
10967@group
10968(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10969
10970(reverse animals)
10971@end group
10972@end smallexample
10973
10974@need 800
10975@noindent
10976Here is how you could reverse the list using a @code{while} loop:
10977
10978@smallexample
10979@group
10980(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10981
10982(defun reverse-list-with-while (list)
10983 "Using while, reverse the order of LIST."
10984 (let (value) ; make sure list starts empty
10985 (while list
10986 (setq value (cons (car list) value))
10987 (setq list (cdr list)))
10988 value))
10989
10990(reverse-list-with-while animals)
10991@end group
10992@end smallexample
10993
10994@need 800
10995@noindent
10996And here is how you could use the @code{dolist} macro:
10997
10998@smallexample
10999@group
11000(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11001
11002(defun reverse-list-with-dolist (list)
11003 "Using dolist, reverse the order of LIST."
11004 (let (value) ; make sure list starts empty
11005 (dolist (element list value)
11006 (setq value (cons element value)))))
11007
11008(reverse-list-with-dolist animals)
11009@end group
11010@end smallexample
11011
11012@need 1250
11013@noindent
11014In Info, you can place your cursor after the closing parenthesis of
11015each expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}; in each case, you should see
11016
11017@smallexample
11018(tiger lion giraffe gazelle)
11019@end smallexample
11020
11021@noindent
11022in the echo area.
11023
11024For this example, the existing @code{reverse} function is obviously best.
11025The @code{while} loop is just like our first example (@pxref{Loop
11026Example, , A @code{while} Loop and a List}). The @code{while} first
11027checks whether the list has elements; if so, it constructs a new list
11028by adding the first element of the list to the existing list (which in
11029the first iteration of the loop is @code{nil}). Since the second
11030element is prepended in front of the first element, and the third
11031element is prepended in front of the second element, the list is reversed.
11032
11033In the expression using a @code{while} loop,
11034the @w{@code{(setq list (cdr list))}}
11035expression shortens the list, so the @code{while} loop eventually
11036stops. In addition, it provides the @code{cons} expression with a new
11037first element by creating a new and shorter list at each repetition of
11038the loop.
11039
11040The @code{dolist} expression does very much the same as the
11041@code{while} expression, except that the @code{dolist} macro does some
11042of the work you have to do when writing a @code{while} expression.
11043
11044Like a @code{while} loop, a @code{dolist} loops. What is different is
f99f1641
PE
11045that it automatically shortens the list each time it loops---it
11046`@sc{cdr}s down the list' on its own---and it automatically binds
8cda6f8f
GM
11047the @sc{car} of each shorter version of the list to the first of its
11048arguments.
11049
11050In the example, the @sc{car} of each shorter version of the list is
11051referred to using the symbol @samp{element}, the list itself is called
11052@samp{list}, and the value returned is called @samp{value}. The
11053remainder of the @code{dolist} expression is the body.
11054
11055The @code{dolist} expression binds the @sc{car} of each shorter
11056version of the list to @code{element} and then evaluates the body of
11057the expression; and repeats the loop. The result is returned in
11058@code{value}.
11059
d6adf7e7
GM
11060@node dotimes
11061@unnumberedsubsec The @code{dotimes} Macro
8cda6f8f
GM
11062@findex dotimes
11063
11064The @code{dotimes} macro is similar to @code{dolist}, except that it
11065loops a specific number of times.
11066
11067The first argument to @code{dotimes} is assigned the numbers 0, 1, 2
11068and so forth each time around the loop, and the value of the third
11069argument is returned. You need to provide the value of the second
11070argument, which is how many times the macro loops.
11071
11072@need 1250
11073For example, the following binds the numbers from 0 up to, but not
11074including, the number 3 to the first argument, @var{number}, and then
11075constructs a list of the three numbers. (The first number is 0, the
11076second number is 1, and the third number is 2; this makes a total of
11077three numbers in all, starting with zero as the first number.)
11078
11079@smallexample
11080@group
11081(let (value) ; otherwise a value is a void variable
11082 (dotimes (number 3 value)
11083 (setq value (cons number value))))
11084
11085@result{} (2 1 0)
11086@end group
11087@end smallexample
11088
11089@noindent
11090@code{dotimes} returns @code{value}, so the way to use
11091@code{dotimes} is to operate on some expression @var{number} number of
11092times and then return the result, either as a list or an atom.
11093
11094@need 1250
11095Here is an example of a @code{defun} that uses @code{dotimes} to add
11096up the number of pebbles in a triangle.
11097
11098@smallexample
11099@group
11100(defun triangle-using-dotimes (number-of-rows)
11101 "Using dotimes, add up the number of pebbles in a triangle."
11102(let ((total 0)) ; otherwise a total is a void variable
11103 (dotimes (number number-of-rows total)
11104 (setq total (+ total (1+ number))))))
11105
11106(triangle-using-dotimes 4)
11107@end group
11108@end smallexample
11109
d6adf7e7 11110@node Recursion
8cda6f8f
GM
11111@section Recursion
11112@cindex Recursion
11113
11114A recursive function contains code that tells the Lisp interpreter to
11115call a program that runs exactly like itself, but with slightly
11116different arguments. The code runs exactly the same because it has
11117the same name. However, even though the program has the same name, it
11118is not the same entity. It is different. In the jargon, it is a
11119different `instance'.
11120
11121Eventually, if the program is written correctly, the `slightly
11122different arguments' will become sufficiently different from the first
11123arguments that the final instance will stop.
11124
11125@menu
11126* Building Robots:: Same model, different serial number ...
11127* Recursive Definition Parts:: Walk until you stop ...
11128* Recursion with list:: Using a list as the test whether to recurse.
11129* Recursive triangle function::
11130* Recursion with cond::
11131* Recursive Patterns:: Often used templates.
11132* No Deferment:: Don't store up work ...
11133* No deferment solution::
11134@end menu
11135
d6adf7e7 11136@node Building Robots
8cda6f8f
GM
11137@subsection Building Robots: Extending the Metaphor
11138@cindex Building robots
11139@cindex Robots, building
11140
11141It is sometimes helpful to think of a running program as a robot that
11142does a job. In doing its job, a recursive function calls on a second
11143robot to help it. The second robot is identical to the first in every
11144way, except that the second robot helps the first and has been
11145passed different arguments than the first.
11146
11147In a recursive function, the second robot may call a third; and the
11148third may call a fourth, and so on. Each of these is a different
11149entity; but all are clones.
11150
11151Since each robot has slightly different instructions---the arguments
11152will differ from one robot to the next---the last robot should know
11153when to stop.
11154
11155Let's expand on the metaphor in which a computer program is a robot.
11156
11157A function definition provides the blueprints for a robot. When you
11158install a function definition, that is, when you evaluate a
767b8eae
XF
11159@code{defun} macro, you install the necessary equipment to build
11160robots. It is as if you were in a factory, setting up an assembly
11161line. Robots with the same name are built according to the same
11162blueprints. So they have, as it were, the same `model number', but a
11163different `serial number'.
8cda6f8f
GM
11164
11165We often say that a recursive function `calls itself'. What we mean
11166is that the instructions in a recursive function cause the Lisp
11167interpreter to run a different function that has the same name and
11168does the same job as the first, but with different arguments.
11169
11170It is important that the arguments differ from one instance to the
11171next; otherwise, the process will never stop.
11172
d6adf7e7 11173@node Recursive Definition Parts
8cda6f8f
GM
11174@subsection The Parts of a Recursive Definition
11175@cindex Parts of a Recursive Definition
11176@cindex Recursive Definition Parts
11177
11178A recursive function typically contains a conditional expression which
11179has three parts:
11180
11181@enumerate
11182@item
11183A true-or-false-test that determines whether the function is called
11184again, here called the @dfn{do-again-test}.
11185
11186@item
11187The name of the function. When this name is called, a new instance of
11188the function---a new robot, as it were---is created and told what to do.
11189
11190@item
11191An expression that returns a different value each time the function is
11192called, here called the @dfn{next-step-expression}. Consequently, the
11193argument (or arguments) passed to the new instance of the function
11194will be different from that passed to the previous instance. This
11195causes the conditional expression, the @dfn{do-again-test}, to test
11196false after the correct number of repetitions.
11197@end enumerate
11198
11199Recursive functions can be much simpler than any other kind of
11200function. Indeed, when people first start to use them, they often look
11201so mysteriously simple as to be incomprehensible. Like riding a
11202bicycle, reading a recursive function definition takes a certain knack
11203which is hard at first but then seems simple.
11204
11205@need 1200
11206There are several different common recursive patterns. A very simple
11207pattern looks like this:
11208
11209@smallexample
11210@group
11211(defun @var{name-of-recursive-function} (@var{argument-list})
11212 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
11213 (if @var{do-again-test}
11214 @var{body}@dots{}
11215 (@var{name-of-recursive-function}
11216 @var{next-step-expression})))
11217@end group
11218@end smallexample
11219
11220Each time a recursive function is evaluated, a new instance of it is
11221created and told what to do. The arguments tell the instance what to do.
11222
11223An argument is bound to the value of the next-step-expression. Each
11224instance runs with a different value of the next-step-expression.
11225
11226The value in the next-step-expression is used in the do-again-test.
11227
11228The value returned by the next-step-expression is passed to the new
11229instance of the function, which evaluates it (or some
11230transmogrification of it) to determine whether to continue or stop.
11231The next-step-expression is designed so that the do-again-test returns
11232false when the function should no longer be repeated.
11233
11234The do-again-test is sometimes called the @dfn{stop condition},
11235since it stops the repetitions when it tests false.
11236
d6adf7e7 11237@node Recursion with list
8cda6f8f
GM
11238@subsection Recursion with a List
11239
11240The example of a @code{while} loop that printed the elements of a list
11241of numbers can be written recursively. Here is the code, including
11242an expression to set the value of the variable @code{animals} to a list.
11243
8f4ea8e0
GM
11244If you are reading this in Info in Emacs, you can evaluate this
11245expression directly in Info. Otherwise, you must copy the example
11246to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and evaluate each expression there.
11247Use @kbd{C-u C-x C-e} to evaluate the
8cda6f8f
GM
11248@code{(print-elements-recursively animals)} expression so that the
11249results are printed in the buffer; otherwise the Lisp interpreter will
11250try to squeeze the results into the one line of the echo area.
11251
11252Also, place your cursor immediately after the last closing parenthesis
11253of the @code{print-elements-recursively} function, before the comment.
11254Otherwise, the Lisp interpreter will try to evaluate the comment.
11255
8cda6f8f
GM
11256@findex print-elements-recursively
11257@smallexample
11258@group
11259(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11260
11261(defun print-elements-recursively (list)
11262 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own.
11263Uses recursion."
11264 (when list ; @r{do-again-test}
11265 (print (car list)) ; @r{body}
11266 (print-elements-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11267 (cdr list)))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11268
11269(print-elements-recursively animals)
11270@end group
11271@end smallexample
11272
11273The @code{print-elements-recursively} function first tests whether
11274there is any content in the list; if there is, the function prints the
11275first element of the list, the @sc{car} of the list. Then the
11276function `invokes itself', but gives itself as its argument, not the
11277whole list, but the second and subsequent elements of the list, the
11278@sc{cdr} of the list.
11279
11280Put another way, if the list is not empty, the function invokes
11281another instance of code that is similar to the initial code, but is a
11282different thread of execution, with different arguments than the first
11283instance.
11284
11285Put in yet another way, if the list is not empty, the first robot
2d7752a0 11286assembles a second robot and tells it what to do; the second robot is
8cda6f8f
GM
11287a different individual from the first, but is the same model.
11288
11289When the second evaluation occurs, the @code{when} expression is
11290evaluated and if true, prints the first element of the list it
11291receives as its argument (which is the second element of the original
11292list). Then the function `calls itself' with the @sc{cdr} of the list
11293it is invoked with, which (the second time around) is the @sc{cdr} of
11294the @sc{cdr} of the original list.
11295
11296Note that although we say that the function `calls itself', what we
11297mean is that the Lisp interpreter assembles and instructs a new
11298instance of the program. The new instance is a clone of the first,
11299but is a separate individual.
11300
11301Each time the function `invokes itself', it invokes itself on a
11302shorter version of the original list. It creates a new instance that
11303works on a shorter list.
11304
11305Eventually, the function invokes itself on an empty list. It creates
11306a new instance whose argument is @code{nil}. The conditional expression
11307tests the value of @code{list}. Since the value of @code{list} is
11308@code{nil}, the @code{when} expression tests false so the then-part is
11309not evaluated. The function as a whole then returns @code{nil}.
11310
11311@need 1200
a9097c6d
KB
11312When you evaluate the expression @code{(print-elements-recursively
11313animals)} in the @file{*scratch*} buffer, you see this result:
8cda6f8f
GM
11314
11315@smallexample
11316@group
11317gazelle
11318
11319giraffe
11320
11321lion
11322
11323tiger
11324nil
11325@end group
11326@end smallexample
11327
11328@need 2000
d6adf7e7 11329@node Recursive triangle function
8cda6f8f
GM
11330@subsection Recursion in Place of a Counter
11331@findex triangle-recursively
11332
11333@need 1200
11334The @code{triangle} function described in a previous section can also
11335be written recursively. It looks like this:
11336
11337@smallexample
11338@group
11339(defun triangle-recursively (number)
11340 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
11341Uses recursion."
11342 (if (= number 1) ; @r{do-again-test}
11343 1 ; @r{then-part}
11344 (+ number ; @r{else-part}
11345 (triangle-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11346 (1- number))))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11347
11348(triangle-recursively 7)
11349@end group
11350@end smallexample
11351
11352@noindent
11353You can install this function by evaluating it and then try it by
11354evaluating @code{(triangle-recursively 7)}. (Remember to put your
11355cursor immediately after the last parenthesis of the function
11356definition, before the comment.) The function evaluates to 28.
11357
11358To understand how this function works, let's consider what happens in the
11359various cases when the function is passed 1, 2, 3, or 4 as the value of
11360its argument.
11361
11362@menu
11363* Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2::
11364* Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4::
11365@end menu
11366
8cda6f8f 11367@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 11368@node Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2
8cda6f8f
GM
11369@unnumberedsubsubsec An argument of 1 or 2
11370@end ifnottex
11371
11372First, what happens if the value of the argument is 1?
11373
11374The function has an @code{if} expression after the documentation
11375string. It tests whether the value of @code{number} is equal to 1; if
11376so, Emacs evaluates the then-part of the @code{if} expression, which
11377returns the number 1 as the value of the function. (A triangle with
11378one row has one pebble in it.)
11379
11380Suppose, however, that the value of the argument is 2. In this case,
11381Emacs evaluates the else-part of the @code{if} expression.
11382
11383@need 1200
11384The else-part consists of an addition, the recursive call to
11385@code{triangle-recursively} and a decrementing action; and it looks like
11386this:
11387
11388@smallexample
11389(+ number (triangle-recursively (1- number)))
11390@end smallexample
11391
11392When Emacs evaluates this expression, the innermost expression is
11393evaluated first; then the other parts in sequence. Here are the steps
11394in detail:
11395
11396@table @i
11397@item Step 1 @w{ } Evaluate the innermost expression.
11398
11399The innermost expression is @code{(1- number)} so Emacs decrements the
11400value of @code{number} from 2 to 1.
11401
11402@item Step 2 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11403
11404The Lisp interpreter creates an individual instance of
11405@code{triangle-recursively}. It does not matter that this function is
11406contained within itself. Emacs passes the result Step 1 as the
11407argument used by this instance of the @code{triangle-recursively}
11408function
11409
11410In this case, Emacs evaluates @code{triangle-recursively} with an
11411argument of 1. This means that this evaluation of
11412@code{triangle-recursively} returns 1.
11413
11414@item Step 3 @w{ } Evaluate the value of @code{number}.
11415
11416The variable @code{number} is the second element of the list that
11417starts with @code{+}; its value is 2.
11418
11419@item Step 4 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{+} expression.
11420
11421The @code{+} expression receives two arguments, the first
11422from the evaluation of @code{number} (Step 3) and the second from the
11423evaluation of @code{triangle-recursively} (Step 2).
11424
11425The result of the addition is the sum of 2 plus 1, and the number 3 is
11426returned, which is correct. A triangle with two rows has three
11427pebbles in it.
11428@end table
11429
d6adf7e7 11430@node Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4
8cda6f8f
GM
11431@unnumberedsubsubsec An argument of 3 or 4
11432
11433Suppose that @code{triangle-recursively} is called with an argument of
114343.
11435
11436@table @i
11437@item Step 1 @w{ } Evaluate the do-again-test.
11438
11439The @code{if} expression is evaluated first. This is the do-again
11440test and returns false, so the else-part of the @code{if} expression
11441is evaluated. (Note that in this example, the do-again-test causes
11442the function to call itself when it tests false, not when it tests
11443true.)
11444
11445@item Step 2 @w{ } Evaluate the innermost expression of the else-part.
11446
11447The innermost expression of the else-part is evaluated, which decrements
114483 to 2. This is the next-step-expression.
11449
11450@item Step 3 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11451
11452The number 2 is passed to the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11453
a9097c6d 11454We already know what happens when Emacs evaluates @code{triangle-recursively} with
8cda6f8f
GM
11455an argument of 2. After going through the sequence of actions described
11456earlier, it returns a value of 3. So that is what will happen here.
11457
11458@item Step 4 @w{ } Evaluate the addition.
11459
114603 will be passed as an argument to the addition and will be added to the
11461number with which the function was called, which is 3.
11462@end table
11463
11464@noindent
11465The value returned by the function as a whole will be 6.
11466
11467Now that we know what will happen when @code{triangle-recursively} is
11468called with an argument of 3, it is evident what will happen if it is
11469called with an argument of 4:
11470
11471@quotation
11472@need 800
11473In the recursive call, the evaluation of
11474
11475@smallexample
11476(triangle-recursively (1- 4))
11477@end smallexample
11478
11479@need 800
11480@noindent
11481will return the value of evaluating
11482
11483@smallexample
11484(triangle-recursively 3)
11485@end smallexample
11486
11487@noindent
11488which is 6 and this value will be added to 4 by the addition in the
11489third line.
11490@end quotation
11491
11492@noindent
11493The value returned by the function as a whole will be 10.
11494
11495Each time @code{triangle-recursively} is evaluated, it evaluates a
11496version of itself---a different instance of itself---with a smaller
11497argument, until the argument is small enough so that it does not
11498evaluate itself.
11499
11500Note that this particular design for a recursive function
11501requires that operations be deferred.
11502
11503Before @code{(triangle-recursively 7)} can calculate its answer, it
11504must call @code{(triangle-recursively 6)}; and before
11505@code{(triangle-recursively 6)} can calculate its answer, it must call
11506@code{(triangle-recursively 5)}; and so on. That is to say, the
11507calculation that @code{(triangle-recursively 7)} makes must be
11508deferred until @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} makes its calculation;
11509and @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} must defer until
11510@code{(triangle-recursively 5)} completes; and so on.
11511
11512If each of these instances of @code{triangle-recursively} are thought
11513of as different robots, the first robot must wait for the second to
11514complete its job, which must wait until the third completes, and so
11515on.
11516
11517There is a way around this kind of waiting, which we will discuss in
11518@ref{No Deferment, , Recursion without Deferments}.
11519
d6adf7e7 11520@node Recursion with cond
8cda6f8f
GM
11521@subsection Recursion Example Using @code{cond}
11522@findex cond
11523
11524The version of @code{triangle-recursively} described earlier is written
11525with the @code{if} special form. It can also be written using another
11526special form called @code{cond}. The name of the special form
11527@code{cond} is an abbreviation of the word @samp{conditional}.
11528
11529Although the @code{cond} special form is not used as often in the
11530Emacs Lisp sources as @code{if}, it is used often enough to justify
11531explaining it.
11532
11533@need 800
11534The template for a @code{cond} expression looks like this:
11535
11536@smallexample
11537@group
11538(cond
11539 @var{body}@dots{})
11540@end group
11541@end smallexample
11542
11543@noindent
11544where the @var{body} is a series of lists.
11545
11546@need 800
11547Written out more fully, the template looks like this:
11548
11549@smallexample
11550@group
11551(cond
11552 (@var{first-true-or-false-test} @var{first-consequent})
11553 (@var{second-true-or-false-test} @var{second-consequent})
11554 (@var{third-true-or-false-test} @var{third-consequent})
11555 @dots{})
11556@end group
11557@end smallexample
11558
11559When the Lisp interpreter evaluates the @code{cond} expression, it
11560evaluates the first element (the @sc{car} or true-or-false-test) of
11561the first expression in a series of expressions within the body of the
11562@code{cond}.
11563
11564If the true-or-false-test returns @code{nil} the rest of that
11565expression, the consequent, is skipped and the true-or-false-test of the
11566next expression is evaluated. When an expression is found whose
11567true-or-false-test returns a value that is not @code{nil}, the
11568consequent of that expression is evaluated. The consequent can be one
11569or more expressions. If the consequent consists of more than one
11570expression, the expressions are evaluated in sequence and the value of
11571the last one is returned. If the expression does not have a consequent,
11572the value of the true-or-false-test is returned.
11573
11574If none of the true-or-false-tests test true, the @code{cond} expression
11575returns @code{nil}.
11576
11577@need 1250
11578Written using @code{cond}, the @code{triangle} function looks like this:
11579
11580@smallexample
11581@group
11582(defun triangle-using-cond (number)
11583 (cond ((<= number 0) 0)
11584 ((= number 1) 1)
11585 ((> number 1)
11586 (+ number (triangle-using-cond (1- number))))))
11587@end group
11588@end smallexample
11589
11590@noindent
11591In this example, the @code{cond} returns 0 if the number is less than or
11592equal to 0, it returns 1 if the number is 1 and it evaluates @code{(+
11593number (triangle-using-cond (1- number)))} if the number is greater than
115941.
11595
d6adf7e7 11596@node Recursive Patterns
8cda6f8f
GM
11597@subsection Recursive Patterns
11598@cindex Recursive Patterns
11599
11600Here are three common recursive patterns. Each involves a list.
11601Recursion does not need to involve lists, but Lisp is designed for lists
11602and this provides a sense of its primal capabilities.
11603
11604@menu
11605* Every::
11606* Accumulate::
11607* Keep::
11608@end menu
11609
d6adf7e7 11610@node Every
8cda6f8f
GM
11611@unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{every}
11612@cindex Every, type of recursive pattern
36a672f6 11613@cindex Recursive pattern - every
8cda6f8f
GM
11614
11615In the @code{every} recursive pattern, an action is performed on every
11616element of a list.
11617
11618@need 1500
11619The basic pattern is:
11620
11621@itemize @bullet
11622@item
11623If a list be empty, return @code{nil}.
11624@item
11625Else, act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list)
11626 @itemize @minus
11627 @item
11628 through a recursive call by the function on the rest (the
11629 @sc{cdr}) of the list,
11630 @item
11631 and, optionally, combine the acted-on element, using @code{cons},
11632 with the results of acting on the rest.
11633 @end itemize
11634@end itemize
11635
11636@need 1500
11637Here is example:
11638
11639@smallexample
11640@group
11641(defun square-each (numbers-list)
11642 "Square each of a NUMBERS LIST, recursively."
11643 (if (not numbers-list) ; do-again-test
11644 nil
11645 (cons
11646 (* (car numbers-list) (car numbers-list))
11647 (square-each (cdr numbers-list))))) ; next-step-expression
11648@end group
11649
11650@group
11651(square-each '(1 2 3))
11652 @result{} (1 4 9)
11653@end group
11654@end smallexample
11655
11656@need 1200
11657@noindent
11658If @code{numbers-list} is empty, do nothing. But if it has content,
11659construct a list combining the square of the first number in the list
11660with the result of the recursive call.
11661
11662(The example follows the pattern exactly: @code{nil} is returned if
11663the numbers' list is empty. In practice, you would write the
11664conditional so it carries out the action when the numbers' list is not
11665empty.)
11666
11667The @code{print-elements-recursively} function (@pxref{Recursion with
11668list, , Recursion with a List}) is another example of an @code{every}
11669pattern, except in this case, rather than bring the results together
11670using @code{cons}, we print each element of output.
11671
11672@need 1250
11673The @code{print-elements-recursively} function looks like this:
11674
11675@smallexample
11676@group
11677(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11678@end group
11679
11680@group
11681(defun print-elements-recursively (list)
11682 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own.
11683Uses recursion."
11684 (when list ; @r{do-again-test}
11685 (print (car list)) ; @r{body}
11686 (print-elements-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11687 (cdr list)))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11688
11689(print-elements-recursively animals)
11690@end group
11691@end smallexample
11692
11693@need 1500
11694The pattern for @code{print-elements-recursively} is:
11695
11696@itemize @bullet
11697@item
11698When the list is empty, do nothing.
11699@item
11700But when the list has at least one element,
11701 @itemize @minus
11702 @item
11703 act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list),
11704 @item
11705 and make a recursive call on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11706 @end itemize
11707@end itemize
11708
d6adf7e7 11709@node Accumulate
8cda6f8f
GM
11710@unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{accumulate}
11711@cindex Accumulate, type of recursive pattern
36a672f6 11712@cindex Recursive pattern - accumulate
8cda6f8f
GM
11713
11714Another recursive pattern is called the @code{accumulate} pattern. In
11715the @code{accumulate} recursive pattern, an action is performed on
11716every element of a list and the result of that action is accumulated
11717with the results of performing the action on the other elements.
11718
11719This is very like the `every' pattern using @code{cons}, except that
11720@code{cons} is not used, but some other combiner.
11721
11722@need 1500
11723The pattern is:
11724
11725@itemize @bullet
11726@item
11727If a list be empty, return zero or some other constant.
11728@item
11729Else, act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list),
11730 @itemize @minus
11731 @item
11732 and combine that acted-on element, using @code{+} or
11733 some other combining function, with
11734 @item
11735 a recursive call by the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11736 @end itemize
11737@end itemize
11738
11739@need 1500
11740Here is an example:
11741
11742@smallexample
11743@group
11744(defun add-elements (numbers-list)
11745 "Add the elements of NUMBERS-LIST together."
11746 (if (not numbers-list)
11747 0
11748 (+ (car numbers-list) (add-elements (cdr numbers-list)))))
11749@end group
11750
11751@group
11752(add-elements '(1 2 3 4))
11753 @result{} 10
11754@end group
11755@end smallexample
11756
11757@xref{Files List, , Making a List of Files}, for an example of the
11758accumulate pattern.
11759
d6adf7e7 11760@node Keep
8cda6f8f
GM
11761@unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{keep}
11762@cindex Keep, type of recursive pattern
36a672f6 11763@cindex Recursive pattern - keep
8cda6f8f
GM
11764
11765A third recursive pattern is called the @code{keep} pattern.
11766In the @code{keep} recursive pattern, each element of a list is tested;
11767the element is acted on and the results are kept only if the element
11768meets a criterion.
11769
11770Again, this is very like the `every' pattern, except the element is
11771skipped unless it meets a criterion.
11772
11773@need 1500
11774The pattern has three parts:
11775
11776@itemize @bullet
11777@item
11778If a list be empty, return @code{nil}.
11779@item
11780Else, if the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list) passes
11781 a test
11782 @itemize @minus
11783 @item
11784 act on that element and combine it, using @code{cons} with
11785 @item
11786 a recursive call by the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11787 @end itemize
11788@item
11789Otherwise, if the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list) fails
11790the test
11791 @itemize @minus
11792 @item
11793 skip on that element,
11794 @item
11795 and, recursively call the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11796 @end itemize
11797@end itemize
11798
11799@need 1500
11800Here is an example that uses @code{cond}:
11801
11802@smallexample
11803@group
11804(defun keep-three-letter-words (word-list)
11805 "Keep three letter words in WORD-LIST."
11806 (cond
11807 ;; First do-again-test: stop-condition
11808 ((not word-list) nil)
11809
11810 ;; Second do-again-test: when to act
11811 ((eq 3 (length (symbol-name (car word-list))))
11812 ;; combine acted-on element with recursive call on shorter list
11813 (cons (car word-list) (keep-three-letter-words (cdr word-list))))
11814
11815 ;; Third do-again-test: when to skip element;
11816 ;; recursively call shorter list with next-step expression
11817 (t (keep-three-letter-words (cdr word-list)))))
11818@end group
11819
11820@group
11821(keep-three-letter-words '(one two three four five six))
11822 @result{} (one two six)
11823@end group
11824@end smallexample
11825
11826It goes without saying that you need not use @code{nil} as the test for
11827when to stop; and you can, of course, combine these patterns.
11828
d6adf7e7 11829@node No Deferment
8cda6f8f
GM
11830@subsection Recursion without Deferments
11831@cindex Deferment in recursion
11832@cindex Recursion without Deferments
11833
11834Let's consider again what happens with the @code{triangle-recursively}
11835function. We will find that the intermediate calculations are
11836deferred until all can be done.
11837
11838@need 800
11839Here is the function definition:
11840
11841@smallexample
11842@group
11843(defun triangle-recursively (number)
11844 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
11845Uses recursion."
11846 (if (= number 1) ; @r{do-again-test}
11847 1 ; @r{then-part}
11848 (+ number ; @r{else-part}
11849 (triangle-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11850 (1- number))))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11851@end group
11852@end smallexample
11853
11854What happens when we call this function with a argument of 7?
11855
11856The first instance of the @code{triangle-recursively} function adds
11857the number 7 to the value returned by a second instance of
11858@code{triangle-recursively}, an instance that has been passed an
11859argument of 6. That is to say, the first calculation is:
11860
11861@smallexample
11862(+ 7 (triangle-recursively 6))
11863@end smallexample
11864
11865@noindent
11866The first instance of @code{triangle-recursively}---you may want to
11867think of it as a little robot---cannot complete its job. It must hand
11868off the calculation for @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} to a second
11869instance of the program, to a second robot. This second individual is
11870completely different from the first one; it is, in the jargon, a
11871`different instantiation'. Or, put another way, it is a different
11872robot. It is the same model as the first; it calculates triangle
11873numbers recursively; but it has a different serial number.
11874
11875And what does @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} return? It returns the
11876number 6 added to the value returned by evaluating
11877@code{triangle-recursively} with an argument of 5. Using the robot
11878metaphor, it asks yet another robot to help it.
11879
11880@need 800
11881Now the total is:
11882
11883@smallexample
11884(+ 7 6 (triangle-recursively 5))
11885@end smallexample
11886
11887@need 800
11888And what happens next?
11889
11890@smallexample
11891(+ 7 6 5 (triangle-recursively 4))
11892@end smallexample
11893
11894Each time @code{triangle-recursively} is called, except for the last
11895time, it creates another instance of the program---another robot---and
11896asks it to make a calculation.
11897
11898@need 800
11899Eventually, the full addition is set up and performed:
11900
11901@smallexample
11902(+ 7 6 5 4 3 2 1)
11903@end smallexample
11904
11905This design for the function defers the calculation of the first step
11906until the second can be done, and defers that until the third can be
11907done, and so on. Each deferment means the computer must remember what
11908is being waited on. This is not a problem when there are only a few
11909steps, as in this example. But it can be a problem when there are
11910more steps.
11911
d6adf7e7 11912@node No deferment solution
8cda6f8f
GM
11913@subsection No Deferment Solution
11914@cindex No deferment solution
8cda6f8f
GM
11915@cindex Solution without deferment
11916
11917The solution to the problem of deferred operations is to write in a
11918manner that does not defer operations@footnote{The phrase @dfn{tail
11919recursive} is used to describe such a process, one that uses
11920`constant space'.}. This requires
11921writing to a different pattern, often one that involves writing two
11922function definitions, an `initialization' function and a `helper'
11923function.
11924
11925The `initialization' function sets up the job; the `helper' function
11926does the work.
11927
11928@need 1200
11929Here are the two function definitions for adding up numbers. They are
11930so simple, I find them hard to understand.
11931
11932@smallexample
11933@group
11934(defun triangle-initialization (number)
11935 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
11936This is the `initialization' component of a two function
11937duo that uses recursion."
11938 (triangle-recursive-helper 0 0 number))
11939@end group
11940@end smallexample
11941
11942@smallexample
11943@group
11944(defun triangle-recursive-helper (sum counter number)
11945 "Return SUM, using COUNTER, through NUMBER inclusive.
11946This is the `helper' component of a two function duo
11947that uses recursion."
11948 (if (> counter number)
11949 sum
11950 (triangle-recursive-helper (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum}
11951 (1+ counter) ; @r{counter}
11952 number))) ; @r{number}
11953@end group
11954@end smallexample
11955
11956@need 1250
11957Install both function definitions by evaluating them, then call
11958@code{triangle-initialization} with 2 rows:
11959
11960@smallexample
11961@group
11962(triangle-initialization 2)
11963 @result{} 3
11964@end group
11965@end smallexample
11966
11967The `initialization' function calls the first instance of the `helper'
11968function with three arguments: zero, zero, and a number which is the
11969number of rows in the triangle.
11970
11971The first two arguments passed to the `helper' function are
11972initialization values. These values are changed when
11973@code{triangle-recursive-helper} invokes new instances.@footnote{The
11974jargon is mildly confusing: @code{triangle-recursive-helper} uses a
11975process that is iterative in a procedure that is recursive. The
11976process is called iterative because the computer need only record the
11977three values, @code{sum}, @code{counter}, and @code{number}; the
11978procedure is recursive because the function `calls itself'. On the
11979other hand, both the process and the procedure used by
11980@code{triangle-recursively} are called recursive. The word
11981`recursive' has different meanings in the two contexts.}
11982
11983Let's see what happens when we have a triangle that has one row. (This
11984triangle will have one pebble in it!)
11985
11986@need 1200
11987@code{triangle-initialization} will call its helper with
11988the arguments @w{@code{0 0 1}}. That function will run the conditional
11989test whether @code{(> counter number)}:
11990
11991@smallexample
11992(> 0 1)
11993@end smallexample
11994
11995@need 1200
11996@noindent
11997and find that the result is false, so it will invoke
11998the else-part of the @code{if} clause:
11999
12000@smallexample
12001@group
12002 (triangle-recursive-helper
12003 (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum plus counter} @result{} @r{sum}
12004 (1+ counter) ; @r{increment counter} @result{} @r{counter}
12005 number) ; @r{number stays the same}
12006@end group
12007@end smallexample
12008
12009@need 800
12010@noindent
12011which will first compute:
12012
12013@smallexample
12014@group
12015(triangle-recursive-helper (+ 0 0) ; @r{sum}
12016 (1+ 0) ; @r{counter}
12017 1) ; @r{number}
12018@exdent which is:
12019
12020(triangle-recursive-helper 0 1 1)
12021@end group
12022@end smallexample
12023
12024Again, @code{(> counter number)} will be false, so again, the Lisp
12025interpreter will evaluate @code{triangle-recursive-helper}, creating a
12026new instance with new arguments.
12027
12028@need 800
12029This new instance will be;
12030
12031@smallexample
12032@group
12033 (triangle-recursive-helper
12034 (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum plus counter} @result{} @r{sum}
12035 (1+ counter) ; @r{increment counter} @result{} @r{counter}
12036 number) ; @r{number stays the same}
12037
12038@exdent which is:
12039
12040(triangle-recursive-helper 1 2 1)
12041@end group
12042@end smallexample
12043
12044In this case, the @code{(> counter number)} test will be true! So the
12045instance will return the value of the sum, which will be 1, as
12046expected.
12047
12048Now, let's pass @code{triangle-initialization} an argument
12049of 2, to find out how many pebbles there are in a triangle with two rows.
12050
12051That function calls @code{(triangle-recursive-helper 0 0 2)}.
12052
12053@need 800
12054In stages, the instances called will be:
12055
12056@smallexample
12057@group
12058 @r{sum counter number}
12059(triangle-recursive-helper 0 1 2)
12060
12061(triangle-recursive-helper 1 2 2)
12062
12063(triangle-recursive-helper 3 3 2)
12064@end group
12065@end smallexample
12066
12067When the last instance is called, the @code{(> counter number)} test
12068will be true, so the instance will return the value of @code{sum},
12069which will be 3.
12070
12071This kind of pattern helps when you are writing functions that can use
12072many resources in a computer.
12073
12074@need 1500
d6adf7e7 12075@node Looping exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
12076@section Looping Exercise
12077
12078@itemize @bullet
12079@item
12080Write a function similar to @code{triangle} in which each row has a
12081value which is the square of the row number. Use a @code{while} loop.
12082
12083@item
12084Write a function similar to @code{triangle} that multiplies instead of
12085adds the values.
12086
12087@item
12088Rewrite these two functions recursively. Rewrite these functions
12089using @code{cond}.
12090
12091@c comma in printed title causes problem in Info cross reference
12092@item
12093Write a function for Texinfo mode that creates an index entry at the
12094beginning of a paragraph for every @samp{@@dfn} within the paragraph.
12095(In a Texinfo file, @samp{@@dfn} marks a definition. This book is
12096written in Texinfo.)
12097
12098Many of the functions you will need are described in two of the
12099previous chapters, @ref{Cutting & Storing Text, , Cutting and Storing
12100Text}, and @ref{Yanking, , Yanking Text Back}. If you use
12101@code{forward-paragraph} to put the index entry at the beginning of
12102the paragraph, you will have to use @w{@kbd{C-h f}}
12103(@code{describe-function}) to find out how to make the command go
12104backwards.
12105
12106For more information, see
12107@ifinfo
12108@ref{Indicating, , Indicating Definitions, texinfo}.
12109@end ifinfo
12110@ifhtml
12111@ref{Indicating, , Indicating, texinfo, Texinfo Manual}, which goes to
12112a Texinfo manual in the current directory. Or, if you are on the
12113Internet, see
12114@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/manual/texinfo/}
12115@end ifhtml
12116@iftex
12117``Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.'' in @cite{Texinfo, The GNU
12118Documentation Format}.
12119@end iftex
12120@end itemize
12121
d6adf7e7 12122@node Regexp Search
8cda6f8f
GM
12123@chapter Regular Expression Searches
12124@cindex Searches, illustrating
12125@cindex Regular expression searches
12126@cindex Patterns, searching for
12127@cindex Motion by sentence and paragraph
12128@cindex Sentences, movement by
12129@cindex Paragraphs, movement by
12130
12131Regular expression searches are used extensively in GNU Emacs. The
12132two functions, @code{forward-sentence} and @code{forward-paragraph},
12133illustrate these searches well. They use regular expressions to find
12134where to move point. The phrase `regular expression' is often written
12135as `regexp'.
12136
12137Regular expression searches are described in @ref{Regexp Search, ,
12138Regular Expression Search, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, as well as in
12139@ref{Regular Expressions, , , elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
12140Manual}. In writing this chapter, I am presuming that you have at
12141least a mild acquaintance with them. The major point to remember is
12142that regular expressions permit you to search for patterns as well as
12143for literal strings of characters. For example, the code in
12144@code{forward-sentence} searches for the pattern of possible
12145characters that could mark the end of a sentence, and moves point to
12146that spot.
12147
12148Before looking at the code for the @code{forward-sentence} function, it
12149is worth considering what the pattern that marks the end of a sentence
12150must be. The pattern is discussed in the next section; following that
12151is a description of the regular expression search function,
12152@code{re-search-forward}. The @code{forward-sentence} function
12153is described in the section following. Finally, the
12154@code{forward-paragraph} function is described in the last section of
12155this chapter. @code{forward-paragraph} is a complex function that
12156introduces several new features.
12157
12158@menu
12159* sentence-end:: The regular expression for @code{sentence-end}.
12160* re-search-forward:: Very similar to @code{search-forward}.
12161* forward-sentence:: A straightforward example of regexp search.
12162* forward-paragraph:: A somewhat complex example.
12163* etags:: How to create your own @file{TAGS} table.
12164* Regexp Review::
12165* re-search Exercises::
12166@end menu
12167
d6adf7e7 12168@node sentence-end
8cda6f8f
GM
12169@section The Regular Expression for @code{sentence-end}
12170@findex sentence-end
12171
12172The symbol @code{sentence-end} is bound to the pattern that marks the
12173end of a sentence. What should this regular expression be?
12174
12175Clearly, a sentence may be ended by a period, a question mark, or an
12176exclamation mark. Indeed, in English, only clauses that end with one
12177of those three characters should be considered the end of a sentence.
12178This means that the pattern should include the character set:
12179
12180@smallexample
12181[.?!]
12182@end smallexample
12183
12184However, we do not want @code{forward-sentence} merely to jump to a
12185period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark, because such a character
12186might be used in the middle of a sentence. A period, for example, is
12187used after abbreviations. So other information is needed.
12188
12189According to convention, you type two spaces after every sentence, but
12190only one space after a period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark in
12191the body of a sentence. So a period, a question mark, or an exclamation
12192mark followed by two spaces is a good indicator of an end of sentence.
12193However, in a file, the two spaces may instead be a tab or the end of a
12194line. This means that the regular expression should include these three
12195items as alternatives.
12196
12197@need 800
12198This group of alternatives will look like this:
12199
12200@smallexample
12201@group
12202\\($\\| \\| \\)
12203 ^ ^^
12204 TAB SPC
12205@end group
12206@end smallexample
12207
12208@noindent
12209Here, @samp{$} indicates the end of the line, and I have pointed out
12210where the tab and two spaces are inserted in the expression. Both are
12211inserted by putting the actual characters into the expression.
12212
12213Two backslashes, @samp{\\}, are required before the parentheses and
12214vertical bars: the first backslash quotes the following backslash in
12215Emacs; and the second indicates that the following character, the
12216parenthesis or the vertical bar, is special.
12217
12218@need 1000
12219Also, a sentence may be followed by one or more carriage returns, like
12220this:
12221
12222@smallexample
12223@group
12224[
12225]*
12226@end group
12227@end smallexample
12228
12229@noindent
12230Like tabs and spaces, a carriage return is inserted into a regular
12231expression by inserting it literally. The asterisk indicates that the
12232@key{RET} is repeated zero or more times.
12233
12234But a sentence end does not consist only of a period, a question mark or
12235an exclamation mark followed by appropriate space: a closing quotation
12236mark or a closing brace of some kind may precede the space. Indeed more
12237than one such mark or brace may precede the space. These require a
12238expression that looks like this:
12239
12240@smallexample
12241[]\"')@}]*
12242@end smallexample
12243
12244In this expression, the first @samp{]} is the first character in the
12245expression; the second character is @samp{"}, which is preceded by a
12246@samp{\} to tell Emacs the @samp{"} is @emph{not} special. The last
12247three characters are @samp{'}, @samp{)}, and @samp{@}}.
12248
12249All this suggests what the regular expression pattern for matching the
12250end of a sentence should be; and, indeed, if we evaluate
12251@code{sentence-end} we find that it returns the following value:
12252
12253@smallexample
12254@group
12255sentence-end
12256 @result{} "[.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\| \\| \\)[
12257]*"
12258@end group
12259@end smallexample
12260
12261@noindent
12262(Well, not in GNU Emacs 22; that is because of an effort to make the
12263process simpler and to handle more glyphs and languages. When the
12264value of @code{sentence-end} is @code{nil}, then use the value defined
12265by the function @code{sentence-end}. (Here is a use of the difference
12266between a value and a function in Emacs Lisp.) The function returns a
12267value constructed from the variables @code{sentence-end-base},
12268@code{sentence-end-double-space}, @code{sentence-end-without-period},
12269and @code{sentence-end-without-space}. The critical variable is
12270@code{sentence-end-base}; its global value is similar to the one
12271described above but it also contains two additional quotation marks.
12272These have differing degrees of curliness. The
12273@code{sentence-end-without-period} variable, when true, tells Emacs
12274that a sentence may end without a period, such as text in Thai.)
12275
12276@ignore
12277@noindent
12278(Note that here the @key{TAB}, two spaces, and @key{RET} are shown
12279literally in the pattern.)
12280
12281This regular expression can be deciphered as follows:
12282
12283@table @code
12284@item [.?!]
12285The first part of the pattern is the three characters, a period, a question
12286mark and an exclamation mark, within square brackets. The pattern must
12287begin with one or other of these characters.
12288
12289@item []\"')@}]*
12290The second part of the pattern is the group of closing braces and
12291quotation marks, which can appear zero or more times. These may follow
12292the period, question mark or exclamation mark. In a regular expression,
12293the backslash, @samp{\}, followed by the double quotation mark,
12294@samp{"}, indicates the class of string-quote characters. Usually, the
12295double quotation mark is the only character in this class. The
12296asterisk, @samp{*}, indicates that the items in the previous group (the
12297group surrounded by square brackets, @samp{[]}) may be repeated zero or
12298more times.
12299
12300@item \\($\\| \\| \\)
12301The third part of the pattern is one or other of: either the end of a
12302line, or two blank spaces, or a tab. The double back-slashes are used
12303to prevent Emacs from reading the parentheses and vertical bars as part
12304of the search pattern; the parentheses are used to mark the group and
12305the vertical bars are used to indicated that the patterns to either side
12306of them are alternatives. The dollar sign is used to indicate the end
12307of a line and both the two spaces and the tab are each inserted as is to
12308indicate what they are.
12309
12310@item [@key{RET}]*
12311Finally, the last part of the pattern indicates that the end of the line
12312or the whitespace following the period, question mark or exclamation
12313mark may, but need not, be followed by one or more carriage returns. In
12314the pattern, the carriage return is inserted as an actual carriage
12315return between square brackets but here it is shown as @key{RET}.
12316@end table
12317@end ignore
12318
d6adf7e7 12319@node re-search-forward
8cda6f8f
GM
12320@section The @code{re-search-forward} Function
12321@findex re-search-forward
12322
12323The @code{re-search-forward} function is very like the
12324@code{search-forward} function. (@xref{search-forward, , The
12325@code{search-forward} Function}.)
12326
12327@code{re-search-forward} searches for a regular expression. If the
12328search is successful, it leaves point immediately after the last
12329character in the target. If the search is backwards, it leaves point
12330just before the first character in the target. You may tell
12331@code{re-search-forward} to return @code{t} for true. (Moving point
12332is therefore a `side effect'.)
12333
12334Like @code{search-forward}, the @code{re-search-forward} function takes
12335four arguments:
12336
12337@enumerate
12338@item
12339The first argument is the regular expression that the function searches
7b4b1301 12340for. The regular expression will be a string between quotation marks.
8cda6f8f
GM
12341
12342@item
12343The optional second argument limits how far the function will search; it is a
12344bound, which is specified as a position in the buffer.
12345
12346@item
12347The optional third argument specifies how the function responds to
12348failure: @code{nil} as the third argument causes the function to
12349signal an error (and print a message) when the search fails; any other
12350value causes it to return @code{nil} if the search fails and @code{t}
12351if the search succeeds.
12352
12353@item
12354The optional fourth argument is the repeat count. A negative repeat
12355count causes @code{re-search-forward} to search backwards.
12356@end enumerate
12357
12358@need 800
12359The template for @code{re-search-forward} looks like this:
12360
12361@smallexample
12362@group
12363(re-search-forward "@var{regular-expression}"
12364 @var{limit-of-search}
12365 @var{what-to-do-if-search-fails}
12366 @var{repeat-count})
12367@end group
12368@end smallexample
12369
12370The second, third, and fourth arguments are optional. However, if you
12371want to pass a value to either or both of the last two arguments, you
12372must also pass a value to all the preceding arguments. Otherwise, the
12373Lisp interpreter will mistake which argument you are passing the value
12374to.
12375
12376@need 1200
12377In the @code{forward-sentence} function, the regular expression will be
12378the value of the variable @code{sentence-end}. In simple form, that is:
12379
12380@smallexample
12381@group
12382"[.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\| \\| \\)[
12383]*"
12384@end group
12385@end smallexample
12386
12387@noindent
12388The limit of the search will be the end of the paragraph (since a
12389sentence cannot go beyond a paragraph). If the search fails, the
12390function will return @code{nil}; and the repeat count will be provided
12391by the argument to the @code{forward-sentence} function.
12392
d6adf7e7 12393@node forward-sentence
8cda6f8f
GM
12394@section @code{forward-sentence}
12395@findex forward-sentence
12396
12397The command to move the cursor forward a sentence is a straightforward
12398illustration of how to use regular expression searches in Emacs Lisp.
12399Indeed, the function looks longer and more complicated than it is; this
12400is because the function is designed to go backwards as well as forwards;
12401and, optionally, over more than one sentence. The function is usually
12402bound to the key command @kbd{M-e}.
12403
12404@menu
12405* Complete forward-sentence::
12406* fwd-sentence while loops:: Two @code{while} loops.
12407* fwd-sentence re-search:: A regular expression search.
12408@end menu
12409
8cda6f8f 12410@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 12411@node Complete forward-sentence
8cda6f8f
GM
12412@unnumberedsubsec Complete @code{forward-sentence} function definition
12413@end ifnottex
12414
12415@need 1250
12416Here is the code for @code{forward-sentence}:
12417
12418@c in GNU Emacs 22
12419@smallexample
12420@group
12421(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12422 "Move forward to next `sentence-end'. With argument, repeat.
12423With negative argument, move backward repeatedly to `sentence-beginning'.
12424
12425The variable `sentence-end' is a regular expression that matches ends of
12426sentences. Also, every paragraph boundary terminates sentences as well."
12427@end group
12428@group
12429 (interactive "p")
12430 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12431 (let ((opoint (point))
12432 (sentence-end (sentence-end)))
12433 (while (< arg 0)
12434 (let ((pos (point))
12435 (par-beg (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12436 (if (and (re-search-backward sentence-end par-beg t)
12437 (or (< (match-end 0) pos)
12438 (re-search-backward sentence-end par-beg t)))
12439 (goto-char (match-end 0))
12440 (goto-char par-beg)))
12441 (setq arg (1+ arg)))
12442@end group
12443@group
12444 (while (> arg 0)
12445 (let ((par-end (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12446 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12447 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12448 (goto-char par-end)))
12449 (setq arg (1- arg)))
12450 (constrain-to-field nil opoint t)))
12451@end group
12452@end smallexample
12453
12454@ignore
12455GNU Emacs 21
12456@smallexample
12457@group
12458(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12459 "Move forward to next sentence-end. With argument, repeat.
12460With negative argument, move backward repeatedly to sentence-beginning.
12461Sentence ends are identified by the value of sentence-end
12462treated as a regular expression. Also, every paragraph boundary
12463terminates sentences as well."
12464@end group
12465@group
12466 (interactive "p")
12467 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12468 (while (< arg 0)
12469 (let ((par-beg
12470 (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12471 (if (re-search-backward
12472 (concat sentence-end "[^ \t\n]") par-beg t)
12473 (goto-char (1- (match-end 0)))
12474 (goto-char par-beg)))
12475 (setq arg (1+ arg)))
12476 (while (> arg 0)
12477 (let ((par-end
12478 (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12479 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12480 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12481 (goto-char par-end)))
12482 (setq arg (1- arg))))
12483@end group
12484@end smallexample
12485@end ignore
12486
12487The function looks long at first sight and it is best to look at its
12488skeleton first, and then its muscle. The way to see the skeleton is to
12489look at the expressions that start in the left-most columns:
12490
12491@smallexample
12492@group
12493(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12494 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
12495 (interactive "p")
12496 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12497 (let ((opoint (point)) (sentence-end (sentence-end)))
12498 (while (< arg 0)
12499 (let ((pos (point))
12500 (par-beg (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12501 @var{rest-of-body-of-while-loop-when-going-backwards}
12502 (while (> arg 0)
12503 (let ((par-end (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12504 @var{rest-of-body-of-while-loop-when-going-forwards}
12505 @var{handle-forms-and-equivalent}
12506@end group
12507@end smallexample
12508
12509This looks much simpler! The function definition consists of
12510documentation, an @code{interactive} expression, an @code{or}
12511expression, a @code{let} expression, and @code{while} loops.
12512
12513Let's look at each of these parts in turn.
12514
12515We note that the documentation is thorough and understandable.
12516
12517The function has an @code{interactive "p"} declaration. This means
12518that the processed prefix argument, if any, is passed to the
12519function as its argument. (This will be a number.) If the function
12520is not passed an argument (it is optional) then the argument
12521@code{arg} will be bound to 1.
12522
12523When @code{forward-sentence} is called non-interactively without an
12524argument, @code{arg} is bound to @code{nil}. The @code{or} expression
12525handles this. What it does is either leave the value of @code{arg} as
12526it is, but only if @code{arg} is bound to a value; or it sets the
12527value of @code{arg} to 1, in the case when @code{arg} is bound to
12528@code{nil}.
12529
12530Next is a @code{let}. That specifies the values of two local
12531variables, @code{point} and @code{sentence-end}. The local value of
12532point, from before the search, is used in the
12533@code{constrain-to-field} function which handles forms and
12534equivalents. The @code{sentence-end} variable is set by the
12535@code{sentence-end} function.
12536
d6adf7e7 12537@node fwd-sentence while loops
8cda6f8f
GM
12538@unnumberedsubsec The @code{while} loops
12539
12540Two @code{while} loops follow. The first @code{while} has a
12541true-or-false-test that tests true if the prefix argument for
12542@code{forward-sentence} is a negative number. This is for going
12543backwards. The body of this loop is similar to the body of the second
12544@code{while} clause, but it is not exactly the same. We will skip
12545this @code{while} loop and concentrate on the second @code{while}
12546loop.
12547
12548@need 1500
12549The second @code{while} loop is for moving point forward. Its skeleton
12550looks like this:
12551
12552@smallexample
12553@group
12554(while (> arg 0) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
12555 (let @var{varlist}
12556 (if (@var{true-or-false-test})
12557 @var{then-part}
12558 @var{else-part}
12559 (setq arg (1- arg)))) ; @code{while} @r{loop decrementer}
12560@end group
12561@end smallexample
12562
12563The @code{while} loop is of the decrementing kind.
12564(@xref{Decrementing Loop, , A Loop with a Decrementing Counter}.) It
12565has a true-or-false-test that tests true so long as the counter (in
12566this case, the variable @code{arg}) is greater than zero; and it has a
12567decrementer that subtracts 1 from the value of the counter every time
12568the loop repeats.
12569
12570If no prefix argument is given to @code{forward-sentence}, which is
12571the most common way the command is used, this @code{while} loop will
12572run once, since the value of @code{arg} will be 1.
12573
12574The body of the @code{while} loop consists of a @code{let} expression,
12575which creates and binds a local variable, and has, as its body, an
12576@code{if} expression.
12577
12578@need 1250
12579The body of the @code{while} loop looks like this:
12580
12581@smallexample
12582@group
12583(let ((par-end
12584 (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12585 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12586 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12587 (goto-char par-end)))
12588@end group
12589@end smallexample
12590
12591The @code{let} expression creates and binds the local variable
12592@code{par-end}. As we shall see, this local variable is designed to
12593provide a bound or limit to the regular expression search. If the
12594search fails to find a proper sentence ending in the paragraph, it will
12595stop on reaching the end of the paragraph.
12596
12597But first, let us examine how @code{par-end} is bound to the value of
12598the end of the paragraph. What happens is that the @code{let} sets the
12599value of @code{par-end} to the value returned when the Lisp interpreter
12600evaluates the expression
12601
12602@smallexample
12603@group
12604(save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))
12605@end group
12606@end smallexample
12607
12608@noindent
12609In this expression, @code{(end-of-paragraph-text)} moves point to the
12610end of the paragraph, @code{(point)} returns the value of point, and then
12611@code{save-excursion} restores point to its original position. Thus,
12612the @code{let} binds @code{par-end} to the value returned by the
12613@code{save-excursion} expression, which is the position of the end of
12614the paragraph. (The @code{end-of-paragraph-text} function uses
12615@code{forward-paragraph}, which we will discuss shortly.)
12616
12617@need 1200
12618Emacs next evaluates the body of the @code{let}, which is an @code{if}
12619expression that looks like this:
12620
12621@smallexample
12622@group
12623(if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t) ; @r{if-part}
12624 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") ; @r{then-part}
12625 (goto-char par-end))) ; @r{else-part}
12626@end group
12627@end smallexample
12628
12629The @code{if} tests whether its first argument is true and if so,
12630evaluates its then-part; otherwise, the Emacs Lisp interpreter
12631evaluates the else-part. The true-or-false-test of the @code{if}
12632expression is the regular expression search.
12633
12634It may seem odd to have what looks like the `real work' of
12635the @code{forward-sentence} function buried here, but this is a common
12636way this kind of operation is carried out in Lisp.
12637
d6adf7e7 12638@node fwd-sentence re-search
8cda6f8f
GM
12639@unnumberedsubsec The regular expression search
12640
12641The @code{re-search-forward} function searches for the end of the
12642sentence, that is, for the pattern defined by the @code{sentence-end}
12643regular expression. If the pattern is found---if the end of the sentence is
12644found---then the @code{re-search-forward} function does two things:
12645
12646@enumerate
12647@item
12648The @code{re-search-forward} function carries out a side effect, which
12649is to move point to the end of the occurrence found.
12650
12651@item
12652The @code{re-search-forward} function returns a value of true. This is
12653the value received by the @code{if}, and means that the search was
12654successful.
12655@end enumerate
12656
12657@noindent
12658The side effect, the movement of point, is completed before the
12659@code{if} function is handed the value returned by the successful
12660conclusion of the search.
12661
12662When the @code{if} function receives the value of true from a successful
12663call to @code{re-search-forward}, the @code{if} evaluates the then-part,
12664which is the expression @code{(skip-chars-backward " \t\n")}. This
12665expression moves backwards over any blank spaces, tabs or carriage
12666returns until a printed character is found and then leaves point after
12667the character. Since point has already been moved to the end of the
12668pattern that marks the end of the sentence, this action leaves point
12669right after the closing printed character of the sentence, which is
12670usually a period.
12671
12672On the other hand, if the @code{re-search-forward} function fails to
12673find a pattern marking the end of the sentence, the function returns
12674false. The false then causes the @code{if} to evaluate its third
12675argument, which is @code{(goto-char par-end)}: it moves point to the
12676end of the paragraph.
12677
12678(And if the text is in a form or equivalent, and point may not move
12679fully, then the @code{constrain-to-field} function comes into play.)
12680
12681Regular expression searches are exceptionally useful and the pattern
12682illustrated by @code{re-search-forward}, in which the search is the
12683test of an @code{if} expression, is handy. You will see or write code
12684incorporating this pattern often.
12685
d6adf7e7 12686@node forward-paragraph
8cda6f8f
GM
12687@section @code{forward-paragraph}: a Goldmine of Functions
12688@findex forward-paragraph
12689
12690@ignore
12691@c in GNU Emacs 22
12692(defun forward-paragraph (&optional arg)
12693 "Move forward to end of paragraph.
12694With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
12695a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N paragraphs.
12696
12697A line which `paragraph-start' matches either separates paragraphs
12698\(if `paragraph-separate' matches it also) or is the first line of a paragraph.
12699A paragraph end is the beginning of a line which is not part of the paragraph
12700to which the end of the previous line belongs, or the end of the buffer.
12701Returns the count of paragraphs left to move."
12702 (interactive "p")
12703 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12704 (let* ((opoint (point))
12705 (fill-prefix-regexp
12706 (and fill-prefix (not (equal fill-prefix ""))
12707 (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
12708 (regexp-quote fill-prefix)))
12709 ;; Remove ^ from paragraph-start and paragraph-sep if they are there.
12710 ;; These regexps shouldn't be anchored, because we look for them
12711 ;; starting at the left-margin. This allows paragraph commands to
12712 ;; work normally with indented text.
12713 ;; This hack will not find problem cases like "whatever\\|^something".
12714 (parstart (if (and (not (equal "" paragraph-start))
12715 (equal ?^ (aref paragraph-start 0)))
12716 (substring paragraph-start 1)
12717 paragraph-start))
12718 (parsep (if (and (not (equal "" paragraph-separate))
12719 (equal ?^ (aref paragraph-separate 0)))
12720 (substring paragraph-separate 1)
12721 paragraph-separate))
12722 (parsep
12723 (if fill-prefix-regexp
12724 (concat parsep "\\|"
12725 fill-prefix-regexp "[ \t]*$")
12726 parsep))
12727 ;; This is used for searching.
12728 (sp-parstart (concat "^[ \t]*\\(?:" parstart "\\|" parsep "\\)"))
12729 start found-start)
12730 (while (and (< arg 0) (not (bobp)))
12731 (if (and (not (looking-at parsep))
12732 (re-search-backward "^\n" (max (1- (point)) (point-min)) t)
12733 (looking-at parsep))
12734 (setq arg (1+ arg))
12735 (setq start (point))
12736 ;; Move back over paragraph-separating lines.
12737 (forward-char -1) (beginning-of-line)
12738 (while (and (not (bobp))
12739 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
12740 (looking-at parsep)))
12741 (forward-line -1))
12742 (if (bobp)
12743 nil
12744 (setq arg (1+ arg))
12745 ;; Go to end of the previous (non-separating) line.
12746 (end-of-line)
12747 ;; Search back for line that starts or separates paragraphs.
12748 (if (if fill-prefix-regexp
12749 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
12750 (let (multiple-lines)
12751 (while (and (progn (beginning-of-line) (not (bobp)))
12752 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
12753 (not (looking-at parsep)))
12754 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
12755 (unless (= (point) start)
12756 (setq multiple-lines t))
12757 (forward-line -1))
12758 (move-to-left-margin)
12759 ;; This deleted code caused a long hanging-indent line
12760 ;; not to be filled together with the following lines.
12761 ;; ;; Don't move back over a line before the paragraph
12762 ;; ;; which doesn't start with fill-prefix
12763 ;; ;; unless that is the only line we've moved over.
12764 ;; (and (not (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
12765 ;; multiple-lines
12766 ;; (forward-line 1))
12767 (not (bobp)))
12768 (while (and (re-search-backward sp-parstart nil 1)
12769 (setq found-start t)
12770 ;; Found a candidate, but need to check if it is a
12771 ;; REAL parstart.
12772 (progn (setq start (point))
12773 (move-to-left-margin)
12774 (not (looking-at parsep)))
12775 (not (and (looking-at parstart)
12776 (or (not use-hard-newlines)
12777 (bobp)
12778 (get-text-property
12779 (1- start) 'hard)))))
12780 (setq found-start nil)
12781 (goto-char start))
12782 found-start)
12783 ;; Found one.
12784 (progn
12785 ;; Move forward over paragraph separators.
12786 ;; We know this cannot reach the place we started
12787 ;; because we know we moved back over a non-separator.
12788 (while (and (not (eobp))
12789 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
12790 (looking-at parsep)))
12791 (forward-line 1))
12792 ;; If line before paragraph is just margin, back up to there.
12793 (end-of-line 0)
12794 (if (> (current-column) (current-left-margin))
12795 (forward-char 1)
12796 (skip-chars-backward " \t")
12797 (if (not (bolp))
12798 (forward-line 1))))
12799 ;; No starter or separator line => use buffer beg.
12800 (goto-char (point-min))))))
12801
12802 (while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
12803 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
12804 (while (and (not (eobp))
12805 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
12806 (looking-at parsep))
12807 (forward-line 1))
12808 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
12809 ;; ... and one more line.
12810 (forward-line 1)
12811 (if fill-prefix-regexp
12812 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
12813 (while (and (not (eobp))
12814 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
12815 (not (looking-at parsep))
12816 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
12817 (forward-line 1))
12818 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
12819 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
12820 (goto-char start)
12821 (not (eobp)))
12822 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
12823 (not (looking-at parsep)))
12824 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
12825 (and use-hard-newlines
12826 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
12827 (forward-char 1))
12828 (if (< (point) (point-max))
12829 (goto-char start))))
12830 (constrain-to-field nil opoint t)
12831 ;; Return the number of steps that could not be done.
12832 arg))
12833@end ignore
12834
12835The @code{forward-paragraph} function moves point forward to the end
12836of the paragraph. It is usually bound to @kbd{M-@}} and makes use of a
12837number of functions that are important in themselves, including
12838@code{let*}, @code{match-beginning}, and @code{looking-at}.
12839
12840The function definition for @code{forward-paragraph} is considerably
12841longer than the function definition for @code{forward-sentence}
12842because it works with a paragraph, each line of which may begin with a
12843fill prefix.
12844
12845A fill prefix consists of a string of characters that are repeated at
12846the beginning of each line. For example, in Lisp code, it is a
12847convention to start each line of a paragraph-long comment with
12848@samp{;;; }. In Text mode, four blank spaces make up another common
12849fill prefix, creating an indented paragraph. (@xref{Fill Prefix, , ,
12850emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information about fill
12851prefixes.)
12852
12853The existence of a fill prefix means that in addition to being able to
12854find the end of a paragraph whose lines begin on the left-most
12855column, the @code{forward-paragraph} function must be able to find the
12856end of a paragraph when all or many of the lines in the buffer begin
12857with the fill prefix.
12858
12859Moreover, it is sometimes practical to ignore a fill prefix that
12860exists, especially when blank lines separate paragraphs.
12861This is an added complication.
12862
12863@menu
12864* forward-paragraph in brief:: Key parts of the function definition.
12865* fwd-para let:: The @code{let*} expression.
12866* fwd-para while:: The forward motion @code{while} loop.
12867@end menu
12868
8cda6f8f 12869@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 12870@node forward-paragraph in brief
8cda6f8f
GM
12871@unnumberedsubsec Shortened @code{forward-paragraph} function definition
12872@end ifnottex
12873
12874Rather than print all of the @code{forward-paragraph} function, we
12875will only print parts of it. Read without preparation, the function
12876can be daunting!
12877
12878@need 800
12879In outline, the function looks like this:
12880
12881@smallexample
12882@group
12883(defun forward-paragraph (&optional arg)
12884 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
12885 (interactive "p")
12886 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12887 (let*
12888 @var{varlist}
12889 (while (and (< arg 0) (not (bobp))) ; @r{backward-moving-code}
12890 @dots{}
12891 (while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp))) ; @r{forward-moving-code}
12892 @dots{}
12893@end group
12894@end smallexample
12895
12896The first parts of the function are routine: the function's argument
12897list consists of one optional argument. Documentation follows.
12898
12899The lower case @samp{p} in the @code{interactive} declaration means
12900that the processed prefix argument, if any, is passed to the function.
12901This will be a number, and is the repeat count of how many paragraphs
12902point will move. The @code{or} expression in the next line handles
12903the common case when no argument is passed to the function, which occurs
12904if the function is called from other code rather than interactively.
12905This case was described earlier. (@xref{forward-sentence, The
12906@code{forward-sentence} function}.) Now we reach the end of the
12907familiar part of this function.
12908
d6adf7e7 12909@node fwd-para let
8cda6f8f
GM
12910@unnumberedsubsec The @code{let*} expression
12911
12912The next line of the @code{forward-paragraph} function begins a
12913@code{let*} expression. This is a different than @code{let}. The
12914symbol is @code{let*} not @code{let}.
12915
12916The @code{let*} special form is like @code{let} except that Emacs sets
12917each variable in sequence, one after another, and variables in the
12918latter part of the varlist can make use of the values to which Emacs
12919set variables in the earlier part of the varlist.
12920
12921@ignore
12922( refappend save-excursion, , code save-excursion in code append-to-buffer .)
12923@end ignore
12924
12925(@ref{append save-excursion, , @code{save-excursion} in @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
12926
12927In the @code{let*} expression in this function, Emacs binds a total of
12928seven variables: @code{opoint}, @code{fill-prefix-regexp},
12929@code{parstart}, @code{parsep}, @code{sp-parstart}, @code{start}, and
12930@code{found-start}.
12931
12932The variable @code{parsep} appears twice, first, to remove instances
12933of @samp{^}, and second, to handle fill prefixes.
12934
12935The variable @code{opoint} is just the value of @code{point}. As you
12936can guess, it is used in a @code{constrain-to-field} expression, just
12937as in @code{forward-sentence}.
12938
12939The variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} is set to the value returned by
12940evaluating the following list:
12941
12942@smallexample
12943@group
12944(and fill-prefix
12945 (not (equal fill-prefix ""))
12946 (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
12947 (regexp-quote fill-prefix))
12948@end group
12949@end smallexample
12950
12951@noindent
12952This is an expression whose first element is the @code{and} special form.
12953
12954As we learned earlier (@pxref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new}
12955function}), the @code{and} special form evaluates each of its
12956arguments until one of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, in
12957which case the @code{and} expression returns @code{nil}; however, if
12958none of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, the value
12959resulting from evaluating the last argument is returned. (Since such
12960a value is not @code{nil}, it is considered true in Lisp.) In other
12961words, an @code{and} expression returns a true value only if all its
12962arguments are true.
12963@findex and
12964
12965In this case, the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} is bound to a
12966non-@code{nil} value only if the following four expressions produce a
12967true (i.e., a non-@code{nil}) value when they are evaluated; otherwise,
12968@code{fill-prefix-regexp} is bound to @code{nil}.
12969
12970@table @code
12971@item fill-prefix
12972When this variable is evaluated, the value of the fill prefix, if any,
12973is returned. If there is no fill prefix, this variable returns
12974@code{nil}.
12975
12976@item (not (equal fill-prefix "")
12977This expression checks whether an existing fill prefix is an empty
12978string, that is, a string with no characters in it. An empty string is
12979not a useful fill prefix.
12980
12981@item (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
12982This expression returns @code{nil} if the variable
12983@code{paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix} has been turned on by being set to a
12984true value such as @code{t}.
12985
12986@item (regexp-quote fill-prefix)
12987This is the last argument to the @code{and} special form. If all the
12988arguments to the @code{and} are true, the value resulting from
12989evaluating this expression will be returned by the @code{and} expression
12990and bound to the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp},
12991@end table
12992
12993@findex regexp-quote
12994@noindent
12995The result of evaluating this @code{and} expression successfully is that
12996@code{fill-prefix-regexp} will be bound to the value of
12997@code{fill-prefix} as modified by the @code{regexp-quote} function.
12998What @code{regexp-quote} does is read a string and return a regular
12999expression that will exactly match the string and match nothing else.
13000This means that @code{fill-prefix-regexp} will be set to a value that
13001will exactly match the fill prefix if the fill prefix exists.
13002Otherwise, the variable will be set to @code{nil}.
13003
13004The next two local variables in the @code{let*} expression are
13005designed to remove instances of @samp{^} from @code{parstart} and
13006@code{parsep}, the local variables which indicate the paragraph start
13007and the paragraph separator. The next expression sets @code{parsep}
13008again. That is to handle fill prefixes.
13009
13010This is the setting that requires the definition call @code{let*}
13011rather than @code{let}. The true-or-false-test for the @code{if}
13012depends on whether the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} evaluates to
13013@code{nil} or some other value.
13014
13015If @code{fill-prefix-regexp} does not have a value, Emacs evaluates
13016the else-part of the @code{if} expression and binds @code{parsep} to
13017its local value. (@code{parsep} is a regular expression that matches
13018what separates paragraphs.)
13019
13020But if @code{fill-prefix-regexp} does have a value, Emacs evaluates
13021the then-part of the @code{if} expression and binds @code{parsep} to a
13022regular expression that includes the @code{fill-prefix-regexp} as part
13023of the pattern.
13024
13025Specifically, @code{parsep} is set to the original value of the
13026paragraph separate regular expression concatenated with an alternative
13027expression that consists of the @code{fill-prefix-regexp} followed by
13028optional whitespace to the end of the line. The whitespace is defined
13029by @w{@code{"[ \t]*$"}}.) The @samp{\\|} defines this portion of the
13030regexp as an alternative to @code{parsep}.
13031
13032According to a comment in the code, the next local variable,
13033@code{sp-parstart}, is used for searching, and then the final two,
13034@code{start} and @code{found-start}, are set to @code{nil}.
13035
13036Now we get into the body of the @code{let*}. The first part of the body
13037of the @code{let*} deals with the case when the function is given a
13038negative argument and is therefore moving backwards. We will skip this
13039section.
13040
d6adf7e7 13041@node fwd-para while
8cda6f8f
GM
13042@unnumberedsubsec The forward motion @code{while} loop
13043
13044The second part of the body of the @code{let*} deals with forward
13045motion. It is a @code{while} loop that repeats itself so long as the
13046value of @code{arg} is greater than zero. In the most common use of
13047the function, the value of the argument is 1, so the body of the
13048@code{while} loop is evaluated exactly once, and the cursor moves
13049forward one paragraph.
13050
13051@ignore
13052(while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
13053
13054 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
13055 (while (and (not (eobp))
13056 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13057 (looking-at parsep))
13058 (forward-line 1))
13059 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
13060 ;; ... and one more line.
13061 (forward-line 1)
13062
13063 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13064 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
13065 (while (and (not (eobp))
13066 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13067 (not (looking-at parsep))
13068 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13069 (forward-line 1))
13070
13071 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13072 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13073 (goto-char start)
13074 (not (eobp)))
13075 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13076 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13077 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13078 (and use-hard-newlines
13079 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13080 (forward-char 1))
13081
13082 (if (< (point) (point-max))
13083 (goto-char start))))
13084@end ignore
13085
13086This part handles three situations: when point is between paragraphs,
13087when there is a fill prefix and when there is no fill prefix.
13088
13089@need 800
13090The @code{while} loop looks like this:
13091
13092@smallexample
13093@group
13094;; @r{going forwards and not at the end of the buffer}
13095(while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
13096
13097 ;; @r{between paragraphs}
13098 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
13099 (while (and (not (eobp))
13100 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13101 (looking-at parsep))
13102 (forward-line 1))
13103 ;; @r{This decrements the loop}
13104 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
13105 ;; ... and one more line.
13106 (forward-line 1)
13107@end group
13108
13109@group
13110 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13111 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart;
13112 ;; we go forward line by line
13113 (while (and (not (eobp))
13114 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13115 (not (looking-at parsep))
13116 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13117 (forward-line 1))
13118@end group
13119
13120@group
13121 ;; There is no fill prefix;
13122 ;; we go forward character by character
13123 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13124 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13125 (goto-char start)
13126 (not (eobp)))
13127 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13128 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13129 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13130 (and use-hard-newlines
13131 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13132 (forward-char 1))
13133@end group
13134
13135@group
13136 ;; and if there is no fill prefix and if we are not at the end,
13137 ;; go to whatever was found in the regular expression search
13138 ;; for sp-parstart
13139 (if (< (point) (point-max))
13140 (goto-char start))))
13141@end group
13142@end smallexample
13143
13144@findex eobp
13145We can see that this is a decrementing counter @code{while} loop,
13146using the expression @code{(setq arg (1- arg))} as the decrementer.
13147That expression is not far from the @code{while}, but is hidden in
13148another Lisp macro, an @code{unless} macro. Unless we are at the end
f99f1641
PE
13149of the buffer---that is what the @code{eobp} function determines; it
13150is an abbreviation of @samp{End Of Buffer P}---we decrease the value
8cda6f8f
GM
13151of @code{arg} by one.
13152
13153(If we are at the end of the buffer, we cannot go forward any more and
13154the next loop of the @code{while} expression will test false since the
13155test is an @code{and} with @code{(not (eobp))}. The @code{not}
13156function means exactly as you expect; it is another name for
13157@code{null}, a function that returns true when its argument is false.)
13158
13159Interestingly, the loop count is not decremented until we leave the
13160space between paragraphs, unless we come to the end of buffer or stop
13161seeing the local value of the paragraph separator.
13162
13163That second @code{while} also has a @code{(move-to-left-margin)}
13164expression. The function is self-explanatory. It is inside a
13165@code{progn} expression and not the last element of its body, so it is
13166only invoked for its side effect, which is to move point to the left
13167margin of the current line.
13168
13169@findex looking-at
13170The @code{looking-at} function is also self-explanatory; it returns
13171true if the text after point matches the regular expression given as
13172its argument.
13173
13174The rest of the body of the loop looks difficult at first, but makes
13175sense as you come to understand it.
13176
13177@need 800
13178First consider what happens if there is a fill prefix:
13179
13180@smallexample
13181@group
13182 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13183 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart;
13184 ;; we go forward line by line
13185 (while (and (not (eobp))
13186 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13187 (not (looking-at parsep))
13188 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13189 (forward-line 1))
13190@end group
13191@end smallexample
13192
13193@noindent
13194This expression moves point forward line by line so long
13195as four conditions are true:
13196
13197@enumerate
13198@item
13199Point is not at the end of the buffer.
13200
13201@item
13202We can move to the left margin of the text and are
13203not at the end of the buffer.
13204
13205@item
13206The text following point does not separate paragraphs.
13207
13208@item
13209The pattern following point is the fill prefix regular expression.
13210@end enumerate
13211
13212The last condition may be puzzling, until you remember that point was
13213moved to the beginning of the line early in the @code{forward-paragraph}
13214function. This means that if the text has a fill prefix, the
13215@code{looking-at} function will see it.
13216
13217@need 1250
13218Consider what happens when there is no fill prefix.
13219
13220@smallexample
13221@group
13222 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13223 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13224 (goto-char start)
13225 (not (eobp)))
13226 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13227 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13228 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13229 (and use-hard-newlines
13230 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13231 (forward-char 1))
13232@end group
13233@end smallexample
13234
13235@noindent
13236This @code{while} loop has us searching forward for
13237@code{sp-parstart}, which is the combination of possible whitespace
13238with a the local value of the start of a paragraph or of a paragraph
13239separator. (The latter two are within an expression starting
13240@code{\(?:} so that they are not referenced by the
13241@code{match-beginning} function.)
13242
13243@need 800
13244The two expressions,
13245
13246@smallexample
13247@group
13248(setq start (match-beginning 0))
13249(goto-char start)
13250@end group
13251@end smallexample
13252
13253@noindent
13254mean go to the start of the text matched by the regular expression
13255search.
13256
13257The @code{(match-beginning 0)} expression is new. It returns a number
13258specifying the location of the start of the text that was matched by
13259the last search.
13260
13261The @code{match-beginning} function is used here because of a
13262characteristic of a forward search: a successful forward search,
13263regardless of whether it is a plain search or a regular expression
13264search, moves point to the end of the text that is found. In this
13265case, a successful search moves point to the end of the pattern for
13266@code{sp-parstart}.
13267
13268However, we want to put point at the end of the current paragraph, not
13269somewhere else. Indeed, since the search possibly includes the
13270paragraph separator, point may end up at the beginning of the next one
13271unless we use an expression that includes @code{match-beginning}.
13272
13273@findex match-beginning
13274When given an argument of 0, @code{match-beginning} returns the
13275position that is the start of the text matched by the most recent
13276search. In this case, the most recent search looks for
13277@code{sp-parstart}. The @code{(match-beginning 0)} expression returns
13278the beginning position of that pattern, rather than the end position
13279of that pattern.
13280
13281(Incidentally, when passed a positive number as an argument, the
13282@code{match-beginning} function returns the location of point at that
13283parenthesized expression in the last search unless that parenthesized
13284expression begins with @code{\(?:}. I don't know why @code{\(?:}
13285appears here since the argument is 0.)
13286
13287@need 1250
13288The last expression when there is no fill prefix is
13289
13290@smallexample
13291@group
13292(if (< (point) (point-max))
13293 (goto-char start))))
13294@end group
13295@end smallexample
13296
13297@noindent
13298This says that if there is no fill prefix and if we are not at the
13299end, point should move to the beginning of whatever was found by the
13300regular expression search for @code{sp-parstart}.
13301
13302The full definition for the @code{forward-paragraph} function not only
13303includes code for going forwards, but also code for going backwards.
13304
13305If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs and you want to see the
13306whole function, you can type @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function})
13307and the name of the function. This gives you the function
13308documentation and the name of the library containing the function's
13309source. Place point over the name of the library and press the RET
13310key; you will be taken directly to the source. (Be sure to install
13311your sources! Without them, you are like a person who tries to drive
13312a car with his eyes shut!)
13313
d6adf7e7 13314@node etags
8cda6f8f
GM
13315@section Create Your Own @file{TAGS} File
13316@findex etags
13317@cindex @file{TAGS} file, create own
13318
13319Besides @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}), another way to see the
13320source of a function is to type @kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) and the
13321name of the function when prompted for it. This is a good habit to
13322get into. The @kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) command takes you directly
13323to the source for a function, variable, or node. The function depends
13324on tags tables to tell it where to go.
13325
13326If the @code{find-tag} function first asks you for the name of a
13327@file{TAGS} table, give it the name of a @file{TAGS} file such as
13328@file{/usr/local/src/emacs/src/TAGS}. (The exact path to your
13329@file{TAGS} file depends on how your copy of Emacs was installed. I
13330just told you the location that provides both my C and my Emacs Lisp
13331sources.)
13332
13333You can also create your own @file{TAGS} file for directories that
13334lack one.
13335
13336You often need to build and install tags tables yourself. They are
13337not built automatically. A tags table is called a @file{TAGS} file;
13338the name is in upper case letters.
13339
13340You can create a @file{TAGS} file by calling the @code{etags} program
13341that comes as a part of the Emacs distribution. Usually, @code{etags}
13342is compiled and installed when Emacs is built. (@code{etags} is not
13343an Emacs Lisp function or a part of Emacs; it is a C program.)
13344
13345@need 1250
13346To create a @file{TAGS} file, first switch to the directory in which
13347you want to create the file. In Emacs you can do this with the
13348@kbd{M-x cd} command, or by visiting a file in the directory, or by
13349listing the directory with @kbd{C-x d} (@code{dired}). Then run the
13350compile command, with @w{@code{etags *.el}} as the command to execute
13351
13352@smallexample
13353M-x compile RET etags *.el RET
13354@end smallexample
13355
13356@noindent
13357to create a @file{TAGS} file for Emacs Lisp.
13358
13359For example, if you have a large number of files in your
13360@file{~/emacs} directory, as I do---I have 137 @file{.el} files in it,
13361of which I load 12---you can create a @file{TAGS} file for the Emacs
13362Lisp files in that directory.
13363
13364@need 1250
13365The @code{etags} program takes all the usual shell `wildcards'. For
13366example, if you have two directories for which you want a single
13367@file{TAGS} file, type @w{@code{etags *.el ../elisp/*.el}}, where
13368@file{../elisp/} is the second directory:
13369
13370@smallexample
13371M-x compile RET etags *.el ../elisp/*.el RET
13372@end smallexample
13373
13374@need 1250
13375Type
13376
13377@smallexample
13378M-x compile RET etags --help RET
13379@end smallexample
13380
13381@noindent
13382to see a list of the options accepted by @code{etags} as well as a
13383list of supported languages.
13384
13385The @code{etags} program handles more than 20 languages, including
13386Emacs Lisp, Common Lisp, Scheme, C, C++, Ada, Fortran, HTML, Java,
7877f373 13387LaTeX, Pascal, Perl, PostScript, Python, TeX, Texinfo, makefiles, and
8cda6f8f
GM
13388most assemblers. The program has no switches for specifying the
13389language; it recognizes the language in an input file according to its
13390file name and contents.
13391
13392@file{etags} is very helpful when you are writing code yourself and
13393want to refer back to functions you have already written. Just run
13394@code{etags} again at intervals as you write new functions, so they
13395become part of the @file{TAGS} file.
13396
13397If you think an appropriate @file{TAGS} file already exists for what
13398you want, but do not know where it is, you can use the @code{locate}
13399program to attempt to find it.
13400
13401Type @w{@kbd{M-x locate @key{RET} TAGS @key{RET}}} and Emacs will list
13402for you the full path names of all your @file{TAGS} files. On my
13403system, this command lists 34 @file{TAGS} files. On the other hand, a
13404`plain vanilla' system I recently installed did not contain any
13405@file{TAGS} files.
13406
13407If the tags table you want has been created, you can use the @code{M-x
13408visit-tags-table} command to specify it. Otherwise, you will need to
13409create the tag table yourself and then use @code{M-x
13410visit-tags-table}.
13411
13412@subsubheading Building Tags in the Emacs sources
13413@cindex Building Tags in the Emacs sources
13414@cindex Tags in the Emacs sources
13415@findex make tags
13416
13417The GNU Emacs sources come with a @file{Makefile} that contains a
13418sophisticated @code{etags} command that creates, collects, and merges
13419tags tables from all over the Emacs sources and puts the information
13420into one @file{TAGS} file in the @file{src/} directory. (The
13421@file{src/} directory is below the top level of your Emacs directory.)
13422
13423@need 1250
13424To build this @file{TAGS} file, go to the top level of your Emacs
13425source directory and run the compile command @code{make tags}:
13426
13427@smallexample
13428M-x compile RET make tags RET
13429@end smallexample
13430
13431@noindent
13432(The @code{make tags} command works well with the GNU Emacs sources,
13433as well as with some other source packages.)
13434
13435For more information, see @ref{Tags, , Tag Tables, emacs, The GNU Emacs
13436Manual}.
13437
d6adf7e7 13438@node Regexp Review
8cda6f8f
GM
13439@section Review
13440
13441Here is a brief summary of some recently introduced functions.
13442
13443@table @code
13444@item while
13445Repeatedly evaluate the body of the expression so long as the first
13446element of the body tests true. Then return @code{nil}. (The
13447expression is evaluated only for its side effects.)
13448
13449@need 1250
13450For example:
13451
13452@smallexample
13453@group
13454(let ((foo 2))
13455 (while (> foo 0)
13456 (insert (format "foo is %d.\n" foo))
13457 (setq foo (1- foo))))
13458
13459 @result{} foo is 2.
13460 foo is 1.
13461 nil
13462@end group
13463@end smallexample
13464
13465@noindent
13466(The @code{insert} function inserts its arguments at point; the
13467@code{format} function returns a string formatted from its arguments
13468the way @code{message} formats its arguments; @code{\n} produces a new
13469line.)
13470
13471@item re-search-forward
13472Search for a pattern, and if the pattern is found, move point to rest
13473just after it.
13474
13475@noindent
13476Takes four arguments, like @code{search-forward}:
13477
13478@enumerate
13479@item
13480A regular expression that specifies the pattern to search for.
13481(Remember to put quotation marks around this argument!)
13482
13483@item
13484Optionally, the limit of the search.
13485
13486@item
13487Optionally, what to do if the search fails, return @code{nil} or an
13488error message.
13489
13490@item
13491Optionally, how many times to repeat the search; if negative, the
13492search goes backwards.
13493@end enumerate
13494
13495@item let*
13496Bind some variables locally to particular values,
13497and then evaluate the remaining arguments, returning the value of the
13498last one. While binding the local variables, use the local values of
13499variables bound earlier, if any.
13500
13501@need 1250
13502For example:
13503
13504@smallexample
13505@group
13506(let* ((foo 7)
13507 (bar (* 3 foo)))
13508 (message "`bar' is %d." bar))
13509 @result{} `bar' is 21.
13510@end group
13511@end smallexample
13512
13513@item match-beginning
13514Return the position of the start of the text found by the last regular
13515expression search.
13516
13517@item looking-at
13518Return @code{t} for true if the text after point matches the argument,
13519which should be a regular expression.
13520
13521@item eobp
13522Return @code{t} for true if point is at the end of the accessible part
13523of a buffer. The end of the accessible part is the end of the buffer
13524if the buffer is not narrowed; it is the end of the narrowed part if
13525the buffer is narrowed.
13526@end table
13527
13528@need 1500
d6adf7e7 13529@node re-search Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
13530@section Exercises with @code{re-search-forward}
13531
13532@itemize @bullet
13533@item
13534Write a function to search for a regular expression that matches two
13535or more blank lines in sequence.
13536
13537@item
13538Write a function to search for duplicated words, such as `the the'.
13539@xref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
13540Manual}, for information on how to write a regexp (a regular
13541expression) to match a string that is composed of two identical
13542halves. You can devise several regexps; some are better than others.
13543The function I use is described in an appendix, along with several
13544regexps. @xref{the-the, , @code{the-the} Duplicated Words Function}.
13545@end itemize
13546
d6adf7e7 13547@node Counting Words
29bacfa9 13548@chapter Counting via Repetition and Regexps
8cda6f8f
GM
13549@cindex Repetition for word counting
13550@cindex Regular expressions for word counting
13551
13552Repetition and regular expression searches are powerful tools that you
13553often use when you write code in Emacs Lisp. This chapter illustrates
13554the use of regular expression searches through the construction of
13555word count commands using @code{while} loops and recursion.
13556
13557@menu
13558* Why Count Words::
ea4f7750 13559* @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: Use a regexp, but find a problem.
8cda6f8f
GM
13560* recursive-count-words:: Start with case of no words in region.
13561* Counting Exercise::
13562@end menu
13563
8cda6f8f 13564@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 13565@node Why Count Words
8cda6f8f
GM
13566@unnumberedsec Counting words
13567@end ifnottex
13568
ea4f7750
GM
13569The standard Emacs distribution contains functions for counting the
13570number of lines and words within a region.
8cda6f8f
GM
13571
13572Certain types of writing ask you to count words. Thus, if you write
13573an essay, you may be limited to 800 words; if you write a novel, you
ea4f7750
GM
13574may discipline yourself to write 1000 words a day. It seems odd, but
13575for a long time, Emacs lacked a word count command. Perhaps people used
13576Emacs mostly for code or types of documentation that did not require
13577word counts; or perhaps they restricted themselves to the operating
13578system word count command, @code{wc}. Alternatively, people may have
13579followed the publishers' convention and computed a word count by
13580dividing the number of characters in a document by five.
13581
13582There are many ways to implement a command to count words. Here are
13583some examples, which you may wish to compare with the standard Emacs
13584command, @code{count-words-region}.
13585
d6adf7e7 13586@node @value{COUNT-WORDS}
ea4f7750
GM
13587@section The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} Function
13588@findex @value{COUNT-WORDS}
8cda6f8f
GM
13589
13590A word count command could count words in a line, paragraph, region,
13591or buffer. What should the command cover? You could design the
13592command to count the number of words in a complete buffer. However,
13593the Emacs tradition encourages flexibility---you may want to count
13594words in just a section, rather than all of a buffer. So it makes
13595more sense to design the command to count the number of words in a
ea4f7750 13596region. Once you have a command to count words in a region, you can,
8cda6f8f
GM
13597if you wish, count words in a whole buffer by marking it with
13598@w{@kbd{C-x h}} (@code{mark-whole-buffer}).
13599
13600Clearly, counting words is a repetitive act: starting from the
13601beginning of the region, you count the first word, then the second
13602word, then the third word, and so on, until you reach the end of the
13603region. This means that word counting is ideally suited to recursion
13604or to a @code{while} loop.
13605
13606@menu
ea4f7750
GM
13607* Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: The definition using a @code{while} loop.
13608* Whitespace Bug:: The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
13609@end menu
13610
8cda6f8f 13611@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 13612@node Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}
ea4f7750 13613@unnumberedsubsec Designing @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
13614@end ifnottex
13615
13616First, we will implement the word count command with a @code{while}
13617loop, then with recursion. The command will, of course, be
13618interactive.
13619
13620@need 800
13621The template for an interactive function definition is, as always:
13622
13623@smallexample
13624@group
13625(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
13626 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
13627 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
13628 @var{body}@dots{})
13629@end group
13630@end smallexample
13631
13632What we need to do is fill in the slots.
13633
13634The name of the function should be self-explanatory and similar to the
13635existing @code{count-lines-region} name. This makes the name easier
ea4f7750
GM
13636to remember. @code{count-words-region} is the obvious choice. Since
13637that name is now used for the standard Emacs command to count words, we
13638will name our implementation @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
13639
13640The function counts words within a region. This means that the
13641argument list must contain symbols that are bound to the two
13642positions, the beginning and end of the region. These two positions
13643can be called @samp{beginning} and @samp{end} respectively. The first
13644line of the documentation should be a single sentence, since that is
13645all that is printed as documentation by a command such as
13646@code{apropos}. The interactive expression will be of the form
13647@samp{(interactive "r")}, since that will cause Emacs to pass the
13648beginning and end of the region to the function's argument list. All
13649this is routine.
13650
13651The body of the function needs to be written to do three tasks:
13652first, to set up conditions under which the @code{while} loop can
13653count words, second, to run the @code{while} loop, and third, to send
13654a message to the user.
13655
ea4f7750 13656When a user calls @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}, point may be at the
8cda6f8f
GM
13657beginning or the end of the region. However, the counting process
13658must start at the beginning of the region. This means we will want
13659to put point there if it is not already there. Executing
13660@code{(goto-char beginning)} ensures this. Of course, we will want to
13661return point to its expected position when the function finishes its
13662work. For this reason, the body must be enclosed in a
13663@code{save-excursion} expression.
13664
13665The central part of the body of the function consists of a
13666@code{while} loop in which one expression jumps point forward word by
13667word, and another expression counts those jumps. The true-or-false-test
13668of the @code{while} loop should test true so long as point should jump
13669forward, and false when point is at the end of the region.
13670
13671We could use @code{(forward-word 1)} as the expression for moving point
13672forward word by word, but it is easier to see what Emacs identifies as a
13673`word' if we use a regular expression search.
13674
13675A regular expression search that finds the pattern for which it is
13676searching leaves point after the last character matched. This means
13677that a succession of successful word searches will move point forward
13678word by word.
13679
13680As a practical matter, we want the regular expression search to jump
13681over whitespace and punctuation between words as well as over the
13682words themselves. A regexp that refuses to jump over interword
13683whitespace would never jump more than one word! This means that
13684the regexp should include the whitespace and punctuation that follows
13685a word, if any, as well as the word itself. (A word may end a buffer
13686and not have any following whitespace or punctuation, so that part of
13687the regexp must be optional.)
13688
13689Thus, what we want for the regexp is a pattern defining one or more
13690word constituent characters followed, optionally, by one or more
13691characters that are not word constituents. The regular expression for
13692this is:
13693
13694@smallexample
13695\w+\W*
13696@end smallexample
13697
13698@noindent
13699The buffer's syntax table determines which characters are and are not
0fd2c9a3
GM
13700word constituents. For more information about syntax,
13701@pxref{Syntax Tables, , Syntax Tables, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
13702Reference Manual}.
8cda6f8f
GM
13703
13704@need 800
13705The search expression looks like this:
13706
13707@smallexample
13708(re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
13709@end smallexample
13710
13711@noindent
13712(Note that paired backslashes precede the @samp{w} and @samp{W}. A
13713single backslash has special meaning to the Emacs Lisp interpreter.
13714It indicates that the following character is interpreted differently
13715than usual. For example, the two characters, @samp{\n}, stand for
13716@samp{newline}, rather than for a backslash followed by @samp{n}. Two
13717backslashes in a row stand for an ordinary, `unspecial' backslash, so
13718Emacs Lisp interpreter ends of seeing a single backslash followed by a
13719letter. So it discovers the letter is special.)
13720
13721We need a counter to count how many words there are; this variable
13722must first be set to 0 and then incremented each time Emacs goes
13723around the @code{while} loop. The incrementing expression is simply:
13724
13725@smallexample
13726(setq count (1+ count))
13727@end smallexample
13728
13729Finally, we want to tell the user how many words there are in the
13730region. The @code{message} function is intended for presenting this
13731kind of information to the user. The message has to be phrased so
13732that it reads properly regardless of how many words there are in the
13733region: we don't want to say that ``there are 1 words in the region''.
13734The conflict between singular and plural is ungrammatical. We can
13735solve this problem by using a conditional expression that evaluates
13736different messages depending on the number of words in the region.
13737There are three possibilities: no words in the region, one word in the
13738region, and more than one word. This means that the @code{cond}
13739special form is appropriate.
13740
13741@need 1500
13742All this leads to the following function definition:
13743
13744@smallexample
13745@group
13746;;; @r{First version; has bugs!}
ea4f7750 13747(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
13748 "Print number of words in the region.
13749Words are defined as at least one word-constituent
13750character followed by at least one character that
13751is not a word-constituent. The buffer's syntax
13752table determines which characters these are."
13753 (interactive "r")
13754 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
13755@end group
13756
13757@group
13758;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
13759 (save-excursion
13760 (goto-char beginning)
13761 (let ((count 0))
13762@end group
13763
13764@group
13765;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
13766 (while (< (point) end)
13767 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
13768 (setq count (1+ count)))
13769@end group
13770
13771@group
13772;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
13773 (cond ((zerop count)
13774 (message
13775 "The region does NOT have any words."))
13776 ((= 1 count)
13777 (message
13778 "The region has 1 word."))
13779 (t
13780 (message
13781 "The region has %d words." count))))))
13782@end group
13783@end smallexample
13784
13785@noindent
13786As written, the function works, but not in all circumstances.
13787
d6adf7e7 13788@node Whitespace Bug
ea4f7750 13789@subsection The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f 13790
ea4f7750 13791The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} command described in the preceding
8cda6f8f
GM
13792section has two bugs, or rather, one bug with two manifestations.
13793First, if you mark a region containing only whitespace in the middle
ea4f7750 13794of some text, the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} command tells you that the
8cda6f8f
GM
13795region contains one word! Second, if you mark a region containing
13796only whitespace at the end of the buffer or the accessible portion of
13797a narrowed buffer, the command displays an error message that looks
13798like this:
13799
13800@smallexample
13801Search failed: "\\w+\\W*"
13802@end smallexample
13803
13804If you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can test for these
13805bugs yourself.
13806
13807First, evaluate the function in the usual manner to install it.
13808@ifinfo
13809Here is a copy of the definition. Place your cursor after the closing
13810parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e} to install it.
13811
13812@smallexample
13813@group
13814;; @r{First version; has bugs!}
ea4f7750 13815(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
13816 "Print number of words in the region.
13817Words are defined as at least one word-constituent character followed
13818by at least one character that is not a word-constituent. The buffer's
13819syntax table determines which characters these are."
13820@end group
13821@group
13822 (interactive "r")
13823 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
13824@end group
13825
13826@group
13827;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
13828 (save-excursion
13829 (goto-char beginning)
13830 (let ((count 0))
13831@end group
13832
13833@group
13834;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
13835 (while (< (point) end)
13836 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
13837 (setq count (1+ count)))
13838@end group
13839
13840@group
13841;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
13842 (cond ((zerop count)
13843 (message "The region does NOT have any words."))
13844 ((= 1 count) (message "The region has 1 word."))
13845 (t (message "The region has %d words." count))))))
13846@end group
13847@end smallexample
13848@end ifinfo
13849
13850@need 1000
13851If you wish, you can also install this keybinding by evaluating it:
13852
13853@smallexample
ea4f7750 13854(global-set-key "\C-c=" '@value{COUNT-WORDS})
8cda6f8f
GM
13855@end smallexample
13856
13857To conduct the first test, set mark and point to the beginning and end
13858of the following line and then type @kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x
ea4f7750 13859@value{COUNT-WORDS}} if you have not bound @kbd{C-c =}):
8cda6f8f
GM
13860
13861@smallexample
13862 one two three
13863@end smallexample
13864
13865@noindent
13866Emacs will tell you, correctly, that the region has three words.
13867
13868Repeat the test, but place mark at the beginning of the line and place
13869point just @emph{before} the word @samp{one}. Again type the command
ea4f7750 13870@kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}). Emacs should tell you
8cda6f8f
GM
13871that the region has no words, since it is composed only of the
13872whitespace at the beginning of the line. But instead Emacs tells you
13873that the region has one word!
13874
13875For the third test, copy the sample line to the end of the
13876@file{*scratch*} buffer and then type several spaces at the end of the
13877line. Place mark right after the word @samp{three} and point at the
13878end of line. (The end of the line will be the end of the buffer.)
ea4f7750 13879Type @kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}) as you did before.
8cda6f8f
GM
13880Again, Emacs should tell you that the region has no words, since it is
13881composed only of the whitespace at the end of the line. Instead,
13882Emacs displays an error message saying @samp{Search failed}.
13883
13884The two bugs stem from the same problem.
13885
13886Consider the first manifestation of the bug, in which the command
13887tells you that the whitespace at the beginning of the line contains
ea4f7750 13888one word. What happens is this: The @code{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
13889command moves point to the beginning of the region. The @code{while}
13890tests whether the value of point is smaller than the value of
13891@code{end}, which it is. Consequently, the regular expression search
13892looks for and finds the first word. It leaves point after the word.
13893@code{count} is set to one. The @code{while} loop repeats; but this
13894time the value of point is larger than the value of @code{end}, the
13895loop is exited; and the function displays a message saying the number
13896of words in the region is one. In brief, the regular expression
13897search looks for and finds the word even though it is outside
13898the marked region.
13899
13900In the second manifestation of the bug, the region is whitespace at
13901the end of the buffer. Emacs says @samp{Search failed}. What happens
13902is that the true-or-false-test in the @code{while} loop tests true, so
13903the search expression is executed. But since there are no more words
13904in the buffer, the search fails.
13905
13906In both manifestations of the bug, the search extends or attempts to
13907extend outside of the region.
13908
13909The solution is to limit the search to the region---this is a fairly
13910simple action, but as you may have come to expect, it is not quite as
13911simple as you might think.
13912
13913As we have seen, the @code{re-search-forward} function takes a search
13914pattern as its first argument. But in addition to this first,
13915mandatory argument, it accepts three optional arguments. The optional
13916second argument bounds the search. The optional third argument, if
13917@code{t}, causes the function to return @code{nil} rather than signal
13918an error if the search fails. The optional fourth argument is a
13919repeat count. (In Emacs, you can see a function's documentation by
13920typing @kbd{C-h f}, the name of the function, and then @key{RET}.)
13921
ea4f7750 13922In the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition, the value of the end of
8cda6f8f
GM
13923the region is held by the variable @code{end} which is passed as an
13924argument to the function. Thus, we can add @code{end} as an argument
13925to the regular expression search expression:
13926
13927@smallexample
13928(re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end)
13929@end smallexample
13930
ea4f7750 13931However, if you make only this change to the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
13932definition and then test the new version of the definition on a
13933stretch of whitespace, you will receive an error message saying
13934@samp{Search failed}.
13935
13936What happens is this: the search is limited to the region, and fails
13937as you expect because there are no word-constituent characters in the
13938region. Since it fails, we receive an error message. But we do not
13939want to receive an error message in this case; we want to receive the
13940message that "The region does NOT have any words."
13941
13942The solution to this problem is to provide @code{re-search-forward}
13943with a third argument of @code{t}, which causes the function to return
13944@code{nil} rather than signal an error if the search fails.
13945
13946However, if you make this change and try it, you will see the message
13947``Counting words in region ... '' and @dots{} you will keep on seeing
13948that message @dots{}, until you type @kbd{C-g} (@code{keyboard-quit}).
13949
13950Here is what happens: the search is limited to the region, as before,
13951and it fails because there are no word-constituent characters in the
13952region, as expected. Consequently, the @code{re-search-forward}
13953expression returns @code{nil}. It does nothing else. In particular,
13954it does not move point, which it does as a side effect if it finds the
13955search target. After the @code{re-search-forward} expression returns
13956@code{nil}, the next expression in the @code{while} loop is evaluated.
13957This expression increments the count. Then the loop repeats. The
13958true-or-false-test tests true because the value of point is still less
13959than the value of end, since the @code{re-search-forward} expression
13960did not move point. @dots{} and the cycle repeats @dots{}
13961
ea4f7750 13962The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition requires yet another
8cda6f8f
GM
13963modification, to cause the true-or-false-test of the @code{while} loop
13964to test false if the search fails. Put another way, there are two
13965conditions that must be satisfied in the true-or-false-test before the
13966word count variable is incremented: point must still be within the
13967region and the search expression must have found a word to count.
13968
13969Since both the first condition and the second condition must be true
13970together, the two expressions, the region test and the search
13971expression, can be joined with an @code{and} special form and embedded in
13972the @code{while} loop as the true-or-false-test, like this:
13973
13974@smallexample
13975(and (< (point) end) (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end t))
13976@end smallexample
13977
13978@c colon in printed section title causes problem in Info cross reference
13979@c also trouble with an overfull hbox
13980@iftex
13981@noindent
13982(For information about @code{and}, see
13983@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.)
13984@end iftex
13985@ifinfo
13986@noindent
13987(@xref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, for
13988information about @code{and}.)
13989@end ifinfo
13990
13991The @code{re-search-forward} expression returns @code{t} if the search
13992succeeds and as a side effect moves point. Consequently, as words are
13993found, point is moved through the region. When the search expression
13994fails to find another word, or when point reaches the end of the
13995region, the true-or-false-test tests false, the @code{while} loop
ea4f7750 13996exits, and the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function displays one or
8cda6f8f
GM
13997other of its messages.
13998
ea4f7750 13999After incorporating these final changes, the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14000works without bugs (or at least, without bugs that I have found!).
14001Here is what it looks like:
14002
14003@smallexample
14004@group
14005;;; @r{Final version:} @code{while}
ea4f7750 14006(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14007 "Print number of words in the region."
14008 (interactive "r")
14009 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14010@end group
14011
14012@group
14013;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14014 (save-excursion
14015 (let ((count 0))
14016 (goto-char beginning)
14017@end group
14018
14019@group
14020;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
14021 (while (and (< (point) end)
14022 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end t))
14023 (setq count (1+ count)))
14024@end group
14025
14026@group
14027;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14028 (cond ((zerop count)
14029 (message
14030 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14031 ((= 1 count)
14032 (message
14033 "The region has 1 word."))
14034 (t
14035 (message
14036 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14037@end group
14038@end smallexample
14039
d6adf7e7 14040@node recursive-count-words
8cda6f8f
GM
14041@section Count Words Recursively
14042@cindex Count words recursively
14043@cindex Recursively counting words
14044@cindex Words, counted recursively
14045
14046You can write the function for counting words recursively as well as
14047with a @code{while} loop. Let's see how this is done.
14048
ea4f7750 14049First, we need to recognize that the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14050function has three jobs: it sets up the appropriate conditions for
14051counting to occur; it counts the words in the region; and it sends a
14052message to the user telling how many words there are.
14053
14054If we write a single recursive function to do everything, we will
14055receive a message for every recursive call. If the region contains 13
14056words, we will receive thirteen messages, one right after the other.
14057We don't want this! Instead, we must write two functions to do the
14058job, one of which (the recursive function) will be used inside of the
14059other. One function will set up the conditions and display the
14060message; the other will return the word count.
14061
14062Let us start with the function that causes the message to be displayed.
ea4f7750 14063We can continue to call this @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
14064
14065This is the function that the user will call. It will be interactive.
14066Indeed, it will be similar to our previous versions of this
14067function, except that it will call @code{recursive-count-words} to
14068determine how many words are in the region.
14069
14070@need 1250
14071We can readily construct a template for this function, based on our
14072previous versions:
14073
14074@smallexample
14075@group
14076;; @r{Recursive version; uses regular expression search}
ea4f7750 14077(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14078 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14079 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
14080@end group
14081@group
14082
14083;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14084 (@var{explanatory message})
14085 (@var{set-up functions}@dots{}
14086@end group
14087@group
14088
14089;;; @r{2. Count the words.}
14090 @var{recursive call}
14091@end group
14092@group
14093
14094;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14095 @var{message providing word count}))
14096@end group
14097@end smallexample
14098
14099The definition looks straightforward, except that somehow the count
14100returned by the recursive call must be passed to the message
14101displaying the word count. A little thought suggests that this can be
14102done by making use of a @code{let} expression: we can bind a variable
14103in the varlist of a @code{let} expression to the number of words in
14104the region, as returned by the recursive call; and then the
14105@code{cond} expression, using binding, can display the value to the
14106user.
14107
14108Often, one thinks of the binding within a @code{let} expression as
14109somehow secondary to the `primary' work of a function. But in this
14110case, what you might consider the `primary' job of the function,
14111counting words, is done within the @code{let} expression.
14112
14113@need 1250
14114Using @code{let}, the function definition looks like this:
14115
14116@smallexample
14117@group
ea4f7750 14118(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14119 "Print number of words in the region."
14120 (interactive "r")
14121@end group
14122
14123@group
14124;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14125 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14126 (save-excursion
14127 (goto-char beginning)
14128@end group
14129
14130@group
14131;;; @r{2. Count the words.}
14132 (let ((count (recursive-count-words end)))
14133@end group
14134
14135@group
14136;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14137 (cond ((zerop count)
14138 (message
14139 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14140 ((= 1 count)
14141 (message
14142 "The region has 1 word."))
14143 (t
14144 (message
14145 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14146@end group
14147@end smallexample
14148
14149Next, we need to write the recursive counting function.
14150
14151A recursive function has at least three parts: the `do-again-test', the
14152`next-step-expression', and the recursive call.
14153
14154The do-again-test determines whether the function will or will not be
14155called again. Since we are counting words in a region and can use a
14156function that moves point forward for every word, the do-again-test
14157can check whether point is still within the region. The do-again-test
14158should find the value of point and determine whether point is before,
14159at, or after the value of the end of the region. We can use the
14160@code{point} function to locate point. Clearly, we must pass the
14161value of the end of the region to the recursive counting function as an
14162argument.
14163
14164In addition, the do-again-test should also test whether the search finds a
14165word. If it does not, the function should not call itself again.
14166
14167The next-step-expression changes a value so that when the recursive
14168function is supposed to stop calling itself, it stops. More
14169precisely, the next-step-expression changes a value so that at the
14170right time, the do-again-test stops the recursive function from
14171calling itself again. In this case, the next-step-expression can be
14172the expression that moves point forward, word by word.
14173
14174The third part of a recursive function is the recursive call.
14175
14176Somewhere, also, we also need a part that does the `work' of the
14177function, a part that does the counting. A vital part!
14178
14179@need 1250
14180But already, we have an outline of the recursive counting function:
14181
14182@smallexample
14183@group
14184(defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14185 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14186 @var{do-again-test}
14187 @var{next-step-expression}
14188 @var{recursive call})
14189@end group
14190@end smallexample
14191
14192Now we need to fill in the slots. Let's start with the simplest cases
14193first: if point is at or beyond the end of the region, there cannot
14194be any words in the region, so the function should return zero.
14195Likewise, if the search fails, there are no words to count, so the
14196function should return zero.
14197
14198On the other hand, if point is within the region and the search
14199succeeds, the function should call itself again.
14200
14201@need 800
14202Thus, the do-again-test should look like this:
14203
14204@smallexample
14205@group
14206(and (< (point) region-end)
14207 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14208@end group
14209@end smallexample
14210
14211Note that the search expression is part of the do-again-test---the
14212function returns @code{t} if its search succeeds and @code{nil} if it
14213fails. (@xref{Whitespace Bug, , The Whitespace Bug in
ea4f7750 14214@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}}, for an explanation of how
8cda6f8f
GM
14215@code{re-search-forward} works.)
14216
14217The do-again-test is the true-or-false test of an @code{if} clause.
14218Clearly, if the do-again-test succeeds, the then-part of the @code{if}
14219clause should call the function again; but if it fails, the else-part
14220should return zero since either point is outside the region or the
14221search failed because there were no words to find.
14222
14223But before considering the recursive call, we need to consider the
14224next-step-expression. What is it? Interestingly, it is the search
14225part of the do-again-test.
14226
14227In addition to returning @code{t} or @code{nil} for the
14228do-again-test, @code{re-search-forward} moves point forward as a side
14229effect of a successful search. This is the action that changes the
14230value of point so that the recursive function stops calling itself
14231when point completes its movement through the region. Consequently,
14232the @code{re-search-forward} expression is the next-step-expression.
14233
14234@need 1200
14235In outline, then, the body of the @code{recursive-count-words}
14236function looks like this:
14237
14238@smallexample
14239@group
14240(if @var{do-again-test-and-next-step-combined}
14241 ;; @r{then}
14242 @var{recursive-call-returning-count}
14243 ;; @r{else}
14244 @var{return-zero})
14245@end group
14246@end smallexample
14247
14248How to incorporate the mechanism that counts?
14249
14250If you are not used to writing recursive functions, a question like
14251this can be troublesome. But it can and should be approached
14252systematically.
14253
14254We know that the counting mechanism should be associated in some way
14255with the recursive call. Indeed, since the next-step-expression moves
14256point forward by one word, and since a recursive call is made for
14257each word, the counting mechanism must be an expression that adds one
14258to the value returned by a call to @code{recursive-count-words}.
14259
14260@need 800
14261Consider several cases:
14262
14263@itemize @bullet
14264@item
14265If there are two words in the region, the function should return
14266a value resulting from adding one to the value returned when it counts
14267the first word, plus the number returned when it counts the remaining
14268words in the region, which in this case is one.
14269
14270@item
14271If there is one word in the region, the function should return
14272a value resulting from adding one to the value returned when it counts
14273that word, plus the number returned when it counts the remaining
14274words in the region, which in this case is zero.
14275
14276@item
14277If there are no words in the region, the function should return zero.
14278@end itemize
14279
14280From the sketch we can see that the else-part of the @code{if} returns
14281zero for the case of no words. This means that the then-part of the
14282@code{if} must return a value resulting from adding one to the value
14283returned from a count of the remaining words.
14284
14285@need 1200
14286The expression will look like this, where @code{1+} is a function that
14287adds one to its argument.
14288
14289@smallexample
14290(1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14291@end smallexample
14292
14293@need 1200
14294The whole @code{recursive-count-words} function will then look like
14295this:
14296
14297@smallexample
14298@group
14299(defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14300 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14301
14302;;; @r{1. do-again-test}
14303 (if (and (< (point) region-end)
14304 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14305@end group
14306
14307@group
14308;;; @r{2. then-part: the recursive call}
14309 (1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14310
14311;;; @r{3. else-part}
14312 0))
14313@end group
14314@end smallexample
14315
14316@need 1250
14317Let's examine how this works:
14318
14319If there are no words in the region, the else part of the @code{if}
14320expression is evaluated and consequently the function returns zero.
14321
14322If there is one word in the region, the value of point is less than
14323the value of @code{region-end} and the search succeeds. In this case,
14324the true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression tests true, and the
14325then-part of the @code{if} expression is evaluated. The counting
14326expression is evaluated. This expression returns a value (which will
14327be the value returned by the whole function) that is the sum of one
14328added to the value returned by a recursive call.
14329
14330Meanwhile, the next-step-expression has caused point to jump over the
14331first (and in this case only) word in the region. This means that
14332when @code{(recursive-count-words region-end)} is evaluated a second
14333time, as a result of the recursive call, the value of point will be
14334equal to or greater than the value of region end. So this time,
14335@code{recursive-count-words} will return zero. The zero will be added
14336to one, and the original evaluation of @code{recursive-count-words}
14337will return one plus zero, which is one, which is the correct amount.
14338
14339Clearly, if there are two words in the region, the first call to
14340@code{recursive-count-words} returns one added to the value returned
14341by calling @code{recursive-count-words} on a region containing the
14342remaining word---that is, it adds one to one, producing two, which is
14343the correct amount.
14344
14345Similarly, if there are three words in the region, the first call to
14346@code{recursive-count-words} returns one added to the value returned
14347by calling @code{recursive-count-words} on a region containing the
14348remaining two words---and so on and so on.
14349
14350@need 1250
14351@noindent
14352With full documentation the two functions look like this:
14353
14354@need 1250
14355@noindent
14356The recursive function:
14357
14358@findex recursive-count-words
14359@smallexample
14360@group
14361(defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14362 "Number of words between point and REGION-END."
14363@end group
14364
14365@group
14366;;; @r{1. do-again-test}
14367 (if (and (< (point) region-end)
14368 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14369@end group
14370
14371@group
14372;;; @r{2. then-part: the recursive call}
14373 (1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14374
14375;;; @r{3. else-part}
14376 0))
14377@end group
14378@end smallexample
14379
14380@need 800
14381@noindent
14382The wrapper:
14383
14384@smallexample
14385@group
14386;;; @r{Recursive version}
ea4f7750 14387(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14388 "Print number of words in the region.
14389@end group
14390
14391@group
14392Words are defined as at least one word-constituent
14393character followed by at least one character that is
14394not a word-constituent. The buffer's syntax table
14395determines which characters these are."
14396@end group
14397@group
14398 (interactive "r")
14399 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14400 (save-excursion
14401 (goto-char beginning)
14402 (let ((count (recursive-count-words end)))
14403@end group
14404@group
14405 (cond ((zerop count)
14406 (message
14407 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14408@end group
14409@group
14410 ((= 1 count)
14411 (message "The region has 1 word."))
14412 (t
14413 (message
14414 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14415@end group
14416@end smallexample
14417
d6adf7e7 14418@node Counting Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
14419@section Exercise: Counting Punctuation
14420
14421Using a @code{while} loop, write a function to count the number of
14422punctuation marks in a region---period, comma, semicolon, colon,
14423exclamation mark, and question mark. Do the same using recursion.
14424
d6adf7e7 14425@node Words in a defun
8cda6f8f
GM
14426@chapter Counting Words in a @code{defun}
14427@cindex Counting words in a @code{defun}
14428@cindex Word counting in a @code{defun}
14429
14430Our next project is to count the number of words in a function
14431definition. Clearly, this can be done using some variant of
29bacfa9 14432@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}. @xref{Counting Words, , Counting via
8cda6f8f
GM
14433Repetition and Regexps}. If we are just going to count the words in
14434one definition, it is easy enough to mark the definition with the
14435@kbd{C-M-h} (@code{mark-defun}) command, and then call
ea4f7750 14436@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
14437
14438However, I am more ambitious: I want to count the words and symbols in
14439every definition in the Emacs sources and then print a graph that
14440shows how many functions there are of each length: how many contain 40
14441to 49 words or symbols, how many contain 50 to 59 words or symbols,
14442and so on. I have often been curious how long a typical function is,
14443and this will tell.
14444
14445@menu
14446* Divide and Conquer::
14447* Words and Symbols:: What to count?
14448* Syntax:: What constitutes a word or symbol?
ea4f7750 14449* count-words-in-defun:: Very like @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
14450* Several defuns:: Counting several defuns in a file.
14451* Find a File:: Do you want to look at a file?
14452* lengths-list-file:: A list of the lengths of many definitions.
14453* Several files:: Counting in definitions in different files.
14454* Several files recursively:: Recursively counting in different files.
14455* Prepare the data:: Prepare the data for display in a graph.
14456@end menu
14457
8cda6f8f 14458@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 14459@node Divide and Conquer
8cda6f8f
GM
14460@unnumberedsec Divide and Conquer
14461@end ifnottex
14462
14463Described in one phrase, the histogram project is daunting; but
14464divided into numerous small steps, each of which we can take one at a
14465time, the project becomes less fearsome. Let us consider what the
14466steps must be:
14467
14468@itemize @bullet
14469@item
14470First, write a function to count the words in one definition. This
14471includes the problem of handling symbols as well as words.
14472
14473@item
14474Second, write a function to list the numbers of words in each function
14475in a file. This function can use the @code{count-words-in-defun}
14476function.
14477
14478@item
14479Third, write a function to list the numbers of words in each function
14480in each of several files. This entails automatically finding the
14481various files, switching to them, and counting the words in the
14482definitions within them.
14483
14484@item
14485Fourth, write a function to convert the list of numbers that we
14486created in step three to a form that will be suitable for printing as
14487a graph.
14488
14489@item
14490Fifth, write a function to print the results as a graph.
14491@end itemize
14492
14493This is quite a project! But if we take each step slowly, it will not
14494be difficult.
14495
d6adf7e7 14496@node Words and Symbols
8cda6f8f
GM
14497@section What to Count?
14498@cindex Words and symbols in defun
14499
14500When we first start thinking about how to count the words in a
14501function definition, the first question is (or ought to be) what are
14502we going to count? When we speak of `words' with respect to a Lisp
14503function definition, we are actually speaking, in large part, of
14504`symbols'. For example, the following @code{multiply-by-seven}
14505function contains the five symbols @code{defun},
14506@code{multiply-by-seven}, @code{number}, @code{*}, and @code{7}. In
14507addition, in the documentation string, it contains the four words
14508@samp{Multiply}, @samp{NUMBER}, @samp{by}, and @samp{seven}. The
14509symbol @samp{number} is repeated, so the definition contains a total
14510of ten words and symbols.
14511
14512@smallexample
14513@group
14514(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
14515 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
14516 (* 7 number))
14517@end group
14518@end smallexample
14519
14520@noindent
14521However, if we mark the @code{multiply-by-seven} definition with
14522@kbd{C-M-h} (@code{mark-defun}), and then call
ea4f7750
GM
14523@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} on it, we will find that
14524@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} claims the definition has eleven words, not
8cda6f8f
GM
14525ten! Something is wrong!
14526
ea4f7750 14527The problem is twofold: @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} does not count the
8cda6f8f
GM
14528@samp{*} as a word, and it counts the single symbol,
14529@code{multiply-by-seven}, as containing three words. The hyphens are
14530treated as if they were interword spaces rather than intraword
14531connectors: @samp{multiply-by-seven} is counted as if it were written
14532@samp{multiply by seven}.
14533
14534The cause of this confusion is the regular expression search within
ea4f7750
GM
14535the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition that moves point forward word
14536by word. In the canonical version of @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}, the
8cda6f8f
GM
14537regexp is:
14538
14539@smallexample
14540"\\w+\\W*"
14541@end smallexample
14542
14543@noindent
14544This regular expression is a pattern defining one or more word
14545constituent characters possibly followed by one or more characters
14546that are not word constituents. What is meant by `word constituent
14547characters' brings us to the issue of syntax, which is worth a section
14548of its own.
14549
d6adf7e7 14550@node Syntax
8cda6f8f
GM
14551@section What Constitutes a Word or Symbol?
14552@cindex Syntax categories and tables
14553
14554Emacs treats different characters as belonging to different
14555@dfn{syntax categories}. For example, the regular expression,
14556@samp{\\w+}, is a pattern specifying one or more @emph{word
14557constituent} characters. Word constituent characters are members of
14558one syntax category. Other syntax categories include the class of
14559punctuation characters, such as the period and the comma, and the
14560class of whitespace characters, such as the blank space and the tab
0fd2c9a3 14561character. (For more information, @pxref{Syntax Tables, , Syntax
8cda6f8f
GM
14562Tables, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
14563
14564Syntax tables specify which characters belong to which categories.
14565Usually, a hyphen is not specified as a `word constituent character'.
14566Instead, it is specified as being in the `class of characters that are
14567part of symbol names but not words.' This means that the
ea4f7750
GM
14568@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function treats it in the same way it treats
14569an interword white space, which is why @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14570counts @samp{multiply-by-seven} as three words.
14571
14572There are two ways to cause Emacs to count @samp{multiply-by-seven} as
14573one symbol: modify the syntax table or modify the regular expression.
14574
14575We could redefine a hyphen as a word constituent character by
14576modifying the syntax table that Emacs keeps for each mode. This
14577action would serve our purpose, except that a hyphen is merely the
14578most common character within symbols that is not typically a word
14579constituent character; there are others, too.
14580
52af8e0a 14581Alternatively, we can redefine the regexp used in the
ea4f7750 14582@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition so as to include symbols. This
8cda6f8f
GM
14583procedure has the merit of clarity, but the task is a little tricky.
14584
14585@need 1200
14586The first part is simple enough: the pattern must match ``at least one
14587character that is a word or symbol constituent''. Thus:
14588
14589@smallexample
14590"\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+"
14591@end smallexample
14592
14593@noindent
14594The @samp{\\(} is the first part of the grouping construct that
14595includes the @samp{\\w} and the @samp{\\s_} as alternatives, separated
14596by the @samp{\\|}. The @samp{\\w} matches any word-constituent
14597character and the @samp{\\s_} matches any character that is part of a
14598symbol name but not a word-constituent character. The @samp{+}
14599following the group indicates that the word or symbol constituent
14600characters must be matched at least once.
14601
14602However, the second part of the regexp is more difficult to design.
14603What we want is to follow the first part with ``optionally one or more
14604characters that are not constituents of a word or symbol''. At first,
14605I thought I could define this with the following:
14606
14607@smallexample
14608"\\(\\W\\|\\S_\\)*"
14609@end smallexample
14610
14611@noindent
14612The upper case @samp{W} and @samp{S} match characters that are
14613@emph{not} word or symbol constituents. Unfortunately, this
14614expression matches any character that is either not a word constituent
14615or not a symbol constituent. This matches any character!
14616
14617I then noticed that every word or symbol in my test region was
14618followed by white space (blank space, tab, or newline). So I tried
14619placing a pattern to match one or more blank spaces after the pattern
14620for one or more word or symbol constituents. This failed, too. Words
14621and symbols are often separated by whitespace, but in actual code
14622parentheses may follow symbols and punctuation may follow words. So
14623finally, I designed a pattern in which the word or symbol constituents
14624are followed optionally by characters that are not white space and
14625then followed optionally by white space.
14626
14627@need 800
14628Here is the full regular expression:
14629
14630@smallexample
14631"\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
14632@end smallexample
14633
d6adf7e7 14634@node count-words-in-defun
8cda6f8f
GM
14635@section The @code{count-words-in-defun} Function
14636@cindex Counting words in a @code{defun}
14637
14638We have seen that there are several ways to write a
ea4f7750 14639@code{count-words-region} function. To write a
8cda6f8f
GM
14640@code{count-words-in-defun}, we need merely adapt one of these
14641versions.
14642
14643The version that uses a @code{while} loop is easy to understand, so I
14644am going to adapt that. Because @code{count-words-in-defun} will be
14645part of a more complex program, it need not be interactive and it need
14646not display a message but just return the count. These considerations
14647simplify the definition a little.
14648
14649On the other hand, @code{count-words-in-defun} will be used within a
14650buffer that contains function definitions. Consequently, it is
14651reasonable to ask that the function determine whether it is called
14652when point is within a function definition, and if it is, to return
14653the count for that definition. This adds complexity to the
14654definition, but saves us from needing to pass arguments to the
14655function.
14656
14657@need 1250
14658These considerations lead us to prepare the following template:
14659
14660@smallexample
14661@group
14662(defun count-words-in-defun ()
14663 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14664 (@var{set up}@dots{}
14665 (@var{while loop}@dots{})
14666 @var{return count})
14667@end group
14668@end smallexample
14669
14670@noindent
14671As usual, our job is to fill in the slots.
14672
14673First, the set up.
14674
14675We are presuming that this function will be called within a buffer
14676containing function definitions. Point will either be within a
14677function definition or not. For @code{count-words-in-defun} to work,
14678point must move to the beginning of the definition, a counter must
14679start at zero, and the counting loop must stop when point reaches the
14680end of the definition.
14681
14682The @code{beginning-of-defun} function searches backwards for an
14683opening delimiter such as a @samp{(} at the beginning of a line, and
14684moves point to that position, or else to the limit of the search. In
14685practice, this means that @code{beginning-of-defun} moves point to the
14686beginning of an enclosing or preceding function definition, or else to
14687the beginning of the buffer. We can use @code{beginning-of-defun} to
14688place point where we wish to start.
14689
14690The @code{while} loop requires a counter to keep track of the words or
14691symbols being counted. A @code{let} expression can be used to create
14692a local variable for this purpose, and bind it to an initial value of zero.
14693
14694The @code{end-of-defun} function works like @code{beginning-of-defun}
14695except that it moves point to the end of the definition.
14696@code{end-of-defun} can be used as part of an expression that
14697determines the position of the end of the definition.
14698
14699The set up for @code{count-words-in-defun} takes shape rapidly: first
14700we move point to the beginning of the definition, then we create a
14701local variable to hold the count, and finally, we record the position
14702of the end of the definition so the @code{while} loop will know when to stop
14703looping.
14704
14705@need 1250
14706The code looks like this:
14707
14708@smallexample
14709@group
14710(beginning-of-defun)
14711(let ((count 0)
14712 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
14713@end group
14714@end smallexample
14715
14716@noindent
14717The code is simple. The only slight complication is likely to concern
14718@code{end}: it is bound to the position of the end of the definition
14719by a @code{save-excursion} expression that returns the value of point
14720after @code{end-of-defun} temporarily moves it to the end of the
14721definition.
14722
14723The second part of the @code{count-words-in-defun}, after the set up,
14724is the @code{while} loop.
14725
14726The loop must contain an expression that jumps point forward word by
14727word and symbol by symbol, and another expression that counts the
14728jumps. The true-or-false-test for the @code{while} loop should test
14729true so long as point should jump forward, and false when point is at
14730the end of the definition. We have already redefined the regular
0fd2c9a3 14731expression for this, so the loop is straightforward:
8cda6f8f
GM
14732
14733@smallexample
14734@group
14735(while (and (< (point) end)
14736 (re-search-forward
1ef17681 14737 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*" end t))
8cda6f8f
GM
14738 (setq count (1+ count)))
14739@end group
14740@end smallexample
14741
14742The third part of the function definition returns the count of words
14743and symbols. This part is the last expression within the body of the
14744@code{let} expression, and can be, very simply, the local variable
14745@code{count}, which when evaluated returns the count.
14746
14747@need 1250
14748Put together, the @code{count-words-in-defun} definition looks like this:
14749
14750@findex count-words-in-defun
14751@smallexample
14752@group
14753(defun count-words-in-defun ()
14754 "Return the number of words and symbols in a defun."
14755 (beginning-of-defun)
14756 (let ((count 0)
14757 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
14758@end group
14759@group
14760 (while
14761 (and (< (point) end)
14762 (re-search-forward
14763 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
14764 end t))
14765 (setq count (1+ count)))
14766 count))
14767@end group
14768@end smallexample
14769
14770How to test this? The function is not interactive, but it is easy to
14771put a wrapper around the function to make it interactive; we can use
14772almost the same code as for the recursive version of
ea4f7750 14773@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}:
8cda6f8f
GM
14774
14775@smallexample
14776@group
14777;;; @r{Interactive version.}
14778(defun count-words-defun ()
14779 "Number of words and symbols in a function definition."
14780 (interactive)
14781 (message
14782 "Counting words and symbols in function definition ... ")
14783@end group
14784@group
14785 (let ((count (count-words-in-defun)))
14786 (cond
14787 ((zerop count)
14788 (message
14789 "The definition does NOT have any words or symbols."))
14790@end group
14791@group
14792 ((= 1 count)
14793 (message
14794 "The definition has 1 word or symbol."))
14795 (t
14796 (message
14797 "The definition has %d words or symbols." count)))))
14798@end group
14799@end smallexample
14800
14801@need 800
14802@noindent
14803Let's re-use @kbd{C-c =} as a convenient keybinding:
14804
14805@smallexample
14806(global-set-key "\C-c=" 'count-words-defun)
14807@end smallexample
14808
14809Now we can try out @code{count-words-defun}: install both
14810@code{count-words-in-defun} and @code{count-words-defun}, and set the
14811keybinding, and then place the cursor within the following definition:
14812
14813@smallexample
14814@group
14815(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
14816 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
14817 (* 7 number))
14818 @result{} 10
14819@end group
14820@end smallexample
14821
14822@noindent
14823Success! The definition has 10 words and symbols.
14824
14825The next problem is to count the numbers of words and symbols in
14826several definitions within a single file.
14827
d6adf7e7 14828@node Several defuns
8cda6f8f
GM
14829@section Count Several @code{defuns} Within a File
14830
14831A file such as @file{simple.el} may have a hundred or more function
14832definitions within it. Our long term goal is to collect statistics on
14833many files, but as a first step, our immediate goal is to collect
14834statistics on one file.
14835
14836The information will be a series of numbers, each number being the
14837length of a function definition. We can store the numbers in a list.
14838
14839We know that we will want to incorporate the information regarding one
14840file with information about many other files; this means that the
14841function for counting definition lengths within one file need only
14842return the list of lengths. It need not and should not display any
14843messages.
14844
14845The word count commands contain one expression to jump point forward
14846word by word and another expression to count the jumps. The function
14847to return the lengths of definitions can be designed to work the same
14848way, with one expression to jump point forward definition by
14849definition and another expression to construct the lengths' list.
14850
14851This statement of the problem makes it elementary to write the
14852function definition. Clearly, we will start the count at the
14853beginning of the file, so the first command will be @code{(goto-char
14854(point-min))}. Next, we start the @code{while} loop; and the
14855true-or-false test of the loop can be a regular expression search for
14856the next function definition---so long as the search succeeds, point
14857is moved forward and then the body of the loop is evaluated. The body
14858needs an expression that constructs the lengths' list. @code{cons},
14859the list construction command, can be used to create the list. That
14860is almost all there is to it.
14861
14862@need 800
14863Here is what this fragment of code looks like:
14864
14865@smallexample
14866@group
14867(goto-char (point-min))
14868(while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
14869 (setq lengths-list
14870 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
14871@end group
14872@end smallexample
14873
14874What we have left out is the mechanism for finding the file that
14875contains the function definitions.
14876
14877In previous examples, we either used this, the Info file, or we
14878switched back and forth to some other buffer, such as the
14879@file{*scratch*} buffer.
14880
14881Finding a file is a new process that we have not yet discussed.
14882
d6adf7e7 14883@node Find a File
8cda6f8f
GM
14884@section Find a File
14885@cindex Find a File
14886
14887To find a file in Emacs, you use the @kbd{C-x C-f} (@code{find-file})
14888command. This command is almost, but not quite right for the lengths
14889problem.
14890
14891@need 1200
14892Let's look at the source for @code{find-file}:
14893
14894@smallexample
14895@group
14896(defun find-file (filename)
14897 "Edit file FILENAME.
14898Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME,
14899creating one if none already exists."
14900 (interactive "FFind file: ")
14901 (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect filename)))
14902@end group
14903@end smallexample
14904
14905@noindent
14906(The most recent version of the @code{find-file} function definition
14907permits you to specify optional wildcards to visit multiple files; that
14908makes the definition more complex and we will not discuss it here,
14909since it is not relevant. You can see its source using either
14910@kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) or @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}).)
14911
14912@ignore
14913In Emacs 22
14914(defun find-file (filename &optional wildcards)
14915 "Edit file FILENAME.
14916Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME,
14917creating one if none already exists.
14918Interactively, the default if you just type RET is the current directory,
14919but the visited file name is available through the minibuffer history:
14920type M-n to pull it into the minibuffer.
14921
14922Interactively, or if WILDCARDS is non-nil in a call from Lisp,
14923expand wildcards (if any) and visit multiple files. You can
14924suppress wildcard expansion by setting `find-file-wildcards' to nil.
14925
14926To visit a file without any kind of conversion and without
14927automatically choosing a major mode, use \\[find-file-literally]."
14928 (interactive (find-file-read-args "Find file: " nil))
14929 (let ((value (find-file-noselect filename nil nil wildcards)))
14930 (if (listp value)
14931 (mapcar 'switch-to-buffer (nreverse value))
14932 (switch-to-buffer value))))
14933@end ignore
14934
14935The definition I am showing possesses short but complete documentation
14936and an interactive specification that prompts you for a file name when
14937you use the command interactively. The body of the definition
14938contains two functions, @code{find-file-noselect} and
14939@code{switch-to-buffer}.
14940
14941According to its documentation as shown by @kbd{C-h f} (the
14942@code{describe-function} command), the @code{find-file-noselect}
14943function reads the named file into a buffer and returns the buffer.
14944(Its most recent version includes an optional wildcards argument,
14945too, as well as another to read a file literally and an other you
14946suppress warning messages. These optional arguments are irrelevant.)
14947
14948However, the @code{find-file-noselect} function does not select the
14949buffer in which it puts the file. Emacs does not switch its attention
14950(or yours if you are using @code{find-file-noselect}) to the selected
14951buffer. That is what @code{switch-to-buffer} does: it switches the
14952buffer to which Emacs attention is directed; and it switches the
14953buffer displayed in the window to the new buffer. We have discussed
14954buffer switching elsewhere. (@xref{Switching Buffers}.)
14955
14956In this histogram project, we do not need to display each file on the
14957screen as the program determines the length of each definition within
14958it. Instead of employing @code{switch-to-buffer}, we can work with
14959@code{set-buffer}, which redirects the attention of the computer
14960program to a different buffer but does not redisplay it on the screen.
14961So instead of calling on @code{find-file} to do the job, we must write
14962our own expression.
14963
14964The task is easy: use @code{find-file-noselect} and @code{set-buffer}.
14965
d6adf7e7 14966@node lengths-list-file
8cda6f8f
GM
14967@section @code{lengths-list-file} in Detail
14968
14969The core of the @code{lengths-list-file} function is a @code{while}
14970loop containing a function to move point forward `defun by defun' and
14971a function to count the number of words and symbols in each defun.
14972This core must be surrounded by functions that do various other tasks,
14973including finding the file, and ensuring that point starts out at the
14974beginning of the file. The function definition looks like this:
14975@findex lengths-list-file
14976
14977@smallexample
14978@group
14979(defun lengths-list-file (filename)
14980 "Return list of definitions' lengths within FILE.
14981The returned list is a list of numbers.
14982Each number is the number of words or
14983symbols in one function definition."
14984@end group
14985@group
14986 (message "Working on `%s' ... " filename)
14987 (save-excursion
14988 (let ((buffer (find-file-noselect filename))
14989 (lengths-list))
14990 (set-buffer buffer)
14991 (setq buffer-read-only t)
14992 (widen)
14993 (goto-char (point-min))
14994 (while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
14995 (setq lengths-list
14996 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
14997 (kill-buffer buffer)
14998 lengths-list)))
14999@end group
15000@end smallexample
15001
15002@noindent
15003The function is passed one argument, the name of the file on which it
15004will work. It has four lines of documentation, but no interactive
15005specification. Since people worry that a computer is broken if they
15006don't see anything going on, the first line of the body is a
15007message.
15008
44e97401 15009The next line contains a @code{save-excursion} that returns Emacs's
8cda6f8f
GM
15010attention to the current buffer when the function completes. This is
15011useful in case you embed this function in another function that
15012presumes point is restored to the original buffer.
15013
15014In the varlist of the @code{let} expression, Emacs finds the file and
15015binds the local variable @code{buffer} to the buffer containing the
15016file. At the same time, Emacs creates @code{lengths-list} as a local
15017variable.
15018
15019Next, Emacs switches its attention to the buffer.
15020
15021In the following line, Emacs makes the buffer read-only. Ideally,
15022this line is not necessary. None of the functions for counting words
15023and symbols in a function definition should change the buffer.
15024Besides, the buffer is not going to be saved, even if it were changed.
15025This line is entirely the consequence of great, perhaps excessive,
15026caution. The reason for the caution is that this function and those
15027it calls work on the sources for Emacs and it is inconvenient if they
15028are inadvertently modified. It goes without saying that I did not
15029realize a need for this line until an experiment went awry and started
15030to modify my Emacs source files @dots{}
15031
15032Next comes a call to widen the buffer if it is narrowed. This
15033function is usually not needed---Emacs creates a fresh buffer if none
15034already exists; but if a buffer visiting the file already exists Emacs
15035returns that one. In this case, the buffer may be narrowed and must
15036be widened. If we wanted to be fully `user-friendly', we would
15037arrange to save the restriction and the location of point, but we
15038won't.
15039
15040The @code{(goto-char (point-min))} expression moves point to the
15041beginning of the buffer.
15042
15043Then comes a @code{while} loop in which the `work' of the function is
15044carried out. In the loop, Emacs determines the length of each
15045definition and constructs a lengths' list containing the information.
15046
15047Emacs kills the buffer after working through it. This is to save
15048space inside of Emacs. My version of GNU Emacs 19 contained over 300
15049source files of interest; GNU Emacs 22 contains over a thousand source
15050files. Another function will apply @code{lengths-list-file} to each
15051of the files.
15052
15053Finally, the last expression within the @code{let} expression is the
15054@code{lengths-list} variable; its value is returned as the value of
15055the whole function.
15056
15057You can try this function by installing it in the usual fashion. Then
15058place your cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x
15059C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}).
15060
15061@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15062@smallexample
15063(lengths-list-file
4a3c7270 15064 "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/debug.el")
8cda6f8f
GM
15065@end smallexample
15066
15067@noindent
4a3c7270
GM
15068You may need to change the pathname of the file; the one here is for
15069GNU Emacs version 22.1. To change the expression, copy it to
8cda6f8f
GM
15070the @file{*scratch*} buffer and edit it.
15071
15072@need 1200
15073@noindent
4a3c7270 15074Also, to see the full length of the list, rather than a truncated
8cda6f8f 15075version, you may have to evaluate the following:
4a3c7270 15076@c We do not want to insert, so do not mention the zero prefix argument.
8cda6f8f
GM
15077
15078@smallexample
15079(custom-set-variables '(eval-expression-print-length nil))
15080@end smallexample
15081
15082@noindent
15083(@xref{defcustom, , Specifying Variables using @code{defcustom}}.
15084Then evaluate the @code{lengths-list-file} expression.)
15085
15086@need 1200
15087The lengths' list for @file{debug.el} takes less than a second to
15088produce and looks like this in GNU Emacs 22:
15089
15090@smallexample
15091(83 113 105 144 289 22 30 97 48 89 25 52 52 88 28 29 77 49 43 290 232 587)
15092@end smallexample
15093
15094@need 1500
15095(Using my old machine, the version 19 lengths' list for @file{debug.el}
15096took seven seconds to produce and looked like this:
15097
15098@smallexample
15099(75 41 80 62 20 45 44 68 45 12 34 235)
15100@end smallexample
15101
4a3c7270
GM
15102@noindent
15103The newer version of @file{debug.el} contains more defuns than the
8cda6f8f
GM
15104earlier one; and my new machine is much faster than the old one.)
15105
15106Note that the length of the last definition in the file is first in
15107the list.
15108
d6adf7e7 15109@node Several files
8cda6f8f
GM
15110@section Count Words in @code{defuns} in Different Files
15111
15112In the previous section, we created a function that returns a list of
15113the lengths of each definition in a file. Now, we want to define a
15114function to return a master list of the lengths of the definitions in
15115a list of files.
15116
15117Working on each of a list of files is a repetitious act, so we can use
15118either a @code{while} loop or recursion.
15119
15120@menu
15121* lengths-list-many-files:: Return a list of the lengths of defuns.
15122* append:: Attach one list to another.
15123@end menu
15124
8cda6f8f 15125@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 15126@node lengths-list-many-files
8cda6f8f
GM
15127@unnumberedsubsec Determine the lengths of @code{defuns}
15128@end ifnottex
15129
15130The design using a @code{while} loop is routine. The argument passed
15131the function is a list of files. As we saw earlier (@pxref{Loop
15132Example}), you can write a @code{while} loop so that the body of the
15133loop is evaluated if such a list contains elements, but to exit the
15134loop if the list is empty. For this design to work, the body of the
15135loop must contain an expression that shortens the list each time the
15136body is evaluated, so that eventually the list is empty. The usual
15137technique is to set the value of the list to the value of the @sc{cdr}
15138of the list each time the body is evaluated.
15139
15140@need 800
15141The template looks like this:
15142
15143@smallexample
15144@group
15145(while @var{test-whether-list-is-empty}
15146 @var{body}@dots{}
15147 @var{set-list-to-cdr-of-list})
15148@end group
15149@end smallexample
15150
15151Also, we remember that a @code{while} loop returns @code{nil} (the
15152result of evaluating the true-or-false-test), not the result of any
15153evaluation within its body. (The evaluations within the body of the
15154loop are done for their side effects.) However, the expression that
15155sets the lengths' list is part of the body---and that is the value
15156that we want returned by the function as a whole. To do this, we
15157enclose the @code{while} loop within a @code{let} expression, and
15158arrange that the last element of the @code{let} expression contains
15159the value of the lengths' list. (@xref{Incrementing Example, , Loop
15160Example with an Incrementing Counter}.)
15161
15162@findex lengths-list-many-files
15163@need 1250
15164These considerations lead us directly to the function itself:
15165
15166@smallexample
15167@group
15168;;; @r{Use @code{while} loop.}
15169(defun lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
15170 "Return list of lengths of defuns in LIST-OF-FILES."
15171@end group
15172@group
15173 (let (lengths-list)
15174
15175;;; @r{true-or-false-test}
15176 (while list-of-files
15177 (setq lengths-list
15178 (append
15179 lengths-list
15180
15181;;; @r{Generate a lengths' list.}
15182 (lengths-list-file
15183 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))))
15184@end group
15185
15186@group
15187;;; @r{Make files' list shorter.}
15188 (setq list-of-files (cdr list-of-files)))
15189
15190;;; @r{Return final value of lengths' list.}
15191 lengths-list))
15192@end group
15193@end smallexample
15194
15195@code{expand-file-name} is a built-in function that converts a file
15196name to the absolute, long, path name form. The function employs the
15197name of the directory in which the function is called.
15198
15199@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15200@need 1500
15201Thus, if @code{expand-file-name} is called on @code{debug.el} when
15202Emacs is visiting the
15203@file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/} directory,
15204
15205@smallexample
15206debug.el
15207@end smallexample
15208
15209@need 800
15210@noindent
15211becomes
15212
15213@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15214@smallexample
15215/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/debug.el
15216@end smallexample
15217
15218The only other new element of this function definition is the as yet
15219unstudied function @code{append}, which merits a short section for
15220itself.
15221
d6adf7e7 15222@node append
8cda6f8f
GM
15223@subsection The @code{append} Function
15224
15225@need 800
15226The @code{append} function attaches one list to another. Thus,
15227
15228@smallexample
15229(append '(1 2 3 4) '(5 6 7 8))
15230@end smallexample
15231
15232@need 800
15233@noindent
15234produces the list
15235
15236@smallexample
15237(1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8)
15238@end smallexample
15239
15240This is exactly how we want to attach two lengths' lists produced by
15241@code{lengths-list-file} to each other. The results contrast with
15242@code{cons},
15243
15244@smallexample
15245(cons '(1 2 3 4) '(5 6 7 8))
15246@end smallexample
15247
15248@need 1250
15249@noindent
15250which constructs a new list in which the first argument to @code{cons}
15251becomes the first element of the new list:
15252
15253@smallexample
15254((1 2 3 4) 5 6 7 8)
15255@end smallexample
15256
d6adf7e7 15257@node Several files recursively
8cda6f8f
GM
15258@section Recursively Count Words in Different Files
15259
15260Besides a @code{while} loop, you can work on each of a list of files
15261with recursion. A recursive version of @code{lengths-list-many-files}
15262is short and simple.
15263
15264The recursive function has the usual parts: the `do-again-test', the
15265`next-step-expression', and the recursive call. The `do-again-test'
15266determines whether the function should call itself again, which it
15267will do if the @code{list-of-files} contains any remaining elements;
15268the `next-step-expression' resets the @code{list-of-files} to the
15269@sc{cdr} of itself, so eventually the list will be empty; and the
15270recursive call calls itself on the shorter list. The complete
15271function is shorter than this description!
15272@findex recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15273
15274@smallexample
15275@group
15276(defun recursive-lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
15277 "Return list of lengths of each defun in LIST-OF-FILES."
15278 (if list-of-files ; @r{do-again-test}
15279 (append
15280 (lengths-list-file
15281 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))
15282 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15283 (cdr list-of-files)))))
15284@end group
15285@end smallexample
15286
15287@noindent
15288In a sentence, the function returns the lengths' list for the first of
15289the @code{list-of-files} appended to the result of calling itself on
15290the rest of the @code{list-of-files}.
15291
15292Here is a test of @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files}, along with
15293the results of running @code{lengths-list-file} on each of the files
15294individually.
15295
15296Install @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} and
15297@code{lengths-list-file}, if necessary, and then evaluate the
15298following expressions. You may need to change the files' pathnames;
15299those here work when this Info file and the Emacs sources are located
15300in their customary places. To change the expressions, copy them to
15301the @file{*scratch*} buffer, edit them, and then evaluate them.
15302
15303The results are shown after the @samp{@result{}}. (These results are
15304for files from Emacs version 22.1.1; files from other versions of
15305Emacs may produce different results.)
15306
15307@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15308@smallexample
15309@group
15310(cd "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/")
15311
15312(lengths-list-file "./lisp/macros.el")
15313 @result{} (283 263 480 90)
15314@end group
15315
15316@group
15317(lengths-list-file "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el")
15318 @result{} (38 32 29 95 178 180 321 218 324)
15319@end group
15320
15321@group
15322(lengths-list-file "./lisp/makesum.el")
15323 @result{} (85 181)
15324@end group
15325
15326@group
15327 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15328 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15329 "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el"
15330 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15331 @result{} (283 263 480 90 38 32 29 95 178 180 321 218 324 85 181)
15332@end group
15333@end smallexample
15334
15335The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function produces the
15336output we want.
15337
15338The next step is to prepare the data in the list for display in a graph.
15339
d6adf7e7 15340@node Prepare the data
8cda6f8f
GM
15341@section Prepare the Data for Display in a Graph
15342
15343The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function returns a list
15344of numbers. Each number records the length of a function definition.
15345What we need to do now is transform this data into a list of numbers
15346suitable for generating a graph. The new list will tell how many
15347functions definitions contain less than 10 words and
15348symbols, how many contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how
15349many contain between 20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
15350
15351In brief, we need to go through the lengths' list produced by the
15352@code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function and count the number
15353of defuns within each range of lengths, and produce a list of those
15354numbers.
15355
15356@menu
15357* Data for Display in Detail::
15358* Sorting:: Sorting lists.
15359* Files List:: Making a list of files.
15360* Counting function definitions::
15361@end menu
15362
8cda6f8f 15363@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 15364@node Data for Display in Detail
8cda6f8f
GM
15365@unnumberedsubsec The Data for Display in Detail
15366@end ifnottex
15367
15368Based on what we have done before, we can readily foresee that it
15369should not be too hard to write a function that `@sc{cdr}s' down the
15370lengths' list, looks at each element, determines which length range it
15371is in, and increments a counter for that range.
15372
15373However, before beginning to write such a function, we should consider
15374the advantages of sorting the lengths' list first, so the numbers are
15375ordered from smallest to largest. First, sorting will make it easier
15376to count the numbers in each range, since two adjacent numbers will
15377either be in the same length range or in adjacent ranges. Second, by
15378inspecting a sorted list, we can discover the highest and lowest
15379number, and thereby determine the largest and smallest length range
15380that we will need.
15381
d6adf7e7 15382@node Sorting
8cda6f8f
GM
15383@subsection Sorting Lists
15384@findex sort
15385
15386Emacs contains a function to sort lists, called (as you might guess)
15387@code{sort}. The @code{sort} function takes two arguments, the list
15388to be sorted, and a predicate that determines whether the first of
15389two list elements is ``less'' than the second.
15390
15391As we saw earlier (@pxref{Wrong Type of Argument, , Using the Wrong
15392Type Object as an Argument}), a predicate is a function that
15393determines whether some property is true or false. The @code{sort}
15394function will reorder a list according to whatever property the
15395predicate uses; this means that @code{sort} can be used to sort
15396non-numeric lists by non-numeric criteria---it can, for example,
15397alphabetize a list.
15398
15399@need 1250
15400The @code{<} function is used when sorting a numeric list. For example,
15401
15402@smallexample
15403(sort '(4 8 21 17 33 7 21 7) '<)
15404@end smallexample
15405
15406@need 800
15407@noindent
15408produces this:
15409
15410@smallexample
15411(4 7 7 8 17 21 21 33)
15412@end smallexample
15413
15414@noindent
15415(Note that in this example, both the arguments are quoted so that the
15416symbols are not evaluated before being passed to @code{sort} as
15417arguments.)
15418
15419Sorting the list returned by the
15420@code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function is straightforward;
15421it uses the @code{<} function:
15422
15423@ignore
154242006 Oct 29
15425In GNU Emacs 22, eval
15426(progn
15427 (cd "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.0.50/")
15428 (sort
15429 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15430 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15431 "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el"
15432 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15433 '<))
15434
15435@end ignore
15436
15437@smallexample
15438@group
15439(sort
15440 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15441 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15442 "./lisp/mailalias.el"
15443 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15444 '<)
15445@end group
15446@end smallexample
15447
15448@need 800
15449@noindent
15450which produces:
15451
15452@smallexample
15453(29 32 38 85 90 95 178 180 181 218 263 283 321 324 480)
15454@end smallexample
15455
15456@noindent
15457(Note that in this example, the first argument to @code{sort} is not
15458quoted, since the expression must be evaluated so as to produce the
15459list that is passed to @code{sort}.)
15460
d6adf7e7 15461@node Files List
8cda6f8f
GM
15462@subsection Making a List of Files
15463
15464The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function requires a list
15465of files as its argument. For our test examples, we constructed such
15466a list by hand; but the Emacs Lisp source directory is too large for
15467us to do for that. Instead, we will write a function to do the job
15468for us. In this function, we will use both a @code{while} loop and a
15469recursive call.
15470
15471@findex directory-files
15472We did not have to write a function like this for older versions of
15473GNU Emacs, since they placed all the @samp{.el} files in one
15474directory. Instead, we were able to use the @code{directory-files}
15475function, which lists the names of files that match a specified
15476pattern within a single directory.
15477
15478However, recent versions of Emacs place Emacs Lisp files in
15479sub-directories of the top level @file{lisp} directory. This
15480re-arrangement eases navigation. For example, all the mail related
15481files are in a @file{lisp} sub-directory called @file{mail}. But at
15482the same time, this arrangement forces us to create a file listing
15483function that descends into the sub-directories.
15484
15485@findex files-in-below-directory
15486We can create this function, called @code{files-in-below-directory},
15487using familiar functions such as @code{car}, @code{nthcdr}, and
15488@code{substring} in conjunction with an existing function called
15489@code{directory-files-and-attributes}. This latter function not only
15490lists all the filenames in a directory, including the names
15491of sub-directories, but also their attributes.
15492
15493To restate our goal: to create a function that will enable us
15494to feed filenames to @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files}
15495as a list that looks like this (but with more elements):
15496
15497@smallexample
15498@group
15499("./lisp/macros.el"
15500 "./lisp/mail/rmail.el"
15501 "./lisp/makesum.el")
15502@end group
15503@end smallexample
15504
15505The @code{directory-files-and-attributes} function returns a list of
15506lists. Each of the lists within the main list consists of 13
15507elements. The first element is a string that contains the name of the
f99f1641 15508file---which, in GNU/Linux, may be a `directory file', that is to
8cda6f8f
GM
15509say, a file with the special attributes of a directory. The second
15510element of the list is @code{t} for a directory, a string
15511for symbolic link (the string is the name linked to), or @code{nil}.
15512
15513For example, the first @samp{.el} file in the @file{lisp/} directory
15514is @file{abbrev.el}. Its name is
15515@file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/abbrev.el} and it is not a
15516directory or a symbolic link.
15517
15518@need 1000
15519This is how @code{directory-files-and-attributes} lists that file and
15520its attributes:
15521
15522@smallexample
15523@group
15524("abbrev.el"
15525nil
155261
155271000
15528100
15529@end group
15530@group
72ec96fb
PE
15531(20615 27034 579989 697000)
15532(17905 55681 0 0)
15533(20615 26327 734791 805000)
1553413188
15535"-rw-r--r--"
8cda6f8f
GM
15536@end group
15537@group
97976f9f 15538t
8cda6f8f
GM
155392971624
15540773)
15541@end group
15542@end smallexample
15543
15544@need 1200
15545On the other hand, @file{mail/} is a directory within the @file{lisp/}
15546directory. The beginning of its listing looks like this:
15547
15548@smallexample
15549@group
15550("mail"
15551t
15552@dots{}
15553)
15554@end group
15555@end smallexample
15556
15557(To learn about the different attributes, look at the documentation of
15558@code{file-attributes}. Bear in mind that the @code{file-attributes}
15559function does not list the filename, so its first element is
15560@code{directory-files-and-attributes}'s second element.)
15561
15562We will want our new function, @code{files-in-below-directory}, to
15563list the @samp{.el} files in the directory it is told to check, and in
15564any directories below that directory.
15565
15566This gives us a hint on how to construct
15567@code{files-in-below-directory}: within a directory, the function
15568should add @samp{.el} filenames to a list; and if, within a directory,
15569the function comes upon a sub-directory, it should go into that
15570sub-directory and repeat its actions.
15571
15572However, we should note that every directory contains a name that
15573refers to itself, called @file{.}, (``dot'') and a name that refers to
15574its parent directory, called @file{..} (``double dot''). (In
15575@file{/}, the root directory, @file{..} refers to itself, since
15576@file{/} has no parent.) Clearly, we do not want our
15577@code{files-in-below-directory} function to enter those directories,
15578since they always lead us, directly or indirectly, to the current
15579directory.
15580
15581Consequently, our @code{files-in-below-directory} function must do
15582several tasks:
15583
15584@itemize @bullet
15585@item
15586Check to see whether it is looking at a filename that ends in
15587@samp{.el}; and if so, add its name to a list.
15588
15589@item
15590Check to see whether it is looking at a filename that is the name of a
15591directory; and if so,
15592
15593@itemize @minus
15594@item
15595Check to see whether it is looking at @file{.} or @file{..}; and if
15596so skip it.
15597
15598@item
15599Or else, go into that directory and repeat the process.
15600@end itemize
15601@end itemize
15602
15603Let's write a function definition to do these tasks. We will use a
15604@code{while} loop to move from one filename to another within a
15605directory, checking what needs to be done; and we will use a recursive
15606call to repeat the actions on each sub-directory. The recursive
15607pattern is `accumulate'
29bacfa9 15608(@pxref{Accumulate}),
8cda6f8f
GM
15609using @code{append} as the combiner.
15610
15611@ignore
15612(directory-files "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/" t "\\.el$")
15613(shell-command "find /usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/ -name '*.el'")
15614
15615(directory-files "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/" t "\\.el$")
15616(shell-command "find /usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/ -name '*.el'")
15617@end ignore
15618
15619@c /usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/
15620
15621@need 800
15622Here is the function:
15623
15624@smallexample
15625@group
15626(defun files-in-below-directory (directory)
15627 "List the .el files in DIRECTORY and in its sub-directories."
15628 ;; Although the function will be used non-interactively,
15629 ;; it will be easier to test if we make it interactive.
15630 ;; The directory will have a name such as
15631 ;; "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/"
15632 (interactive "DDirectory name: ")
15633@end group
15634@group
15635 (let (el-files-list
15636 (current-directory-list
15637 (directory-files-and-attributes directory t)))
15638 ;; while we are in the current directory
15639 (while current-directory-list
15640@end group
15641@group
15642 (cond
15643 ;; check to see whether filename ends in `.el'
15644 ;; and if so, append its name to a list.
15645 ((equal ".el" (substring (car (car current-directory-list)) -3))
15646 (setq el-files-list
15647 (cons (car (car current-directory-list)) el-files-list)))
15648@end group
15649@group
15650 ;; check whether filename is that of a directory
15651 ((eq t (car (cdr (car current-directory-list))))
15652 ;; decide whether to skip or recurse
15653 (if
15654 (equal "."
15655 (substring (car (car current-directory-list)) -1))
15656 ;; then do nothing since filename is that of
15657 ;; current directory or parent, "." or ".."
15658 ()
15659@end group
15660@group
15661 ;; else descend into the directory and repeat the process
15662 (setq el-files-list
15663 (append
15664 (files-in-below-directory
15665 (car (car current-directory-list)))
15666 el-files-list)))))
15667 ;; move to the next filename in the list; this also
15668 ;; shortens the list so the while loop eventually comes to an end
15669 (setq current-directory-list (cdr current-directory-list)))
15670 ;; return the filenames
15671 el-files-list))
15672@end group
15673@end smallexample
15674
15675@c (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/")
15676@c (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/")
15677
15678The @code{files-in-below-directory} @code{directory-files} function
15679takes one argument, the name of a directory.
15680
15681@need 1250
15682Thus, on my system,
15683
15684@c (length (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/"))
15685
15686@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15687@smallexample
15688@group
15689(length
15690 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/"))
15691@end group
15692@end smallexample
15693
15694@noindent
15695tells me that in and below my Lisp sources directory are 1031
15696@samp{.el} files.
15697
15698@code{files-in-below-directory} returns a list in reverse alphabetical
15699order. An expression to sort the list in alphabetical order looks
15700like this:
15701
15702@smallexample
15703@group
15704(sort
15705 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/")
15706 'string-lessp)
15707@end group
15708@end smallexample
15709
15710@ignore
15711(defun test ()
15712 "Test how long it takes to find lengths of all sorted elisp defuns."
15713 (insert "\n" (current-time-string) "\n")
15714 (sit-for 0)
15715 (sort
15716 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15717 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/"))
15718 '<)
15719 (insert (format "%s" (current-time-string))))
15720@end ignore
15721
d6adf7e7 15722@node Counting function definitions
8cda6f8f
GM
15723@subsection Counting function definitions
15724
15725Our immediate goal is to generate a list that tells us how many
15726function definitions contain fewer than 10 words and symbols, how many
15727contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how many contain between
1572820 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
15729
15730With a sorted list of numbers, this is easy: count how many elements
15731of the list are smaller than 10, then, after moving past the numbers
15732just counted, count how many are smaller than 20, then, after moving
15733past the numbers just counted, count how many are smaller than 30, and
15734so on. Each of the numbers, 10, 20, 30, 40, and the like, is one
15735larger than the top of that range. We can call the list of such
15736numbers the @code{top-of-ranges} list.
15737
15738@need 1200
15739If we wished, we could generate this list automatically, but it is
15740simpler to write a list manually. Here it is:
15741@vindex top-of-ranges
15742
15743@smallexample
15744@group
15745(defvar top-of-ranges
15746 '(10 20 30 40 50
15747 60 70 80 90 100
15748 110 120 130 140 150
15749 160 170 180 190 200
15750 210 220 230 240 250
15751 260 270 280 290 300)
15752 "List specifying ranges for `defuns-per-range'.")
15753@end group
15754@end smallexample
15755
15756To change the ranges, we edit this list.
15757
15758Next, we need to write the function that creates the list of the
15759number of definitions within each range. Clearly, this function must
15760take the @code{sorted-lengths} and the @code{top-of-ranges} lists
15761as arguments.
15762
15763The @code{defuns-per-range} function must do two things again and
15764again: it must count the number of definitions within a range
15765specified by the current top-of-range value; and it must shift to the
15766next higher value in the @code{top-of-ranges} list after counting the
15767number of definitions in the current range. Since each of these
15768actions is repetitive, we can use @code{while} loops for the job.
15769One loop counts the number of definitions in the range defined by the
15770current top-of-range value, and the other loop selects each of the
15771top-of-range values in turn.
15772
15773Several entries of the @code{sorted-lengths} list are counted for each
15774range; this means that the loop for the @code{sorted-lengths} list
15775will be inside the loop for the @code{top-of-ranges} list, like a
15776small gear inside a big gear.
15777
15778The inner loop counts the number of definitions within the range. It
15779is a simple counting loop of the type we have seen before.
15780(@xref{Incrementing Loop, , A loop with an incrementing counter}.)
15781The true-or-false test of the loop tests whether the value from the
15782@code{sorted-lengths} list is smaller than the current value of the
15783top of the range. If it is, the function increments the counter and
15784tests the next value from the @code{sorted-lengths} list.
15785
15786@need 1250
15787The inner loop looks like this:
15788
15789@smallexample
15790@group
15791(while @var{length-element-smaller-than-top-of-range}
15792 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
15793 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
15794@end group
15795@end smallexample
15796
15797The outer loop must start with the lowest value of the
15798@code{top-of-ranges} list, and then be set to each of the succeeding
15799higher values in turn. This can be done with a loop like this:
15800
15801@smallexample
15802@group
15803(while top-of-ranges
15804 @var{body-of-loop}@dots{}
15805 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges)))
15806@end group
15807@end smallexample
15808
15809@need 1200
15810Put together, the two loops look like this:
15811
15812@smallexample
15813@group
15814(while top-of-ranges
15815
15816 ;; @r{Count the number of elements within the current range.}
15817 (while @var{length-element-smaller-than-top-of-range}
15818 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
15819 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
15820
15821 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
15822 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges)))
15823@end group
15824@end smallexample
15825
15826In addition, in each circuit of the outer loop, Emacs should record
15827the number of definitions within that range (the value of
15828@code{number-within-range}) in a list. We can use @code{cons} for
15829this purpose. (@xref{cons, , @code{cons}}.)
15830
15831The @code{cons} function works fine, except that the list it
15832constructs will contain the number of definitions for the highest
15833range at its beginning and the number of definitions for the lowest
15834range at its end. This is because @code{cons} attaches new elements
15835of the list to the beginning of the list, and since the two loops are
15836working their way through the lengths' list from the lower end first,
15837the @code{defuns-per-range-list} will end up largest number first.
15838But we will want to print our graph with smallest values first and the
15839larger later. The solution is to reverse the order of the
15840@code{defuns-per-range-list}. We can do this using the
15841@code{nreverse} function, which reverses the order of a list.
15842@findex nreverse
15843
15844@need 800
15845For example,
15846
15847@smallexample
15848(nreverse '(1 2 3 4))
15849@end smallexample
15850
15851@need 800
15852@noindent
15853produces:
15854
15855@smallexample
15856(4 3 2 1)
15857@end smallexample
15858
15859Note that the @code{nreverse} function is ``destructive''---that is,
15860it changes the list to which it is applied; this contrasts with the
15861@code{car} and @code{cdr} functions, which are non-destructive. In
15862this case, we do not want the original @code{defuns-per-range-list},
15863so it does not matter that it is destroyed. (The @code{reverse}
15864function provides a reversed copy of a list, leaving the original list
15865as is.)
15866@findex reverse
15867
15868@need 1250
15869Put all together, the @code{defuns-per-range} looks like this:
15870
15871@smallexample
15872@group
15873(defun defuns-per-range (sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
15874 "SORTED-LENGTHS defuns in each TOP-OF-RANGES range."
15875 (let ((top-of-range (car top-of-ranges))
15876 (number-within-range 0)
15877 defuns-per-range-list)
15878@end group
15879
15880@group
15881 ;; @r{Outer loop.}
15882 (while top-of-ranges
15883@end group
15884
15885@group
15886 ;; @r{Inner loop.}
15887 (while (and
15888 ;; @r{Need number for numeric test.}
15889 (car sorted-lengths)
15890 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
15891@end group
15892
15893@group
15894 ;; @r{Count number of definitions within current range.}
15895 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
15896 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
15897
15898 ;; @r{Exit inner loop but remain within outer loop.}
15899@end group
15900
15901@group
15902 (setq defuns-per-range-list
15903 (cons number-within-range defuns-per-range-list))
15904 (setq number-within-range 0) ; @r{Reset count to zero.}
15905@end group
15906
15907@group
15908 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
15909 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges))
15910 ;; @r{Specify next top of range value.}
15911 (setq top-of-range (car top-of-ranges)))
15912@end group
15913
15914@group
15915 ;; @r{Exit outer loop and count the number of defuns larger than}
15916 ;; @r{ the largest top-of-range value.}
15917 (setq defuns-per-range-list
15918 (cons
15919 (length sorted-lengths)
15920 defuns-per-range-list))
15921@end group
15922
15923@group
15924 ;; @r{Return a list of the number of definitions within each range,}
15925 ;; @r{ smallest to largest.}
15926 (nreverse defuns-per-range-list)))
15927@end group
15928@end smallexample
15929
15930@need 1200
15931@noindent
15932The function is straightforward except for one subtle feature. The
15933true-or-false test of the inner loop looks like this:
15934
15935@smallexample
15936@group
15937(and (car sorted-lengths)
15938 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
15939@end group
15940@end smallexample
15941
15942@need 800
15943@noindent
15944instead of like this:
15945
15946@smallexample
15947(< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range)
15948@end smallexample
15949
15950The purpose of the test is to determine whether the first item in the
15951@code{sorted-lengths} list is less than the value of the top of the
15952range.
15953
15954The simple version of the test works fine unless the
15955@code{sorted-lengths} list has a @code{nil} value. In that case, the
15956@code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression function returns
15957@code{nil}. The @code{<} function cannot compare a number to
15958@code{nil}, which is an empty list, so Emacs signals an error and
15959stops the function from attempting to continue to execute.
15960
15961The @code{sorted-lengths} list always becomes @code{nil} when the
15962counter reaches the end of the list. This means that any attempt to
15963use the @code{defuns-per-range} function with the simple version of
15964the test will fail.
15965
15966We solve the problem by using the @code{(car sorted-lengths)}
15967expression in conjunction with the @code{and} expression. The
15968@code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression returns a non-@code{nil}
15969value so long as the list has at least one number within it, but
15970returns @code{nil} if the list is empty. The @code{and} expression
15971first evaluates the @code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression, and
15972if it is @code{nil}, returns false @emph{without} evaluating the
15973@code{<} expression. But if the @code{(car sorted-lengths)}
15974expression returns a non-@code{nil} value, the @code{and} expression
15975evaluates the @code{<} expression, and returns that value as the value
15976of the @code{and} expression.
15977
15978@c colon in printed section title causes problem in Info cross reference
15979This way, we avoid an error.
15980@iftex
15981@noindent
15982(For information about @code{and}, see
15983@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.)
15984@end iftex
15985@ifinfo
15986@noindent
15987(@xref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, for
15988information about @code{and}.)
15989@end ifinfo
15990
15991Here is a short test of the @code{defuns-per-range} function. First,
15992evaluate the expression that binds (a shortened)
15993@code{top-of-ranges} list to the list of values, then evaluate the
15994expression for binding the @code{sorted-lengths} list, and then
15995evaluate the @code{defuns-per-range} function.
15996
15997@smallexample
15998@group
15999;; @r{(Shorter list than we will use later.)}
16000(setq top-of-ranges
16001 '(110 120 130 140 150
16002 160 170 180 190 200))
16003
16004(setq sorted-lengths
16005 '(85 86 110 116 122 129 154 176 179 200 265 300 300))
16006
16007(defuns-per-range sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
16008@end group
16009@end smallexample
16010
16011@need 800
16012@noindent
16013The list returned looks like this:
16014
16015@smallexample
16016(2 2 2 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 4)
16017@end smallexample
16018
16019@noindent
16020Indeed, there are two elements of the @code{sorted-lengths} list
16021smaller than 110, two elements between 110 and 119, two elements
16022between 120 and 129, and so on. There are four elements with a value
16023of 200 or larger.
16024
16025@c The next step is to turn this numbers' list into a graph.
d6adf7e7 16026@node Readying a Graph
8cda6f8f
GM
16027@chapter Readying a Graph
16028@cindex Readying a graph
16029@cindex Graph prototype
16030@cindex Prototype graph
16031@cindex Body of graph
16032
16033Our goal is to construct a graph showing the numbers of function
16034definitions of various lengths in the Emacs lisp sources.
16035
16036As a practical matter, if you were creating a graph, you would
16037probably use a program such as @code{gnuplot} to do the job.
16038(@code{gnuplot} is nicely integrated into GNU Emacs.) In this case,
16039however, we create one from scratch, and in the process we will
16040re-acquaint ourselves with some of what we learned before and learn
16041more.
16042
16043In this chapter, we will first write a simple graph printing function.
16044This first definition will be a @dfn{prototype}, a rapidly written
16045function that enables us to reconnoiter this unknown graph-making
16046territory. We will discover dragons, or find that they are myth.
16047After scouting the terrain, we will feel more confident and enhance
16048the function to label the axes automatically.
16049
16050@menu
16051* Columns of a graph::
16052* graph-body-print:: How to print the body of a graph.
16053* recursive-graph-body-print::
16054* Printed Axes::
16055* Line Graph Exercise::
16056@end menu
16057
8cda6f8f 16058@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 16059@node Columns of a graph
8cda6f8f
GM
16060@unnumberedsec Printing the Columns of a Graph
16061@end ifnottex
16062
16063Since Emacs is designed to be flexible and work with all kinds of
16064terminals, including character-only terminals, the graph will need to
16065be made from one of the `typewriter' symbols. An asterisk will do; as
16066we enhance the graph-printing function, we can make the choice of
16067symbol a user option.
16068
16069We can call this function @code{graph-body-print}; it will take a
16070@code{numbers-list} as its only argument. At this stage, we will not
16071label the graph, but only print its body.
16072
16073The @code{graph-body-print} function inserts a vertical column of
16074asterisks for each element in the @code{numbers-list}. The height of
16075each line is determined by the value of that element of the
16076@code{numbers-list}.
16077
16078Inserting columns is a repetitive act; that means that this function can
16079be written either with a @code{while} loop or recursively.
16080
16081Our first challenge is to discover how to print a column of asterisks.
16082Usually, in Emacs, we print characters onto a screen horizontally,
16083line by line, by typing. We have two routes we can follow: write our
16084own column-insertion function or discover whether one exists in Emacs.
16085
16086To see whether there is one in Emacs, we can use the @kbd{M-x apropos}
16087command. This command is like the @kbd{C-h a} (@code{command-apropos})
16088command, except that the latter finds only those functions that are
16089commands. The @kbd{M-x apropos} command lists all symbols that match
16090a regular expression, including functions that are not interactive.
16091@findex apropos
16092
16093What we want to look for is some command that prints or inserts
16094columns. Very likely, the name of the function will contain either
16095the word `print' or the word `insert' or the word `column'.
16096Therefore, we can simply type @kbd{M-x apropos RET
16097print\|insert\|column RET} and look at the result. On my system, this
16098command once too takes quite some time, and then produced a list of 79
16099functions and variables. Now it does not take much time at all and
16100produces a list of 211 functions and variables. Scanning down the
16101list, the only function that looks as if it might do the job is
16102@code{insert-rectangle}.
16103
16104@need 1200
16105Indeed, this is the function we want; its documentation says:
16106
16107@smallexample
16108@group
16109insert-rectangle:
16110Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
16111RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point,
16112its second line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
16113RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
16114After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
16115and point is at the lower right corner.
16116@end group
16117@end smallexample
16118
16119We can run a quick test, to make sure it does what we expect of it.
16120
16121Here is the result of placing the cursor after the
16122@code{insert-rectangle} expression and typing @kbd{C-u C-x C-e}
16123(@code{eval-last-sexp}). The function inserts the strings
16124@samp{"first"}, @samp{"second"}, and @samp{"third"} at and below
16125point. Also the function returns @code{nil}.
16126
16127@smallexample
16128@group
16129(insert-rectangle '("first" "second" "third"))first
16130 second
16131 thirdnil
16132@end group
16133@end smallexample
16134
16135@noindent
16136Of course, we won't be inserting the text of the
16137@code{insert-rectangle} expression itself into the buffer in which we
16138are making the graph, but will call the function from our program. We
16139shall, however, have to make sure that point is in the buffer at the
16140place where the @code{insert-rectangle} function will insert its
16141column of strings.
16142
16143If you are reading this in Info, you can see how this works by
16144switching to another buffer, such as the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
16145placing point somewhere in the buffer, typing @kbd{M-:}, typing the
16146@code{insert-rectangle} expression into the minibuffer at the prompt,
16147and then typing @key{RET}. This causes Emacs to evaluate the
16148expression in the minibuffer, but to use as the value of point the
16149position of point in the @file{*scratch*} buffer. (@kbd{M-:} is the
16150keybinding for @code{eval-expression}. Also, @code{nil} does not
16151appear in the @file{*scratch*} buffer since the expression is
16152evaluated in the minibuffer.)
16153
16154We find when we do this that point ends up at the end of the last
16155inserted line---that is to say, this function moves point as a
16156side-effect. If we were to repeat the command, with point at this
16157position, the next insertion would be below and to the right of the
16158previous insertion. We don't want this! If we are going to make a
16159bar graph, the columns need to be beside each other.
16160
16161So we discover that each cycle of the column-inserting @code{while}
16162loop must reposition point to the place we want it, and that place
16163will be at the top, not the bottom, of the column. Moreover, we
16164remember that when we print a graph, we do not expect all the columns
16165to be the same height. This means that the top of each column may be
16166at a different height from the previous one. We cannot simply
16167reposition point to the same line each time, but moved over to the
16168right---or perhaps we can@dots{}
16169
16170We are planning to make the columns of the bar graph out of asterisks.
16171The number of asterisks in the column is the number specified by the
16172current element of the @code{numbers-list}. We need to construct a
16173list of asterisks of the right length for each call to
16174@code{insert-rectangle}. If this list consists solely of the requisite
16175number of asterisks, then we will have position point the right number
16176of lines above the base for the graph to print correctly. This could
16177be difficult.
16178
16179Alternatively, if we can figure out some way to pass
16180@code{insert-rectangle} a list of the same length each time, then we
16181can place point on the same line each time, but move it over one
16182column to the right for each new column. If we do this, however, some
16183of the entries in the list passed to @code{insert-rectangle} must be
16184blanks rather than asterisks. For example, if the maximum height of
16185the graph is 5, but the height of the column is 3, then
16186@code{insert-rectangle} requires an argument that looks like this:
16187
16188@smallexample
16189(" " " " "*" "*" "*")
16190@end smallexample
16191
16192This last proposal is not so difficult, so long as we can determine
16193the column height. There are two ways for us to specify the column
16194height: we can arbitrarily state what it will be, which would work
16195fine for graphs of that height; or we can search through the list of
16196numbers and use the maximum height of the list as the maximum height
16197of the graph. If the latter operation were difficult, then the former
16198procedure would be easiest, but there is a function built into Emacs
16199that determines the maximum of its arguments. We can use that
16200function. The function is called @code{max} and it returns the
16201largest of all its arguments, which must be numbers. Thus, for
16202example,
16203
16204@smallexample
16205(max 3 4 6 5 7 3)
16206@end smallexample
16207
16208@noindent
16209returns 7. (A corresponding function called @code{min} returns the
16210smallest of all its arguments.)
16211@findex max
16212@findex min
16213
16214However, we cannot simply call @code{max} on the @code{numbers-list};
16215the @code{max} function expects numbers as its argument, not a list of
16216numbers. Thus, the following expression,
16217
16218@smallexample
16219(max '(3 4 6 5 7 3))
16220@end smallexample
16221
16222@need 800
16223@noindent
16224produces the following error message;
16225
16226@smallexample
16227Wrong type of argument: number-or-marker-p, (3 4 6 5 7 3)
16228@end smallexample
16229
16230@findex apply
16231We need a function that passes a list of arguments to a function.
16232This function is @code{apply}. This function `applies' its first
16233argument (a function) to its remaining arguments, the last of which
16234may be a list.
16235
16236@need 1250
16237For example,
16238
16239@smallexample
16240(apply 'max 3 4 7 3 '(4 8 5))
16241@end smallexample
16242
16243@noindent
16244returns 8.
16245
16246(Incidentally, I don't know how you would learn of this function
16247without a book such as this. It is possible to discover other
16248functions, like @code{search-forward} or @code{insert-rectangle}, by
16249guessing at a part of their names and then using @code{apropos}. Even
16250though its base in metaphor is clear---`apply' its first argument to
16251the rest---I doubt a novice would come up with that particular word
16252when using @code{apropos} or other aid. Of course, I could be wrong;
16253after all, the function was first named by someone who had to invent
16254it.)
16255
16256The second and subsequent arguments to @code{apply} are optional, so
16257we can use @code{apply} to call a function and pass the elements of a
16258list to it, like this, which also returns 8:
16259
16260@smallexample
16261(apply 'max '(4 8 5))
16262@end smallexample
16263
16264This latter way is how we will use @code{apply}. The
16265@code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function returns a numbers'
16266list to which we can apply @code{max} (we could also apply @code{max} to
16267the sorted numbers' list; it does not matter whether the list is
16268sorted or not.)
16269
16270@need 800
16271Hence, the operation for finding the maximum height of the graph is this:
16272
16273@smallexample
16274(setq max-graph-height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16275@end smallexample
16276
16277Now we can return to the question of how to create a list of strings
16278for a column of the graph. Told the maximum height of the graph
16279and the number of asterisks that should appear in the column, the
16280function should return a list of strings for the
16281@code{insert-rectangle} command to insert.
16282
16283Each column is made up of asterisks or blanks. Since the function is
16284passed the value of the height of the column and the number of
16285asterisks in the column, the number of blanks can be found by
16286subtracting the number of asterisks from the height of the column.
16287Given the number of blanks and the number of asterisks, two
16288@code{while} loops can be used to construct the list:
16289
16290@smallexample
16291@group
16292;;; @r{First version.}
16293(defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
16294 "Return list of strings that is one column of a graph."
16295 (let ((insert-list nil)
16296 (number-of-top-blanks
16297 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
16298@end group
16299
16300@group
16301 ;; @r{Fill in asterisks.}
16302 (while (> actual-height 0)
16303 (setq insert-list (cons "*" insert-list))
16304 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
16305@end group
16306
16307@group
16308 ;; @r{Fill in blanks.}
16309 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
16310 (setq insert-list (cons " " insert-list))
16311 (setq number-of-top-blanks
16312 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
16313@end group
16314
16315@group
16316 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
16317 insert-list))
16318@end group
16319@end smallexample
16320
16321If you install this function and then evaluate the following
16322expression you will see that it returns the list as desired:
16323
16324@smallexample
16325(column-of-graph 5 3)
16326@end smallexample
16327
16328@need 800
16329@noindent
16330returns
16331
16332@smallexample
16333(" " " " "*" "*" "*")
16334@end smallexample
16335
16336As written, @code{column-of-graph} contains a major flaw: the symbols
16337used for the blank and for the marked entries in the column are
16338`hard-coded' as a space and asterisk. This is fine for a prototype,
16339but you, or another user, may wish to use other symbols. For example,
16340in testing the graph function, you many want to use a period in place
16341of the space, to make sure the point is being repositioned properly
16342each time the @code{insert-rectangle} function is called; or you might
16343want to substitute a @samp{+} sign or other symbol for the asterisk.
16344You might even want to make a graph-column that is more than one
16345display column wide. The program should be more flexible. The way to
16346do that is to replace the blank and the asterisk with two variables
16347that we can call @code{graph-blank} and @code{graph-symbol} and define
16348those variables separately.
16349
16350Also, the documentation is not well written. These considerations
16351lead us to the second version of the function:
16352
16353@smallexample
16354@group
16355(defvar graph-symbol "*"
16356 "String used as symbol in graph, usually an asterisk.")
16357@end group
16358
16359@group
16360(defvar graph-blank " "
16361 "String used as blank in graph, usually a blank space.
16362graph-blank must be the same number of columns wide
16363as graph-symbol.")
16364@end group
16365@end smallexample
16366
16367@noindent
16368(For an explanation of @code{defvar}, see
16369@ref{defvar, , Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}}.)
16370
16371@smallexample
16372@group
16373;;; @r{Second version.}
16374(defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
16375 "Return MAX-GRAPH-HEIGHT strings; ACTUAL-HEIGHT are graph-symbols.
16376
16377@end group
16378@group
16379The graph-symbols are contiguous entries at the end
16380of the list.
16381The list will be inserted as one column of a graph.
16382The strings are either graph-blank or graph-symbol."
16383@end group
16384
16385@group
16386 (let ((insert-list nil)
16387 (number-of-top-blanks
16388 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
16389@end group
16390
16391@group
16392 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-symbols}.}
16393 (while (> actual-height 0)
16394 (setq insert-list (cons graph-symbol insert-list))
16395 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
16396@end group
16397
16398@group
16399 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-blanks}.}
16400 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
16401 (setq insert-list (cons graph-blank insert-list))
16402 (setq number-of-top-blanks
16403 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
16404
16405 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
16406 insert-list))
16407@end group
16408@end smallexample
16409
16410If we wished, we could rewrite @code{column-of-graph} a third time to
16411provide optionally for a line graph as well as for a bar graph. This
16412would not be hard to do. One way to think of a line graph is that it
16413is no more than a bar graph in which the part of each bar that is
16414below the top is blank. To construct a column for a line graph, the
16415function first constructs a list of blanks that is one shorter than
16416the value, then it uses @code{cons} to attach a graph symbol to the
16417list; then it uses @code{cons} again to attach the `top blanks' to
16418the list.
16419
16420It is easy to see how to write such a function, but since we don't
16421need it, we will not do it. But the job could be done, and if it were
16422done, it would be done with @code{column-of-graph}. Even more
16423important, it is worth noting that few changes would have to be made
16424anywhere else. The enhancement, if we ever wish to make it, is
16425simple.
16426
16427Now, finally, we come to our first actual graph printing function.
16428This prints the body of a graph, not the labels for the vertical and
16429horizontal axes, so we can call this @code{graph-body-print}.
16430
d6adf7e7 16431@node graph-body-print
8cda6f8f
GM
16432@section The @code{graph-body-print} Function
16433@findex graph-body-print
16434
16435After our preparation in the preceding section, the
16436@code{graph-body-print} function is straightforward. The function
16437will print column after column of asterisks and blanks, using the
16438elements of a numbers' list to specify the number of asterisks in each
16439column. This is a repetitive act, which means we can use a
16440decrementing @code{while} loop or recursive function for the job. In
16441this section, we will write the definition using a @code{while} loop.
16442
16443The @code{column-of-graph} function requires the height of the graph
16444as an argument, so we should determine and record that as a local variable.
16445
16446This leads us to the following template for the @code{while} loop
16447version of this function:
16448
16449@smallexample
16450@group
16451(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16452 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
16453 (let ((height @dots{}
16454 @dots{}))
16455@end group
16456
16457@group
16458 (while numbers-list
16459 @var{insert-columns-and-reposition-point}
16460 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))))
16461@end group
16462@end smallexample
16463
16464@noindent
16465We need to fill in the slots of the template.
16466
16467Clearly, we can use the @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)} expression to
16468determine the height of the graph.
16469
16470The @code{while} loop will cycle through the @code{numbers-list} one
16471element at a time. As it is shortened by the @code{(setq numbers-list
16472(cdr numbers-list))} expression, the @sc{car} of each instance of the
16473list is the value of the argument for @code{column-of-graph}.
16474
16475At each cycle of the @code{while} loop, the @code{insert-rectangle}
16476function inserts the list returned by @code{column-of-graph}. Since
16477the @code{insert-rectangle} function moves point to the lower right of
16478the inserted rectangle, we need to save the location of point at the
16479time the rectangle is inserted, move back to that position after the
16480rectangle is inserted, and then move horizontally to the next place
16481from which @code{insert-rectangle} is called.
16482
16483If the inserted columns are one character wide, as they will be if
16484single blanks and asterisks are used, the repositioning command is
16485simply @code{(forward-char 1)}; however, the width of a column may be
16486greater than one. This means that the repositioning command should be
16487written @code{(forward-char symbol-width)}. The @code{symbol-width}
16488itself is the length of a @code{graph-blank} and can be found using
16489the expression @code{(length graph-blank)}. The best place to bind
16490the @code{symbol-width} variable to the value of the width of graph
16491column is in the varlist of the @code{let} expression.
16492
16493@need 1250
16494These considerations lead to the following function definition:
16495
16496@smallexample
16497@group
16498(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16499 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
16500The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values."
16501
16502 (let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16503 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))
16504 from-position)
16505@end group
16506
16507@group
16508 (while numbers-list
16509 (setq from-position (point))
16510 (insert-rectangle
16511 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
16512 (goto-char from-position)
16513 (forward-char symbol-width)
16514@end group
16515@group
16516 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
16517 (sit-for 0)
16518 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
16519@end group
16520@group
16521 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
16522 (forward-line height)
16523 (insert "\n")
16524))
16525@end group
16526@end smallexample
16527
16528@noindent
16529The one unexpected expression in this function is the
16530@w{@code{(sit-for 0)}} expression in the @code{while} loop. This
16531expression makes the graph printing operation more interesting to
16532watch than it would be otherwise. The expression causes Emacs to
16533`sit' or do nothing for a zero length of time and then redraw the
16534screen. Placed here, it causes Emacs to redraw the screen column by
16535column. Without it, Emacs would not redraw the screen until the
16536function exits.
16537
16538We can test @code{graph-body-print} with a short list of numbers.
16539
16540@enumerate
16541@item
16542Install @code{graph-symbol}, @code{graph-blank},
16543@code{column-of-graph}, which are in
16544@iftex
16545@ref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph},
16546@end iftex
16547@ifinfo
16548@ref{Columns of a graph},
16549@end ifinfo
16550and @code{graph-body-print}.
16551
16552@need 800
16553@item
16554Copy the following expression:
16555
16556@smallexample
16557(graph-body-print '(1 2 3 4 6 4 3 5 7 6 5 2 3))
16558@end smallexample
16559
16560@item
16561Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
16562want the graph to start.
16563
16564@item
16565Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
16566
16567@item
16568Yank the @code{graph-body-print} expression into the minibuffer
16569with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
16570
16571@item
16572Press @key{RET} to evaluate the @code{graph-body-print} expression.
16573@end enumerate
16574
16575@need 800
16576Emacs will print a graph like this:
16577
16578@smallexample
16579@group
16580 *
16581 * **
16582 * ****
16583 *** ****
16584 ********* *
16585 ************
16586 *************
16587@end group
16588@end smallexample
16589
d6adf7e7 16590@node recursive-graph-body-print
8cda6f8f
GM
16591@section The @code{recursive-graph-body-print} Function
16592@findex recursive-graph-body-print
16593
16594The @code{graph-body-print} function may also be written recursively.
16595The recursive solution is divided into two parts: an outside `wrapper'
16596that uses a @code{let} expression to determine the values of several
16597variables that need only be found once, such as the maximum height of
16598the graph, and an inside function that is called recursively to print
16599the graph.
16600
16601@need 1250
16602The `wrapper' is uncomplicated:
16603
16604@smallexample
16605@group
16606(defun recursive-graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16607 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
16608The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values."
16609 (let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16610 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))
16611 from-position)
16612 (recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16613 numbers-list
16614 height
16615 symbol-width)))
16616@end group
16617@end smallexample
16618
16619The recursive function is a little more difficult. It has four parts:
16620the `do-again-test', the printing code, the recursive call, and the
16621`next-step-expression'. The `do-again-test' is a @code{when}
16622expression that determines whether the @code{numbers-list} contains
16623any remaining elements; if it does, the function prints one column of
16624the graph using the printing code and calls itself again. The
16625function calls itself again according to the value produced by the
16626`next-step-expression' which causes the call to act on a shorter
16627version of the @code{numbers-list}.
16628
16629@smallexample
16630@group
16631(defun recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16632 (numbers-list height symbol-width)
16633 "Print a bar graph.
16634Used within recursive-graph-body-print function."
16635@end group
16636
16637@group
16638 (when numbers-list
16639 (setq from-position (point))
16640 (insert-rectangle
16641 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
16642@end group
16643@group
16644 (goto-char from-position)
16645 (forward-char symbol-width)
16646 (sit-for 0) ; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
16647 (recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16648 (cdr numbers-list) height symbol-width)))
16649@end group
16650@end smallexample
16651
16652@need 1250
16653After installation, this expression can be tested; here is a sample:
16654
16655@smallexample
16656(recursive-graph-body-print '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1))
16657@end smallexample
16658
16659@need 800
16660Here is what @code{recursive-graph-body-print} produces:
16661
16662@smallexample
16663@group
16664 *
16665 ** *
16666 **** *
16667 **** ***
16668 * *********
16669 ************
16670 *************
16671@end group
16672@end smallexample
16673
16674Either of these two functions, @code{graph-body-print} or
16675@code{recursive-graph-body-print}, create the body of a graph.
16676
d6adf7e7 16677@node Printed Axes
8cda6f8f
GM
16678@section Need for Printed Axes
16679
16680A graph needs printed axes, so you can orient yourself. For a do-once
44e97401 16681project, it may be reasonable to draw the axes by hand using Emacs's
8cda6f8f
GM
16682Picture mode; but a graph drawing function may be used more than once.
16683
16684For this reason, I have written enhancements to the basic
16685@code{print-graph-body} function that automatically print labels for
16686the horizontal and vertical axes. Since the label printing functions
16687do not contain much new material, I have placed their description in
09e80d9f 16688an appendix. @xref{Full Graph, , A Graph with Labeled Axes}.
8cda6f8f 16689
d6adf7e7 16690@node Line Graph Exercise
8cda6f8f
GM
16691@section Exercise
16692
16693Write a line graph version of the graph printing functions.
16694
d6adf7e7 16695@node Emacs Initialization
8cda6f8f
GM
16696@chapter Your @file{.emacs} File
16697@cindex @file{.emacs} file
16698@cindex Customizing your @file{.emacs} file
16699@cindex Initialization file
16700
f99f1641 16701``You don't have to like Emacs to like it''---this seemingly
8cda6f8f
GM
16702paradoxical statement is the secret of GNU Emacs. The plain, `out of
16703the box' Emacs is a generic tool. Most people who use it, customize
16704it to suit themselves.
16705
16706GNU Emacs is mostly written in Emacs Lisp; this means that by writing
16707expressions in Emacs Lisp you can change or extend Emacs.
16708
16709@menu
16710* Default Configuration::
16711* Site-wide Init:: You can write site-wide init files.
16712* defcustom:: Emacs will write code for you.
f2243267 16713* Beginning init File:: How to write a @file{.emacs} init file.
8cda6f8f
GM
16714* Text and Auto-fill:: Automatically wrap lines.
16715* Mail Aliases:: Use abbreviations for email addresses.
16716* Indent Tabs Mode:: Don't use tabs with @TeX{}
16717* Keybindings:: Create some personal keybindings.
16718* Keymaps:: More about key binding.
16719* Loading Files:: Load (i.e., evaluate) files automatically.
16720* Autoload:: Make functions available.
16721* Simple Extension:: Define a function; bind it to a key.
16722* X11 Colors:: Colors in X.
16723* Miscellaneous::
16724* Mode Line:: How to customize your mode line.
16725@end menu
16726
8cda6f8f 16727@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 16728@node Default Configuration
44e97401 16729@unnumberedsec Emacs's Default Configuration
8cda6f8f
GM
16730@end ifnottex
16731
44e97401 16732There are those who appreciate Emacs's default configuration. After
8cda6f8f
GM
16733all, Emacs starts you in C mode when you edit a C file, starts you in
16734Fortran mode when you edit a Fortran file, and starts you in
16735Fundamental mode when you edit an unadorned file. This all makes
16736sense, if you do not know who is going to use Emacs. Who knows what a
16737person hopes to do with an unadorned file? Fundamental mode is the
16738right default for such a file, just as C mode is the right default for
16739editing C code. (Enough programming languages have syntaxes
16740that enable them to share or nearly share features, so C mode is
6bd6c2fa 16741now provided by CC mode, the `C Collection'.)
8cda6f8f
GM
16742
16743But when you do know who is going to use Emacs---you,
16744yourself---then it makes sense to customize Emacs.
16745
16746For example, I seldom want Fundamental mode when I edit an
16747otherwise undistinguished file; I want Text mode. This is why I
16748customize Emacs: so it suits me.
16749
16750You can customize and extend Emacs by writing or adapting a
16751@file{~/.emacs} file. This is your personal initialization file; its
16752contents, written in Emacs Lisp, tell Emacs what to do.@footnote{You
16753may also add @file{.el} to @file{~/.emacs} and call it a
16754@file{~/.emacs.el} file. In the past, you were forbidden to type the
16755extra keystrokes that the name @file{~/.emacs.el} requires, but now
16756you may. The new format is consistent with the Emacs Lisp file
16757naming conventions; the old format saves typing.}
16758
16759A @file{~/.emacs} file contains Emacs Lisp code. You can write this
44e97401 16760code yourself; or you can use Emacs's @code{customize} feature to write
8cda6f8f
GM
16761the code for you. You can combine your own expressions and
16762auto-written Customize expressions in your @file{.emacs} file.
16763
16764(I myself prefer to write my own expressions, except for those,
16765particularly fonts, that I find easier to manipulate using the
16766@code{customize} command. I combine the two methods.)
16767
16768Most of this chapter is about writing expressions yourself. It
16769describes a simple @file{.emacs} file; for more information, see
16770@ref{Init File, , The Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, and
16771@ref{Init File, , The Init File, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
16772Manual}.
16773
d6adf7e7 16774@node Site-wide Init
8cda6f8f
GM
16775@section Site-wide Initialization Files
16776
16777@cindex @file{default.el} init file
16778@cindex @file{site-init.el} init file
16779@cindex @file{site-load.el} init file
16780In addition to your personal initialization file, Emacs automatically
16781loads various site-wide initialization files, if they exist. These
16782have the same form as your @file{.emacs} file, but are loaded by
16783everyone.
16784
16785Two site-wide initialization files, @file{site-load.el} and
16786@file{site-init.el}, are loaded into Emacs and then `dumped' if a
16787`dumped' version of Emacs is created, as is most common. (Dumped
16788copies of Emacs load more quickly. However, once a file is loaded and
16789dumped, a change to it does not lead to a change in Emacs unless you
16790load it yourself or re-dump Emacs. @xref{Building Emacs, , Building
16791Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, and the
16792@file{INSTALL} file.)
16793
16794Three other site-wide initialization files are loaded automatically
16795each time you start Emacs, if they exist. These are
16796@file{site-start.el}, which is loaded @emph{before} your @file{.emacs}
16797file, and @file{default.el}, and the terminal type file, which are both
16798loaded @emph{after} your @file{.emacs} file.
16799
16800Settings and definitions in your @file{.emacs} file will overwrite
16801conflicting settings and definitions in a @file{site-start.el} file,
16802if it exists; but the settings and definitions in a @file{default.el}
16803or terminal type file will overwrite those in your @file{.emacs} file.
16804(You can prevent interference from a terminal type file by setting
16805@code{term-file-prefix} to @code{nil}. @xref{Simple Extension, , A
16806Simple Extension}.)
16807
16808@c Rewritten to avoid overfull hbox.
16809The @file{INSTALL} file that comes in the distribution contains
16810descriptions of the @file{site-init.el} and @file{site-load.el} files.
16811
16812The @file{loadup.el}, @file{startup.el}, and @file{loaddefs.el} files
16813control loading. These files are in the @file{lisp} directory of the
16814Emacs distribution and are worth perusing.
16815
16816The @file{loaddefs.el} file contains a good many suggestions as to
16817what to put into your own @file{.emacs} file, or into a site-wide
16818initialization file.
16819
d6adf7e7 16820@node defcustom
8cda6f8f
GM
16821@section Specifying Variables using @code{defcustom}
16822@findex defcustom
16823
16824You can specify variables using @code{defcustom} so that you and
44e97401 16825others can then use Emacs's @code{customize} feature to set their
8cda6f8f
GM
16826values. (You cannot use @code{customize} to write function
16827definitions; but you can write @code{defuns} in your @file{.emacs}
16828file. Indeed, you can write any Lisp expression in your @file{.emacs}
16829file.)
16830
767b8eae
XF
16831The @code{customize} feature depends on the @code{defcustom} macro.
16832Although you can use @code{defvar} or @code{setq} for variables that
16833users set, the @code{defcustom} macro is designed for the job.
8cda6f8f
GM
16834
16835You can use your knowledge of @code{defvar} for writing the
16836first three arguments for @code{defcustom}. The first argument to
16837@code{defcustom} is the name of the variable. The second argument is
16838the variable's initial value, if any; and this value is set only if
16839the value has not already been set. The third argument is the
16840documentation.
16841
16842The fourth and subsequent arguments to @code{defcustom} specify types
16843and options; these are not featured in @code{defvar}. (These
16844arguments are optional.)
16845
16846Each of these arguments consists of a keyword followed by a value.
16847Each keyword starts with the colon character @samp{:}.
16848
16849@need 1250
16850For example, the customizable user option variable
16851@code{text-mode-hook} looks like this:
16852
16853@smallexample
16854@group
16855(defcustom text-mode-hook nil
16856 "Normal hook run when entering Text mode and many related modes."
16857 :type 'hook
16858 :options '(turn-on-auto-fill flyspell-mode)
cfe1c0af 16859 :group 'wp)
8cda6f8f
GM
16860@end group
16861@end smallexample
16862
16863@noindent
16864The name of the variable is @code{text-mode-hook}; it has no default
16865value; and its documentation string tells you what it does.
16866
16867The @code{:type} keyword tells Emacs the kind of data to which
16868@code{text-mode-hook} should be set and how to display the value in a
16869Customization buffer.
16870
16871The @code{:options} keyword specifies a suggested list of values for
16872the variable. Usually, @code{:options} applies to a hook.
16873The list is only a suggestion; it is not exclusive; a person who sets
16874the variable may set it to other values; the list shown following the
16875@code{:options} keyword is intended to offer convenient choices to a
16876user.
16877
16878Finally, the @code{:group} keyword tells the Emacs Customization
16879command in which group the variable is located. This tells where to
16880find it.
16881
09b98a01 16882The @code{defcustom} macro recognizes more than a dozen keywords.
8cda6f8f
GM
16883For more information, see @ref{Customization, , Writing Customization
16884Definitions, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
16885
16886Consider @code{text-mode-hook} as an example.
16887
16888There are two ways to customize this variable. You can use the
16889customization command or write the appropriate expressions yourself.
16890
16891@need 800
16892Using the customization command, you can type:
16893
16894@smallexample
16895M-x customize
16896@end smallexample
16897
16898@noindent
16899and find that the group for editing files of data is called `data'.
16900Enter that group. Text Mode Hook is the first member. You can click
16901on its various options, such as @code{turn-on-auto-fill}, to set the
16902values. After you click on the button to
16903
16904@smallexample
16905Save for Future Sessions
16906@end smallexample
16907
16908@noindent
16909Emacs will write an expression into your @file{.emacs} file.
16910It will look like this:
16911
16912@smallexample
16913@group
16914(custom-set-variables
16915 ;; custom-set-variables was added by Custom.
16916 ;; If you edit it by hand, you could mess it up, so be careful.
16917 ;; Your init file should contain only one such instance.
16918 ;; If there is more than one, they won't work right.
16919 '(text-mode-hook (quote (turn-on-auto-fill text-mode-hook-identify))))
16920@end group
16921@end smallexample
16922
16923@noindent
16924(The @code{text-mode-hook-identify} function tells
16925@code{toggle-text-mode-auto-fill} which buffers are in Text mode.
16926It comes on automatically.)
16927
16928The @code{custom-set-variables} function works somewhat differently
16929than a @code{setq}. While I have never learned the differences, I
16930modify the @code{custom-set-variables} expressions in my @file{.emacs}
16931file by hand: I make the changes in what appears to me to be a
16932reasonable manner and have not had any problems. Others prefer to use
16933the Customization command and let Emacs do the work for them.
16934
16935Another @code{custom-set-@dots{}} function is @code{custom-set-faces}.
16936This function sets the various font faces. Over time, I have set a
16937considerable number of faces. Some of the time, I re-set them using
16938@code{customize}; other times, I simply edit the
16939@code{custom-set-faces} expression in my @file{.emacs} file itself.
16940
16941The second way to customize your @code{text-mode-hook} is to set it
16942yourself in your @file{.emacs} file using code that has nothing to do
16943with the @code{custom-set-@dots{}} functions.
16944
16945@need 800
16946When you do this, and later use @code{customize}, you will see a
16947message that says
16948
16949@smallexample
16950CHANGED outside Customize; operating on it here may be unreliable.
16951@end smallexample
16952
16953@need 800
16954This message is only a warning. If you click on the button to
16955
16956@smallexample
16957Save for Future Sessions
16958@end smallexample
16959
16960@noindent
16961Emacs will write a @code{custom-set-@dots{}} expression near the end
16962of your @file{.emacs} file that will be evaluated after your
16963hand-written expression. It will, therefore, overrule your
16964hand-written expression. No harm will be done. When you do this,
16965however, be careful to remember which expression is active; if you
16966forget, you may confuse yourself.
16967
16968So long as you remember where the values are set, you will have no
16969trouble. In any event, the values are always set in your
16970initialization file, which is usually called @file{.emacs}.
16971
16972I myself use @code{customize} for hardly anything. Mostly, I write
16973expressions myself.
16974
16975@findex defsubst
16976@findex defconst
16977Incidentally, to be more complete concerning defines: @code{defsubst}
16978defines an inline function. The syntax is just like that of
16979@code{defun}. @code{defconst} defines a symbol as a constant. The
16980intent is that neither programs nor users should ever change a value
16981set by @code{defconst}. (You can change it; the value set is a
16982variable; but please do not.)
16983
f2243267 16984@node Beginning init File
8cda6f8f
GM
16985@section Beginning a @file{.emacs} File
16986@cindex @file{.emacs} file, beginning of
16987
16988When you start Emacs, it loads your @file{.emacs} file unless you tell
16989it not to by specifying @samp{-q} on the command line. (The
16990@code{emacs -q} command gives you a plain, out-of-the-box Emacs.)
16991
16992A @file{.emacs} file contains Lisp expressions. Often, these are no
16993more than expressions to set values; sometimes they are function
16994definitions.
16995
16996@xref{Init File, , The Init File @file{~/.emacs}, emacs, The GNU Emacs
16997Manual}, for a short description of initialization files.
16998
16999This chapter goes over some of the same ground, but is a walk among
17000extracts from a complete, long-used @file{.emacs} file---my own.
17001
17002The first part of the file consists of comments: reminders to myself.
17003By now, of course, I remember these things, but when I started, I did
17004not.
17005
17006@need 1200
17007@smallexample
17008@group
17009;;;; Bob's .emacs file
17010; Robert J. Chassell
17011; 26 September 1985
17012@end group
17013@end smallexample
17014
17015@noindent
17016Look at that date! I started this file a long time ago. I have been
17017adding to it ever since.
17018
17019@smallexample
17020@group
17021; Each section in this file is introduced by a
17022; line beginning with four semicolons; and each
17023; entry is introduced by a line beginning with
17024; three semicolons.
17025@end group
17026@end smallexample
17027
17028@noindent
17029This describes the usual conventions for comments in Emacs Lisp.
17030Everything on a line that follows a semicolon is a comment. Two,
17031three, and four semicolons are used as subsection and section markers.
17032(@xref{Comments, ,, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for
17033more about comments.)
17034
17035@smallexample
17036@group
17037;;;; The Help Key
17038; Control-h is the help key;
17039; after typing control-h, type a letter to
17040; indicate the subject about which you want help.
17041; For an explanation of the help facility,
17042; type control-h two times in a row.
17043@end group
17044@end smallexample
17045
17046@noindent
17047Just remember: type @kbd{C-h} two times for help.
17048
17049@smallexample
17050@group
17051; To find out about any mode, type control-h m
17052; while in that mode. For example, to find out
17053; about mail mode, enter mail mode and then type
17054; control-h m.
17055@end group
17056@end smallexample
17057
17058@noindent
17059`Mode help', as I call this, is very helpful. Usually, it tells you
17060all you need to know.
17061
17062Of course, you don't need to include comments like these in your
17063@file{.emacs} file. I included them in mine because I kept forgetting
17064about Mode help or the conventions for comments---but I was able to
17065remember to look here to remind myself.
17066
d6adf7e7 17067@node Text and Auto-fill
8cda6f8f
GM
17068@section Text and Auto Fill Mode
17069
17070Now we come to the part that `turns on' Text mode and
17071Auto Fill mode.
17072
17073@smallexample
17074@group
17075;;; Text mode and Auto Fill mode
cd61af01
SM
17076;; The next two lines put Emacs into Text mode
17077;; and Auto Fill mode, and are for writers who
17078;; want to start writing prose rather than code.
17079(setq-default major-mode 'text-mode)
8cda6f8f
GM
17080(add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
17081@end group
17082@end smallexample
17083
17084Here is the first part of this @file{.emacs} file that does something
17085besides remind a forgetful human!
17086
17087The first of the two lines in parentheses tells Emacs to turn on Text
17088mode when you find a file, @emph{unless} that file should go into some
17089other mode, such as C mode.
17090
17091@cindex Per-buffer, local variables list
17092@cindex Local variables list, per-buffer,
17093@cindex Automatic mode selection
17094@cindex Mode selection, automatic
17095When Emacs reads a file, it looks at the extension to the file name,
17096if any. (The extension is the part that comes after a @samp{.}.) If
17097the file ends with a @samp{.c} or @samp{.h} extension then Emacs turns
17098on C mode. Also, Emacs looks at first nonblank line of the file; if
17099the line says @w{@samp{-*- C -*-}}, Emacs turns on C mode. Emacs
17100possesses a list of extensions and specifications that it uses
17101automatically. In addition, Emacs looks near the last page for a
17102per-buffer, ``local variables list'', if any.
17103
17104@ifinfo
17105@xref{Choosing Modes, , How Major Modes are Chosen, emacs, The GNU
17106Emacs Manual}.
17107
17108@xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17109Manual}.
17110@end ifinfo
17111@iftex
17112See sections ``How Major Modes are Chosen'' and ``Local Variables in
17113Files'' in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17114@end iftex
17115
17116Now, back to the @file{.emacs} file.
17117
17118@need 800
17119Here is the line again; how does it work?
17120
17121@cindex Text Mode turned on
17122@smallexample
4e3b4528 17123(setq major-mode 'text-mode)
8cda6f8f
GM
17124@end smallexample
17125
17126@noindent
17127This line is a short, but complete Emacs Lisp expression.
17128
17129We are already familiar with @code{setq}. It sets the following variable,
4e3b4528
SM
17130@code{major-mode}, to the subsequent value, which is @code{text-mode}.
17131The single quote mark before @code{text-mode} tells Emacs to deal directly
17132with the @code{text-mode} symbol, not with whatever it might stand for.
17133@xref{set & setq, , Setting the Value of a Variable},
17134for a reminder of how @code{setq} works.
17135The main point is that there is no difference between the procedure you
17136use to set a value in your @file{.emacs} file and the procedure you use
17137anywhere else in Emacs.
8cda6f8f
GM
17138
17139@need 800
17140Here is the next line:
17141
17142@cindex Auto Fill mode turned on
17143@findex add-hook
17144@smallexample
17145(add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
17146@end smallexample
17147
17148@noindent
17149In this line, the @code{add-hook} command adds
17150@code{turn-on-auto-fill} to the variable.
17151
17152@code{turn-on-auto-fill} is the name of a program, that, you guessed
17153it!, turns on Auto Fill mode.
17154
17155Every time Emacs turns on Text mode, Emacs runs the commands `hooked'
17156onto Text mode. So every time Emacs turns on Text mode, Emacs also
17157turns on Auto Fill mode.
17158
17159In brief, the first line causes Emacs to enter Text mode when you edit a
17160file, unless the file name extension, a first non-blank line, or local
17161variables to tell Emacs otherwise.
17162
17163Text mode among other actions, sets the syntax table to work
17164conveniently for writers. In Text mode, Emacs considers an apostrophe
17165as part of a word like a letter; but Emacs does not consider a period
17166or a space as part of a word. Thus, @kbd{M-f} moves you over
17167@samp{it's}. On the other hand, in C mode, @kbd{M-f} stops just after
17168the @samp{t} of @samp{it's}.
17169
17170The second line causes Emacs to turn on Auto Fill mode when it turns
17171on Text mode. In Auto Fill mode, Emacs automatically breaks a line
17172that is too wide and brings the excessively wide part of the line down
17173to the next line. Emacs breaks lines between words, not within them.
17174
17175When Auto Fill mode is turned off, lines continue to the right as you
17176type them. Depending on how you set the value of
17177@code{truncate-lines}, the words you type either disappear off the
17178right side of the screen, or else are shown, in a rather ugly and
17179unreadable manner, as a continuation line on the screen.
17180
17181@need 1250
17182In addition, in this part of my @file{.emacs} file, I tell the Emacs
17183fill commands to insert two spaces after a colon:
17184
17185@smallexample
17186(setq colon-double-space t)
17187@end smallexample
17188
d6adf7e7 17189@node Mail Aliases
8cda6f8f
GM
17190@section Mail Aliases
17191
17192Here is a @code{setq} that `turns on' mail aliases, along with more
17193reminders.
17194
17195@smallexample
17196@group
17197;;; Mail mode
17198; To enter mail mode, type `C-x m'
17199; To enter RMAIL (for reading mail),
17200; type `M-x rmail'
17201(setq mail-aliases t)
17202@end group
17203@end smallexample
17204
17205@cindex Mail aliases
17206@noindent
17207This @code{setq} command sets the value of the variable
17208@code{mail-aliases} to @code{t}. Since @code{t} means true, the line
17209says, in effect, ``Yes, use mail aliases.''
17210
17211Mail aliases are convenient short names for long email addresses or
17212for lists of email addresses. The file where you keep your `aliases'
17213is @file{~/.mailrc}. You write an alias like this:
17214
17215@smallexample
17216alias geo george@@foobar.wiz.edu
17217@end smallexample
17218
17219@noindent
17220When you write a message to George, address it to @samp{geo}; the
17221mailer will automatically expand @samp{geo} to the full address.
17222
d6adf7e7 17223@node Indent Tabs Mode
8cda6f8f
GM
17224@section Indent Tabs Mode
17225@cindex Tabs, preventing
17226@findex indent-tabs-mode
17227
17228By default, Emacs inserts tabs in place of multiple spaces when it
17229formats a region. (For example, you might indent many lines of text
17230all at once with the @code{indent-region} command.) Tabs look fine on
17231a terminal or with ordinary printing, but they produce badly indented
17232output when you use @TeX{} or Texinfo since @TeX{} ignores tabs.
17233
17234@need 1250
17235The following turns off Indent Tabs mode:
17236
17237@smallexample
17238@group
17239;;; Prevent Extraneous Tabs
17240(setq-default indent-tabs-mode nil)
17241@end group
17242@end smallexample
17243
17244Note that this line uses @code{setq-default} rather than the
17245@code{setq} command that we have seen before. The @code{setq-default}
17246command sets values only in buffers that do not have their own local
17247values for the variable.
17248
17249@ifinfo
17250@xref{Just Spaces, , Tabs vs. Spaces, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17251
17252@xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17253Manual}.
17254@end ifinfo
17255@iftex
17256See sections ``Tabs vs.@: Spaces'' and ``Local Variables in
17257Files'' in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17258@end iftex
17259
17260@need 1700
d6adf7e7 17261@node Keybindings
8cda6f8f
GM
17262@section Some Keybindings
17263
17264Now for some personal keybindings:
17265
17266@smallexample
17267@group
17268;;; Compare windows
17269(global-set-key "\C-cw" 'compare-windows)
17270@end group
17271@end smallexample
17272
17273@findex compare-windows
17274@code{compare-windows} is a nifty command that compares the text in
17275your current window with text in the next window. It makes the
17276comparison by starting at point in each window, moving over text in
17277each window as far as they match. I use this command all the time.
17278
17279This also shows how to set a key globally, for all modes.
17280
17281@cindex Setting a key globally
17282@cindex Global set key
17283@cindex Key setting globally
17284@findex global-set-key
17285The command is @code{global-set-key}. It is followed by the
17286keybinding. In a @file{.emacs} file, the keybinding is written as
17287shown: @code{\C-c} stands for `control-c', which means `press the
17288control key and the @key{c} key at the same time'. The @code{w} means
17289`press the @key{w} key'. The keybinding is surrounded by double
17290quotation marks. In documentation, you would write this as
17291@w{@kbd{C-c w}}. (If you were binding a @key{META} key, such as
17292@kbd{M-c}, rather than a @key{CTRL} key, you would write
17293@w{@code{\M-c}} in your @file{.emacs} file. @xref{Init Rebinding, ,
17294Rebinding Keys in Your Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for
17295details.)
17296
17297The command invoked by the keys is @code{compare-windows}. Note that
17298@code{compare-windows} is preceded by a single quote; otherwise, Emacs
17299would first try to evaluate the symbol to determine its value.
17300
17301These three things, the double quotation marks, the backslash before
17302the @samp{C}, and the single quote mark are necessary parts of
17303keybinding that I tend to forget. Fortunately, I have come to
17304remember that I should look at my existing @file{.emacs} file, and
17305adapt what is there.
17306
17307As for the keybinding itself: @kbd{C-c w}. This combines the prefix
17308key, @kbd{C-c}, with a single character, in this case, @kbd{w}. This
17309set of keys, @kbd{C-c} followed by a single character, is strictly
17310reserved for individuals' own use. (I call these `own' keys, since
17311these are for my own use.) You should always be able to create such a
17312keybinding for your own use without stomping on someone else's
17313keybinding. If you ever write an extension to Emacs, please avoid
17314taking any of these keys for public use. Create a key like @kbd{C-c
17315C-w} instead. Otherwise, we will run out of `own' keys.
17316
17317@need 1250
17318Here is another keybinding, with a comment:
17319
17320@smallexample
17321@group
17322;;; Keybinding for `occur'
17323; I use occur a lot, so let's bind it to a key:
17324(global-set-key "\C-co" 'occur)
17325@end group
17326@end smallexample
17327
17328@findex occur
17329The @code{occur} command shows all the lines in the current buffer
17330that contain a match for a regular expression. Matching lines are
17331shown in a buffer called @file{*Occur*}. That buffer serves as a menu
17332to jump to occurrences.
17333
17334@findex global-unset-key
17335@cindex Unbinding key
17336@cindex Key unbinding
17337@need 1250
17338Here is how to unbind a key, so it does not
17339work:
17340
17341@smallexample
17342@group
17343;;; Unbind `C-x f'
17344(global-unset-key "\C-xf")
17345@end group
17346@end smallexample
17347
17348There is a reason for this unbinding: I found I inadvertently typed
17349@w{@kbd{C-x f}} when I meant to type @kbd{C-x C-f}. Rather than find a
17350file, as I intended, I accidentally set the width for filled text,
17351almost always to a width I did not want. Since I hardly ever reset my
17352default width, I simply unbound the key.
17353
17354@findex list-buffers, @r{rebound}
17355@findex buffer-menu, @r{bound to key}
17356@need 1250
17357The following rebinds an existing key:
17358
17359@smallexample
17360@group
17361;;; Rebind `C-x C-b' for `buffer-menu'
17362(global-set-key "\C-x\C-b" 'buffer-menu)
17363@end group
17364@end smallexample
17365
17366By default, @kbd{C-x C-b} runs the
17367@code{list-buffers} command. This command lists
17368your buffers in @emph{another} window. Since I
17369almost always want to do something in that
17370window, I prefer the @code{buffer-menu}
17371command, which not only lists the buffers,
17372but moves point into that window.
17373
d6adf7e7 17374@node Keymaps
8cda6f8f
GM
17375@section Keymaps
17376@cindex Keymaps
17377@cindex Rebinding keys
17378
17379Emacs uses @dfn{keymaps} to record which keys call which commands.
17380When you use @code{global-set-key} to set the keybinding for a single
17381command in all parts of Emacs, you are specifying the keybinding in
17382@code{current-global-map}.
17383
17384Specific modes, such as C mode or Text mode, have their own keymaps;
17385the mode-specific keymaps override the global map that is shared by
17386all buffers.
17387
17388The @code{global-set-key} function binds, or rebinds, the global
17389keymap. For example, the following binds the key @kbd{C-x C-b} to the
17390function @code{buffer-menu}:
17391
17392@smallexample
17393(global-set-key "\C-x\C-b" 'buffer-menu)
17394@end smallexample
17395
17396Mode-specific keymaps are bound using the @code{define-key} function,
17397which takes a specific keymap as an argument, as well as the key and
17398the command. For example, my @file{.emacs} file contains the
17399following expression to bind the @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} command
17400to @kbd{C-c C-c g}:
17401
17402@smallexample
17403@group
17404(define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cg" 'texinfo-insert-@@group)
17405@end group
17406@end smallexample
17407
17408@noindent
17409The @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} function itself is a little extension
17410to Texinfo mode that inserts @samp{@@group} into a Texinfo file. I
17411use this command all the time and prefer to type the three strokes
17412@kbd{C-c C-c g} rather than the six strokes @kbd{@@ g r o u p}.
17413(@samp{@@group} and its matching @samp{@@end group} are commands that
17414keep all enclosed text together on one page; many multi-line examples
17415in this book are surrounded by @samp{@@group @dots{} @@end group}.)
17416
17417@need 1250
17418Here is the @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} function definition:
17419
17420@smallexample
17421@group
17422(defun texinfo-insert-@@group ()
17423 "Insert the string @@group in a Texinfo buffer."
17424 (interactive)
17425 (beginning-of-line)
17426 (insert "@@group\n"))
17427@end group
17428@end smallexample
17429
17430(Of course, I could have used Abbrev mode to save typing, rather than
17431write a function to insert a word; but I prefer key strokes consistent
17432with other Texinfo mode key bindings.)
17433
17434You will see numerous @code{define-key} expressions in
17435@file{loaddefs.el} as well as in the various mode libraries, such as
17436@file{cc-mode.el} and @file{lisp-mode.el}.
17437
17438@xref{Key Bindings, , Customizing Key Bindings, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17439Manual}, and @ref{Keymaps, , Keymaps, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
17440Reference Manual}, for more information about keymaps.
17441
d6adf7e7 17442@node Loading Files
8cda6f8f
GM
17443@section Loading Files
17444@cindex Loading files
17445@c findex load
17446
17447Many people in the GNU Emacs community have written extensions to
17448Emacs. As time goes by, these extensions are often included in new
17449releases. For example, the Calendar and Diary packages are now part
17450of the standard GNU Emacs, as is Calc.
17451
17452You can use a @code{load} command to evaluate a complete file and
17453thereby install all the functions and variables in the file into Emacs.
17454For example:
17455
17456@c (auto-compression-mode t)
17457
17458@smallexample
17459(load "~/emacs/slowsplit")
17460@end smallexample
17461
1df7defd 17462This evaluates, i.e., loads, the @file{slowsplit.el} file or if it
8cda6f8f
GM
17463exists, the faster, byte compiled @file{slowsplit.elc} file from the
17464@file{emacs} sub-directory of your home directory. The file contains
17465the function @code{split-window-quietly}, which John Robinson wrote in
174661989.
17467
17468The @code{split-window-quietly} function splits a window with the
17469minimum of redisplay. I installed it in 1989 because it worked well
17470with the slow 1200 baud terminals I was then using. Nowadays, I only
17471occasionally come across such a slow connection, but I continue to use
17472the function because I like the way it leaves the bottom half of a
17473buffer in the lower of the new windows and the top half in the upper
17474window.
17475
17476@need 1250
17477To replace the key binding for the default
17478@code{split-window-vertically}, you must also unset that key and bind
17479the keys to @code{split-window-quietly}, like this:
17480
17481@smallexample
17482@group
17483(global-unset-key "\C-x2")
17484(global-set-key "\C-x2" 'split-window-quietly)
17485@end group
17486@end smallexample
17487
17488@vindex load-path
17489If you load many extensions, as I do, then instead of specifying the
17490exact location of the extension file, as shown above, you can specify
44e97401 17491that directory as part of Emacs's @code{load-path}. Then, when Emacs
8cda6f8f
GM
17492loads a file, it will search that directory as well as its default
17493list of directories. (The default list is specified in @file{paths.h}
17494when Emacs is built.)
17495
17496@need 1250
17497The following command adds your @file{~/emacs} directory to the
17498existing load path:
17499
17500@smallexample
17501@group
17502;;; Emacs Load Path
17503(setq load-path (cons "~/emacs" load-path))
17504@end group
17505@end smallexample
17506
17507Incidentally, @code{load-library} is an interactive interface to the
17508@code{load} function. The complete function looks like this:
17509
17510@findex load-library
17511@smallexample
17512@group
17513(defun load-library (library)
17514 "Load the library named LIBRARY.
17515This is an interface to the function `load'."
17516 (interactive
17517 (list (completing-read "Load library: "
e0e10d9d 17518 (apply-partially 'locate-file-completion-table
f51f97dd
SM
17519 load-path
17520 (get-load-suffixes)))))
8cda6f8f
GM
17521 (load library))
17522@end group
17523@end smallexample
17524
17525The name of the function, @code{load-library}, comes from the use of
17526`library' as a conventional synonym for `file'. The source for the
17527@code{load-library} command is in the @file{files.el} library.
17528
17529Another interactive command that does a slightly different job is
17530@code{load-file}. @xref{Lisp Libraries, , Libraries of Lisp Code for
17531Emacs, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for information on the
17532distinction between @code{load-library} and this command.
17533
d6adf7e7 17534@node Autoload
8cda6f8f
GM
17535@section Autoloading
17536@findex autoload
17537
17538Instead of installing a function by loading the file that contains it,
17539or by evaluating the function definition, you can make the function
17540available but not actually install it until it is first called. This
17541is called @dfn{autoloading}.
17542
17543When you execute an autoloaded function, Emacs automatically evaluates
17544the file that contains the definition, and then calls the function.
17545
17546Emacs starts quicker with autoloaded functions, since their libraries
17547are not loaded right away; but you need to wait a moment when you
17548first use such a function, while its containing file is evaluated.
17549
17550Rarely used functions are frequently autoloaded. The
4982861a
GM
17551@file{loaddefs.el} library contains thousands of autoloaded functions,
17552from @code{5x5} to @code{zone}. Of course, you may
8cda6f8f
GM
17553come to use a `rare' function frequently. When you do, you should
17554load that function's file with a @code{load} expression in your
17555@file{.emacs} file.
17556
17557In my @file{.emacs} file, I load 14 libraries that contain functions
17558that would otherwise be autoloaded. (Actually, it would have been
17559better to include these files in my `dumped' Emacs, but I forgot.
17560@xref{Building Emacs, , Building Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
17561Reference Manual}, and the @file{INSTALL} file for more about
17562dumping.)
17563
17564You may also want to include autoloaded expressions in your @file{.emacs}
17565file. @code{autoload} is a built-in function that takes up to five
17566arguments, the final three of which are optional. The first argument
17567is the name of the function to be autoloaded; the second is the name
17568of the file to be loaded. The third argument is documentation for the
17569function, and the fourth tells whether the function can be called
17570interactively. The fifth argument tells what type of
17571object---@code{autoload} can handle a keymap or macro as well as a
17572function (the default is a function).
17573
17574@need 800
17575Here is a typical example:
17576
17577@smallexample
17578@group
17579(autoload 'html-helper-mode
17580 "html-helper-mode" "Edit HTML documents" t)
17581@end group
17582@end smallexample
17583
17584@noindent
17585(@code{html-helper-mode} is an older alternative to @code{html-mode},
17586which is a standard part of the distribution.)
17587
17588@noindent
17589This expression autoloads the @code{html-helper-mode} function. It
17590takes it from the @file{html-helper-mode.el} file (or from the byte
a9097c6d
KB
17591compiled version @file{html-helper-mode.elc}, if that exists.) The
17592file must be located in a directory specified by @code{load-path}.
17593The documentation says that this is a mode to help you edit documents
8cda6f8f
GM
17594written in the HyperText Markup Language. You can call this mode
17595interactively by typing @kbd{M-x html-helper-mode}. (You need to
17596duplicate the function's regular documentation in the autoload
17597expression because the regular function is not yet loaded, so its
17598documentation is not available.)
17599
17600@xref{Autoload, , Autoload, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
17601Manual}, for more information.
17602
d6adf7e7 17603@node Simple Extension
8cda6f8f
GM
17604@section A Simple Extension: @code{line-to-top-of-window}
17605@findex line-to-top-of-window
17606@cindex Simple extension in @file{.emacs} file
17607
17608Here is a simple extension to Emacs that moves the line point is on to
17609the top of the window. I use this all the time, to make text easier
17610to read.
17611
17612You can put the following code into a separate file and then load it
17613from your @file{.emacs} file, or you can include it within your
17614@file{.emacs} file.
17615
17616@need 1250
17617Here is the definition:
17618
17619@smallexample
17620@group
17621;;; Line to top of window;
17622;;; replace three keystroke sequence C-u 0 C-l
17623(defun line-to-top-of-window ()
17624 "Move the line point is on to top of window."
17625 (interactive)
17626 (recenter 0))
17627@end group
17628@end smallexample
17629
17630@need 1250
17631Now for the keybinding.
17632
17633Nowadays, function keys as well as mouse button events and
17634non-@sc{ascii} characters are written within square brackets, without
17635quotation marks. (In Emacs version 18 and before, you had to write
17636different function key bindings for each different make of terminal.)
17637
17638I bind @code{line-to-top-of-window} to my @key{F6} function key like
17639this:
17640
17641@smallexample
17642(global-set-key [f6] 'line-to-top-of-window)
17643@end smallexample
17644
17645For more information, see @ref{Init Rebinding, , Rebinding Keys in
17646Your Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17647
17648@cindex Conditional 'twixt two versions of Emacs
17649@cindex Version of Emacs, choosing
17650@cindex Emacs version, choosing
6dd28193 17651If you run two versions of GNU Emacs, such as versions 22 and 23, and
8cda6f8f
GM
17652use one @file{.emacs} file, you can select which code to evaluate with
17653the following conditional:
17654
17655@smallexample
17656@group
17657(cond
6dd28193 17658 ((= 22 emacs-major-version)
8cda6f8f 17659 ;; evaluate version 22 code
6dd28193
CY
17660 ( @dots{} ))
17661 ((= 23 emacs-major-version)
17662 ;; evaluate version 23 code
8cda6f8f
GM
17663 ( @dots{} )))
17664@end group
17665@end smallexample
17666
8f4ea8e0 17667For example, recent versions blink
8cda6f8f
GM
17668their cursors by default. I hate such blinking, as well as other
17669features, so I placed the following in my @file{.emacs}
17670file@footnote{When I start instances of Emacs that do not load my
17671@file{.emacs} file or any site file, I also turn off blinking:
17672
17673@smallexample
17674emacs -q --no-site-file -eval '(blink-cursor-mode nil)'
17675
17676@exdent Or nowadays, using an even more sophisticated set of options,
17677
9450ac06 17678emacs -Q -D
8cda6f8f
GM
17679@end smallexample
17680}:
17681
17682@smallexample
17683@group
6dd28193
CY
17684(when (>= emacs-major-version 21)
17685 (blink-cursor-mode 0)
17686 ;; Insert newline when you press `C-n' (next-line)
17687 ;; at the end of the buffer
17688 (setq next-line-add-newlines t)
8cda6f8f
GM
17689@end group
17690@group
6dd28193
CY
17691 ;; Turn on image viewing
17692 (auto-image-file-mode t)
8cda6f8f
GM
17693@end group
17694@group
6dd28193
CY
17695 ;; Turn on menu bar (this bar has text)
17696 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17697 (menu-bar-mode 1)
8cda6f8f
GM
17698@end group
17699@group
6dd28193
CY
17700 ;; Turn off tool bar (this bar has icons)
17701 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17702 (tool-bar-mode nil)
8cda6f8f 17703@end group
8cda6f8f 17704@group
6dd28193
CY
17705 ;; Turn off tooltip mode for tool bar
17706 ;; (This mode causes icon explanations to pop up)
17707 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17708 (tooltip-mode nil)
17709 ;; If tooltips turned on, make tips appear promptly
17710 (setq tooltip-delay 0.1) ; default is 0.7 second
17711 )
8cda6f8f
GM
17712@end group
17713@end smallexample
17714
d6adf7e7 17715@node X11 Colors
8cda6f8f
GM
17716@section X11 Colors
17717
17718You can specify colors when you use Emacs with the MIT X Windowing
17719system.
17720
17721I dislike the default colors and specify my own.
17722
17723@need 1250
17724Here are the expressions in my @file{.emacs}
17725file that set values:
17726
17727@smallexample
17728@group
17729;; Set cursor color
17730(set-cursor-color "white")
17731
17732;; Set mouse color
17733(set-mouse-color "white")
17734
17735;; Set foreground and background
17736(set-foreground-color "white")
17737(set-background-color "darkblue")
17738@end group
17739
17740@group
17741;;; Set highlighting colors for isearch and drag
17742(set-face-foreground 'highlight "white")
17743(set-face-background 'highlight "blue")
17744@end group
17745
17746@group
17747(set-face-foreground 'region "cyan")
17748(set-face-background 'region "blue")
17749@end group
17750
17751@group
17752(set-face-foreground 'secondary-selection "skyblue")
17753(set-face-background 'secondary-selection "darkblue")
17754@end group
17755
17756@group
17757;; Set calendar highlighting colors
a038bd87 17758(add-hook 'calendar-load-hook
d1069532
SM
17759 (lambda ()
17760 (set-face-foreground 'diary-face "skyblue")
17761 (set-face-background 'holiday-face "slate blue")
17762 (set-face-foreground 'holiday-face "white")))
8cda6f8f
GM
17763@end group
17764@end smallexample
17765
17766The various shades of blue soothe my eye and prevent me from seeing
17767the screen flicker.
17768
17769Alternatively, I could have set my specifications in various X
17770initialization files. For example, I could set the foreground,
17771background, cursor, and pointer (i.e., mouse) colors in my
17772@file{~/.Xresources} file like this:
17773
17774@smallexample
17775@group
17776Emacs*foreground: white
17777Emacs*background: darkblue
17778Emacs*cursorColor: white
17779Emacs*pointerColor: white
17780@end group
17781@end smallexample
17782
17783In any event, since it is not part of Emacs, I set the root color of
17784my X window in my @file{~/.xinitrc} file, like this@footnote{I also
17785run more modern window managers, such as Enlightenment, Gnome, or KDE;
17786in those cases, I often specify an image rather than a plain color.}:
17787
17788@smallexample
17789xsetroot -solid Navy -fg white &
17790@end smallexample
17791
17792@need 1700
d6adf7e7 17793@node Miscellaneous
8cda6f8f
GM
17794@section Miscellaneous Settings for a @file{.emacs} File
17795
17796@need 1250
17797Here are a few miscellaneous settings:
17798@sp 1
17799
17800@itemize @minus
17801@item
17802Set the shape and color of the mouse cursor:
17803
17804@smallexample
17805@group
17806; Cursor shapes are defined in
17807; `/usr/include/X11/cursorfont.h';
17808; for example, the `target' cursor is number 128;
17809; the `top_left_arrow' cursor is number 132.
17810@end group
17811
17812@group
17813(let ((mpointer (x-get-resource "*mpointer"
17814 "*emacs*mpointer")))
17815 ;; If you have not set your mouse pointer
17816 ;; then set it, otherwise leave as is:
17817 (if (eq mpointer nil)
17818 (setq mpointer "132")) ; top_left_arrow
17819@end group
17820@group
17821 (setq x-pointer-shape (string-to-int mpointer))
17822 (set-mouse-color "white"))
17823@end group
17824@end smallexample
17825
17826@item
17827Or you can set the values of a variety of features in an alist, like
17828this:
17829
17830@smallexample
17831@group
17832(setq-default
17833 default-frame-alist
17834 '((cursor-color . "white")
17835 (mouse-color . "white")
17836 (foreground-color . "white")
17837 (background-color . "DodgerBlue4")
17838 ;; (cursor-type . bar)
17839 (cursor-type . box)
17840@end group
17841@group
17842 (tool-bar-lines . 0)
17843 (menu-bar-lines . 1)
17844 (width . 80)
17845 (height . 58)
17846 (font .
17847 "-Misc-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--20-200-75-75-C-100-ISO8859-1")
17848 ))
17849@end group
17850@end smallexample
17851
17852@item
17853Convert @kbd{@key{CTRL}-h} into @key{DEL} and @key{DEL}
17854into @kbd{@key{CTRL}-h}.@*
17855(Some older keyboards needed this, although I have not seen the
17856problem recently.)
17857
17858@smallexample
17859@group
17860;; Translate `C-h' to <DEL>.
17861; (keyboard-translate ?\C-h ?\C-?)
17862
17863;; Translate <DEL> to `C-h'.
17864(keyboard-translate ?\C-? ?\C-h)
17865@end group
17866@end smallexample
17867
17868@item Turn off a blinking cursor!
17869
17870@smallexample
17871@group
17872(if (fboundp 'blink-cursor-mode)
17873 (blink-cursor-mode -1))
17874@end group
17875@end smallexample
17876
17877@noindent
17878or start GNU Emacs with the command @code{emacs -nbc}.
17879
17880@need 1250
17881@item When using `grep'@*
17882@samp{-i}@w{ } Ignore case distinctions@*
17883@samp{-n}@w{ } Prefix each line of output with line number@*
17884@samp{-H}@w{ } Print the filename for each match.@*
17885@samp{-e}@w{ } Protect patterns beginning with a hyphen character, @samp{-}
17886
17887@smallexample
17888(setq grep-command "grep -i -nH -e ")
17889@end smallexample
17890
17891@ignore
17892@c Evidently, no longer needed in GNU Emacs 22
17893
17894item Automatically uncompress compressed files when visiting them
17895
17896smallexample
17897(load "uncompress")
17898end smallexample
17899
17900@end ignore
17901
17902@item Find an existing buffer, even if it has a different name@*
17903This avoids problems with symbolic links.
17904
17905@smallexample
17906(setq find-file-existing-other-name t)
17907@end smallexample
17908
17909@item Set your language environment and default input method
17910
17911@smallexample
17912@group
17913(set-language-environment "latin-1")
17914;; Remember you can enable or disable multilingual text input
17915;; with the @code{toggle-input-method'} (@kbd{C-\}) command
17916(setq default-input-method "latin-1-prefix")
17917@end group
17918@end smallexample
17919
17920If you want to write with Chinese `GB' characters, set this instead:
17921
17922@smallexample
17923@group
17924(set-language-environment "Chinese-GB")
17925(setq default-input-method "chinese-tonepy")
17926@end group
17927@end smallexample
17928@end itemize
17929
17930@subsubheading Fixing Unpleasant Key Bindings
17931@cindex Key bindings, fixing
17932@cindex Bindings, key, fixing unpleasant
17933
17934Some systems bind keys unpleasantly. Sometimes, for example, the
17935@key{CTRL} key appears in an awkward spot rather than at the far left
17936of the home row.
17937
17938Usually, when people fix these sorts of keybindings, they do not
17939change their @file{~/.emacs} file. Instead, they bind the proper keys
17940on their consoles with the @code{loadkeys} or @code{install-keymap}
17941commands in their boot script and then include @code{xmodmap} commands
17942in their @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file for X Windows.
17943
17944@need 1250
17945@noindent
17946For a boot script:
17947
17948@smallexample
17949@group
17950loadkeys /usr/share/keymaps/i386/qwerty/emacs2.kmap.gz
17951@exdent or
17952install-keymap emacs2
17953@end group
17954@end smallexample
17955
17956@need 1250
17957@noindent
17958For a @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file when the @key{Caps
17959Lock} key is at the far left of the home row:
17960
17961@smallexample
17962@group
17963# Bind the key labeled `Caps Lock' to `Control'
17964# (Such a broken user interface suggests that keyboard manufacturers
17965# think that computers are typewriters from 1885.)
17966
17967xmodmap -e "clear Lock"
17968xmodmap -e "add Control = Caps_Lock"
17969@end group
17970@end smallexample
17971
17972@need 1250
17973@noindent
17974In a @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file, to convert an @key{ALT}
17975key to a @key{META} key:
17976
17977@smallexample
17978@group
17979# Some ill designed keyboards have a key labeled ALT and no Meta
17980xmodmap -e "keysym Alt_L = Meta_L Alt_L"
17981@end group
17982@end smallexample
17983
17984@need 1700
d6adf7e7 17985@node Mode Line
8cda6f8f 17986@section A Modified Mode Line
cd61af01 17987@vindex mode-line-format
8cda6f8f
GM
17988@cindex Mode line format
17989
17990Finally, a feature I really like: a modified mode line.
17991
17992When I work over a network, I forget which machine I am using. Also,
17993I tend to I lose track of where I am, and which line point is on.
17994
17995So I reset my mode line to look like this:
17996
17997@smallexample
17998-:-- foo.texi rattlesnake:/home/bob/ Line 1 (Texinfo Fill) Top
17999@end smallexample
18000
18001I am visiting a file called @file{foo.texi}, on my machine
18002@file{rattlesnake} in my @file{/home/bob} buffer. I am on line 1, in
18003Texinfo mode, and am at the top of the buffer.
18004
18005@need 1200
18006My @file{.emacs} file has a section that looks like this:
18007
18008@smallexample
18009@group
18010;; Set a Mode Line that tells me which machine, which directory,
18011;; and which line I am on, plus the other customary information.
cd61af01 18012(setq-default mode-line-format
8cda6f8f
GM
18013 (quote
18014 (#("-" 0 1
18015 (help-echo
18016 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18017 mode-line-mule-info
18018 mode-line-modified
18019 mode-line-frame-identification
18020 " "
18021@end group
18022@group
18023 mode-line-buffer-identification
18024 " "
18025 (:eval (substring
18026 (system-name) 0 (string-match "\\..+" (system-name))))
18027 ":"
18028 default-directory
18029 #(" " 0 1
18030 (help-echo
18031 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18032 (line-number-mode " Line %l ")
18033 global-mode-string
18034@end group
18035@group
18036 #(" %[(" 0 6
18037 (help-echo
18038 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18039 (:eval (mode-line-mode-name))
18040 mode-line-process
18041 minor-mode-alist
18042 #("%n" 0 2 (help-echo "mouse-2: widen" local-map (keymap ...)))
18043 ")%] "
18044 (-3 . "%P")
18045 ;; "-%-"
18046 )))
18047@end group
18048@end smallexample
18049
18050@noindent
18051Here, I redefine the default mode line. Most of the parts are from
18052the original; but I make a few changes. I set the @emph{default} mode
18053line format so as to permit various modes, such as Info, to override
18054it.
18055
18056Many elements in the list are self-explanatory:
18057@code{mode-line-modified} is a variable that tells whether the buffer
18058has been modified, @code{mode-name} tells the name of the mode, and so
18059on. However, the format looks complicated because of two features we
18060have not discussed.
18061
18062@cindex Properties, in mode line example
18063The first string in the mode line is a dash or hyphen, @samp{-}. In
18064the old days, it would have been specified simply as @code{"-"}. But
18065nowadays, Emacs can add properties to a string, such as highlighting
18066or, as in this case, a help feature. If you place your mouse cursor
18067over the hyphen, some help information appears (By default, you must
18068wait seven-tenths of a second before the information appears. You can
18069change that timing by changing the value of @code{tooltip-delay}.)
18070
18071@need 1000
18072The new string format has a special syntax:
18073
18074@smallexample
18075#("-" 0 1 (help-echo "mouse-1: select window, ..."))
18076@end smallexample
18077
18078@noindent
18079The @code{#(} begins a list. The first element of the list is the
18080string itself, just one @samp{-}. The second and third
18081elements specify the range over which the fourth element applies. A
18082range starts @emph{after} a character, so a zero means the range
18083starts just before the first character; a 1 means that the range ends
18084just after the first character. The third element is the property for
18085the range. It consists of a property list, a
18086property name, in this case, @samp{help-echo}, followed by a value, in this
18087case, a string. The second, third, and fourth elements of this new
18088string format can be repeated.
18089
18090@xref{Text Properties, , Text Properties, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
18091Reference Manual}, and see @ref{Mode Line Format, , Mode Line Format,
18092elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more information.
18093
18094@code{mode-line-buffer-identification}
18095displays the current buffer name. It is a list
18096beginning @code{(#("%12b" 0 4 @dots{}}.
18097The @code{#(} begins the list.
18098
18099The @samp{"%12b"} displays the current buffer name, using the
18100@code{buffer-name} function with which we are familiar; the `12'
18101specifies the maximum number of characters that will be displayed.
18102When a name has fewer characters, whitespace is added to fill out to
18103this number. (Buffer names can and often should be longer than 12
18104characters; this length works well in a typical 80 column wide
18105window.)
18106
18107@code{:eval} says to evaluate the following form and use the result as
18108a string to display. In this case, the expression displays the first
18109component of the full system name. The end of the first component is
18110a @samp{.} (`period'), so I use the @code{string-match} function to
18111tell me the length of the first component. The substring from the
18112zeroth character to that length is the name of the machine.
18113
18114@need 1250
18115This is the expression:
18116
18117@smallexample
18118@group
18119(:eval (substring
18120 (system-name) 0 (string-match "\\..+" (system-name))))
18121@end group
18122@end smallexample
18123
18124@samp{%[} and @samp{%]} cause a pair of square brackets
18125to appear for each recursive editing level. @samp{%n} says `Narrow'
18126when narrowing is in effect. @samp{%P} tells you the percentage of
18127the buffer that is above the bottom of the window, or `Top', `Bottom',
18128or `All'. (A lower case @samp{p} tell you the percentage above the
18129@emph{top} of the window.) @samp{%-} inserts enough dashes to fill
18130out the line.
18131
f99f1641 18132Remember, ``You don't have to like Emacs to like it''---your own
8cda6f8f
GM
18133Emacs can have different colors, different commands, and different
18134keys than a default Emacs.
18135
18136On the other hand, if you want to bring up a plain `out of the box'
18137Emacs, with no customization, type:
18138
18139@smallexample
18140emacs -q
18141@end smallexample
18142
18143@noindent
18144This will start an Emacs that does @emph{not} load your
18145@file{~/.emacs} initialization file. A plain, default Emacs. Nothing
18146more.
18147
d6adf7e7 18148@node Debugging
8cda6f8f
GM
18149@chapter Debugging
18150@cindex debugging
18151
18152GNU Emacs has two debuggers, @code{debug} and @code{edebug}. The
18153first is built into the internals of Emacs and is always with you;
18154the second requires that you instrument a function before you can use it.
18155
18156Both debuggers are described extensively in @ref{Debugging, ,
18157Debugging Lisp Programs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18158In this chapter, I will walk through a short example of each.
18159
18160@menu
18161* debug:: How to use the built-in debugger.
18162* debug-on-entry:: Start debugging when you call a function.
18163* debug-on-quit:: Start debugging when you quit with @kbd{C-g}.
18164* edebug:: How to use Edebug, a source level debugger.
18165* Debugging Exercises::
18166@end menu
18167
d6adf7e7 18168@node debug
8cda6f8f
GM
18169@section @code{debug}
18170@findex debug
18171
18172Suppose you have written a function definition that is intended to
18173return the sum of the numbers 1 through a given number. (This is the
18174@code{triangle} function discussed earlier. @xref{Decrementing
18175Example, , Example with Decrementing Counter}, for a discussion.)
18176@c xref{Decrementing Loop,, Loop with a Decrementing Counter}, for a discussion.)
18177
18178However, your function definition has a bug. You have mistyped
18179@samp{1=} for @samp{1-}. Here is the broken definition:
18180
18181@findex triangle-bugged
18182@smallexample
18183@group
18184(defun triangle-bugged (number)
18185 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
18186 (let ((total 0))
18187 (while (> number 0)
18188 (setq total (+ total number))
18189 (setq number (1= number))) ; @r{Error here.}
18190 total))
18191@end group
18192@end smallexample
18193
18194If you are reading this in Info, you can evaluate this definition in
18195the normal fashion. You will see @code{triangle-bugged} appear in the
18196echo area.
18197
18198@need 1250
18199Now evaluate the @code{triangle-bugged} function with an
18200argument of 4:
18201
18202@smallexample
18203(triangle-bugged 4)
18204@end smallexample
18205
18206@noindent
18207In a recent GNU Emacs, you will create and enter a @file{*Backtrace*}
18208buffer that says:
18209
18210@noindent
18211@smallexample
18212@group
18213---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18214Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18215 (1= number)
18216 (setq number (1= number))
18217 (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number))
18218 (setq number (1= number)))
18219 (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18220 (setq number ...)) total)
18221 triangle-bugged(4)
18222@end group
18223@group
18224 eval((triangle-bugged 4))
18225 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18226 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18227 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18228---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18229@end group
18230@end smallexample
18231
18232@noindent
18233(I have reformatted this example slightly; the debugger does not fold
18234long lines. As usual, you can quit the debugger by typing @kbd{q} in
18235the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
18236
18237In practice, for a bug as simple as this, the `Lisp error' line will
18238tell you what you need to know to correct the definition. The
18239function @code{1=} is `void'.
18240
18241@ignore
18242@need 800
18243In GNU Emacs 20 and before, you will see:
18244
18245@smallexample
18246Symbol's function definition is void:@: 1=
18247@end smallexample
18248
18249@noindent
18250which has the same meaning as the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer line in
18251version 21.
18252@end ignore
18253
18254However, suppose you are not quite certain what is going on?
18255You can read the complete backtrace.
18256
18257In this case, you need to run a recent GNU Emacs, which automatically
18258starts the debugger that puts you in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer; or
18259else, you need to start the debugger manually as described below.
18260
18261Read the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer from the bottom up; it tells you
18262what Emacs did that led to the error. Emacs made an interactive call
18263to @kbd{C-x C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}), which led to the evaluation
18264of the @code{triangle-bugged} expression. Each line above tells you
18265what the Lisp interpreter evaluated next.
18266
18267@need 1250
18268The third line from the top of the buffer is
18269
18270@smallexample
18271(setq number (1= number))
18272@end smallexample
18273
18274@noindent
18275Emacs tried to evaluate this expression; in order to do so, it tried
18276to evaluate the inner expression shown on the second line from the
18277top:
18278
18279@smallexample
18280(1= number)
18281@end smallexample
18282
18283@need 1250
18284@noindent
18285This is where the error occurred; as the top line says:
18286
18287@smallexample
18288Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18289@end smallexample
18290
18291@noindent
18292You can correct the mistake, re-evaluate the function definition, and
18293then run your test again.
18294
d6adf7e7 18295@node debug-on-entry
8cda6f8f
GM
18296@section @code{debug-on-entry}
18297@findex debug-on-entry
18298
18299A recent GNU Emacs starts the debugger automatically when your
18300function has an error.
18301
18302@ignore
18303GNU Emacs version 20 and before did not; it simply
18304presented you with an error message. You had to start the debugger
18305manually.
18306@end ignore
18307
18308Incidentally, you can start the debugger manually for all versions of
18309Emacs; the advantage is that the debugger runs even if you do not have
18310a bug in your code. Sometimes your code will be free of bugs!
18311
18312You can enter the debugger when you call the function by calling
18313@code{debug-on-entry}.
18314
18315@need 1250
18316@noindent
18317Type:
18318
18319@smallexample
18320M-x debug-on-entry RET triangle-bugged RET
18321@end smallexample
18322
18323@need 1250
18324@noindent
18325Now, evaluate the following:
18326
18327@smallexample
18328(triangle-bugged 5)
18329@end smallexample
18330
18331@noindent
18332All versions of Emacs will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer and tell
18333you that it is beginning to evaluate the @code{triangle-bugged}
18334function:
18335
18336@smallexample
18337@group
18338---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18339Debugger entered--entering a function:
18340* triangle-bugged(5)
18341 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18342@end group
18343@group
18344 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18345 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18346 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18347---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18348@end group
18349@end smallexample
18350
18351In the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer, type @kbd{d}. Emacs will evaluate
18352the first expression in @code{triangle-bugged}; the buffer will look
18353like this:
18354
18355@smallexample
18356@group
18357---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18358Debugger entered--beginning evaluation of function call form:
18359* (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18360 (setq number ...)) total)
18361* triangle-bugged(5)
18362 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18363@end group
18364@group
18365 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18366 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18367 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18368---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18369@end group
18370@end smallexample
18371
18372@noindent
18373Now, type @kbd{d} again, eight times, slowly. Each time you type
18374@kbd{d}, Emacs will evaluate another expression in the function
18375definition.
18376
18377@need 1750
18378Eventually, the buffer will look like this:
18379
18380@smallexample
18381@group
18382---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18383Debugger entered--beginning evaluation of function call form:
18384* (setq number (1= number))
18385* (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number))
18386 (setq number (1= number)))
18387@group
18388@end group
18389* (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18390 (setq number ...)) total)
18391* triangle-bugged(5)
18392 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18393@group
18394@end group
18395 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18396 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18397 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18398---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18399@end group
18400@end smallexample
18401
18402@need 1500
18403@noindent
18404Finally, after you type @kbd{d} two more times, Emacs will reach the
18405error, and the top two lines of the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer will look
18406like this:
18407
18408@smallexample
18409@group
18410---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18411Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18412* (1= number)
18413@dots{}
18414---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18415@end group
18416@end smallexample
18417
18418By typing @kbd{d}, you were able to step through the function.
18419
18420You can quit a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer by typing @kbd{q} in it; this
18421quits the trace, but does not cancel @code{debug-on-entry}.
18422
18423@findex cancel-debug-on-entry
18424To cancel the effect of @code{debug-on-entry}, call
18425@code{cancel-debug-on-entry} and the name of the function, like this:
18426
18427@smallexample
18428M-x cancel-debug-on-entry RET triangle-bugged RET
18429@end smallexample
18430
18431@noindent
18432(If you are reading this in Info, cancel @code{debug-on-entry} now.)
18433
d6adf7e7 18434@node debug-on-quit
8cda6f8f
GM
18435@section @code{debug-on-quit} and @code{(debug)}
18436
18437In addition to setting @code{debug-on-error} or calling @code{debug-on-entry},
18438there are two other ways to start @code{debug}.
18439
18440@findex debug-on-quit
18441You can start @code{debug} whenever you type @kbd{C-g}
18442(@code{keyboard-quit}) by setting the variable @code{debug-on-quit} to
18443@code{t}. This is useful for debugging infinite loops.
18444
18445@need 1500
18446@cindex @code{(debug)} in code
18447Or, you can insert a line that says @code{(debug)} into your code
18448where you want the debugger to start, like this:
18449
18450@smallexample
18451@group
18452(defun triangle-bugged (number)
18453 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
18454 (let ((total 0))
18455 (while (> number 0)
18456 (setq total (+ total number))
18457 (debug) ; @r{Start debugger.}
18458 (setq number (1= number))) ; @r{Error here.}
18459 total))
18460@end group
18461@end smallexample
18462
18463The @code{debug} function is described in detail in @ref{Debugger, ,
18464The Lisp Debugger, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18465
d6adf7e7 18466@node edebug
8cda6f8f
GM
18467@section The @code{edebug} Source Level Debugger
18468@cindex Source level debugger
18469@findex edebug
18470
18471Edebug is a source level debugger. Edebug normally displays the
18472source of the code you are debugging, with an arrow at the left that
18473shows which line you are currently executing.
18474
18475You can walk through the execution of a function, line by line, or run
18476quickly until reaching a @dfn{breakpoint} where execution stops.
18477
a944db14 18478Edebug is described in @ref{Edebug, , , elisp, The GNU Emacs
8cda6f8f
GM
18479Lisp Reference Manual}.
18480
18481@need 1250
18482Here is a bugged function definition for @code{triangle-recursively}.
18483@xref{Recursive triangle function, , Recursion in place of a counter},
18484for a review of it.
18485
18486@smallexample
18487@group
18488(defun triangle-recursively-bugged (number)
18489 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
18490Uses recursion."
18491 (if (= number 1)
18492 1
18493 (+ number
18494 (triangle-recursively-bugged
18495 (1= number))))) ; @r{Error here.}
18496@end group
18497@end smallexample
18498
18499@noindent
18500Normally, you would install this definition by positioning your cursor
18501after the function's closing parenthesis and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}
18502(@code{eval-last-sexp}) or else by positioning your cursor within the
18503definition and typing @kbd{C-M-x} (@code{eval-defun}). (By default,
18504the @code{eval-defun} command works only in Emacs Lisp mode or in Lisp
a1539cd7 18505Interaction mode.)
8cda6f8f
GM
18506
18507@need 1500
18508However, to prepare this function definition for Edebug, you must
18509first @dfn{instrument} the code using a different command. You can do
18510this by positioning your cursor within or just after the definition
18511and typing
18512
18513@smallexample
18514M-x edebug-defun RET
18515@end smallexample
18516
18517@noindent
18518This will cause Emacs to load Edebug automatically if it is not
18519already loaded, and properly instrument the function.
18520
18521After instrumenting the function, place your cursor after the
18522following expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}):
18523
18524@smallexample
18525(triangle-recursively-bugged 3)
18526@end smallexample
18527
18528@noindent
18529You will be jumped back to the source for
18530@code{triangle-recursively-bugged} and the cursor positioned at the
18531beginning of the @code{if} line of the function. Also, you will see
18532an arrowhead at the left hand side of that line. The arrowhead marks
18533the line where the function is executing. (In the following examples,
18534we show the arrowhead with @samp{=>}; in a windowing system, you may
18535see the arrowhead as a solid triangle in the window `fringe'.)
18536
18537@smallexample
18538=>@point{}(if (= number 1)
18539@end smallexample
18540
18541@noindent
18542@iftex
18543In the example, the location of point is displayed with a star,
18544@samp{@point{}} (in Info, it is displayed as @samp{-!-}).
18545@end iftex
18546@ifnottex
18547In the example, the location of point is displayed as @samp{@point{}}
18548(in a printed book, it is displayed with a five pointed star).
18549@end ifnottex
18550
18551If you now press @key{SPC}, point will move to the next expression to
18552be executed; the line will look like this:
18553
18554@smallexample
18555=>(if @point{}(= number 1)
18556@end smallexample
18557
18558@noindent
18559As you continue to press @key{SPC}, point will move from expression to
18560expression. At the same time, whenever an expression returns a value,
18561that value will be displayed in the echo area. For example, after you
18562move point past @code{number}, you will see the following:
18563
18564@smallexample
18565Result: 3 (#o3, #x3, ?\C-c)
18566@end smallexample
18567
18568@noindent
18569This means the value of @code{number} is 3, which is octal three,
18570hexadecimal three, and @sc{ascii} `control-c' (the third letter of the
18571alphabet, in case you need to know this information).
18572
18573You can continue moving through the code until you reach the line with
18574the error. Before evaluation, that line looks like this:
18575
18576@smallexample
18577=> @point{}(1= number))))) ; @r{Error here.}
18578@end smallexample
18579
18580@need 1250
18581@noindent
18582When you press @key{SPC} once again, you will produce an error message
18583that says:
18584
18585@smallexample
18586Symbol's function definition is void:@: 1=
18587@end smallexample
18588
18589@noindent
18590This is the bug.
18591
18592Press @kbd{q} to quit Edebug.
18593
18594To remove instrumentation from a function definition, simply
18595re-evaluate it with a command that does not instrument it.
18596For example, you could place your cursor after the definition's
18597closing parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
18598
18599Edebug does a great deal more than walk with you through a function.
18600You can set it so it races through on its own, stopping only at an
18601error or at specified stopping points; you can cause it to display the
18602changing values of various expressions; you can find out how many
18603times a function is called, and more.
18604
a944db14 18605Edebug is described in @ref{Edebug, , , elisp, The GNU Emacs
8cda6f8f
GM
18606Lisp Reference Manual}.
18607
18608@need 1500
d6adf7e7 18609@node Debugging Exercises
8cda6f8f
GM
18610@section Debugging Exercises
18611
18612@itemize @bullet
18613@item
ea4f7750 18614Install the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function and then cause it to
8cda6f8f
GM
18615enter the built-in debugger when you call it. Run the command on a
18616region containing two words. You will need to press @kbd{d} a
18617remarkable number of times. On your system, is a `hook' called after
18618the command finishes? (For information on hooks, see @ref{Command
18619Overview, , Command Loop Overview, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
18620Manual}.)
18621
18622@item
ea4f7750 18623Copy @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} into the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
8cda6f8f
GM
18624instrument the function for Edebug, and walk through its execution.
18625The function does not need to have a bug, although you can introduce
18626one if you wish. If the function lacks a bug, the walk-through
18627completes without problems.
18628
18629@item
18630While running Edebug, type @kbd{?} to see a list of all the Edebug commands.
1df7defd 18631(The @code{global-edebug-prefix} is usually @kbd{C-x X}, i.e.,
8cda6f8f
GM
18632@kbd{@key{CTRL}-x} followed by an upper case @kbd{X}; use this prefix
18633for commands made outside of the Edebug debugging buffer.)
18634
18635@item
18636In the Edebug debugging buffer, use the @kbd{p}
18637(@code{edebug-bounce-point}) command to see where in the region the
ea4f7750 18638@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} is working.
8cda6f8f
GM
18639
18640@item
18641Move point to some spot further down the function and then type the
18642@kbd{h} (@code{edebug-goto-here}) command to jump to that location.
18643
18644@item
18645Use the @kbd{t} (@code{edebug-trace-mode}) command to cause Edebug to
18646walk through the function on its own; use an upper case @kbd{T} for
18647@code{edebug-Trace-fast-mode}.
18648
18649@item
18650Set a breakpoint, then run Edebug in Trace mode until it reaches the
18651stopping point.
18652@end itemize
18653
d6adf7e7 18654@node Conclusion
8cda6f8f
GM
18655@chapter Conclusion
18656
18657We have now reached the end of this Introduction. You have now
18658learned enough about programming in Emacs Lisp to set values, to write
18659simple @file{.emacs} files for yourself and your friends, and write
18660simple customizations and extensions to Emacs.
18661
18662This is a place to stop. Or, if you wish, you can now go onward, and
18663teach yourself.
18664
18665You have learned some of the basic nuts and bolts of programming. But
18666only some. There are a great many more brackets and hinges that are
18667easy to use that we have not touched.
18668
18669A path you can follow right now lies among the sources to GNU Emacs
18670and in
18671@ifnotinfo
18672@cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18673@end ifnotinfo
18674@ifinfo
18675@ref{Top, , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, elisp, The GNU
18676Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18677@end ifinfo
18678
18679The Emacs Lisp sources are an adventure. When you read the sources and
18680come across a function or expression that is unfamiliar, you need to
18681figure out or find out what it does.
18682
18683Go to the Reference Manual. It is a thorough, complete, and fairly
18684easy-to-read description of Emacs Lisp. It is written not only for
18685experts, but for people who know what you know. (The @cite{Reference
18686Manual} comes with the standard GNU Emacs distribution. Like this
18687introduction, it comes as a Texinfo source file, so you can read it
18688on-line and as a typeset, printed book.)
18689
18690Go to the other on-line help that is part of GNU Emacs: the on-line
88c26f5c 18691documentation for all functions and variables, and @code{find-tag},
8cda6f8f
GM
18692the program that takes you to sources.
18693
18694Here is an example of how I explore the sources. Because of its name,
18695@file{simple.el} is the file I looked at first, a long time ago. As
18696it happens some of the functions in @file{simple.el} are complicated,
18697or at least look complicated at first sight. The @code{open-line}
18698function, for example, looks complicated.
18699
18700You may want to walk through this function slowly, as we did with the
18701@code{forward-sentence} function. (@xref{forward-sentence, The
18702@code{forward-sentence} function}.) Or you may want to skip that
18703function and look at another, such as @code{split-line}. You don't
18704need to read all the functions. According to
18705@code{count-words-in-defun}, the @code{split-line} function contains
18706102 words and symbols.
18707
18708Even though it is short, @code{split-line} contains expressions
18709we have not studied: @code{skip-chars-forward}, @code{indent-to},
18710@code{current-column} and @code{insert-and-inherit}.
18711
18712Consider the @code{skip-chars-forward} function. (It is part of the
18713function definition for @code{back-to-indentation}, which is shown in
18714@ref{Review, , Review}.)
18715
18716In GNU Emacs, you can find out more about @code{skip-chars-forward} by
18717typing @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}) and the name of the
18718function. This gives you the function documentation.
18719
18720You may be able to guess what is done by a well named function such as
18721@code{indent-to}; or you can look it up, too. Incidentally, the
18722@code{describe-function} function itself is in @file{help.el}; it is
18723one of those long, but decipherable functions. You can look up
18724@code{describe-function} using the @kbd{C-h f} command!
18725
18726In this instance, since the code is Lisp, the @file{*Help*} buffer
18727contains the name of the library containing the function's source.
18728You can put point over the name of the library and press the RET key,
18729which in this situation is bound to @code{help-follow}, and be taken
18730directly to the source, in the same way as @kbd{M-.}
18731(@code{find-tag}).
18732
18733The definition for @code{describe-function} illustrates how to
18734customize the @code{interactive} expression without using the standard
18735character codes; and it shows how to create a temporary buffer.
18736
18737(The @code{indent-to} function is written in C rather than Emacs Lisp;
18738it is a `built-in' function. @code{help-follow} takes you to its
18739source as does @code{find-tag}, when properly set up.)
18740
18741You can look at a function's source using @code{find-tag}, which is
18742bound to @kbd{M-.} Finally, you can find out what the Reference
18743Manual has to say by visiting the manual in Info, and typing @kbd{i}
18744(@code{Info-index}) and the name of the function, or by looking up the
18745function in the index to a printed copy of the manual.
18746
18747Similarly, you can find out what is meant by
18748@code{insert-and-inherit}.
18749
18750Other interesting source files include @file{paragraphs.el},
18751@file{loaddefs.el}, and @file{loadup.el}. The @file{paragraphs.el}
18752file includes short, easily understood functions as well as longer
18753ones. The @file{loaddefs.el} file contains the many standard
18754autoloads and many keymaps. I have never looked at it all; only at
18755parts. @file{loadup.el} is the file that loads the standard parts of
18756Emacs; it tells you a great deal about how Emacs is built.
18757(@xref{Building Emacs, , Building Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
18758Reference Manual}, for more about building.)
18759
18760As I said, you have learned some nuts and bolts; however, and very
18761importantly, we have hardly touched major aspects of programming; I
18762have said nothing about how to sort information, except to use the
18763predefined @code{sort} function; I have said nothing about how to store
18764information, except to use variables and lists; I have said nothing
18765about how to write programs that write programs. These are topics for
18766another, and different kind of book, a different kind of learning.
18767
18768What you have done is learn enough for much practical work with GNU
18769Emacs. What you have done is get started. This is the end of a
18770beginning.
18771
18772@c ================ Appendix ================
18773
d6adf7e7 18774@node the-the
8cda6f8f
GM
18775@appendix The @code{the-the} Function
18776@findex the-the
18777@cindex Duplicated words function
18778@cindex Words, duplicated
18779
18780Sometimes when you you write text, you duplicate words---as with ``you
18781you'' near the beginning of this sentence. I find that most
18782frequently, I duplicate ``the''; hence, I call the function for
18783detecting duplicated words, @code{the-the}.
18784
18785@need 1250
18786As a first step, you could use the following regular expression to
18787search for duplicates:
18788
18789@smallexample
18790\\(\\w+[ \t\n]+\\)\\1
18791@end smallexample
18792
18793@noindent
18794This regexp matches one or more word-constituent characters followed
18795by one or more spaces, tabs, or newlines. However, it does not detect
18796duplicated words on different lines, since the ending of the first
18797word, the end of the line, is different from the ending of the second
18798word, a space. (For more information about regular expressions, see
18799@ref{Regexp Search, , Regular Expression Searches}, as well as
18800@ref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
18801Manual}, and @ref{Regular Expressions, , Regular Expressions, elisp,
18802The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
18803
18804You might try searching just for duplicated word-constituent
18805characters but that does not work since the pattern detects doubles
18806such as the two occurrences of `th' in `with the'.
18807
18808Another possible regexp searches for word-constituent characters
18809followed by non-word-constituent characters, reduplicated. Here,
18810@w{@samp{\\w+}} matches one or more word-constituent characters and
18811@w{@samp{\\W*}} matches zero or more non-word-constituent characters.
18812
18813@smallexample
18814\\(\\(\\w+\\)\\W*\\)\\1
18815@end smallexample
18816
18817@noindent
18818Again, not useful.
18819
18820Here is the pattern that I use. It is not perfect, but good enough.
18821@w{@samp{\\b}} matches the empty string, provided it is at the beginning
18822or end of a word; @w{@samp{[^@@ \n\t]+}} matches one or more occurrences of
18823any characters that are @emph{not} an @@-sign, space, newline, or tab.
18824
18825@smallexample
18826\\b\\([^@@ \n\t]+\\)[ \n\t]+\\1\\b
18827@end smallexample
18828
18829One can write more complicated expressions, but I found that this
18830expression is good enough, so I use it.
18831
18832Here is the @code{the-the} function, as I include it in my
18833@file{.emacs} file, along with a handy global key binding:
18834
18835@smallexample
18836@group
18837(defun the-the ()
18838 "Search forward for for a duplicated word."
18839 (interactive)
18840 (message "Searching for for duplicated words ...")
18841 (push-mark)
18842@end group
18843@group
18844 ;; This regexp is not perfect
18845 ;; but is fairly good over all:
18846 (if (re-search-forward
18847 "\\b\\([^@@ \n\t]+\\)[ \n\t]+\\1\\b" nil 'move)
18848 (message "Found duplicated word.")
18849 (message "End of buffer")))
18850@end group
18851
18852@group
18853;; Bind `the-the' to C-c \
18854(global-set-key "\C-c\\" 'the-the)
18855@end group
18856@end smallexample
18857
18858@sp 1
18859Here is test text:
18860
18861@smallexample
18862@group
18863one two two three four five
18864five six seven
18865@end group
18866@end smallexample
18867
18868You can substitute the other regular expressions shown above in the
18869function definition and try each of them on this list.
18870
d6adf7e7 18871@node Kill Ring
8cda6f8f
GM
18872@appendix Handling the Kill Ring
18873@cindex Kill ring handling
18874@cindex Handling the kill ring
18875@cindex Ring, making a list like a
18876
18877The kill ring is a list that is transformed into a ring by the
18878workings of the @code{current-kill} function. The @code{yank} and
18879@code{yank-pop} commands use the @code{current-kill} function.
18880
18881This appendix describes the @code{current-kill} function as well as
18882both the @code{yank} and the @code{yank-pop} commands, but first,
18883consider the workings of the kill ring.
18884
18885@menu
18886* What the Kill Ring Does::
18887* current-kill::
18888* yank:: Paste a copy of a clipped element.
18889* yank-pop:: Insert element pointed to.
18890* ring file::
18891@end menu
18892
8cda6f8f 18893@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 18894@node What the Kill Ring Does
8cda6f8f
GM
18895@unnumberedsec What the Kill Ring Does
18896@end ifnottex
18897
18898@need 1250
18899The kill ring has a default maximum length of sixty items; this number
18900is too large for an explanation. Instead, set it to four. Please
18901evaluate the following:
18902
18903@smallexample
18904@group
18905(setq old-kill-ring-max kill-ring-max)
18906(setq kill-ring-max 4)
18907@end group
18908@end smallexample
18909
18910@noindent
18911Then, please copy each line of the following indented example into the
18912kill ring. You may kill each line with @kbd{C-k} or mark it and copy
18913it with @kbd{M-w}.
18914
18915@noindent
18916(In a read-only buffer, such as the @file{*info*} buffer, the kill
18917command, @kbd{C-k} (@code{kill-line}), will not remove the text,
18918merely copy it to the kill ring. However, your machine may beep at
18919you. Alternatively, for silence, you may copy the region of each line
18920with the @kbd{M-w} (@code{kill-ring-save}) command. You must mark
18921each line for this command to succeed, but it does not matter at which
18922end you put point or mark.)
18923
18924@need 1250
18925@noindent
18926Please invoke the calls in order, so that five elements attempt to
18927fill the kill ring:
18928
18929@smallexample
18930@group
18931first some text
18932second piece of text
18933third line
18934fourth line of text
18935fifth bit of text
18936@end group
18937@end smallexample
18938
18939@need 1250
18940@noindent
18941Then find the value of @code{kill-ring} by evaluating
18942
18943@smallexample
18944kill-ring
18945@end smallexample
18946
18947@need 800
18948@noindent
18949It is:
18950
18951@smallexample
18952@group
18953("fifth bit of text" "fourth line of text"
18954"third line" "second piece of text")
18955@end group
18956@end smallexample
18957
18958@noindent
18959The first element, @samp{first some text}, was dropped.
18960
18961@need 1250
18962To return to the old value for the length of the kill ring, evaluate:
18963
18964@smallexample
18965(setq kill-ring-max old-kill-ring-max)
18966@end smallexample
18967
d6adf7e7 18968@node current-kill
8cda6f8f
GM
18969@appendixsec The @code{current-kill} Function
18970@findex current-kill
18971
18972The @code{current-kill} function changes the element in the kill ring
18973to which @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points. (Also, the
18974@code{kill-new} function sets @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to point
867d4bb3 18975to the latest element of the kill ring. The @code{kill-new}
8cda6f8f
GM
18976function is used directly or indirectly by @code{kill-append},
18977@code{copy-region-as-kill}, @code{kill-ring-save}, @code{kill-line},
18978and @code{kill-region}.)
18979
18980@menu
18981* Code for current-kill::
18982* Understanding current-kill::
18983@end menu
18984
8cda6f8f 18985@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 18986@node Code for current-kill
8cda6f8f
GM
18987@unnumberedsubsec The code for @code{current-kill}
18988@end ifnottex
18989
18990
18991@need 1500
18992The @code{current-kill} function is used by @code{yank} and by
18993@code{yank-pop}. Here is the code for @code{current-kill}:
18994
18995@smallexample
18996@group
18997(defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
18998 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill.
18999If N is zero, `interprogram-paste-function' is set, and calling it
19000returns a string, then that string is added to the front of the
19001kill ring and returned as the latest kill.
19002@end group
19003@group
19004If optional arg DO-NOT-MOVE is non-nil, then don't actually move the
19005yanking point; just return the Nth kill forward."
19006 (let ((interprogram-paste (and (= n 0)
19007 interprogram-paste-function
19008 (funcall interprogram-paste-function))))
19009@end group
19010@group
19011 (if interprogram-paste
19012 (progn
19013 ;; Disable the interprogram cut function when we add the new
19014 ;; text to the kill ring, so Emacs doesn't try to own the
19015 ;; selection, with identical text.
19016 (let ((interprogram-cut-function nil))
19017 (kill-new interprogram-paste))
19018 interprogram-paste)
19019@end group
19020@group
19021 (or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
19022 (let ((ARGth-kill-element
19023 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19024 (length kill-ring))
19025 kill-ring)))
19026 (or do-not-move
19027 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
19028 (car ARGth-kill-element)))))
19029@end group
19030@end smallexample
19031
19032Remember also that the @code{kill-new} function sets
867d4bb3 19033@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to the latest element of the kill
8cda6f8f
GM
19034ring, which means that all the functions that call it set the value
19035indirectly: @code{kill-append}, @code{copy-region-as-kill},
19036@code{kill-ring-save}, @code{kill-line}, and @code{kill-region}.
19037
19038@need 1500
19039Here is the line in @code{kill-new}, which is explained in
19040@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.
19041
19042@smallexample
19043(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
19044@end smallexample
19045
8cda6f8f 19046@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19047@node Understanding current-kill
8cda6f8f
GM
19048@unnumberedsubsec @code{current-kill} in Outline
19049@end ifnottex
19050
19051The @code{current-kill} function looks complex, but as usual, it can
19052be understood by taking it apart piece by piece. First look at it in
19053skeletal form:
19054
19055@smallexample
19056@group
19057(defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
19058 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill."
19059 (let @var{varlist}
19060 @var{body}@dots{})
19061@end group
19062@end smallexample
19063
19064This function takes two arguments, one of which is optional. It has a
19065documentation string. It is @emph{not} interactive.
19066
19067@menu
19068* Body of current-kill::
19069* Digression concerning error:: How to mislead humans, but not computers.
19070* Determining the Element::
19071@end menu
19072
8cda6f8f 19073@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19074@node Body of current-kill
8cda6f8f
GM
19075@unnumberedsubsubsec The Body of @code{current-kill}
19076@end ifnottex
19077
19078The body of the function definition is a @code{let} expression, which
19079itself has a body as well as a @var{varlist}.
19080
19081The @code{let} expression declares a variable that will be only usable
19082within the bounds of this function. This variable is called
19083@code{interprogram-paste} and is for copying to another program. It
19084is not for copying within this instance of GNU Emacs. Most window
19085systems provide a facility for interprogram pasting. Sadly, that
19086facility usually provides only for the last element. Most windowing
19087systems have not adopted a ring of many possibilities, even though
19088Emacs has provided it for decades.
19089
19090The @code{if} expression has two parts, one if there exists
19091@code{interprogram-paste} and one if not.
19092
19093@need 2000
19094Let us consider the `if not' or else-part of the @code{current-kill}
867d4bb3 19095function. (The then-part uses the @code{kill-new} function, which
8cda6f8f
GM
19096we have already described. @xref{kill-new function, , The
19097@code{kill-new} function}.)
19098
19099@smallexample
19100@group
19101(or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
19102(let ((ARGth-kill-element
19103 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19104 (length kill-ring))
19105 kill-ring)))
19106 (or do-not-move
19107 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
19108 (car ARGth-kill-element))
19109@end group
19110@end smallexample
19111
19112@noindent
19113The code first checks whether the kill ring has content; otherwise it
19114signals an error.
19115
19116@need 1000
19117Note that the @code{or} expression is very similar to testing length
19118with an @code{if}:
19119
19120@findex zerop
19121@findex error
19122@smallexample
19123@group
19124(if (zerop (length kill-ring)) ; @r{if-part}
19125 (error "Kill ring is empty")) ; @r{then-part}
19126 ;; No else-part
19127@end group
19128@end smallexample
19129
19130@noindent
19131If there is not anything in the kill ring, its length must be zero and
19132an error message sent to the user: @samp{Kill ring is empty}. The
19133@code{current-kill} function uses an @code{or} expression which is
19134simpler. But an @code{if} expression reminds us what goes on.
19135
19136This @code{if} expression uses the function @code{zerop} which returns
19137true if the value it is testing is zero. When @code{zerop} tests
19138true, the then-part of the @code{if} is evaluated. The then-part is a
19139list starting with the function @code{error}, which is a function that
19140is similar to the @code{message} function
19141(@pxref{message, , The @code{message} Function}) in that
19142it prints a one-line message in the echo area. However, in addition
19143to printing a message, @code{error} also stops evaluation of the
19144function within which it is embedded. This means that the rest of the
19145function will not be evaluated if the length of the kill ring is zero.
19146
19147Then the @code{current-kill} function selects the element to return.
19148The selection depends on the number of places that @code{current-kill}
19149rotates and on where @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points.
19150
19151Next, either the optional @code{do-not-move} argument is true or the
19152current value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is set to point to the
19153list. Finally, another expression returns the first element of the
19154list even if the @code{do-not-move} argument is true.
19155
8cda6f8f 19156@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19157@node Digression concerning error
8cda6f8f
GM
19158@unnumberedsubsubsec Digression about the word `error'
19159@end ifnottex
19160
19161In my opinion, it is slightly misleading, at least to humans, to use
19162the term `error' as the name of the @code{error} function. A better
19163term would be `cancel'. Strictly speaking, of course, you cannot
19164point to, much less rotate a pointer to a list that has no length, so
19165from the point of view of the computer, the word `error' is correct.
19166But a human expects to attempt this sort of thing, if only to find out
19167whether the kill ring is full or empty. This is an act of
19168exploration.
19169
19170From the human point of view, the act of exploration and discovery is
09e80d9f 19171not necessarily an error, and therefore should not be labeled as one,
8cda6f8f
GM
19172even in the bowels of a computer. As it is, the code in Emacs implies
19173that a human who is acting virtuously, by exploring his or her
19174environment, is making an error. This is bad. Even though the computer
19175takes the same steps as it does when there is an `error', a term such as
19176`cancel' would have a clearer connotation.
19177
8cda6f8f 19178@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19179@node Determining the Element
8cda6f8f
GM
19180@unnumberedsubsubsec Determining the Element
19181@end ifnottex
19182
19183Among other actions, the else-part of the @code{if} expression sets
19184the value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to
19185@code{ARGth-kill-element} when the kill ring has something in it and
19186the value of @code{do-not-move} is @code{nil}.
19187
19188@need 800
19189The code looks like this:
19190
19191@smallexample
19192@group
19193(nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19194 (length kill-ring))
19195 kill-ring)))
19196@end group
19197@end smallexample
19198
19199This needs some examination. Unless it is not supposed to move the
19200pointer, the @code{current-kill} function changes where
19201@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points.
19202That is what the
19203@w{@code{(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))}}
19204expression does. Also, clearly, @code{ARGth-kill-element} is being
19205set to be equal to some @sc{cdr} of the kill ring, using the
19206@code{nthcdr} function that is described in an earlier section.
19207(@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.) How does it do this?
19208
19209As we have seen before (@pxref{nthcdr}), the @code{nthcdr} function
19210works by repeatedly taking the @sc{cdr} of a list---it takes the
19211@sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} @dots{}
19212
19213@need 800
19214The two following expressions produce the same result:
19215
19216@smallexample
19217@group
19218(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (cdr kill-ring))
19219
19220(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (nthcdr 1 kill-ring))
19221@end group
19222@end smallexample
19223
19224However, the @code{nthcdr} expression is more complicated. It uses
19225the @code{mod} function to determine which @sc{cdr} to select.
19226
19227(You will remember to look at inner functions first; indeed, we will
19228have to go inside the @code{mod}.)
19229
19230The @code{mod} function returns the value of its first argument modulo
19231the second; that is to say, it returns the remainder after dividing
19232the first argument by the second. The value returned has the same
19233sign as the second argument.
19234
19235@need 800
19236Thus,
19237
19238@smallexample
19239@group
19240(mod 12 4)
19241 @result{} 0 ;; @r{because there is no remainder}
19242(mod 13 4)
19243 @result{} 1
19244@end group
19245@end smallexample
19246
19247@need 1250
19248In this case, the first argument is often smaller than the second.
19249That is fine.
19250
19251@smallexample
19252@group
19253(mod 0 4)
19254 @result{} 0
19255(mod 1 4)
19256 @result{} 1
19257@end group
19258@end smallexample
19259
19260We can guess what the @code{-} function does. It is like @code{+} but
19261subtracts instead of adds; the @code{-} function subtracts its second
19262argument from its first. Also, we already know what the @code{length}
19263function does (@pxref{length}). It returns the length of a list.
19264
19265And @code{n} is the name of the required argument to the
19266@code{current-kill} function.
19267
19268@need 1250
19269So when the first argument to @code{nthcdr} is zero, the @code{nthcdr}
19270expression returns the whole list, as you can see by evaluating the
19271following:
19272
19273@smallexample
19274@group
19275;; kill-ring-yank-pointer @r{and} kill-ring @r{have a length of four}
19276;; @r{and} (mod (- 0 4) 4) @result{} 0
19277(nthcdr (mod (- 0 4) 4)
19278 '("fourth line of text"
19279 "third line"
19280 "second piece of text"
19281 "first some text"))
19282@end group
19283@end smallexample
19284
19285@need 1250
19286When the first argument to the @code{current-kill} function is one,
19287the @code{nthcdr} expression returns the list without its first
19288element.
19289
19290@smallexample
19291@group
19292(nthcdr (mod (- 1 4) 4)
19293 '("fourth line of text"
19294 "third line"
19295 "second piece of text"
19296 "first some text"))
19297@end group
19298@end smallexample
19299
19300@cindex @samp{global variable} defined
19301@cindex @samp{variable, global}, defined
19302Incidentally, both @code{kill-ring} and @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}
19303are @dfn{global variables}. That means that any expression in Emacs
19304Lisp can access them. They are not like the local variables set by
19305@code{let} or like the symbols in an argument list.
19306Local variables can only be accessed
19307within the @code{let} that defines them or the function that specifies
19308them in an argument list (and within expressions called by them).
19309
19310@ignore
19311@c texi2dvi fails when the name of the section is within ifnottex ...
19312(@xref{Prevent confusion, , @code{let} Prevents Confusion}, and
edbf4569 19313@ref{defun, , The @code{defun} Macro}.)
8cda6f8f
GM
19314@end ignore
19315
d6adf7e7 19316@node yank
8cda6f8f
GM
19317@appendixsec @code{yank}
19318@findex yank
19319
19320After learning about @code{current-kill}, the code for the
19321@code{yank} function is almost easy.
19322
19323The @code{yank} function does not use the
19324@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable directly. It calls
19325@code{insert-for-yank} which calls @code{current-kill} which sets the
19326@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
19327
19328@need 1250
19329The code looks like this:
19330
19331@c in GNU Emacs 22
19332@smallexample
19333@group
19334(defun yank (&optional arg)
19335 "Reinsert (\"paste\") the last stretch of killed text.
19336More precisely, reinsert the stretch of killed text most recently
19337killed OR yanked. Put point at end, and set mark at beginning.
19338With just \\[universal-argument] as argument, same but put point at
19339beginning (and mark at end). With argument N, reinsert the Nth most
19340recently killed stretch of killed text.
19341
19342When this command inserts killed text into the buffer, it honors
19343`yank-excluded-properties' and `yank-handler' as described in the
19344doc string for `insert-for-yank-1', which see.
19345
19346See also the command \\[yank-pop]."
19347@end group
19348@group
19349 (interactive "*P")
19350 (setq yank-window-start (window-start))
19351 ;; If we don't get all the way thru, make last-command indicate that
19352 ;; for the following command.
19353 (setq this-command t)
19354 (push-mark (point))
19355@end group
19356@group
19357 (insert-for-yank (current-kill (cond
19358 ((listp arg) 0)
19359 ((eq arg '-) -2)
19360 (t (1- arg)))))
19361 (if (consp arg)
19362 ;; This is like exchange-point-and-mark,
19363 ;; but doesn't activate the mark.
19364 ;; It is cleaner to avoid activation, even though the command
19365 ;; loop would deactivate the mark because we inserted text.
19366 (goto-char (prog1 (mark t)
19367 (set-marker (mark-marker) (point) (current-buffer)))))
19368@end group
19369@group
19370 ;; If we do get all the way thru, make this-command indicate that.
19371 (if (eq this-command t)
19372 (setq this-command 'yank))
19373 nil)
19374@end group
19375@end smallexample
19376
19377The key expression is @code{insert-for-yank}, which inserts the string
19378returned by @code{current-kill}, but removes some text properties from
19379it.
19380
19381However, before getting to that expression, the function sets the value
19382of @code{yank-window-start} to the position returned by the
19383@code{(window-start)} expression, the position at which the display
19384currently starts. The @code{yank} function also sets
19385@code{this-command} and pushes the mark.
19386
19387After it yanks the appropriate element, if the optional argument is a
19388@sc{cons} rather than a number or nothing, it puts point at beginning
19389of the yanked text and mark at its end.
19390
19391(The @code{prog1} function is like @code{progn} but returns the value
19392of its first argument rather than the value of its last argument. Its
19393first argument is forced to return the buffer's mark as an integer.
19394You can see the documentation for these functions by placing point
19395over them in this buffer and then typing @kbd{C-h f}
19396(@code{describe-function}) followed by a @kbd{RET}; the default is the
19397function.)
19398
19399The last part of the function tells what to do when it succeeds.
19400
d6adf7e7 19401@node yank-pop
8cda6f8f
GM
19402@appendixsec @code{yank-pop}
19403@findex yank-pop
19404
19405After understanding @code{yank} and @code{current-kill}, you know how
19406to approach the @code{yank-pop} function. Leaving out the
19407documentation to save space, it looks like this:
19408
19409@c GNU Emacs 22
19410@smallexample
19411@group
19412(defun yank-pop (&optional arg)
19413 "@dots{}"
19414 (interactive "*p")
19415 (if (not (eq last-command 'yank))
19416 (error "Previous command was not a yank"))
19417@end group
19418@group
19419 (setq this-command 'yank)
19420 (unless arg (setq arg 1))
19421 (let ((inhibit-read-only t)
19422 (before (< (point) (mark t))))
19423@end group
19424@group
19425 (if before
19426 (funcall (or yank-undo-function 'delete-region) (point) (mark t))
19427 (funcall (or yank-undo-function 'delete-region) (mark t) (point)))
19428 (setq yank-undo-function nil)
19429@end group
19430@group
19431 (set-marker (mark-marker) (point) (current-buffer))
19432 (insert-for-yank (current-kill arg))
19433 ;; Set the window start back where it was in the yank command,
19434 ;; if possible.
19435 (set-window-start (selected-window) yank-window-start t)
19436@end group
19437@group
19438 (if before
19439 ;; This is like exchange-point-and-mark,
19440 ;; but doesn't activate the mark.
19441 ;; It is cleaner to avoid activation, even though the command
19442 ;; loop would deactivate the mark because we inserted text.
19443 (goto-char (prog1 (mark t)
19444 (set-marker (mark-marker)
19445 (point)
19446 (current-buffer))))))
19447 nil)
19448@end group
19449@end smallexample
19450
19451The function is interactive with a small @samp{p} so the prefix
19452argument is processed and passed to the function. The command can
19453only be used after a previous yank; otherwise an error message is
19454sent. This check uses the variable @code{last-command} which is set
19455by @code{yank} and is discussed elsewhere.
19456(@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.)
19457
19458The @code{let} clause sets the variable @code{before} to true or false
19459depending whether point is before or after mark and then the region
19460between point and mark is deleted. This is the region that was just
19461inserted by the previous yank and it is this text that will be
19462replaced.
19463
19464@code{funcall} calls its first argument as a function, passing
19465remaining arguments to it. The first argument is whatever the
19466@code{or} expression returns. The two remaining arguments are the
19467positions of point and mark set by the preceding @code{yank} command.
19468
19469There is more, but that is the hardest part.
19470
d6adf7e7 19471@node ring file
8cda6f8f
GM
19472@appendixsec The @file{ring.el} File
19473@cindex @file{ring.el} file
19474
19475Interestingly, GNU Emacs posses a file called @file{ring.el} that
19476provides many of the features we just discussed. But functions such
19477as @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} do not use this library, possibly
19478because they were written earlier.
19479
d6adf7e7 19480@node Full Graph
09e80d9f 19481@appendix A Graph with Labeled Axes
8cda6f8f
GM
19482
19483Printed axes help you understand a graph. They convey scale. In an
19484earlier chapter (@pxref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph}), we
19485wrote the code to print the body of a graph. Here we write the code
09e80d9f 19486for printing and labeling vertical and horizontal axes, along with the
8cda6f8f
GM
19487body itself.
19488
19489@menu
09e80d9f 19490* Labeled Example::
8cda6f8f
GM
19491* print-graph Varlist:: @code{let} expression in @code{print-graph}.
19492* print-Y-axis:: Print a label for the vertical axis.
19493* print-X-axis:: Print a horizontal label.
19494* Print Whole Graph:: The function to print a complete graph.
19495@end menu
19496
8cda6f8f 19497@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19498@node Labeled Example
09e80d9f 19499@unnumberedsec Labeled Example Graph
8cda6f8f
GM
19500@end ifnottex
19501
19502Since insertions fill a buffer to the right and below point, the new
19503graph printing function should first print the Y or vertical axis,
19504then the body of the graph, and finally the X or horizontal axis.
19505This sequence lays out for us the contents of the function:
19506
19507@enumerate
19508@item
19509Set up code.
19510
19511@item
19512Print Y axis.
19513
19514@item
19515Print body of graph.
19516
19517@item
19518Print X axis.
19519@end enumerate
19520
19521@need 800
19522Here is an example of how a finished graph should look:
19523
19524@smallexample
19525@group
19526 10 -
19527 *
19528 * *
19529 * **
19530 * ***
19531 5 - * *******
19532 * *** *******
19533 *************
19534 ***************
19535 1 - ****************
19536 | | | |
19537 1 5 10 15
19538@end group
19539@end smallexample
19540
19541@noindent
09e80d9f 19542In this graph, both the vertical and the horizontal axes are labeled
8cda6f8f 19543with numbers. However, in some graphs, the horizontal axis is time
09e80d9f 19544and would be better labeled with months, like this:
8cda6f8f
GM
19545
19546@smallexample
19547@group
19548 5 - *
19549 * ** *
19550 *******
19551 ********** **
19552 1 - **************
19553 | ^ |
19554 Jan June Jan
19555@end group
19556@end smallexample
19557
19558Indeed, with a little thought, we can easily come up with a variety of
09e80d9f 19559vertical and horizontal labeling schemes. Our task could become
8cda6f8f 19560complicated. But complications breed confusion. Rather than permit
09e80d9f 19561this, it is better choose a simple labeling scheme for our first
8cda6f8f
GM
19562effort, and to modify or replace it later.
19563
19564@need 1200
19565These considerations suggest the following outline for the
19566@code{print-graph} function:
19567
19568@smallexample
19569@group
19570(defun print-graph (numbers-list)
19571 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
19572 (let ((height @dots{}
19573 @dots{}))
19574@end group
19575@group
19576 (print-Y-axis height @dots{} )
19577 (graph-body-print numbers-list)
19578 (print-X-axis @dots{} )))
19579@end group
19580@end smallexample
19581
19582We can work on each part of the @code{print-graph} function definition
19583in turn.
19584
d6adf7e7 19585@node print-graph Varlist
8cda6f8f
GM
19586@appendixsec The @code{print-graph} Varlist
19587@cindex @code{print-graph} varlist
19588
19589In writing the @code{print-graph} function, the first task is to write
19590the varlist in the @code{let} expression. (We will leave aside for the
19591moment any thoughts about making the function interactive or about the
19592contents of its documentation string.)
19593
19594The varlist should set several values. Clearly, the top of the label
19595for the vertical axis must be at least the height of the graph, which
19596means that we must obtain this information here. Note that the
19597@code{print-graph-body} function also requires this information. There
19598is no reason to calculate the height of the graph in two different
19599places, so we should change @code{print-graph-body} from the way we
19600defined it earlier to take advantage of the calculation.
19601
19602Similarly, both the function for printing the X axis labels and the
19603@code{print-graph-body} function need to learn the value of the width of
19604each symbol. We can perform the calculation here and change the
19605definition for @code{print-graph-body} from the way we defined it in the
19606previous chapter.
19607
19608The length of the label for the horizontal axis must be at least as long
19609as the graph. However, this information is used only in the function
19610that prints the horizontal axis, so it does not need to be calculated here.
19611
19612These thoughts lead us directly to the following form for the varlist
19613in the @code{let} for @code{print-graph}:
19614
19615@smallexample
19616@group
19617(let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list)) ; @r{First version.}
19618 (symbol-width (length graph-blank)))
19619@end group
19620@end smallexample
19621
19622@noindent
19623As we shall see, this expression is not quite right.
19624
19625@need 2000
d6adf7e7 19626@node print-Y-axis
8cda6f8f
GM
19627@appendixsec The @code{print-Y-axis} Function
19628@cindex Axis, print vertical
19629@cindex Y axis printing
19630@cindex Vertical axis printing
19631@cindex Print vertical axis
19632
19633The job of the @code{print-Y-axis} function is to print a label for
19634the vertical axis that looks like this:
19635
19636@smallexample
19637@group
19638 10 -
19639
19640
19641
19642
19643 5 -
19644
19645
19646
19647 1 -
19648@end group
19649@end smallexample
19650
19651@noindent
19652The function should be passed the height of the graph, and then should
19653construct and insert the appropriate numbers and marks.
19654
19655@menu
19656* print-Y-axis in Detail::
19657* Height of label:: What height for the Y axis?
19658* Compute a Remainder:: How to compute the remainder of a division.
19659* Y Axis Element:: Construct a line for the Y axis.
19660* Y-axis-column:: Generate a list of Y axis labels.
19661* print-Y-axis Penultimate:: A not quite final version.
19662@end menu
19663
8cda6f8f 19664@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19665@node print-Y-axis in Detail
8cda6f8f
GM
19666@unnumberedsubsec The @code{print-Y-axis} Function in Detail
19667@end ifnottex
19668
19669It is easy enough to see in the figure what the Y axis label should
19670look like; but to say in words, and then to write a function
19671definition to do the job is another matter. It is not quite true to
19672say that we want a number and a tic every five lines: there are only
19673three lines between the @samp{1} and the @samp{5} (lines 2, 3, and 4),
19674but four lines between the @samp{5} and the @samp{10} (lines 6, 7, 8,
19675and 9). It is better to say that we want a number and a tic mark on
19676the base line (number 1) and then that we want a number and a tic on
19677the fifth line from the bottom and on every line that is a multiple of
19678five.
19679
8cda6f8f 19680@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 19681@node Height of label
8cda6f8f
GM
19682@unnumberedsubsec What height should the label be?
19683@end ifnottex
19684
19685The next issue is what height the label should be? Suppose the maximum
19686height of tallest column of the graph is seven. Should the highest
19687label on the Y axis be @samp{5 -}, and should the graph stick up above
19688the label? Or should the highest label be @samp{7 -}, and mark the peak
19689of the graph? Or should the highest label be @code{10 -}, which is a
19690multiple of five, and be higher than the topmost value of the graph?
19691
19692The latter form is preferred. Most graphs are drawn within rectangles
19693whose sides are an integral number of steps long---5, 10, 15, and so
19694on for a step distance of five. But as soon as we decide to use a
19695step height for the vertical axis, we discover that the simple
19696expression in the varlist for computing the height is wrong. The
19697expression is @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)}. This returns the
19698precise height, not the maximum height plus whatever is necessary to
19699round up to the nearest multiple of five. A more complex expression
19700is required.
19701
19702As usual in cases like this, a complex problem becomes simpler if it is
19703divided into several smaller problems.
19704
19705First, consider the case when the highest value of the graph is an
19706integral multiple of five---when it is 5, 10, 15, or some higher
19707multiple of five. We can use this value as the Y axis height.
19708
19709A fairly simply way to determine whether a number is a multiple of
19710five is to divide it by five and see if the division results in a
19711remainder. If there is no remainder, the number is a multiple of
19712five. Thus, seven divided by five has a remainder of two, and seven
19713is not an integral multiple of five. Put in slightly different
19714language, more reminiscent of the classroom, five goes into seven
19715once, with a remainder of two. However, five goes into ten twice,
19716with no remainder: ten is an integral multiple of five.
19717
d6adf7e7 19718@node Compute a Remainder
8cda6f8f
GM
19719@appendixsubsec Side Trip: Compute a Remainder
19720
19721@findex % @r{(remainder function)}
19722@cindex Remainder function, @code{%}
19723In Lisp, the function for computing a remainder is @code{%}. The
19724function returns the remainder of its first argument divided by its
19725second argument. As it happens, @code{%} is a function in Emacs Lisp
19726that you cannot discover using @code{apropos}: you find nothing if you
19727type @kbd{M-x apropos @key{RET} remainder @key{RET}}. The only way to
19728learn of the existence of @code{%} is to read about it in a book such
19729as this or in the Emacs Lisp sources.
19730
19731You can try the @code{%} function by evaluating the following two
19732expressions:
19733
19734@smallexample
19735@group
19736(% 7 5)
19737
19738(% 10 5)
19739@end group
19740@end smallexample
19741
19742@noindent
19743The first expression returns 2 and the second expression returns 0.
19744
19745To test whether the returned value is zero or some other number, we
19746can use the @code{zerop} function. This function returns @code{t} if
19747its argument, which must be a number, is zero.
19748
19749@smallexample
19750@group
19751(zerop (% 7 5))
19752 @result{} nil
19753
19754(zerop (% 10 5))
19755 @result{} t
19756@end group
19757@end smallexample
19758
19759Thus, the following expression will return @code{t} if the height
19760of the graph is evenly divisible by five:
19761
19762@smallexample
19763(zerop (% height 5))
19764@end smallexample
19765
19766@noindent
19767(The value of @code{height}, of course, can be found from @code{(apply
19768'max numbers-list)}.)
19769
19770On the other hand, if the value of @code{height} is not a multiple of
19771five, we want to reset the value to the next higher multiple of five.
19772This is straightforward arithmetic using functions with which we are
19773already familiar. First, we divide the value of @code{height} by five
19774to determine how many times five goes into the number. Thus, five
19775goes into twelve twice. If we add one to this quotient and multiply by
19776five, we will obtain the value of the next multiple of five that is
19777larger than the height. Five goes into twelve twice. Add one to two,
19778and multiply by five; the result is fifteen, which is the next multiple
19779of five that is higher than twelve. The Lisp expression for this is:
19780
19781@smallexample
19782(* (1+ (/ height 5)) 5)
19783@end smallexample
19784
19785@noindent
19786For example, if you evaluate the following, the result is 15:
19787
19788@smallexample
19789(* (1+ (/ 12 5)) 5)
19790@end smallexample
19791
19792All through this discussion, we have been using `five' as the value
19793for spacing labels on the Y axis; but we may want to use some other
19794value. For generality, we should replace `five' with a variable to
19795which we can assign a value. The best name I can think of for this
19796variable is @code{Y-axis-label-spacing}.
19797
19798@need 1250
19799Using this term, and an @code{if} expression, we produce the
19800following:
19801
19802@smallexample
19803@group
19804(if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19805 height
19806 ;; @r{else}
19807 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19808 Y-axis-label-spacing))
19809@end group
19810@end smallexample
19811
19812@noindent
19813This expression returns the value of @code{height} itself if the height
19814is an even multiple of the value of the @code{Y-axis-label-spacing} or
19815else it computes and returns a value of @code{height} that is equal to
19816the next higher multiple of the value of the @code{Y-axis-label-spacing}.
19817
19818We can now include this expression in the @code{let} expression of the
19819@code{print-graph} function (after first setting the value of
19820@code{Y-axis-label-spacing}):
19821@vindex Y-axis-label-spacing
19822
19823@smallexample
19824@group
19825(defvar Y-axis-label-spacing 5
19826 "Number of lines from one Y axis label to next.")
19827@end group
19828
19829@group
19830@dots{}
19831(let* ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
19832 (height-of-top-line
19833 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19834 height
19835@end group
19836@group
19837 ;; @r{else}
19838 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19839 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
19840 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))))
19841@dots{}
19842@end group
19843@end smallexample
19844
19845@noindent
19846(Note use of the @code{let*} function: the initial value of height is
19847computed once by the @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)} expression and
19848then the resulting value of @code{height} is used to compute its
19849final value. @xref{fwd-para let, , The @code{let*} expression}, for
19850more about @code{let*}.)
19851
d6adf7e7 19852@node Y Axis Element
8cda6f8f
GM
19853@appendixsubsec Construct a Y Axis Element
19854
19855When we print the vertical axis, we want to insert strings such as
19856@w{@samp{5 -}} and @w{@samp{10 - }} every five lines.
19857Moreover, we want the numbers and dashes to line up, so shorter
19858numbers must be padded with leading spaces. If some of the strings
19859use two digit numbers, the strings with single digit numbers must
19860include a leading blank space before the number.
19861
19862@findex number-to-string
19863To figure out the length of the number, the @code{length} function is
19864used. But the @code{length} function works only with a string, not with
19865a number. So the number has to be converted from being a number to
19866being a string. This is done with the @code{number-to-string} function.
19867For example,
19868
19869@smallexample
19870@group
19871(length (number-to-string 35))
19872 @result{} 2
19873
19874(length (number-to-string 100))
19875 @result{} 3
19876@end group
19877@end smallexample
19878
19879@noindent
19880(@code{number-to-string} is also called @code{int-to-string}; you will
19881see this alternative name in various sources.)
19882
19883In addition, in each label, each number is followed by a string such
19884as @w{@samp{ - }}, which we will call the @code{Y-axis-tic} marker.
19885This variable is defined with @code{defvar}:
19886
19887@vindex Y-axis-tic
19888@smallexample
19889@group
19890(defvar Y-axis-tic " - "
19891 "String that follows number in a Y axis label.")
19892@end group
19893@end smallexample
19894
19895The length of the Y label is the sum of the length of the Y axis tic
19896mark and the length of the number of the top of the graph.
19897
19898@smallexample
19899(length (concat (number-to-string height) Y-axis-tic)))
19900@end smallexample
19901
19902This value will be calculated by the @code{print-graph} function in
19903its varlist as @code{full-Y-label-width} and passed on. (Note that we
19904did not think to include this in the varlist when we first proposed it.)
19905
19906To make a complete vertical axis label, a tic mark is concatenated
19907with a number; and the two together may be preceded by one or more
19908spaces depending on how long the number is. The label consists of
19909three parts: the (optional) leading spaces, the number, and the tic
19910mark. The function is passed the value of the number for the specific
19911row, and the value of the width of the top line, which is calculated
19912(just once) by @code{print-graph}.
19913
19914@smallexample
19915@group
19916(defun Y-axis-element (number full-Y-label-width)
19917 "Construct a NUMBERed label element.
19918A numbered element looks like this ` 5 - ',
19919and is padded as needed so all line up with
19920the element for the largest number."
19921@end group
19922@group
19923 (let* ((leading-spaces
19924 (- full-Y-label-width
19925 (length
19926 (concat (number-to-string number)
19927 Y-axis-tic)))))
19928@end group
19929@group
19930 (concat
19931 (make-string leading-spaces ? )
19932 (number-to-string number)
19933 Y-axis-tic)))
19934@end group
19935@end smallexample
19936
19937The @code{Y-axis-element} function concatenates together the leading
19938spaces, if any; the number, as a string; and the tic mark.
19939
19940To figure out how many leading spaces the label will need, the
19941function subtracts the actual length of the label---the length of the
19942number plus the length of the tic mark---from the desired label width.
19943
19944@findex make-string
19945Blank spaces are inserted using the @code{make-string} function. This
19946function takes two arguments: the first tells it how long the string
19947will be and the second is a symbol for the character to insert, in a
19948special format. The format is a question mark followed by a blank
19949space, like this, @samp{? }. @xref{Character Type, , Character Type,
19950elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a description of the
19951syntax for characters. (Of course, you might want to replace the
19952blank space by some other character @dots{} You know what to do.)
19953
19954The @code{number-to-string} function is used in the concatenation
19955expression, to convert the number to a string that is concatenated
19956with the leading spaces and the tic mark.
19957
d6adf7e7 19958@node Y-axis-column
8cda6f8f
GM
19959@appendixsubsec Create a Y Axis Column
19960
19961The preceding functions provide all the tools needed to construct a
19962function that generates a list of numbered and blank strings to insert
19963as the label for the vertical axis:
19964
19965@findex Y-axis-column
19966@smallexample
19967@group
19968(defun Y-axis-column (height width-of-label)
19969 "Construct list of Y axis labels and blank strings.
19970For HEIGHT of line above base and WIDTH-OF-LABEL."
19971 (let (Y-axis)
19972@group
19973@end group
19974 (while (> height 1)
19975 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
19976 ;; @r{Insert label.}
19977 (setq Y-axis
19978 (cons
19979 (Y-axis-element height width-of-label)
19980 Y-axis))
19981@group
19982@end group
19983 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
19984 (setq Y-axis
19985 (cons
19986 (make-string width-of-label ? )
19987 Y-axis)))
19988 (setq height (1- height)))
19989 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
19990 (setq Y-axis
19991 (cons (Y-axis-element 1 width-of-label) Y-axis))
19992 (nreverse Y-axis)))
19993@end group
19994@end smallexample
19995
19996In this function, we start with the value of @code{height} and
19997repetitively subtract one from its value. After each subtraction, we
19998test to see whether the value is an integral multiple of the
19999@code{Y-axis-label-spacing}. If it is, we construct a numbered label
20000using the @code{Y-axis-element} function; if not, we construct a
20001blank label using the @code{make-string} function. The base line
20002consists of the number one followed by a tic mark.
20003
20004@need 2000
d6adf7e7 20005@node print-Y-axis Penultimate
8cda6f8f
GM
20006@appendixsubsec The Not Quite Final Version of @code{print-Y-axis}
20007
20008The list constructed by the @code{Y-axis-column} function is passed to
20009the @code{print-Y-axis} function, which inserts the list as a column.
20010
20011@findex print-Y-axis
20012@smallexample
20013@group
20014(defun print-Y-axis (height full-Y-label-width)
20015 "Insert Y axis using HEIGHT and FULL-Y-LABEL-WIDTH.
20016Height must be the maximum height of the graph.
20017Full width is the width of the highest label element."
20018;; Value of height and full-Y-label-width
20019;; are passed by `print-graph'.
20020@end group
20021@group
20022 (let ((start (point)))
20023 (insert-rectangle
20024 (Y-axis-column height full-Y-label-width))
20025 ;; @r{Place point ready for inserting graph.}
20026 (goto-char start)
20027 ;; @r{Move point forward by value of} full-Y-label-width
20028 (forward-char full-Y-label-width)))
20029@end group
20030@end smallexample
20031
20032The @code{print-Y-axis} uses the @code{insert-rectangle} function to
20033insert the Y axis labels created by the @code{Y-axis-column} function.
20034In addition, it places point at the correct position for printing the body of
20035the graph.
20036
20037You can test @code{print-Y-axis}:
20038
20039@enumerate
20040@item
20041Install
20042
20043@smallexample
20044@group
20045Y-axis-label-spacing
20046Y-axis-tic
20047Y-axis-element
20048Y-axis-column
20049print-Y-axis
20050@end group
20051@end smallexample
20052
20053@item
20054Copy the following expression:
20055
20056@smallexample
20057(print-Y-axis 12 5)
20058@end smallexample
20059
20060@item
20061Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20062want the axis labels to start.
20063
20064@item
20065Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20066
20067@item
20068Yank the @code{graph-body-print} expression into the minibuffer
20069with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20070
20071@item
20072Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20073@end enumerate
20074
20075Emacs will print labels vertically, the top one being @w{@samp{10 -@w{
20076}}}. (The @code{print-graph} function will pass the value of
20077@code{height-of-top-line}, which in this case will end up as 15,
20078thereby getting rid of what might appear as a bug.)
20079
20080@need 2000
d6adf7e7 20081@node print-X-axis
8cda6f8f
GM
20082@appendixsec The @code{print-X-axis} Function
20083@cindex Axis, print horizontal
20084@cindex X axis printing
20085@cindex Print horizontal axis
20086@cindex Horizontal axis printing
20087
20088X axis labels are much like Y axis labels, except that the ticks are on a
20089line above the numbers. Labels should look like this:
20090
20091@smallexample
20092@group
20093 | | | |
20094 1 5 10 15
20095@end group
20096@end smallexample
20097
20098The first tic is under the first column of the graph and is preceded by
20099several blank spaces. These spaces provide room in rows above for the Y
20100axis labels. The second, third, fourth, and subsequent ticks are all
20101spaced equally, according to the value of @code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20102
20103The second row of the X axis consists of numbers, preceded by several
20104blank spaces and also separated according to the value of the variable
20105@code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20106
20107The value of the variable @code{X-axis-label-spacing} should itself be
20108measured in units of @code{symbol-width}, since you may want to change
20109the width of the symbols that you are using to print the body of the
09e80d9f 20110graph without changing the ways the graph is labeled.
8cda6f8f
GM
20111
20112@menu
20113* Similarities differences:: Much like @code{print-Y-axis}, but not exactly.
20114* X Axis Tic Marks:: Create tic marks for the horizontal axis.
20115@end menu
20116
8cda6f8f 20117@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 20118@node Similarities differences
8cda6f8f
GM
20119@unnumberedsubsec Similarities and differences
20120@end ifnottex
20121
20122The @code{print-X-axis} function is constructed in more or less the
20123same fashion as the @code{print-Y-axis} function except that it has
20124two lines: the line of tic marks and the numbers. We will write a
20125separate function to print each line and then combine them within the
20126@code{print-X-axis} function.
20127
20128This is a three step process:
20129
20130@enumerate
20131@item
20132Write a function to print the X axis tic marks, @code{print-X-axis-tic-line}.
20133
20134@item
20135Write a function to print the X numbers, @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20136
20137@item
20138Write a function to print both lines, the @code{print-X-axis} function,
20139using @code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and
20140@code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20141@end enumerate
20142
d6adf7e7 20143@node X Axis Tic Marks
8cda6f8f
GM
20144@appendixsubsec X Axis Tic Marks
20145
20146The first function should print the X axis tic marks. We must specify
20147the tic marks themselves and their spacing:
20148
20149@smallexample
20150@group
20151(defvar X-axis-label-spacing
20152 (if (boundp 'graph-blank)
20153 (* 5 (length graph-blank)) 5)
20154 "Number of units from one X axis label to next.")
20155@end group
20156@end smallexample
20157
20158@noindent
20159(Note that the value of @code{graph-blank} is set by another
20160@code{defvar}. The @code{boundp} predicate checks whether it has
20161already been set; @code{boundp} returns @code{nil} if it has not. If
20162@code{graph-blank} were unbound and we did not use this conditional
20163construction, in a recent GNU Emacs, we would enter the debugger and
20164see an error message saying @samp{@w{Debugger entered--Lisp error:}
20165@w{(void-variable graph-blank)}}.)
20166
20167@need 1200
20168Here is the @code{defvar} for @code{X-axis-tic-symbol}:
20169
20170@smallexample
20171@group
20172(defvar X-axis-tic-symbol "|"
20173 "String to insert to point to a column in X axis.")
20174@end group
20175@end smallexample
20176
20177@need 1250
20178The goal is to make a line that looks like this:
20179
20180@smallexample
20181 | | | |
20182@end smallexample
20183
20184The first tic is indented so that it is under the first column, which is
20185indented to provide space for the Y axis labels.
20186
20187A tic element consists of the blank spaces that stretch from one tic to
20188the next plus a tic symbol. The number of blanks is determined by the
20189width of the tic symbol and the @code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20190
20191@need 1250
20192The code looks like this:
20193
20194@smallexample
20195@group
20196;;; X-axis-tic-element
20197@dots{}
20198(concat
20199 (make-string
20200 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
20201 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20202 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
20203 ? )
20204 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
20205 X-axis-tic-symbol)
20206@dots{}
20207@end group
20208@end smallexample
20209
20210Next, we determine how many blanks are needed to indent the first tic
20211mark to the first column of the graph. This uses the value of
20212@code{full-Y-label-width} passed it by the @code{print-graph} function.
20213
20214@need 1250
20215The code to make @code{X-axis-leading-spaces}
20216looks like this:
20217
20218@smallexample
20219@group
20220;; X-axis-leading-spaces
20221@dots{}
20222(make-string full-Y-label-width ? )
20223@dots{}
20224@end group
20225@end smallexample
20226
20227We also need to determine the length of the horizontal axis, which is
20228the length of the numbers list, and the number of ticks in the horizontal
20229axis:
20230
20231@smallexample
20232@group
20233;; X-length
20234@dots{}
20235(length numbers-list)
20236@end group
20237
20238@group
20239;; tic-width
20240@dots{}
20241(* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20242@end group
20243
20244@group
20245;; number-of-X-ticks
20246(if (zerop (% (X-length tic-width)))
20247 (/ (X-length tic-width))
20248 (1+ (/ (X-length tic-width))))
20249@end group
20250@end smallexample
20251
20252@need 1250
20253All this leads us directly to the function for printing the X axis tic line:
20254
20255@findex print-X-axis-tic-line
20256@smallexample
20257@group
20258(defun print-X-axis-tic-line
20259 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces X-axis-tic-element)
20260 "Print ticks for X axis."
20261 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
20262 (insert X-axis-tic-symbol) ; @r{Under first column.}
20263@end group
20264@group
20265 ;; @r{Insert second tic in the right spot.}
20266 (insert (concat
20267 (make-string
20268 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20269 ;; @r{Insert white space up to second tic symbol.}
20270 (* 2 (length X-axis-tic-symbol)))
20271 ? )
20272 X-axis-tic-symbol))
20273@end group
20274@group
20275 ;; @r{Insert remaining ticks.}
20276 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
20277 (insert X-axis-tic-element)
20278 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics))))
20279@end group
20280@end smallexample
20281
20282The line of numbers is equally straightforward:
20283
20284@need 1250
20285First, we create a numbered element with blank spaces before each number:
20286
20287@findex X-axis-element
20288@smallexample
20289@group
20290(defun X-axis-element (number)
20291 "Construct a numbered X axis element."
20292 (let ((leading-spaces
20293 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20294 (length (number-to-string number)))))
20295 (concat (make-string leading-spaces ? )
20296 (number-to-string number))))
20297@end group
20298@end smallexample
20299
20300Next, we create the function to print the numbered line, starting with
20301the number ``1'' under the first column:
20302
20303@findex print-X-axis-numbered-line
20304@smallexample
20305@group
20306(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
20307 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces)
20308 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
20309 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing))
20310 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
20311 (insert "1")
20312@end group
20313@group
20314 (insert (concat
20315 (make-string
20316 ;; @r{Insert white space up to next number.}
20317 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing) 2)
20318 ? )
20319 (number-to-string number)))
20320@end group
20321@group
20322 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
20323 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
20324 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
20325 (insert (X-axis-element number))
20326 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
20327 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
20328@end group
20329@end smallexample
20330
20331Finally, we need to write the @code{print-X-axis} that uses
20332@code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and
20333@code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20334
20335The function must determine the local values of the variables used by both
20336@code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}, and
20337then it must call them. Also, it must print the carriage return that
20338separates the two lines.
20339
20340The function consists of a varlist that specifies five local variables,
20341and calls to each of the two line printing functions:
20342
20343@findex print-X-axis
20344@smallexample
20345@group
20346(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list)
20347 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST."
20348 (let* ((leading-spaces
20349 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
20350@end group
20351@group
20352 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
20353 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
20354 (X-length (length numbers-list))
20355@end group
20356@group
20357 (X-tic
20358 (concat
20359 (make-string
20360@end group
20361@group
20362 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
20363 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20364 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
20365 ? )
20366@end group
20367@group
20368 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
20369 X-axis-tic-symbol))
20370@end group
20371@group
20372 (tic-number
20373 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
20374 (/ X-length tic-width)
20375 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
20376@end group
20377@group
20378 (print-X-axis-tic-line tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
20379 (insert "\n")
20380 (print-X-axis-numbered-line tic-number leading-spaces)))
20381@end group
20382@end smallexample
20383
20384@need 1250
20385You can test @code{print-X-axis}:
20386
20387@enumerate
20388@item
20389Install @code{X-axis-tic-symbol}, @code{X-axis-label-spacing},
20390@code{print-X-axis-tic-line}, as well as @code{X-axis-element},
20391@code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}, and @code{print-X-axis}.
20392
20393@item
20394Copy the following expression:
20395
20396@smallexample
20397@group
20398(progn
20399 (let ((full-Y-label-width 5)
20400 (symbol-width 1))
20401 (print-X-axis
20402 '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16))))
20403@end group
20404@end smallexample
20405
20406@item
20407Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20408want the axis labels to start.
20409
20410@item
20411Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20412
20413@item
20414Yank the test expression into the minibuffer
20415with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20416
20417@item
20418Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20419@end enumerate
20420
20421@need 1250
20422Emacs will print the horizontal axis like this:
20423@sp 1
20424
20425@smallexample
20426@group
20427 | | | | |
20428 1 5 10 15 20
20429@end group
20430@end smallexample
20431
d6adf7e7 20432@node Print Whole Graph
8cda6f8f
GM
20433@appendixsec Printing the Whole Graph
20434@cindex Printing the whole graph
20435@cindex Whole graph printing
20436@cindex Graph, printing all
20437
20438Now we are nearly ready to print the whole graph.
20439
20440The function to print the graph with the proper labels follows the
09e80d9f 20441outline we created earlier (@pxref{Full Graph, , A Graph with Labeled
8cda6f8f
GM
20442Axes}), but with additions.
20443
20444@need 1250
20445Here is the outline:
20446
20447@smallexample
20448@group
20449(defun print-graph (numbers-list)
20450 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
20451 (let ((height @dots{}
20452 @dots{}))
20453@end group
20454@group
20455 (print-Y-axis height @dots{} )
20456 (graph-body-print numbers-list)
20457 (print-X-axis @dots{} )))
20458@end group
20459@end smallexample
20460
20461@menu
20462* The final version:: A few changes.
20463* Test print-graph:: Run a short test.
20464* Graphing words in defuns:: Executing the final code.
20465* lambda:: How to write an anonymous function.
20466* mapcar:: Apply a function to elements of a list.
20467* Another Bug:: Yet another bug @dots{} most insidious.
20468* Final printed graph:: The graph itself!
20469@end menu
20470
8cda6f8f 20471@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 20472@node The final version
8cda6f8f
GM
20473@unnumberedsubsec Changes for the Final Version
20474@end ifnottex
20475
20476The final version is different from what we planned in two ways:
20477first, it contains additional values calculated once in the varlist;
20478second, it carries an option to specify the labels' increment per row.
20479This latter feature turns out to be essential; otherwise, a graph may
20480have more rows than fit on a display or on a sheet of paper.
20481
20482@need 1500
20483This new feature requires a change to the @code{Y-axis-column}
20484function, to add @code{vertical-step} to it. The function looks like
20485this:
20486
20487@findex Y-axis-column @r{Final version.}
20488@smallexample
20489@group
20490;;; @r{Final version.}
20491(defun Y-axis-column
20492 (height width-of-label &optional vertical-step)
20493 "Construct list of labels for Y axis.
20494HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
20495WIDTH-OF-LABEL is maximum width of label.
20496VERTICAL-STEP, an option, is a positive integer
20497that specifies how much a Y axis label increments
20498for each line. For example, a step of 5 means
20499that each line is five units of the graph."
20500@end group
20501@group
20502 (let (Y-axis
20503 (number-per-line (or vertical-step 1)))
20504 (while (> height 1)
20505 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20506@end group
20507@group
20508 ;; @r{Insert label.}
20509 (setq Y-axis
20510 (cons
20511 (Y-axis-element
20512 (* height number-per-line)
20513 width-of-label)
20514 Y-axis))
20515@end group
20516@group
20517 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
20518 (setq Y-axis
20519 (cons
20520 (make-string width-of-label ? )
20521 Y-axis)))
20522 (setq height (1- height)))
20523@end group
20524@group
20525 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
20526 (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element
20527 (or vertical-step 1)
20528 width-of-label)
20529 Y-axis))
20530 (nreverse Y-axis)))
20531@end group
20532@end smallexample
20533
20534The values for the maximum height of graph and the width of a symbol
20535are computed by @code{print-graph} in its @code{let} expression; so
20536@code{graph-body-print} must be changed to accept them.
20537
20538@findex graph-body-print @r{Final version.}
20539@smallexample
20540@group
20541;;; @r{Final version.}
20542(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list height symbol-width)
20543 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
20544The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
20545HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
20546SYMBOL-WIDTH is number of each column."
20547@end group
20548@group
20549 (let (from-position)
20550 (while numbers-list
20551 (setq from-position (point))
20552 (insert-rectangle
20553 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
20554 (goto-char from-position)
20555 (forward-char symbol-width)
20556@end group
20557@group
20558 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
20559 (sit-for 0)
20560 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
20561 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
20562 (forward-line height)
20563 (insert "\n")))
20564@end group
20565@end smallexample
20566
20567@need 1250
20568Finally, the code for the @code{print-graph} function:
20569
20570@findex print-graph @r{Final version.}
20571@smallexample
20572@group
20573;;; @r{Final version.}
20574(defun print-graph
20575 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step)
09e80d9f 20576 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
8cda6f8f
GM
20577The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
20578@end group
20579
20580@group
20581Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
20582specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
20583each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
20584each row is five units."
20585@end group
20586@group
20587 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
20588 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
20589 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
20590 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
20591@end group
20592@group
20593 (height-of-top-line
20594 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20595 height
20596 ;; @r{else}
20597 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20598 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
20599@end group
20600@group
20601 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
20602 (full-Y-label-width
20603 (length
20604@end group
20605@group
20606 (concat
20607 (number-to-string
20608 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
20609 Y-axis-tic))))
20610@end group
20611
20612@group
20613 (print-Y-axis
20614 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
20615@end group
20616@group
20617 (graph-body-print
20618 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
20619 (print-X-axis numbers-list)))
20620@end group
20621@end smallexample
20622
d6adf7e7 20623@node Test print-graph
8cda6f8f
GM
20624@appendixsubsec Testing @code{print-graph}
20625
20626@need 1250
20627We can test the @code{print-graph} function with a short list of numbers:
20628
20629@enumerate
20630@item
20631Install the final versions of @code{Y-axis-column},
20632@code{graph-body-print}, and @code{print-graph} (in addition to the
20633rest of the code.)
20634
20635@item
20636Copy the following expression:
20637
20638@smallexample
20639(print-graph '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1))
20640@end smallexample
20641
20642@item
20643Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20644want the axis labels to start.
20645
20646@item
20647Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20648
20649@item
20650Yank the test expression into the minibuffer
20651with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20652
20653@item
20654Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20655@end enumerate
20656
20657@need 1250
20658Emacs will print a graph that looks like this:
20659
20660@smallexample
20661@group
2066210 -
20663
20664
20665 *
20666 ** *
20667 5 - **** *
20668 **** ***
20669 * *********
20670 ************
20671 1 - *************
20672
20673 | | | |
20674 1 5 10 15
20675@end group
20676@end smallexample
20677
20678@need 1200
20679On the other hand, if you pass @code{print-graph} a
20680@code{vertical-step} value of 2, by evaluating this expression:
20681
20682@smallexample
20683(print-graph '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1) 2)
20684@end smallexample
20685
20686@need 1250
20687@noindent
20688The graph looks like this:
20689
20690@smallexample
20691@group
2069220 -
20693
20694
20695 *
20696 ** *
2069710 - **** *
20698 **** ***
20699 * *********
20700 ************
20701 2 - *************
20702
20703 | | | |
20704 1 5 10 15
20705@end group
20706@end smallexample
20707
20708@noindent
20709(A question: is the `2' on the bottom of the vertical axis a bug or a
20710feature? If you think it is a bug, and should be a `1' instead, (or
20711even a `0'), you can modify the sources.)
20712
d6adf7e7 20713@node Graphing words in defuns
8cda6f8f
GM
20714@appendixsubsec Graphing Numbers of Words and Symbols
20715
20716Now for the graph for which all this code was written: a graph that
20717shows how many function definitions contain fewer than 10 words and
20718symbols, how many contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how
20719many contain between 20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
20720
20721This is a multi-step process. First make sure you have loaded all the
20722requisite code.
20723
20724@need 1500
20725It is a good idea to reset the value of @code{top-of-ranges} in case
20726you have set it to some different value. You can evaluate the
20727following:
20728
20729@smallexample
20730@group
20731(setq top-of-ranges
20732 '(10 20 30 40 50
20733 60 70 80 90 100
20734 110 120 130 140 150
20735 160 170 180 190 200
20736 210 220 230 240 250
20737 260 270 280 290 300)
20738@end group
20739@end smallexample
20740
20741@noindent
20742Next create a list of the number of words and symbols in each range.
20743
20744@need 1500
20745@noindent
20746Evaluate the following:
20747
20748@smallexample
20749@group
20750(setq list-for-graph
20751 (defuns-per-range
20752 (sort
20753 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
20754 (directory-files "/usr/local/emacs/lisp"
20755 t ".+el$"))
20756 '<)
20757 top-of-ranges))
20758@end group
20759@end smallexample
20760
20761@noindent
20762On my old machine, this took about an hour. It looked though 303 Lisp
20763files in my copy of Emacs version 19.23. After all that computing,
20764the @code{list-for-graph} had this value:
20765
20766@smallexample
20767@group
20768(537 1027 955 785 594 483 349 292 224 199 166 120 116 99
2076990 80 67 48 52 45 41 33 28 26 25 20 12 28 11 13 220)
20770@end group
20771@end smallexample
20772
20773@noindent
20774This means that my copy of Emacs had 537 function definitions with
20775fewer than 10 words or symbols in them, 1,027 function definitions
20776with 10 to 19 words or symbols in them, 955 function definitions with
2077720 to 29 words or symbols in them, and so on.
20778
20779Clearly, just by looking at this list we can see that most function
20780definitions contain ten to thirty words and symbols.
20781
20782Now for printing. We do @emph{not} want to print a graph that is
207831,030 lines high @dots{} Instead, we should print a graph that is
20784fewer than twenty-five lines high. A graph that height can be
20785displayed on almost any monitor, and easily printed on a sheet of paper.
20786
20787This means that each value in @code{list-for-graph} must be reduced to
20788one-fiftieth its present value.
20789
20790Here is a short function to do just that, using two functions we have
20791not yet seen, @code{mapcar} and @code{lambda}.
20792
20793@smallexample
20794@group
20795(defun one-fiftieth (full-range)
20796 "Return list, each number one-fiftieth of previous."
d1069532 20797 (mapcar (lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
8cda6f8f
GM
20798@end group
20799@end smallexample
20800
d6adf7e7 20801@node lambda
8cda6f8f
GM
20802@appendixsubsec A @code{lambda} Expression: Useful Anonymity
20803@cindex Anonymous function
20804@findex lambda
20805
20806@code{lambda} is the symbol for an anonymous function, a function
20807without a name. Every time you use an anonymous function, you need to
20808include its whole body.
20809
20810@need 1250
20811@noindent
20812Thus,
20813
20814@smallexample
20815(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50))
20816@end smallexample
20817
20818@noindent
20819is a function definition that says `return the value resulting from
20820dividing whatever is passed to me as @code{arg} by 50'.
20821
20822@need 1200
20823Earlier, for example, we had a function @code{multiply-by-seven}; it
20824multiplied its argument by 7. This function is similar, except it
20825divides its argument by 50; and, it has no name. The anonymous
20826equivalent of @code{multiply-by-seven} is:
20827
20828@smallexample
20829(lambda (number) (* 7 number))
20830@end smallexample
20831
20832@noindent
edbf4569 20833(@xref{defun, , The @code{defun} Macro}.)
8cda6f8f
GM
20834
20835@need 1250
20836@noindent
20837If we want to multiply 3 by 7, we can write:
20838
8cda6f8f 20839@c clear print-postscript-figures
8cda6f8f
GM
20840@c lambda example diagram #1
20841@ifnottex
20842@smallexample
20843@group
20844(multiply-by-seven 3)
20845 \_______________/ ^
20846 | |
20847 function argument
20848@end group
20849@end smallexample
20850@end ifnottex
20851@ifset print-postscript-figures
20852@sp 1
20853@tex
20854@center @image{lambda-1}
8cda6f8f
GM
20855@end tex
20856@sp 1
20857@end ifset
20858@ifclear print-postscript-figures
20859@iftex
20860@smallexample
20861@group
20862(multiply-by-seven 3)
20863 \_______________/ ^
20864 | |
20865 function argument
20866@end group
20867@end smallexample
20868@end iftex
20869@end ifclear
20870
20871@noindent
20872This expression returns 21.
20873
20874@need 1250
20875@noindent
20876Similarly, we can write:
20877
20878@c lambda example diagram #2
20879@ifnottex
20880@smallexample
20881@group
20882((lambda (number) (* 7 number)) 3)
20883 \____________________________/ ^
20884 | |
20885 anonymous function argument
20886@end group
20887@end smallexample
20888@end ifnottex
20889@ifset print-postscript-figures
20890@sp 1
20891@tex
20892@center @image{lambda-2}
8cda6f8f
GM
20893@end tex
20894@sp 1
20895@end ifset
20896@ifclear print-postscript-figures
20897@iftex
20898@smallexample
20899@group
20900((lambda (number) (* 7 number)) 3)
20901 \____________________________/ ^
20902 | |
20903 anonymous function argument
20904@end group
20905@end smallexample
20906@end iftex
20907@end ifclear
20908
20909@need 1250
20910@noindent
20911If we want to divide 100 by 50, we can write:
20912
20913@c lambda example diagram #3
20914@ifnottex
20915@smallexample
20916@group
20917((lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) 100)
20918 \______________________/ \_/
20919 | |
20920 anonymous function argument
20921@end group
20922@end smallexample
20923@end ifnottex
20924@ifset print-postscript-figures
20925@sp 1
20926@tex
20927@center @image{lambda-3}
8cda6f8f
GM
20928@end tex
20929@sp 1
20930@end ifset
20931@ifclear print-postscript-figures
20932@iftex
20933@smallexample
20934@group
20935((lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) 100)
20936 \______________________/ \_/
20937 | |
20938 anonymous function argument
20939@end group
20940@end smallexample
20941@end iftex
20942@end ifclear
20943
20944@noindent
20945This expression returns 2. The 100 is passed to the function, which
20946divides that number by 50.
20947
20948@xref{Lambda Expressions, , Lambda Expressions, elisp, The GNU Emacs
20949Lisp Reference Manual}, for more about @code{lambda}. Lisp and lambda
20950expressions derive from the Lambda Calculus.
20951
d6adf7e7 20952@node mapcar
8cda6f8f
GM
20953@appendixsubsec The @code{mapcar} Function
20954@findex mapcar
20955
20956@code{mapcar} is a function that calls its first argument with each
20957element of its second argument, in turn. The second argument must be
20958a sequence.
20959
20960The @samp{map} part of the name comes from the mathematical phrase,
20961`mapping over a domain', meaning to apply a function to each of the
20962elements in a domain. The mathematical phrase is based on the
20963metaphor of a surveyor walking, one step at a time, over an area he is
20964mapping. And @samp{car}, of course, comes from the Lisp notion of the
20965first of a list.
20966
20967@need 1250
20968@noindent
20969For example,
20970
20971@smallexample
20972@group
20973(mapcar '1+ '(2 4 6))
20974 @result{} (3 5 7)
20975@end group
20976@end smallexample
20977
20978@noindent
20979The function @code{1+} which adds one to its argument, is executed on
20980@emph{each} element of the list, and a new list is returned.
20981
20982Contrast this with @code{apply}, which applies its first argument to
20983all the remaining.
20984(@xref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph}, for a explanation of
20985@code{apply}.)
20986
20987@need 1250
20988In the definition of @code{one-fiftieth}, the first argument is the
20989anonymous function:
20990
20991@smallexample
20992(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50))
20993@end smallexample
20994
20995@noindent
20996and the second argument is @code{full-range}, which will be bound to
20997@code{list-for-graph}.
20998
20999@need 1250
21000The whole expression looks like this:
21001
21002@smallexample
d1069532 21003(mapcar (lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
8cda6f8f
GM
21004@end smallexample
21005
21006@xref{Mapping Functions, , Mapping Functions, elisp, The GNU Emacs
21007Lisp Reference Manual}, for more about @code{mapcar}.
21008
21009Using the @code{one-fiftieth} function, we can generate a list in
21010which each element is one-fiftieth the size of the corresponding
21011element in @code{list-for-graph}.
21012
21013@smallexample
21014@group
21015(setq fiftieth-list-for-graph
21016 (one-fiftieth list-for-graph))
21017@end group
21018@end smallexample
21019
21020@need 1250
21021The resulting list looks like this:
21022
21023@smallexample
21024@group
21025(10 20 19 15 11 9 6 5 4 3 3 2 2
210261 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4)
21027@end group
21028@end smallexample
21029
21030@noindent
21031This, we are almost ready to print! (We also notice the loss of
21032information: many of the higher ranges are 0, meaning that fewer than
2103350 defuns had that many words or symbols---but not necessarily meaning
21034that none had that many words or symbols.)
21035
d6adf7e7 21036@node Another Bug
8cda6f8f
GM
21037@appendixsubsec Another Bug @dots{} Most Insidious
21038@cindex Bug, most insidious type
21039@cindex Insidious type of bug
21040
21041I said `almost ready to print'! Of course, there is a bug in the
21042@code{print-graph} function @dots{} It has a @code{vertical-step}
21043option, but not a @code{horizontal-step} option. The
21044@code{top-of-range} scale goes from 10 to 300 by tens. But the
21045@code{print-graph} function will print only by ones.
21046
21047This is a classic example of what some consider the most insidious
21048type of bug, the bug of omission. This is not the kind of bug you can
21049find by studying the code, for it is not in the code; it is an omitted
21050feature. Your best actions are to try your program early and often;
21051and try to arrange, as much as you can, to write code that is easy to
21052understand and easy to change. Try to be aware, whenever you can,
21053that whatever you have written, @emph{will} be rewritten, if not soon,
21054eventually. A hard maxim to follow.
21055
21056It is the @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line} function that needs the
21057work; and then the @code{print-X-axis} and the @code{print-graph}
21058functions need to be adapted. Not much needs to be done; there is one
21059nicety: the numbers ought to line up under the tic marks. This takes
21060a little thought.
21061
21062@need 1250
21063Here is the corrected @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}:
21064
21065@smallexample
21066@group
21067(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
21068 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces
21069 &optional horizontal-step)
21070 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
21071 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing)
21072 (horizontal-step (or horizontal-step 1)))
21073@end group
21074@group
21075 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21076 ;; @r{Delete extra leading spaces.}
21077 (delete-char
21078 (- (1-
21079 (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))))
21080 (insert (concat
21081 (make-string
21082@end group
21083@group
21084 ;; @r{Insert white space.}
21085 (- (* symbol-width
21086 X-axis-label-spacing)
21087 (1-
21088 (length
21089 (number-to-string horizontal-step)))
21090 2)
21091 ? )
21092 (number-to-string
21093 (* number horizontal-step))))
21094@end group
21095@group
21096 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
21097 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21098 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21099 (insert (X-axis-element
21100 (* number horizontal-step)))
21101 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21102 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
21103@end group
21104@end smallexample
21105
21106@need 1500
21107If you are reading this in Info, you can see the new versions of
21108@code{print-X-axis} @code{print-graph} and evaluate them. If you are
21109reading this in a printed book, you can see the changed lines here
21110(the full text is too much to print).
21111
21112@iftex
21113@smallexample
21114@group
21115(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21116 @dots{}
21117 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21118 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step))
21119@end group
21120@end smallexample
21121
21122@smallexample
21123@group
21124(defun print-graph
21125 (numbers-list
21126 &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
21127 @dots{}
21128 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step))
21129@end group
21130@end smallexample
21131@end iftex
21132
21133@ifnottex
21134@smallexample
21135@group
21136(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21137 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST.
21138Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21139specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21140each column."
21141@end group
21142@group
21143;; Value of symbol-width and full-Y-label-width
21144;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21145 (let* ((leading-spaces
21146 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
21147 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
21148 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
21149 (X-length (length numbers-list))
21150@end group
21151@group
21152 (X-tic
21153 (concat
21154 (make-string
21155 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
21156 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21157 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
21158 ? )
21159@end group
21160@group
21161 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
21162 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21163 (tic-number
21164 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
21165 (/ X-length tic-width)
21166 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
21167@end group
21168
21169@group
21170 (print-X-axis-tic-line
21171 tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
21172 (insert "\n")
21173 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21174 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step)))
21175@end group
21176@end smallexample
21177
21178@smallexample
21179@group
21180(defun print-graph
21181 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
09e80d9f 21182 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
8cda6f8f
GM
21183The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21184@end group
21185
21186@group
21187Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21188specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
21189each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
21190each row is five units.
21191@end group
21192
21193@group
21194Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21195specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21196each column."
21197 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
21198 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
21199 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
21200 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
21201@end group
21202@group
21203 (height-of-top-line
21204 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21205 height
21206 ;; @r{else}
21207 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21208 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
21209@end group
21210@group
21211 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
21212 (full-Y-label-width
21213 (length
21214 (concat
21215 (number-to-string
21216 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
21217 Y-axis-tic))))
21218@end group
21219@group
21220 (print-Y-axis
21221 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
21222 (graph-body-print
21223 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
21224 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step)))
21225@end group
21226@end smallexample
21227@end ifnottex
21228
21229@c qqq
21230@ignore
21231Graphing Definitions Re-listed
21232
21233@need 1250
21234Here are all the graphing definitions in their final form:
21235
21236@smallexample
21237@group
21238(defvar top-of-ranges
21239 '(10 20 30 40 50
21240 60 70 80 90 100
21241 110 120 130 140 150
21242 160 170 180 190 200
21243 210 220 230 240 250)
21244 "List specifying ranges for `defuns-per-range'.")
21245@end group
21246
21247@group
21248(defvar graph-symbol "*"
21249 "String used as symbol in graph, usually an asterisk.")
21250@end group
21251
21252@group
21253(defvar graph-blank " "
21254 "String used as blank in graph, usually a blank space.
21255graph-blank must be the same number of columns wide
21256as graph-symbol.")
21257@end group
21258
21259@group
21260(defvar Y-axis-tic " - "
21261 "String that follows number in a Y axis label.")
21262@end group
21263
21264@group
21265(defvar Y-axis-label-spacing 5
21266 "Number of lines from one Y axis label to next.")
21267@end group
21268
21269@group
21270(defvar X-axis-tic-symbol "|"
21271 "String to insert to point to a column in X axis.")
21272@end group
21273
21274@group
21275(defvar X-axis-label-spacing
21276 (if (boundp 'graph-blank)
21277 (* 5 (length graph-blank)) 5)
21278 "Number of units from one X axis label to next.")
21279@end group
21280@end smallexample
21281
21282@smallexample
21283@group
21284(defun count-words-in-defun ()
21285 "Return the number of words and symbols in a defun."
21286 (beginning-of-defun)
21287 (let ((count 0)
21288 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
21289@end group
21290
21291@group
21292 (while
21293 (and (< (point) end)
21294 (re-search-forward
21295 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
21296 end t))
21297 (setq count (1+ count)))
21298 count))
21299@end group
21300@end smallexample
21301
21302@smallexample
21303@group
21304(defun lengths-list-file (filename)
21305 "Return list of definitions' lengths within FILE.
21306The returned list is a list of numbers.
21307Each number is the number of words or
21308symbols in one function definition."
21309@end group
21310
21311@group
21312 (message "Working on `%s' ... " filename)
21313 (save-excursion
21314 (let ((buffer (find-file-noselect filename))
21315 (lengths-list))
21316 (set-buffer buffer)
21317 (setq buffer-read-only t)
21318 (widen)
21319 (goto-char (point-min))
21320@end group
21321
21322@group
21323 (while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
21324 (setq lengths-list
21325 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
21326 (kill-buffer buffer)
21327 lengths-list)))
21328@end group
21329@end smallexample
21330
21331@smallexample
21332@group
21333(defun lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
21334 "Return list of lengths of defuns in LIST-OF-FILES."
21335 (let (lengths-list)
21336;;; @r{true-or-false-test}
21337 (while list-of-files
21338 (setq lengths-list
21339 (append
21340 lengths-list
21341@end group
21342@group
21343;;; @r{Generate a lengths' list.}
21344 (lengths-list-file
21345 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))))
21346;;; @r{Make files' list shorter.}
21347 (setq list-of-files (cdr list-of-files)))
21348;;; @r{Return final value of lengths' list.}
21349 lengths-list))
21350@end group
21351@end smallexample
21352
21353@smallexample
21354@group
21355(defun defuns-per-range (sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
21356 "SORTED-LENGTHS defuns in each TOP-OF-RANGES range."
21357 (let ((top-of-range (car top-of-ranges))
21358 (number-within-range 0)
21359 defuns-per-range-list)
21360@end group
21361
21362@group
21363 ;; @r{Outer loop.}
21364 (while top-of-ranges
21365
21366 ;; @r{Inner loop.}
21367 (while (and
21368 ;; @r{Need number for numeric test.}
21369 (car sorted-lengths)
21370 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
21371
21372 ;; @r{Count number of definitions within current range.}
21373 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
21374 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
21375@end group
21376
21377@group
21378 ;; @r{Exit inner loop but remain within outer loop.}
21379
21380 (setq defuns-per-range-list
21381 (cons number-within-range defuns-per-range-list))
21382 (setq number-within-range 0) ; @r{Reset count to zero.}
21383
21384 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
21385 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges))
21386 ;; @r{Specify next top of range value.}
21387 (setq top-of-range (car top-of-ranges)))
21388@end group
21389
21390@group
21391 ;; @r{Exit outer loop and count the number of defuns larger than}
21392 ;; @r{ the largest top-of-range value.}
21393 (setq defuns-per-range-list
21394 (cons
21395 (length sorted-lengths)
21396 defuns-per-range-list))
21397
21398 ;; @r{Return a list of the number of definitions within each range,}
21399 ;; @r{ smallest to largest.}
21400 (nreverse defuns-per-range-list)))
21401@end group
21402@end smallexample
21403
21404@smallexample
21405@group
21406(defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
21407 "Return list of MAX-GRAPH-HEIGHT strings;
21408ACTUAL-HEIGHT are graph-symbols.
21409The graph-symbols are contiguous entries at the end
21410of the list.
21411The list will be inserted as one column of a graph.
21412The strings are either graph-blank or graph-symbol."
21413@end group
21414
21415@group
21416 (let ((insert-list nil)
21417 (number-of-top-blanks
21418 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
21419
21420 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-symbols}.}
21421 (while (> actual-height 0)
21422 (setq insert-list (cons graph-symbol insert-list))
21423 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
21424@end group
21425
21426@group
21427 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-blanks}.}
21428 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
21429 (setq insert-list (cons graph-blank insert-list))
21430 (setq number-of-top-blanks
21431 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
21432
21433 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
21434 insert-list))
21435@end group
21436@end smallexample
21437
21438@smallexample
21439@group
21440(defun Y-axis-element (number full-Y-label-width)
21441 "Construct a NUMBERed label element.
21442A numbered element looks like this ` 5 - ',
21443and is padded as needed so all line up with
21444the element for the largest number."
21445@end group
21446@group
21447 (let* ((leading-spaces
21448 (- full-Y-label-width
21449 (length
21450 (concat (number-to-string number)
21451 Y-axis-tic)))))
21452@end group
21453@group
21454 (concat
21455 (make-string leading-spaces ? )
21456 (number-to-string number)
21457 Y-axis-tic)))
21458@end group
21459@end smallexample
21460
21461@smallexample
21462@group
21463(defun print-Y-axis
21464 (height full-Y-label-width &optional vertical-step)
21465 "Insert Y axis by HEIGHT and FULL-Y-LABEL-WIDTH.
21466Height must be the maximum height of the graph.
21467Full width is the width of the highest label element.
21468Optionally, print according to VERTICAL-STEP."
21469@end group
21470@group
21471;; Value of height and full-Y-label-width
21472;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21473 (let ((start (point)))
21474 (insert-rectangle
21475 (Y-axis-column height full-Y-label-width vertical-step))
21476@end group
21477@group
21478 ;; @r{Place point ready for inserting graph.}
21479 (goto-char start)
21480 ;; @r{Move point forward by value of} full-Y-label-width
21481 (forward-char full-Y-label-width)))
21482@end group
21483@end smallexample
21484
21485@smallexample
21486@group
21487(defun print-X-axis-tic-line
21488 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces X-axis-tic-element)
21489 "Print ticks for X axis."
21490 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21491 (insert X-axis-tic-symbol) ; @r{Under first column.}
21492@end group
21493@group
21494 ;; @r{Insert second tic in the right spot.}
21495 (insert (concat
21496 (make-string
21497 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21498 ;; @r{Insert white space up to second tic symbol.}
21499 (* 2 (length X-axis-tic-symbol)))
21500 ? )
21501 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21502@end group
21503@group
21504 ;; @r{Insert remaining ticks.}
21505 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21506 (insert X-axis-tic-element)
21507 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics))))
21508@end group
21509@end smallexample
21510
21511@smallexample
21512@group
21513(defun X-axis-element (number)
21514 "Construct a numbered X axis element."
21515 (let ((leading-spaces
21516 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21517 (length (number-to-string number)))))
21518 (concat (make-string leading-spaces ? )
21519 (number-to-string number))))
21520@end group
21521@end smallexample
21522
21523@smallexample
21524@group
21525(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list height symbol-width)
21526 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
21527The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21528HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
21529SYMBOL-WIDTH is number of each column."
21530@end group
21531@group
21532 (let (from-position)
21533 (while numbers-list
21534 (setq from-position (point))
21535 (insert-rectangle
21536 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
21537 (goto-char from-position)
21538 (forward-char symbol-width)
21539@end group
21540@group
21541 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
21542 (sit-for 0)
21543 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
21544 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
21545 (forward-line height)
21546 (insert "\n")))
21547@end group
21548@end smallexample
21549
21550@smallexample
21551@group
21552(defun Y-axis-column
21553 (height width-of-label &optional vertical-step)
21554 "Construct list of labels for Y axis.
21555HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
21556WIDTH-OF-LABEL is maximum width of label.
21557@end group
21558@group
21559VERTICAL-STEP, an option, is a positive integer
21560that specifies how much a Y axis label increments
21561for each line. For example, a step of 5 means
21562that each line is five units of the graph."
21563 (let (Y-axis
21564 (number-per-line (or vertical-step 1)))
21565@end group
21566@group
21567 (while (> height 1)
21568 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21569 ;; @r{Insert label.}
21570 (setq Y-axis
21571 (cons
21572 (Y-axis-element
21573 (* height number-per-line)
21574 width-of-label)
21575 Y-axis))
21576@end group
21577@group
21578 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
21579 (setq Y-axis
21580 (cons
21581 (make-string width-of-label ? )
21582 Y-axis)))
21583 (setq height (1- height)))
21584@end group
21585@group
21586 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
21587 (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element
21588 (or vertical-step 1)
21589 width-of-label)
21590 Y-axis))
21591 (nreverse Y-axis)))
21592@end group
21593@end smallexample
21594
21595@smallexample
21596@group
21597(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
21598 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces
21599 &optional horizontal-step)
21600 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
21601 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing)
21602 (horizontal-step (or horizontal-step 1)))
21603@end group
21604@group
21605 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21606 ;; line up number
21607 (delete-char (- (1- (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))))
21608 (insert (concat
21609 (make-string
21610 ;; @r{Insert white space up to next number.}
21611 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21612 (1- (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))
21613 2)
21614 ? )
21615 (number-to-string (* number horizontal-step))))
21616@end group
21617@group
21618 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
21619 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21620 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21621 (insert (X-axis-element (* number horizontal-step)))
21622 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21623 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
21624@end group
21625@end smallexample
21626
21627@smallexample
21628@group
21629(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21630 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST.
21631Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21632specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21633each column."
21634@end group
21635@group
21636;; Value of symbol-width and full-Y-label-width
21637;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21638 (let* ((leading-spaces
21639 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
21640 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
21641 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
21642 (X-length (length numbers-list))
21643@end group
21644@group
21645 (X-tic
21646 (concat
21647 (make-string
21648 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
21649 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21650 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
21651 ? )
21652@end group
21653@group
21654 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
21655 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21656 (tic-number
21657 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
21658 (/ X-length tic-width)
21659 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
21660@end group
21661
21662@group
21663 (print-X-axis-tic-line
21664 tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
21665 (insert "\n")
21666 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21667 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step)))
21668@end group
21669@end smallexample
21670
21671@smallexample
21672@group
21673(defun one-fiftieth (full-range)
21674 "Return list, each number of which is 1/50th previous."
d1069532 21675 (mapcar (lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
8cda6f8f
GM
21676@end group
21677@end smallexample
21678
21679@smallexample
21680@group
21681(defun print-graph
21682 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
09e80d9f 21683 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
8cda6f8f
GM
21684The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21685@end group
21686
21687@group
21688Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21689specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
21690each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
21691each row is five units.
21692@end group
21693
21694@group
21695Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21696specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21697each column."
21698 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
21699 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
21700 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
21701 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
21702@end group
21703@group
21704 (height-of-top-line
21705 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21706 height
21707 ;; @r{else}
21708 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21709 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
21710@end group
21711@group
21712 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
21713 (full-Y-label-width
21714 (length
21715 (concat
21716 (number-to-string
21717 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
21718 Y-axis-tic))))
21719@end group
21720@group
21721
21722 (print-Y-axis
21723 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
21724 (graph-body-print
21725 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
21726 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step)))
21727@end group
21728@end smallexample
21729@c qqq
21730@end ignore
21731
21732@page
d6adf7e7 21733@node Final printed graph
8cda6f8f
GM
21734@appendixsubsec The Printed Graph
21735
21736When made and installed, you can call the @code{print-graph} command
21737like this:
21738@sp 1
21739
21740@smallexample
21741@group
21742(print-graph fiftieth-list-for-graph 50 10)
21743@end group
21744@end smallexample
21745@sp 1
21746
21747@noindent
21748Here is the graph:
21749@sp 2
21750
21751@smallexample
21752@group
217531000 - *
21754 **
21755 **
21756 **
21757 **
21758 750 - ***
21759 ***
21760 ***
21761 ***
21762 ****
21763 500 - *****
21764 ******
21765 ******
21766 ******
21767 *******
21768 250 - ********
21769 ********* *
21770 *********** *
21771 ************* *
21772 50 - ***************** * *
21773 | | | | | | | |
21774 10 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
21775@end group
21776@end smallexample
21777
21778@sp 2
21779
21780@noindent
f99f1641 21781The largest group of functions contain 10--19 words and symbols each.
8cda6f8f 21782
d6adf7e7 21783@node Free Software and Free Manuals
8cda6f8f
GM
21784@appendix Free Software and Free Manuals
21785
21786@strong{by Richard M. Stallman}
21787@sp 1
21788
21789The biggest deficiency in free operating systems is not in the
21790software---it is the lack of good free manuals that we can include in
21791these systems. Many of our most important programs do not come with
21792full manuals. Documentation is an essential part of any software
21793package; when an important free software package does not come with a
21794free manual, that is a major gap. We have many such gaps today.
21795
21796Once upon a time, many years ago, I thought I would learn Perl. I got
21797a copy of a free manual, but I found it hard to read. When I asked
21798Perl users about alternatives, they told me that there were better
21799introductory manuals---but those were not free.
21800
21801Why was this? The authors of the good manuals had written them for
21802O'Reilly Associates, which published them with restrictive terms---no
21803copying, no modification, source files not available---which exclude
21804them from the free software community.
21805
21806That wasn't the first time this sort of thing has happened, and (to
21807our community's great loss) it was far from the last. Proprietary
21808manual publishers have enticed a great many authors to restrict their
21809manuals since then. Many times I have heard a GNU user eagerly tell me
21810about a manual that he is writing, with which he expects to help the
21811GNU project---and then had my hopes dashed, as he proceeded to explain
21812that he had signed a contract with a publisher that would restrict it
21813so that we cannot use it.
21814
21815Given that writing good English is a rare skill among programmers, we
21816can ill afford to lose manuals this way.
21817
8cda6f8f
GM
21818Free documentation, like free software, is a matter of freedom, not
21819price. The problem with these manuals was not that O'Reilly Associates
31b62755
GM
21820charged a price for printed copies---that in itself is fine. The Free
21821Software Foundation @uref{http://shop.fsf.org, sells printed copies} of
21822free @uref{http://www.gnu.org/doc/doc.html, GNU manuals}, too.
8cda6f8f
GM
21823But GNU manuals are available in source code form, while these manuals
21824are available only on paper. GNU manuals come with permission to copy
21825and modify; the Perl manuals do not. These restrictions are the
21826problems.
21827
21828The criterion for a free manual is pretty much the same as for free
21829software: it is a matter of giving all users certain
21830freedoms. Redistribution (including commercial redistribution) must be
21831permitted, so that the manual can accompany every copy of the program,
21832on-line or on paper. Permission for modification is crucial too.
21833
21834As a general rule, I don't believe that it is essential for people to
21835have permission to modify all sorts of articles and books. The issues
21836for writings are not necessarily the same as those for software. For
21837example, I don't think you or I are obliged to give permission to
21838modify articles like this one, which describe our actions and our
21839views.
21840
21841But there is a particular reason why the freedom to modify is crucial
21842for documentation for free software. When people exercise their right
21843to modify the software, and add or change its features, if they are
21844conscientious they will change the manual too---so they can provide
21845accurate and usable documentation with the modified program. A manual
21846which forbids programmers to be conscientious and finish the job, or
21847more precisely requires them to write a new manual from scratch if
21848they change the program, does not fill our community's needs.
21849
21850While a blanket prohibition on modification is unacceptable, some
21851kinds of limits on the method of modification pose no problem. For
21852example, requirements to preserve the original author's copyright
21853notice, the distribution terms, or the list of authors, are ok. It is
21854also no problem to require modified versions to include notice that
21855they were modified, even to have entire sections that may not be
21856deleted or changed, as long as these sections deal with nontechnical
21857topics. (Some GNU manuals have them.)
21858
21859These kinds of restrictions are not a problem because, as a practical
21860matter, they don't stop the conscientious programmer from adapting the
21861manual to fit the modified program. In other words, they don't block
21862the free software community from making full use of the manual.
21863
21864However, it must be possible to modify all the technical content of
21865the manual, and then distribute the result in all the usual media,
21866through all the usual channels; otherwise, the restrictions do block
21867the community, the manual is not free, and so we need another manual.
21868
21869Unfortunately, it is often hard to find someone to write another
21870manual when a proprietary manual exists. The obstacle is that many
21871users think that a proprietary manual is good enough---so they don't
21872see the need to write a free manual. They do not see that the free
21873operating system has a gap that needs filling.
21874
21875Why do users think that proprietary manuals are good enough? Some have
21876not considered the issue. I hope this article will do something to
21877change that.
21878
21879Other users consider proprietary manuals acceptable for the same
21880reason so many people consider proprietary software acceptable: they
21881judge in purely practical terms, not using freedom as a
21882criterion. These people are entitled to their opinions, but since
21883those opinions spring from values which do not include freedom, they
21884are no guide for those of us who do value freedom.
21885
21886Please spread the word about this issue. We continue to lose manuals
21887to proprietary publishing. If we spread the word that proprietary
21888manuals are not sufficient, perhaps the next person who wants to help
21889GNU by writing documentation will realize, before it is too late, that
21890he must above all make it free.
21891
21892We can also encourage commercial publishers to sell free, copylefted
21893manuals instead of proprietary ones. One way you can help this is to
21894check the distribution terms of a manual before you buy it, and prefer
21895copylefted manuals to non-copylefted ones.
21896
21897@sp 2
21898@noindent
21899Note: The Free Software Foundation maintains a page on its Web site
21900that lists free books available from other publishers:@*
21901@uref{http://www.gnu.org/doc/other-free-books.html}
21902
d6adf7e7 21903@node GNU Free Documentation License
8cda6f8f
GM
21904@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
21905
21906@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
e41dfb1e 21907@include doclicense.texi
8cda6f8f 21908
d6adf7e7 21909@node Index
8cda6f8f
GM
21910@unnumbered Index
21911
21912@ignore
21913MENU ENTRY: NODE NAME.
21914@end ignore
21915
21916@printindex cp
21917
21918@iftex
21919@c Place biographical information on right-hand (verso) page
21920
21921@tex
a9097c6d 21922\par\vfill\supereject
8cda6f8f 21923\ifodd\pageno
8cda6f8f
GM
21924 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
21925 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
a9097c6d 21926 %\page\hbox{}\page
8cda6f8f 21927\else
a9097c6d 21928% \par\vfill\supereject
8cda6f8f
GM
21929 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
21930 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
a9097c6d
KB
21931 %\page\hbox{}%\page
21932 %\page\hbox{}%\page
8cda6f8f
GM
21933\fi
21934@end tex
21935
a9097c6d 21936@c page
8cda6f8f
GM
21937@w{ }
21938
21939@c ================ Biographical information ================
21940
21941@w{ }
21942@sp 8
21943@center About the Author
21944@sp 1
21945@end iftex
21946
21947@ifnottex
d6adf7e7 21948@node About the Author
8cda6f8f
GM
21949@unnumbered About the Author
21950@end ifnottex
21951
21952@quotation
21953Robert J. Chassell has worked with GNU Emacs since 1985. He writes
21954and edits, teaches Emacs and Emacs Lisp, and speaks throughout the
21955world on software freedom. Chassell was a founding Director and
21956Treasurer of the Free Software Foundation, Inc. He is co-author of
21957the @cite{Texinfo} manual, and has edited more than a dozen other
21958books. He graduated from Cambridge University, in England. He has an
21959abiding interest in social and economic history and flies his own
21960airplane.
21961@end quotation
21962
a9097c6d
KB
21963@c @page
21964@c @w{ }
21965@c
21966@c @c Prevent page number on blank verso, so eject it first.
21967@c @tex
21968@c \par\vfill\supereject
21969@c @end tex
21970
21971@c @iftex
21972@c @headings off
21973@c @evenheading @thispage @| @| @thistitle
21974@c @oddheading @| @| @thispage
21975@c @end iftex
8cda6f8f
GM
21976
21977@bye